As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2020
File No. 000-56133
 
U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10
 
GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in charter)
 
Maryland
84-3613224
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or registration)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
430 Park Avenue, 14th Floor
New York, NY
10022
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
(212) 207-2003
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
with copies to:
John McCally
Managing Director,
Associate General Counsel
Nuveen, LLC
8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd
Charlotte, NC 28262

Christopher Rohrbacher
Managing Director,
Associate General Counsel
Nuveen, LLC
333 W. Wacker Dr., 33rd Floor
Chicago, IL 60606

Steven B. Boehm
Vlad M. Bulkin
Anne G. Oberndorf
Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP
700 Sixth Street, NW
Washington, DC 20001

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
(Title of class)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer   
Accelerated filer   
Non-accelerated filer     
Smaller reporting company   
 
Emerging growth company   
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 
 



TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
2
4
41
70
88
89
90
98
99
103
104
107
108
115
116
149
150

i


EXPLANATORY NOTE
Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc. is filing this registration statement on Form 10 (the “Registration Statement”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), on a voluntary basis in order to permit it to file an election to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and to provide current public information to the investment community and to comply with applicable requirements in the event of future quotation or listing of its securities on a national securities exchange or other public trading market.
In this Registration Statement, except where the context suggests otherwise:
the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” and “Company,” refer to Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc. (and, if required by context, (i) prior to December 31, 2019 to Churchill Middle Market CLO V Ltd. (the “Predecessor Entity”), and (ii) following December 31, 2019 on a consolidated basis with the Predecessor Entity);
the term “the Adviser” refers to Nuveen Churchill Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which will serve as our investment adviser;
the term “Churchill” refers to Churchill Asset Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which will serve as our investment sub-adviser;
the term “Advisers” refers to the Adviser and Churchill together; and
the term “Administrator” refers to Nuveen Churchill Administration LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which will serve as our administrator.
The Company is an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”) and the Company will take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).
This Registration Statement registers shares of the Company’s common stock (“Shares,” each a “Share”), par value $0.01 per share under the 1934 Act; however:
the Company’s Shares may not be transferred without the written consent of the Adviser;
the Shares are not currently listed on an exchange, and it is uncertain whether they will be listed or whether a secondary market will develop;
repurchases of the Shares by the Company, if any, are expected to be very limited; and
an investment in the Company may not be suitable for investors who may need the money they invest in a particular time frame.
Once this Registration Statement has been deemed effective, we will be subject to the requirements of Section 13(a) of the 1934 Act, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, which will require us, among other things, to file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, and we will be required to comply with all other obligations of the 1934 Act applicable to issuers filing registration statements pursuant to Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act. We also will be subject to the proxy rules in Section 14 of the 1934 Act, and our directors, officers, and principal shareholders will be subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 and 16 of the 1934 Act. The SEC maintains an internet website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains the reports mentioned in this section.
Prior to the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, we filed an election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. Upon filing of such election, we became subject to the 1940 Act requirements applicable to BDCs.

1


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Registration Statement contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Such statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors and undue reliance should not be placed thereon. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about the Company, our current and prospective portfolio investments, our industry, our beliefs and opinions, and our assumptions. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “will,” “may,” “continue,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “targets,” “projects,” “outlook,” “potential,” “predicts” and variations of these words and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements, including without limitation:
our future operating results;
our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;
the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest;
the impact of a protracted decline in the liquidity of credit markets on our business;
the impact of increased competition;
the impact of fluctuations in interest rates on our business and our portfolio companies;
our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;
the valuation of our investments in portfolio companies, particularly those having no liquid trading market;
actual and potential conflicts of interest with the Advisers, and/or their respective affiliates;
the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;
the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments;
the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital;
the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;
the ability of Churchill to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;
the ability of the Advisers or their respective affiliates to attract and retain highly talented professionals;
our ability to qualify and maintain our qualification as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) and as a BDC; and
the impact of future legislation and regulation on our business and our portfolio companies.
Although we believe that the assumptions on which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions also could be inaccurate. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a projection or forward-looking statement in this Registration Statement should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans and objectives will be achieved. These risks and uncertainties include those described or identified in the section entitled

2


“Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Registration Statement. These forward-looking statements apply only as of the date of this Registration Statement. We do not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements or any other information contained herein, except as required by applicable law. The safe harbor provisions of Section 21E of the 1934 Act, which preclude civil liability for certain forward-looking statements, do not apply to the forward-looking statements in this Registration Statement because we are an investment company.

3


ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
(a)
General Development of Business
We were formed on March 13, 2018, as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and we converted into a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Maryland on June 18, 2019. We are a specialty finance company organized to maximize the total return to our shareholders primarily in the form of current income achieved through investing in senior secured loans to private equity-owned U.S. middle market companies.
We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act and intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a BDC and a RIC, we will be required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. See “ Item 1(c). Description of Business — Regulation as a Business Development Company ” and “ Item 1(c). Description of Business — Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.
Immediately prior to the Company’s election to be regulated as a BDC, Nuveen Churchill BDC SPV I LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“SPV I”), acquired all of the economic equity interests (the “Merger”) of the Predecessor Entity, a Cayman exempt limited company managed as a collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) vehicle that was managed by Nuveen Alternatives Advisors LLC and sub-advised by Churchill. The investment portfolio of SPV I consists primarily of Senior Loans (the “Legacy Portfolio”). The fair value of the Legacy Portfolio was $178.8 million as of December 31, 2019. In connection with the Merger, the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) reviewed and approved the fair value of the Legacy Portfolio based on management’s internal analysis and assurance from a third-party valuation firm. The Predecessor Entity had a $175 million revolving credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., which the Company retained (through SPV I) after the Merger. See “ Item 2. — Financial Information — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “ Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Prior to the Merger, 100% of the preference shares issued by the Predecessor Entity (which preference shares represent the economic residual interest in the Predecessor Entity) were held by the Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America, the ultimate parent of the Advisers (“TIAA”). In connection with the consummation of the Merger, and prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, the Company issued 3,310,540 Shares to TIAA in exchange for all of the outstanding preference shares of the Predecessor Entity, which was then merged into SPV I, as a result of which the Predecessor Entity became our wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary (through its successor-in-interest, SPV I).
We expect to conduct a private offering of our common stock to “accredited investors” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the 1933 Act in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act (the “Private Offering”). Each investor will purchase Shares pursuant to a subscription agreement entered into with us. See “ Item 1(c). Description of Business — The Private Offering .”
Each of the Advisers is a limited liability company organized under the laws of the state of Delaware, is an investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), and is an indirect, majority- or wholly-owned subsidiary of Nuveen, LLC (“Nuveen”). Nuveen is the investment management arm of TIAA, a life insurance company founded in 1918 by the Carnegie Foundation for the Advancement of Teaching and the companion organization of College Retirement Equities Fund. Nuveen markets a wide range of specialized investment solutions that provide investors access to the capabilities of Nuveen’s investment management affiliates.
(c)
Description of Business
The Company — Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc.
Our investment objective is to provide investors with attractive risk-adjusted returns primarily through current income by investing in senior secured loans to private equity-owned U.S. middle market companies. We will focus on directly originated debt to U.S. middle market companies. We expect our portfolio to comprise primarily of first-lien

4


senior secured debt and unitranche loans (other than last-out positions in unitranche loans) (collectively “Senior Loans”). We will also opportunistically invest in junior capital opportunities (second-lien loans, subordinated debt, last-out positions in unitranche loans and equity-related securities) (collectively “Junior Capital Investments”). Senior Loans typically pay interest at rates which are determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate, primarily the London-Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus a premium. “Unitranche” loans are those Senior Loans that typically have a first lien on all assets of the borrower but provide leverage levels comparable to a combination of first-lien and second-lien or subordinated loans. Junior Capital Investments will include cash paying subordinated debt (including fixed-rate subordinated loans, which may have a portion of payment-in-kind (“PIK”) income, and floating-rate second-lien term loans), subordinated PIK notes (with no current cash payments) and/or equity securities (with no current cash payments). The investments acquired by us are collectively referred to as “Portfolio Investments.” “Portfolio Company” means, as the context requires, (i) an entity in which a Portfolio Investment is made or (ii) an entity that is the direct owner of assets securing (directly or indirectly) a Portfolio Investment.
We will not limit ourselves to any particular industry or geographic area when investing in qualifying assets (as defined in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act and discussed in “— Regulation as a Business Development Company” below), which we expect to constitute at least 70% of our total assets.
The Investment Adviser — Nuveen Churchill Advisors LLC 
Nuveen Churchill Advisors LLC, a newly organized Delaware limited liability company, serves as the investment adviser to the Company pursuant to an investment advisory agreement (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”), which has been approved by the Board. The Adviser is responsible for the overall management of the Company’s activities pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement.
The Adviser has delegated substantially all of its day-to-day portfolio-management obligations as set forth in the Investment Advisory Agreement to Churchill pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement” and, together with the Investment Advisory Agreement, the “Advisory Agreements”). The Adviser has general oversight over the investment process on behalf of the Company and manages the capital structure of the Company, including, but not limited to, asset and liability management. The Adviser also has ultimate responsibility for the Company’s performance under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement.
The Investment Sub-Adviser — Churchill Asset Management LLC
Churchill serves as a sub-adviser to the Company pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement. In addition to serving as a sub-adviser to the Company, Churchill manages other middle-market investment strategies that seek competitive risk-adjusted yields and returns, raising assets from third-party institutional investors and the TIAA general account.
Churchill currently manages $17.8 billion in separate accounts, CLOs and private funds investing in private middle-market leveraged loans, subordinated debt, private equity and related strategies. The investment advice that Churchill provides through the Senior Loan Investment Team is limited primarily to investments in first-lien secured and unitranche loans made principally to private U.S. middle market companies whose typical profile is consistent with below-investment grade debt ratings categories and that are, in most cases, controlled by private equity investment firms. As of January 1, 2020, the team of Churchill investment professionals dedicated to Senior Loan investment opportunities (the “Senior Loan Investment Team”) has funded and/or committed to fund $5.7 billion of Senior Loan investments across its investment platform. The investment advice that Churchill provides through teams of investment professionals dedicated to Junior Capital investment opportunities (the “Junior Capital Investment Team” and, together with the Senior Loan Investment Team, the “Investment Teams”) is limited primarily to investments in private equity, equity co-investments and similar equity-related securities, subordinated debt and second-lien loans, in each case made principally in respect of the U.S. middle market. As of January 1, 2020 the Junior Capital Investment Team manages $12.1 billion of Junior Capital Investments.
Churchill provides investment advisory and management services to the Company. Under the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement, Churchill will: (i) identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of investments (including performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies); (ii) close and monitor investments; and (iii) determine

5


the securities and other assets to be purchased, retained or sold. The Adviser and Churchill have entered into the Sub-Advisory Agreement, which has been approved by the Board, and the terms of which provide Churchill with broad delegated authority to oversee the Company’s portfolio.
Joint Investment Committee
All investment decisions for the Company require the unanimous approval of the members of a joint investment committee (the “Joint Investment Committee”) comprised of senior investment personnel of both Investment Teams. The initial members of the Joint Investment Committee are Ken Kencel, Jason Strife and Randy Schwimmer. The Joint Investment Committee is also advised by the investment committees of the Senior Loan Investment Team (the “Senior Loan Investment Committee”) and the Junior Capital Investment Team (the “Junior Capital Investment Committee”), respectively. The Senior Loan Investment Committee is currently comprised of Ken Kencel, Randy Schwimmer, George Kurteson, Shai Vichness, Chris Cox and Mat Linett. The Junior Capital Investment Committee is currently comprised of Ken Kencel, Jason Strife, Derek Fricke and Anne Philpott.
Ken Kencel, President and Chief Executive Officer, Churchill
Kenneth J. Kencel serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and as President and Chief Executive Officer of Churchill. Throughout his career in the investment industry he has accrued a broad range of experience in leading middle market businesses.
Previously, Mr. Kencel served as president and a director of Carlyle GMS Finance (Carlyle’s publicly traded business development company). Prior to that he founded and was president and CEO of Churchill Financial, served as head of leveraged finance for Royal Bank of Canada and was head of Indosuez Capital, a leading middle market merchant banking and asset management business. Mr. Kencel also helped to found the high yield finance business at both Chase Securities (now JP Morgan) and SBC Warburg (now UBS).
Mr. Kencel graduated with a B.S., magna cum laude, in Business Administration from Georgetown University and a J.D. from Northwestern University School of Law. He serves on the Pension Investment Advisory Committee for the Archdiocese of New York, the Board of Trustees of Canisius High School and the Advisory Board of Teach for America (Connecticut). Mr. Kencel is a guest lecturer at Boston University Questrom School of Business and a former member of the Board of Advisors and Adjunct Professor at the McDonough School of Business at Georgetown University.
Randy Schwimmer, Senior Managing Director, Head of Origination & Capital Markets, Churchill
Durant D. (“Randy”) Schwimmer supervises origination and capital markets for Churchill’s Senior Loan Investment Team. He is widely credited with developing loan syndications for middle market companies. Mr. Schwimmer brings 30 years of experience in middle market finance to Churchill, having served as a Senior Managing Director and Head of Capital Markets & Indirect Origination at Churchill Financial. In those positions, he took responsibility for all loan capital markets activities and for managing the firm’s indirect origination platform. Before then, Mr. Schwimmer worked as Managing Director and Head of Leveraged Finance Syndication for BNP Paribas. He spent 15 years at JP Morgan Chase in Corporate Banking and Loan Syndications, where he originated, structured, and syndicated leveraged loans. Mr. Schwimmer graduated from Trinity College with a cum laude B.A. He earned his M.A. from the University of Chicago.
Jason Strife, Senior Managing Director and Head of Private Equity & Junior Capital, Churchill
Jason Strife serves as Senior Managing Director and Head of Private Equity & Junior Capital at Churchill. He is responsible for strategy, sourcing, executing and portfolio construction for Churchill’s Junior Capital Investment mandates, including private equity fund commitments. Mr. Strife has approximately 15 years of alternative asset investment experience, having worked in several capacities executing junior debt and equity investments in middle market companies. Prior to joining Nuveen, he was a Principal at Bison Capital, a Los Angeles-based private equity firm focused on structured junior capital investments in lower middle market companies. Prior to Bison Capital, Mr. Strife was an investment professional at Weston Presidio, a Boston and San Francisco-based middle market private

6


equity firm focused on growth capital and leveraged buyout investing. Prior to Weston Presidio, he worked in the Mergers and Acquisitions group of Wachovia Securities, executing primarily sell side transactions on behalf of private equity clients. Mr. Strife earned a Master’s degree in Accounting and a BA in Analytical Finance from Wake Forest University.
Senior Loan Investment Committee Members Not on the Joint Investment Committee
George Kurteson, Senior Managing Director, Head of Portfolio Management, Churchill
Overseeing portfolio management at Churchill, George F. Kurteson brings over 30 years of middle market leveraged lending experience to the company. Prior to co-founding Churchill, Mr. Kurteson served as a managing director of Carlyle GMS Finance and as a founder and senior managing director, head of origination and underwriting at Churchill Financial. At GE/Antares (a division of GE Capital), he held the position of senior managing director, head of the New York office, and he acted as a member of the GE/Antares leadership team. Mr. Kurteson has also served in senior positions at Heller Financial, Fleet Bank, and Maryland National Bank. Mr. Kurteson received his MBA and his B.S. (honors) in business and economics from Lehigh University. Mr. Kurteson has announced his plan to retire in 2020, at which point Mathew Linett will assume the joint role of Head of Underwriting and Portfolio Management for the Senior Loan Investment Team.
Shai Vichness, Senior Managing Director and the Chief Financial Officer, Churchill
Shai Vichness serves as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company and as a Senior Managing Director and the Chief Financial Officer of Churchill. Previously, as Managing Director and Head of Senior Leveraged Lending for Nuveen, Mr. Vichness was responsible for initiating Nuveen’s investment program in middle market senior loans and was directly involved in the launch of Churchill as an affiliate in 2015. Since the launch of Churchill, Mr. Vichness has been a member of Churchill’s Investment Committee and has been actively engaged in the management of the firm, including the development of its infrastructure and operations. Mr. Vichness joined Nuveen in 2005 and has spent his entire career in the private debt markets, with a significant amount of time spent in the firm’s workout and restructuring department. Mr. Vichness holds a BBA from Baruch College, CUNY and is a CFA charterholder.
Christopher Cox, Senior Managing Director & Chief Risk Officer, Churchill
Christopher Cox serves as Chief Risk Officer of Churchill. Previously, he was a principal of Carlyle GMS Finance and was a managing director and Chief Risk Officer for Churchill Financial, which he joined in 2006. In this role, he was responsible for overseeing the company’s risk management infrastructure, including all risk management process and policies. Prior to this, Mr. Cox was a senior vice president at GE Commercial Finance (a division of GE Capital) from 1997 to 2006, where he held various risk management roles within the corporate lending group, focusing on middle market transactions. Mr. Cox also worked at Gibbs & Cox, Inc. in New York, NY. Mr. Cox received his B.S. in civil engineering from Tufts University and his MBA from Fordham University.
Mathew Linett, Senior Managing Director, Head of Underwriting, Churchill
Mathew Linett serves as Senior Managing Director, Head of Underwriting for the Senior Loan Investment Team of Churchill. He brings approximately 25 years of leveraged finance experience with a strong emphasis on the middle market. He has invested at all levels of the capital structure including senior secured loans, public and private mezzanine debt, as well as private equity co-investments. In addition, he has significant distressed debt experience both as an investor in the secondary market as well as through direct workouts of middle market loans. Previously, he was a Credit Portfolio Manager at Loeb King Capital and Havens Advisors, a Senior Vice President at Jefferies & Co., as well as a Vice President at Indosuez Capital, a middle market merchant banking and asset management business. Mr. Linett and Mr. Kencel worked closely together at Indosuez Capital. Mr. Linett graduated cum laude from the University of Pennsylvania’s dual degree program with a B.S. in economics from the Wharton School and a B.A. (honors) in international relations from the College of Arts and Sciences.

7


Junior Loan Investment Committee Members Not on the Joint Investment Committee
Derek Fricke, Principal, Private Equity & Junior Capital, Churchill
Derek Fricke is a Principal on the Private Equity and Junior Capital team for Churchill. He is a member of the Junior Capital Investment Team. Mr. Fricke is actively involved in sourcing and executing Junior Capital Investments, as well as investments in private equity funds. Prior to joining the organization, Derek spent several years as an investment team member at Chrysalis Ventures, a $400 million venture capital firm investing in early stage healthcare services, business services, and technology companies. Previously, Derek was an active mezzanine capital and equity investor in middle-market media and technology companies as an investment team member at BIA Digital Partners. Derek began his career in investment banking in Atlanta, GA with SunTrust Robinson Humphrey. Derek is a graduate of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, where he earned a BS degree in Business Administration from the Kenan-Flagler School of Business.
Anne Philpott, Principal, Private Equity & Junior Capital, Churchill
Anne Philpott is a Principal on the Private Equity and Junior Capital team for Churchill. She is a member of the Junior Capital Investment Team. Ms. Philpott is actively involved in sourcing and executing investments in Junior Capital Investments, as well as investments in private equity funds. Prior to her current position, Ms. Philpott worked in TIAA’s Private Debt Placements group focused on investment grade debt originations and underwriting. Anne holds a B.S. in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania. She is a CFA charter holder and a member of the CFA Institute. 
Other Senior Investment Professionals of Churchill
David Heilbrunn, Senior Managing Director, Head of Product Development & Capital Raising, Churchill
Senior Managing Director David A. Heilbrunn leads product development & capital raising for Churchill, focusing on strategic initiatives, structuring new products and developing important institutional client relationships. He is also responsible for optimizing the firm’s various financing arrangements and supervises Churchill’s CLO platform. Prior to joining in 2017, Mr. Heilbrunn held senior roles at several firms, including managing director of Fifth Street Asset Management; managing director of The Carlyle Group; senior managing director and Head of Corporate Strategy & Development for Churchill Financial; and managing director and CDO Group Head for Bear Stearns & Co. and JP Morgan. Mr. Heilbrunn received an M.B.A., with Distinction, from the Ross School of Business at the University of Michigan and a B.S. in accounting, magna cum laude, from The State University of New York at Albany in 1987.
Investment Advisory Agreement
The description below of the Investment Advisory Agreement is only a summary and is not necessarily complete. The description set forth below is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Investment Advisory Agreement filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.
The Adviser is responsible for the overall management of the Company’s activities pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement.
The Adviser has delegated substantially all of its day-to-day portfolio-management obligations as set forth in the Investment Advisory Agreement to Churchill pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement. The Adviser has general oversight over the investment process on behalf of the Company. The Adviser also has ultimate responsibility for the Company’s performance under the terms of the Advisory Agreement.
Base Management Fee
The Company will pay a management fee (the “Management Fee”) to the Adviser. The Management Fee is payable quarterly in arrears and will commence with the initial drawdown from investors in the Private Offering. Prior to any

8


listing of Shares on a national securities exchange (the “Exchange Listing”), or any listing of its securities on any other public trading market, the base management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 0.75% of average total assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents and undrawn capital commitments and including assets financed using leverage (“Average Total Assets”), at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. Following an Exchange Listing, the base management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.25% of Average Total Assets.
The Adviser will retain 20% of the management fee. The remaining amount will be paid by the Adviser to Churchill as compensation for services provided by Churchill pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement.
Incentive Fee
Prior to an Exchange Listing, or any listing of its securities on any other public trading market, the Company will pay no incentive fee to the Adviser.
Following an Exchange Listing, the Company will pay an incentive fee to the Adviser that will consist of two parts. The first part will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for the preceding quarter. Pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, any expenses payable under the administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) with Nuveen Churchill Administration LLC, our administrator (the “Administrator”), and any interest expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred shares, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income will include, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature such as market discount, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred shares with PIK dividends and zero-coupon securities, accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash. The Adviser is not under any obligation to reimburse the Company for any part of the incentive fee it received that was based on accrued interest that the Company never receives.
Pre-incentive fee net investment income will not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital gains or losses. If any distributions from portfolio companies are characterized as a return of capital, such returns of capital would affect the capital gains incentive fee to the extent a gain or loss is realized. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that the Company may pay an incentive fee in a quarter in which it incurs a loss. For example, if the Company receives pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the hurdle rate (as defined below) for a quarter, the Company will pay the applicable incentive fee even if it has incurred a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses.
Pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable during the period) at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a fixed “hurdle rate” of 1.50% per quarter (6% annually). If market interest rates rise, the Company may be able to invest in debt instruments that provide for a higher return, which would increase pre-incentive fee net investment income and make it easier for the Adviser to surpass the fixed hurdle rate and receive an incentive fee based on such net investment income.
Following an Exchange Listing, the Company will pay the Adviser with respect to pre-incentive fee net investment income in each calendar quarter as follows:
no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which the pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate of 1.50% (6% annually);
100% of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 1.76% in any calendar quarter following an Exchange Listing. The Company refers to this portion of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income as the “catch-up” provision. Following an Exchange Listing, the catch-up is meant

9


to provide the Adviser with 15% of the pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply if this net investment income exceeds 1.76% in any calendar quarter; and
following an Exchange Listing, 15% of the amount of pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 1.76% in any calendar quarter.
The following is a graphical representation of the quarterly calculation of the income-related portion of the incentive fee:
BUSINESS1A.JPG
These calculations will be appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.
Following an Exchange Listing, the second part of the incentive fee is a capital gains incentive fee that will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each fiscal year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), and equals 15.0% of the Company’s realized capital gains as of the end of the fiscal year following an Exchange Listing. In determining the capital gains incentive fee payable to the Adviser, the Company will calculate the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains and cumulative aggregate realized capital losses since inception, and the aggregate unrealized capital depreciation as of the date of the calculation, as applicable, with respect to each of the investments in the Company’s portfolio. For this purpose, cumulative aggregate realized capital gains, if any, equals the sum of the differences between the net sales price of each investment, when sold, and the amortized cost of such investment. Cumulative aggregate realized capital losses equals the sum of the amounts by which the net sales price of each investment, when sold, is less than the amortized cost of such investment since inception. Aggregate unrealized capital depreciation equals the sum of the difference, if negative, between the valuation of each investment as of the applicable calculation date and the amortized cost of such investment. At the end of the applicable year, the amount of capital gains that will serve as the basis for the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee equals the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains less cumulative aggregate realized capital losses, less aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, with respect to our portfolio of investments. If this number is positive at the end of such year, then the capital gains incentive fee for such year equals 15.0% of such amount following an Exchange Listing, as applicable, less the aggregate amount of any capital gains incentive fees paid in respect of the Company’s portfolio in all prior years following an Exchange Listing.
The Adviser will retain 20% of the incentive fee. The remaining amount will be paid by the Adviser to Churchill as compensation for services provided by Churchill pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement.
Payment of Our Expenses
The expenses incurred by each Adviser and/or its affiliates, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services to the Company, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of personnel allocable to these services to the Company, will be provided and paid for by each Adviser, as applicable, and not by the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, unless the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser elects to bear or waive any of the following costs, the Company will bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including, without limitation: (i) fees and costs incurred in organizing the Company; (ii) fees and costs associated with calculating net asset value (“NAV”) (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm); (iii) expenses, including travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, incurred by the Advisers, or members of their investment

10


teams, or payable to third parties, in evaluating, developing, negotiating, structuring and performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, including such expenses related to potential investments that were not consummated, and, if necessary, enforcing the Company’s rights; (iv) fees and expenses incurred by the Advisers (and their affiliates) or Administrator (or its affiliates) payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for the Company and in conducting research and due diligence on prospective investments and equity sponsors, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring the Company’s investments and monitoring investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis; (v) any and all fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the incurrence of leverage and indebtedness of the Company, including borrowings, dollar rolls, reverse purchase agreements, credit facilities, securitizations, margin financing and derivatives and swaps, and including any principal or interest on the Company’s borrowings and indebtedness (including, without limitation, any fees, costs, and expenses incurred in obtaining lines of credit, loan commitments, and letters of credit for the account of the Company and in making, carrying, funding and/or otherwise resolving investment guarantees); (vi) fees and costs associated with offerings, sales, and repurchases of the Company’s Shares and other securities; (vii) fees and expenses payable under any underwriting, dealer manager or placement agent agreements, if any; (viii) investment advisory fees payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement; (ix) administration fees and expenses, if any, payable under the Administration Agreement (including payments under the Administration Agreement between us and the Administrator, based upon our allocable portion of the Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of the Company’s chief financial officer and chief compliance officer, and their respective staffs); (x) costs incurred in connection with investor relations, board of directors relations, and preparing for and effectuating the listing of Shares on any securities exchange; (xi) any applicable administrative agent fees or loan arranging fees incurred with respect to Portfolio Investments by the Advisers, the Administrator or an affiliate thereof; (xii) any and all fees, costs and expenses incurred in implementing or maintaining third-party or proprietary software tools, programs or other technology for the benefit of the Company (including, without limitation, any and all fees, costs and expenses of any investment, books and records, portfolio compliance and reporting systems, general ledger or portfolio accounting systems and similar systems and services, including, without limitation, consultant, software licensing, data management and recovery services fees and expenses); (xiii) transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses; (xiv) federal and state registration fees; (xv) all costs of registration and listing the Shares on any securities exchange; (xvi) federal, state and local taxes; (xvii) independent directors’ fees and expenses, including reasonable travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, and any legal counsel or other advisors retained by, or at the discretion or for the benefit of, the independent directors; (xviii) costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required by the SEC or other regulators, and all fees, costs and expenses related to compliance-related matters (such as developing and implementing specific policies and procedures in order to comply with certain regulatory requirements) and regulatory filings related to the Company’s activities and/or other regulatory filings, notices or disclosures of the Advisers and their respective affiliates relating to the Company and its activities; (xix) costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to shareholders, including printing costs; (xx) fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums; (xxi) direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors, tax preparers and outside legal costs; (xxii) proxy voting expenses; (xxiii) all expenses relating to payments of dividends or interest or distributions in cash or any other form made or caused to be made by the Board of Directors to or on account of holders of the securities of the Company, including in connection with any dividend reinvestment plan or direct stock purchase plan; (xxiv) costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold the Company’s assets for tax or other purposes; (xxv) the allocated costs incurred by the Advisers and/or the Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it; (xxvi) allocable fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts on behalf of the Company; (xxvii) all fees, costs and expenses of any litigation involving the Company or its portfolio companies and the amount of any judgments or settlements paid in connection therewith, directors and officers, liability or other insurance (including costs of title insurance) and indemnification (including advancement of any fees, costs or expenses to persons entitled to indemnification) or extraordinary expense or liability relating to Company’s affairs; (xxviii) fees, costs and expenses of winding up and liquidating the Company’s assets; and (xxix) all other expenses incurred by the Company, the Advisers or the Administrator in connection with administering the Company’s business.

11


Duration and Termination
Unless terminated earlier as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from December 31, 2019, the date it first became effective, and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by the Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, and, in each case, a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons”.
The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by the Adviser and may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities may also terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement without penalty.
See “Risk Factors and Potential Conflicts of Interest — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure — We depend upon the senior management of Churchill for our success, and upon its access to the investment professionals of Nuveen and its affiliates” and “— Each Adviser can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.
Indemnification
The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that the Company will indemnify the Adviser and its affiliates (each, an “Adviser Indemnitee”) against any liabilities relating to the offering of its Shares or its business, operation, administration or termination, if the Adviser Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it believed to be in, or not opposed to, the Company’s interest and except to the extent arising out of the Adviser Indemnitee’s gross negligence, fraud or knowing and willful misconduct. The Company may pay the expenses incurred by the Adviser Indemnitee in defending an actual or threatened civil or criminal action in advance of the final disposition of such action, provided the Adviser Indemnitee agrees to repay those expenses if found by adjudication not to be entitled to indemnification.
Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement
The Board, including a majority of independent directors, held an in-person meeting to consider and approve the Investment Advisory Agreement and related matters. The Board was provided the information it required to consider the Investment Advisory Agreement, including: (a) the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to us by the Adviser; (b) comparative data with respect to advisory fees or similar expenses paid by other BDCs with similar investment objectives; (c) our projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to BDCs with similar investment objectives; (d) any existing and potential sources of indirect income to the Adviser from its relationship with us and the profitability of that relationship; (e) information about the services to be performed and the personnel performing such services under the Investment Advisory Agreement; (f) the organizational capability and financial condition of Adviser and its affiliates; and (g) the possibility of obtaining similar services from other third-party service providers or through an internally managed structure.
The Board will oversee and monitor the investment performance of the Adviser. Beginning with the second anniversary of the effective date of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Board, including a majority of independent directors, will annually review and consider whether to re-approve the Investment Advisory Agreement, including the compensation we pay to the Adviser.
Sub-Advisory Agreement
The description below of the Sub-Advisory Agreement is only a summary and is not necessarily complete. The description set forth below is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Sub-Advisory Agreement filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.
The Adviser has delegated substantially all of its day-to-day portfolio-management obligations as set forth in the Investment Advisory Agreement to Churchill pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement. The Adviser and Churchill

12


entered into the Sub-Advisory Agreement, which was approved by the Board, and the terms of which provide Churchill with broad delegated authority to oversee the Company’s portfolio.
Under the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement, Churchill will, among other things: (i) identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of investments (including performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies); (ii) close and monitor investments; and (iii) determine the securities and other assets to be purchased, retained or sold.
Duration and Termination
Unless terminated earlier as described below, the Sub-Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from December 31, 2019, the date it first became effective, and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by the Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, and, in each case, a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons”.
The Sub-Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by the Sub-Adviser and may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities may also terminate the Sub- Advisory Agreement without penalty.
See “Risk Factors and Potential Conflicts of Interest — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure — We depend upon the senior management of Churchill for our success, and upon its access to the investment professionals of Nuveen and its affiliates” and “— Each Adviser can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.
Indemnification
The Sub-Advisory Agreement provides that the Company will indemnify Churchill and its affiliates (each, a “Churchill Indemnitee”) against any liabilities relating to the offering of its Shares or its business, operation, administration or termination, if the Churchill Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it believed to be in, or not opposed to, the Company’s interest and except to the extent arising out of the Churchill Indemnitee’s gross negligence, fraud or knowing and willful misconduct. The Company may pay the expenses incurred by the Churchill Indemnitee in defending an actual or threatened civil or criminal action in advance of the final disposition of such action, provided the Churchill Indemnitee agrees to repay those expenses if found by adjudication not to be entitled to indemnification.
Board Approval of the Sub-Advisory Agreement
The Board, including a majority of the independent directors, held an in-person meeting to consider and approve the Sub-Advisory Agreement and related matters. The Board was provided the information it required to consider the Sub-Advisory Agreement, including: (a) the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to us by the Sub-Adviser; (b) comparative data with respect to advisory fees or similar expenses paid by other BDCs with similar investment objectives; (c) our projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to BDCs with similar investment objectives; (d) any existing and potential sources of indirect income to the Sub-Adviser from its relationship with us and the profitability of that relationship; (e) information about the services to be performed and the personnel performing such services under the Sub-Advisory Agreement; (f) the organizational capability and financial condition of Churchill and its affiliates; and (g) the possibility of obtaining similar services from other third-party service providers or through an internally managed structure.
The Board will oversee and monitor the investment performance of the Sub-Adviser. Beginning with the second anniversary of the effective date of the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Board, including a majority of independent directors, will annually review and consider whether to re-approve the Sub-Advisory Agreement, including the compensation paid to the Sub-Adviser.

13


Expense Support Agreement
The description below of the Expense Support Agreement is only a summary and is not necessarily complete. The description set forth below is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Expense Support Agreement filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.
The Company has entered into an expense support and conditional reimbursement agreement (the “Expense Support Agreement”) with the Adviser. The Expense Support Agreement provides that, at such times as the Adviser determines, the Adviser may pay certain expenses of the Company, provided that no portion of the payment will be used to pay any interest expense of the Company (each, an “Expense Payment”). Such Expense Payment will be made in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after a written commitment from the Adviser to pay such expense, and/or by an offset against amounts due from the Company to the Adviser or its affiliates. Following any calendar quarter in which Available Operating Funds (as defined in the Expense Support Agreement) exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to our Shareholders based on distributions declared with respect to record dates occurring in such calendar quarter (such amount referred to as the “Excess Operating Funds”), the Company shall pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof (each, a “Reimbursement Payment”), to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar quarter have been reimbursed. The amount of the Reimbursement Payment for any calendar quarter shall equal the lesser of (i) the Excess Operating Funds in such quarter and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar quarter that have not been previously reimbursed by the Company to the Adviser. The Expense Support Agreement provides additional restrictions on the amount of each Reimbursement Payment for any calendar quarter and no Reimbursement Payment will be made for any quarter if: (1) the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share (as defined in the Expense Support Agreement) declared by the Company at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is less than the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates, or (2) the Company’s Operating Expense Ratio (as defined in the Expense Support Agreement) at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is greater than the Operating Expense Ratio at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates. The Adviser may waive its right to receive all or a portion of any Reimbursement Payment in any particular calendar quarter, so that such Reimbursement Payment may be reimbursable in a future calendar quarter within three years of the date of the applicable Expense Payment.
Administration Agreement
The description below of the Administration Agreement is only a summary and is not necessarily complete. The description set forth below is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Administration Agreement filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement.
Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, the Administrator furnishes the Company with office facilities and equipment and provides clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. The Administrator will perform, or oversee the performance of, our required administrative services, which include, among other things, assisting the Company with the preparation of the financial records that the Company is required to maintain and with the preparation of reports to shareholders and reports filed with the SEC. The Administrator will also assist the Company in determining and publishing our NAV, overseeing the preparation and filing of tax returns, printing and disseminating reports to shareholders and generally overseeing the payment of expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Company by others. At the request of the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, the Administrator will also provide (or cause to be provided) managerial assistance on the Company’s behalf to those portfolio companies that have accepted the Company’s offer to provide such assistance. U.S. Bank, National Association (“U.S. Bank”), provides the Company with certain fund administration and bookkeeping services pursuant to a sub-administration agreement with the Administrator.

14


Employees
We do not have any internal employees. We depend on the investment expertise, skill and network of business contacts of the senior investment professionals of Churchill, who evaluate, negotiate, structure, execute, monitor and service our investments in accordance with the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement.
Investment Strategy
The Company’s investment objective is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns primarily through current income by investing in senior secured loans to private equity-owned U.S. middle market companies.
The Company will invest primarily in first-lien senior secured debt and unitranche loans (other than last-out positions in unitranche loans) to middle market companies that require capital for growth, acquisitions, recapitalizations, refinancings and leveraged buyouts. Senior Loans typically pay interest at rates which are determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate, primarily LIBOR, plus a premium. “Unitranche” loans are those Senior Loans that typically have a first lien on all assets of the borrower but provide leverage levels comparable to a combination of first-lien and second-lien or subordinated loans. The Company will also opportunistically make direct investments in second-lien loans, subordinated debt, last-out positions in unitranche loans and equity-related securities. Such Junior Capital Investments will include cash paying subordinated debt (including fixed-rate subordinated loans, which may have a portion of PIK income, and floating-rate second-lien term loans), subordinated PIK notes (with no current cash payments) and/or equity securities (with no current cash payments).
The Company expects to target an investment portfolio comprising, directly or indirectly, at least 80% and up to 100% of its investment portfolio in Senior Loans. The Company expects to invest on an opportunistic basis up to 20% of its investment portfolio in Junior Capital Investments. However, the make-up of the Company’s investment portfolio may vary over time due to factors such as market conditions and the availability of attractive investment opportunities. For example, it is possible that the Company will from time to time maintain a portfolio exclusively comprising Senior Loans, such as during its initial ramp-up phase.
The Company will seek to partner with strong management teams executing long-term growth strategies. Target Portfolio Companies will typically exhibit some or all of the following characteristics:
annual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) of $10 million - $100 million, with a focus on EBITDA of $10 million - $50 million;
significant cash equity capitalization supported by a private equity sponsor;
sustainable leading positions in their respective markets;
scalable revenues and operating cash flow;
experienced management teams with successful track records and the ability to successfully operate in a leveraged environment and to adapt to challenging economic or business conditions;
strong recurring revenue or “re-occurring” revenue, with good visibility of backlog and revenue;
stable, predictable cash flows with low technology and market risks;
diversified product offering and customer base;
low capital expenditure requirements;
a North American base of operations;

15


strong customer relationships;
products, services or distribution channels having distinctive competitive advantages; and
defensible niche strategy or other barriers to entry.
While Churchill believes that the criteria listed above are important in identifying and investing in prospective Portfolio Companies, not all of these criteria necessarily will be met by each prospective Portfolio Company. In addition, subject to its Charter and Bylaws, the Company may change its investment objective and/or investment criteria over time without notice to or consent from shareholders.
Summary of Key Attributes of Middle Market Senior Loans
Churchill believes that investments in Senior Loans of middle market corporate borrowers have attributes that offer attractive risk/reward characteristics, including:
compelling economic and market fundamentals that support the need for Senior Loan capital and improved competitive dynamics for non-traditional lenders;
“buy-and-hold” investments that emphasize a high-touch relationship alignment with sponsors and the lending club;
floating-rate loans that provide protection against increases in interest rates, with middle market loans typically containing floating rate floors in the event a lower-interest rate environment returns;
small lending groups to facilitate more effective restructurings when necessary;
higher proportion of sponsor equity (typically 40% or greater) and increased likelihood of sponsors supporting troubled situations with additional equity as compared to the broadly syndicated loan market;
attractive yield premiums relative to public market credit and broadly syndicated debt strategies;
strong return potential relative to risk profile;
significant downside protection due to capital structure seniority, tighter structure than publicly traded loan investments in the broadly syndicated market (in the form of covenants), private equity sponsor backing, and deep due diligence; and
favorable supply/demand dynamic with strong sponsor relationships and high-hold capacities providing steady flow of attractive opportunities for well-positioned lenders.

16


In assessing the middle market, Churchill anticipates that traditional middle market Senior Loan opportunities will typically, but not exclusively, have the following characteristics relative to lower middle market opportunities and more broadly syndicated loans:
 
Lower
middle market
Traditional
middle market
Upper
middle market
Broadly
syndicated market
Size of senior loan facility
$5 to $50 million
$50 to $250 million
>$250 to $500 million
>$500 million
Company size (EBITDA)
$1 to $10 million
$10 to $50 million
$50 to $100 million
$50+ million
Size of Lending Group
1 to 3
2 to 6
10 to 50
20 to 100+
Spread/LIBOR floor
500 to 700 bps/100
400 to 600 bps/100
300 to 400 bps/100
300 to 400 bps/100
Borrower compliance metrics
Traditional covenants
Traditional covenants
Covenant-lite
Covenant-lite
Loan sourcing
Direct transactional driven
Direct relationship driven
Buyer model
Buyer model
Liquidity
Illiquid
Relatively illiquid
Relatively illiquid
Liquid
Level of borrower diligence
Primary due diligence
Extensive primary and secondary
due diligence
Less due diligence
Less due diligence
Summary of Key Attributes of Sponsored Middle Market Junior Capital Investments
Churchill believes that Junior Capital Investments in private-equity sponsored middle-market companies have attributes that offer attractive risk/reward characteristics, including:
better economics, lower leverage levels and structural advantages versus larger syndicated market alternatives;
better stability and capital preservation characteristics than smaller, more speculative investments akin to venture capital and/or growth equity;
‘buy-and-hold’ investments which emphasize a high-touch relationship with sponsors, with whom the Junior Capital Investment Team has deep relationships through limited partner commitments and advisory board seats;
compelling economic and market fundamentals that support the need for Junior Capital Investments and offer improved competitive dynamics for non-traditional lenders;
diversity across cash paying investments, higher yielding non-cash paying securities, and preferred and common equity, ultimately blending to an attractive internal rate of return (“IRR”) profile;
in the case of Junior Capital Investments other than common equity, significant downside protection due to contractual returns, maintenance covenants, seniority to equity, support from well capitalized private-equity sponsors, and excellent transparency/understanding of company performance through thorough due diligence and significant information rights; and
substantial information advantage versus syndicated/upper market given board observer rights and accompanying sponsor access.
Overview of Market Opportunity
Churchill believes that the U.S. middle market is an attractive target market, in terms of its size, investment opportunities and the trends supporting private equity ownership and BDC investment within the space. Churchill believes that middle market companies, roughly defined as those with $10 million to $100 million of EBITDA, are scaled to a sufficient size to enable durable business models and strong management teams but are still small enough to offer substantial prospects for growth and operational improvement. Additionally, many middle market companies

17


reside beneath the size threshold of larger, more traditional lenders, offering less competitively pursued investment opportunities. Further, the significant private equity capital committed to the market makes it possible for an established, experienced capital provider to construct a high-quality middle market portfolio, producing a potentially attractive risk-adjusted return. Additionally, the BDC leverage limit was legally changed in March 2018 to allow BDCs to employ leverage of up to two times debt to equity, up from one time, making the vehicle more attractive to a conservative, senior lender such as Churchill.
If it were a standalone economy, the U.S. middle market would be the third largest in the world based on measures of gross domestic product, and Churchill believes it represents a very large and growing investment opportunity. Historically, it is a sector of the U.S. economy that had been served by commercial banks and other traditional lenders. However, over the past 20 years, other capital providers, such as other BDCs, specialty finance companies, structured-credit vehicles (such as CLOs) and private investment funds, have invested more actively in the middle market. Since the global credit crisis of 2008-2009, Churchill believes that increased capital requirements and regulatory burdens have led to further improved competitive dynamics for these non-traditional lenders. Large banks are constrained by regulatory reforms such as the Basel III international regulations developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. As a result, many large banks have shifted their focus more to broadly syndicated and more liquid deals, while also providing fee-based services that require less capital.
Further, Churchill believes that the demand for Senior Loans by middle market companies is favorable to capital providers such as the Company. As of the end of June 2019, private equity firms had $515 billion in uninvested private equity capital available for investment. Private equity firms will be highly motivated to deploy these funds before the end of their investment periods, typically three to five years. At a typical capitalization of 40% or greater equity, this translates into over $1.1 trillion in new middle market loan demand over the next several years as the private equity capital is deployed. In addition, Churchill anticipates that there is a significant need for refinancing of existing loans made to middle market companies. The $628 billion of expected middle market loans maturing between 2020 and 2025 should provide a steady flow of attractive opportunities for well-positioned lenders with deep and long-standing sponsor and market relationships. Combined with the private equity dry powder, this translates into a total projected financing need of over $1.7 trillion over the next five years. Churchill expects that these factors should result in a very favorable environment for any lender with a steady source of capital and an experienced investment team that can correctly assess the opportunity set.
Additional dynamics that impact the current opportunity in Senior Loans include the creep of broadly syndicated loan terms into the upper middle market, the consolidation of lending groups by sponsors, the resulting rise of importance of scale, and the volume of fundraising for direct lending strategies. Over the past few years, more borrower-friendly terms typically found in the larger liquid credit markets have drifted down into the upper middle market (such as increased leverage, aggressive pro forma EBITDA adjustments and “covenant-lite” structures), driving Churchill’s opportunity set towards traditional middle market borrowers with EBITDA between $10 and $50 million. The changing dynamics of sponsor financing have generally enhanced the opportunities available to the Senior Loan Investment Team. Middle market private equity sponsors have been consolidating their preferred lender groups, with club executions the norm in the traditional middle market. The sponsors are increasingly seeking to partner with lenders of scale that have balance sheet strength, surety of execution and longstanding reputations, and who can lead or be meaningful participants in the loans to their portfolio companies. Finally, recognizing that middle-market companies have not had the same access to senior loan capital as larger, more liquid borrowers has led to meaningful fundraising for private credit. However, Churchill believes that managers that focus on the unique niche of well-structured, conservatively leveraged loans to traditional middle market businesses owned by private equity sponsors have attracted less capital than competing strategies and continue to offer a compelling investment opportunity. Churchill believes the Company will be well-positioned due to Churchill’s strong sourcing capabilities, conservative focus and the Senior Loan Investment Team’s ability to act as an arranger with a larger hold position in middle market Senior Loan club deals.
Churchill also believes that Junior Capital Investments are particularly well positioned within middle market buyout capital structures if valuations paid by sponsors for assets continue to rise. Sponsors must use innovative financing solutions above and beyond traditional senior loans in order to appropriately size equity checks and achieve desired returns. The Company provides a comprehensive set of customized capital solutions which can be tailored by the Junior

18


Capital Investment Team according to the needs and preferences of any middle market deal, potentially functioning as a one-stop shop where circumstances permit.
Senior Loans
The Company will primarily invest in Senior Loans. Below is a further description of anticipated Portfolio Investments in Senior Loans.
First-Lien Senior Secured Loans. The Company will typically obtain collateral from Portfolio Companies in support of the repayment of such loans. This collateral will take the form of first-priority liens on substantially all of the borrower’s assets, including the equity interests of its domestic subsidiaries. The Company’s first-lien senior secured loans may provide for loan amortization in the early years of a loan, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity, with the expectation, and a contractual requirement of an excess cash flow sweep, that the borrower will often pre-pay the loan from cash flows in excess of the scheduled amortization. First-lien senior secured loans generally allow the borrower to make a large lump sum payment of principal at the end of the loan term, and there is a risk of loss if the borrower is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance the amount owed at maturity.
Unitranche Loans. In connection with Company investments in unitranche loans, it is expected that the Company will obtain security interests in substantially all of the assets of these Portfolio Companies that will serve as collateral in support of the repayment of these loans. This collateral will take the form of first-priority liens on substantially all of the borrower’s assets, including the equity interests of its domestic subsidiaries. Unitranche loans typically provide for loan amortization in the initial years of the facility, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity, with a contractual requirement for excess cash flow sweeps which reduce the average life of the loan. Unitranche loans generally allow the borrower to make a large lump sum payment of principal at the end of the loan term, and there is a risk of loss if the borrower is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance the amount owed at maturity. Company investments in unitranche loans which constitute Senior Loans may be in participations across the entire loan or through an agreement among lenders in participations in first-out term loans.
Junior Capital Investments
In addition to making investments in Senior Loans, the Company may invest opportunistically in second-lien loans, subordinated loans, “last-out” positions of unitranche loans and equity-related securities made to middle market companies in which the Company may or may not also hold a corresponding Senior Loan investment. Below is a further description of anticipated Portfolio Investments in Junior Capital Investments.
Second-Lien Loans. It is anticipated that, in connection with Company investments in second-lien loans, the Company will obtain security interests in the assets of these Portfolio Companies that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of such loans. This collateral may take the form of second priority liens on the assets of the Portfolio Company. The Company also considers a last-out position in a unitranche loan to be similar to a second-lien loan regarding the priority of payment of last-out positions.
Subordinated Loans. It is anticipated that, in connection with Company investments in subordinated loans, the Company will structure unsecured subordinated loans that provide for high fixed interest rates with substantial current interest income and potentially equity participation or warrants that materially enhance the overall return of the security. The subordinated loans would typically have terms of 6 to 8 years. In some cases, subordinated debt may be collateralized by a subordinated lien on some or all of the assets of the borrower and may provide for some of the interest payable to be PIK.
Equity Investments. The Company may make equity co-investments alongside private equity sponsors in a limited number of transactions where Churchill believes the potential returns are attractive. The Company would generally not seek to be the majority or “control” equity investor but would make such investments where Churchill believes that there is significant potential to enhance the overall yield on the Company’s debt investment in the transaction. An equity investment may be common, preferred, or holding company preferred. In addition, the Company may acquire equity

19


interests other than at original investment (e.g., in connection with an out-of-court restructuring or a bankruptcy proceeding related to a Portfolio Investment).
Competitive Advantages
Churchill believes that the foundations of its competitive advantage are its long-standing market presence, ability to invest in size, strong relationships with private equity firms, sourcing capabilities, and ability to compete on factors other than pricing. Churchill has built a reputation of professionalism and collaboration that positions it to be a preferred capital provider for private equity sponsors’ capital needs. Churchill believes that this reputation in the marketplace is built upon several factors: strong relationships with private equity firms combined with meaningful private equity fund investments; a robust origination and underwriting capability that offers creative and flexible capital solutions; an experienced and deep management team with substantial middle market finance experience; the benefits of alignment with TIAA, its ultimate parent company and largest client; and a cycle-tested track record.
Strong relationships with private equity firms combined with meaningful private equity fund investments
Churchill’s Senior Loan Investment Team is led by the members of the Senior Loan Investment Committee, who average over 25 years of middle market lending experience. A majority of the Senior Loan Investment Committee have worked together for more than 13 years, focusing exclusively on originating, underwriting and monitoring middle market senior loans. During this time, the team has developed deep relationships with hundreds of private equity sponsors and has become a preferred partner to them. Dedicated origination professionals source deal flow from these long-established sources, allowing Churchill to review upwards of 500 Senior Loan opportunities per year. The Senior Loan Investment Team’s partnership approach and strong value proposition to private equity firms, as one of a handful of middle market lenders with the ability to commit up to $150 million per transaction, ensure that Churchill sees the widest possible range of Senior Loan transactions in the market and can be highly selective with regards to which borrowers it ultimately decides to provide capital.
Churchill’s Junior Capital Investment Team is led by the members of the Junior Capital Investment Committee. This team, acting on behalf of TIAA, has been an active private equity fund investor since 1998, with what Churchill believes is a blue-chip reputation as a limited partner. Since 2011, the Junior Capital Investment Team has invested over $6.0 billion of limited partnership commitments with approximately 80 core private equity firms, with advisory board representation in the majority of relationships. (See “—Investment Process Overview” and “Management”). Churchill believes that the Junior Capital Investment Team’s advisory board representation sets it apart from smaller investors who do not participate in a meaningful way and places it in an attractive position to generate deal flow across the Churchill platform.
Churchill has existing relationships with over 400 middle market private equity funds and significant advisory board representation, and has been involved in significant financial activity with (including in some cases investing as a limited partner or similar equity holder of) nearly 100 of the most active middle market private equity firms in the United States. TIAA and Nuveen have been investors in the private debt and equity markets for almost 50 years and, as of September 30, 2019, Churchill and its private capital affiliates held a portfolio of $69 billion in assets that are broadly diversified by industry and region.
Creative and flexible capital solutions
Because all transactions are unique and require different capital solutions, Churchill’s ability to offer a variety of capital solutions is both differentiated in the market and valued by sponsors. For example, the Senior Loan Investment Team has the ability to pivot between traditional first-lien senior secured loans and unitranche loans, while the Junior Capital Investment Team has the ability to pivot between junior secured or unsecured debt instruments, and also can structure investments in other forms, such as payment-in-kind securities and other instruments that may be similar to preferred equity or equity-like in nature . Both Investment Teams can also offer borrowers delayed draw term loans, further enhancing flexibility. Often, capital requirements change over the course of a transaction. Having the latitude to pivot across investment solutions without compromising the objective of superior risk-adjusted returns has enabled Churchill and its affiliates to build market share over time.

20


Robust origination and underwriting platform
Churchill has developed a robust investment process and benefits from a team of professionals that have extensive experience in structuring investments and constructing middle-market loan and junior capital portfolios (See sections below entitled “—Investment Process Overview” and “Management”). By way of example, the members of Churchill’s Senior Loan Investment Committee have on average more than 25 years of industry experience and have focused expertise in originating, underwriting, and monitoring middle market Senior Loan investments. In addition, many of the senior members of the Investment Teams have held senior management and other positions at a number of leading middle market firms and have existing relationships with many of the active participants in the middle market. As a result, we expect that the Company will be well positioned to take advantage of the demand for capital in the middle market, particularly from private equity sponsored companies, a market segment where Churchill has years of investing experience.
In addition, on the basis of the relationships and partnerships that Churchill has established over the years, Churchill believes that it will be able to provide the Company with a large and diverse pipeline of middle market investment opportunities, thereby allowing it to be highly selective and to maintain underwriting standards. Using a disciplined approach, the Investment Teams will seek to minimize credit losses through comprehensive due diligence of Portfolio Company fundamentals, terms and conditions and covenant packages. Similarly, following each middle market investment, it will implement a regimented credit monitoring system that involves daily, weekly, monthly, and quarterly reviews and analysis by the investment professionals, which it believes may enable it to identify problems before it faces difficult liquidity constraints.
Experienced and deep management
Churchill is led by industry veterans who bring an average of over 25 years’ experience in middle market investing. Senior management and the Investment Teams have a long history of working together focused exclusively on originating, underwriting, and monitoring middle market investments. The predecessor company managed by Churchill’s senior management team, Churchill Financial, LLC (“Churchill Financial”), was founded in 2006 by current senior management team members Ken Kencel, George Kurteson, Randy Schwimmer and Christopher Cox (the “Churchill Financial Founders”). The Churchill Financial Founders have together unanimously approved all of the approximately 620 loans made by Churchill Financial and Churchill since 2006. This core management team has been strengthened with the additions of David Heilbrunn, an original Churchill Financial team member, as Head of Product Development and Capital Raising in 2016, Shai Vichness as Chief Financial Officer in 2018 (solidifying the significant role he had in launching Churchill as a part of TIAA’s asset management division (now doing business as Nuveen) in 2015); and Mat Linett, a long-time senior investment professional of Churchill Financial and Churchill, as Head of Underwriting in early 2019. The Churchill Financial Founders, together with Messrs. Vichness and Linett, now comprise the Senior Loan Investment Committee.
Additionally, in April 2019, Nuveen announced that its Private Equity and Junior Capital team would become part of Churchill, which occurred in early 2020, combining Nuveen’s middle market private-capital capabilities in one team to achieve increased collaboration and scale.  As a result of this combination, Churchill provides investors with a focused strategy for capitalizing on opportunities in the middle market, extensive market knowledge and a differentiated platform. The team includes over 60 professionals in New York, Charlotte and Chicago investing over $5 billion annually and overseeing approximately $22 billion in committed capital and $17.8 billion in assets under management across multiple investment vehicles and including nearly 100 limited partner commitments. In connection with this combination, Jason Strife joined the Churchill Financial Founders and Messrs. Heilbrunn, Vichness and Linett as part of the Churchill Management Team. The Junior Capital Investment Team brings rich experience in middle market private equity, mezzanine lending, investment banking, and capital markets roles, with several team members having experience investing across the entire balance sheet. Since 2011, Jason Strife has held a leadership role on the Junior Capital Investment Team, responsible for investing nearly $10 billion across private equity limited partnership funds, equity co-investments and junior debt lending.

21


Benefits of alignment with Nuveen and TIAA
Churchill benefits substantially from the scale and resources of its parent company, Nuveen, and Nuveen’s parent company, TIAA. Nuveen is a $1,027 billion asset manager with $69 billion of assets invested in private capital, in each case as of September 30, 2019. Churchill leverages experience and functionality across Nuveen’s platform, allowing it to focus on its middle market investment expertise. Additionally, Churchill invests in Senior Loans on behalf of TIAA’s general account side-by-side with third party investors in nearly all of its transactions, with TIAA representing approximately 30% of the Senior Loan Investment Team’s committed capital (excluding the investments made by the Churchill Financial Founders for Churchill Financial prior to the establishment of Churchill as an affiliate of TIAA and Nuveen). The Junior Capital Investment Team also invests on behalf of the TIAA general account, with TIAA constituting a majority of its invested capital. This alignment ensures that Churchill consistently thinks and acts like a long-term investor in the asset class.
Cycle tested track record
Churchill is differentiated by the success and length of its track record. The Senior Loan Investment Team has a demonstrated ability to effectively invest across market cycles, with the Churchill Financial Founders having underwritten $12.6 billion of senior loans in approximately 620 transactions from 2006 through 2019. Over that 14-year period, the team, joined by the other members of the Senior Loan Investment Committee while at Churchill, have achieved a cumulative loss rate of approximately 0.8% for the senior loan strategy, and a weighted average asset-level portfolio yield, net of losses, of 6.9% since inception, with the lowest annual asset-level yield of 4.2% in 2009.
Investment Process Overview
Churchill views the investment process employed on behalf of the Company as consisting of four distinct phases described below:
Origination. Each Investment Team will source middle market investment opportunities through the investment team’s network of relationships with private equity firms and other middle market lenders. Each Investment Team believes that the strength and breadth of its relationships with numerous middle market private equity funds and overall deal sourcing capabilities should enable them to maximize deal flow, support a highly selective investment process, and afford the Company the opportunity to establish favorable portfolio diversification.
Credit Evaluation. Each Investment Team intends to utilize a systematic, consistent approach to credit evaluation, with a particular focus on an acceptable level of debt repayment and deleveraging under a “base case” set of projections (the “Base Case”), which reflects a more conservative estimate than the set of projections provided by a prospective Portfolio Company, which the Investment Teams refer to as the “Management Case.” The key criteria that each Investment Team intends to consider include (i) strong and resilient underlying business fundamentals, (ii) a substantial equity cushion in the form of capital ranking junior in right of payment to the Company’s investment and (iii) a conclusion that the overall Base Case and in most cases a “downside case” allows for adequate debt repayment and deleveraging. In evaluating a particular company, each Investment Team will put more emphasis on credit considerations (such as (i) debt repayment and deleveraging under a Base Case set of projections, (ii) the ability of the company to maintain a modest liquidity cushion under a Base Case set of projections, and (iii) the ability of the company to service its fixed charge obligations under a Base Case set of projections) than on profit potential and loan pricing. Each Investment Team’s due diligence process for middle market credits will typically entail:
a thorough review of historical and pro forma financial information;
meetings and discussions with management;
a review of loan documents and material contracts;
third-party “quality of earnings” accounting due diligence;

22


when appropriate, background checks on key managers;
third-party research relating to the company’s business, industry, markets, products and services, customers and competitors;
the commission of third-party analyses when appropriate;
sensitivity of Management Case projections; and
various cash flow analyses.
Each Investment Team’s deal screening, underwriting, approval and closing processes are substantially similar. The following chart summarizes the investment process of the Investment Teams:
BUSINESS2A.JPG
    Assess each potential financing opportunity based on defined screening criteria, or “credit box”, with a commitment to provide initial feedback in a timely manner
    Evaluate worthwhile transactions through staged “Early Read” or “Matrix” process which employs proprietary screening and underwriting templates
    Selected transactions clear the “Early Read” or “Matrix” process and enter due diligence
    Understand sponsor investment thesis and risk considerations
    Assess qualitative factors, e.g., management meetings and site visit
    Evaluate industry diligence to determine market position and competitive advantage
    Review quarterly earnings, industry reports, and consultant reports
    Produce financial models including management projections, proprietary base case projections, and break-even analysis
    Prepare Investment Approval Memorandum for review and approval by the applicable Investment Committee and by the Joint Investment Committee of the Company
    Review and negotiate transaction documents
    Closing Memo documents any changes from approval or provides results of any additional post-approval due diligence
    Closing Memo required for funding
Execution. In executing transactions, each Investment Team will apply what it believes is a thorough, consistent approach to credit evaluation, and maintain discipline with respect to credit, pricing and structure to ensure the ultimate success of the financing. Upon completion of due diligence, the investment professionals working on a proposed Portfolio Investment will deliver a memorandum to the relevant Investment Committee(s). Once an investment has been approved by a unanimous vote of such Investment Committee, the memorandum will be delivered to the Joint Investment Committee of the Company. Once an investment has been approved by a unanimous vote of the Joint Investment Committee, it will move through a series of steps, including an in-depth review of documentation by deal teams, negotiation of final documentation, including resolution of business points and the execution of original documents held in escrow. Upon completion of final documentation, a Portfolio Investment is funded after execution of a final closing memorandum.
Monitoring. The Investment Teams view active portfolio monitoring as a vital part of the investment process and further consider regular dialogue with company management and sponsors as well as detailed, internally generated monitoring reports to be critical to monitoring performance. The Investment Teams will implement a monitoring template designed to reasonably ensure compliance with these standards. This template will be used as a tool by the Investment Teams to assess investment performance relative to plan.
As part of the monitoring process, the Senior Loan Investment Team has developed risk policies pursuant to which it will regularly assess the risk profile of each of the Company’s Senior Loan investments, and in a similar manner the

23


Junior Capital Investment Team will regularly assess the risk profile for each of the Company’s Junior Capital Investments. The Investment Teams will rate each investment based on the following categories, which are referred to as “Internal Risk Ratings”:

24


Internal Risk Ratings Definitions
Rating
 
Definition
1
 
Performing – Superior: Borrower is performing significantly above Management Case.
 
 
 
2
 
Performing – High: Borrower is performing at or near the Management Case (i.e., in a range slightly below to slightly above).
 
 
 
3
 
Performing – Low Risk: Borrower is operating well ahead of the Base Case to slightly below the Management Case.
 
 
 
4
 
Performing – Stable Risk: Borrower is operating at or near the Base Case (i.e., in a range slightly below to slightly above). This is the initial rating assigned to all new borrowers.
 
 
 
5
 
Performing – Management Notice: Borrower is operating below the Base Case. Adverse trends in business conditions and/or industry outlook are viewed as temporary. There is no immediate risk of payment default and only a low to moderate risk of covenant default.
 
 
 
6
 
Watch List – Low Maintenance: Borrower is operating below the Base Case, with declining margin of protection. Adverse trends in business conditions and/or industry outlook are viewed as probably lasting for more than a year. Payment default is still considered unlikely, but there is a moderate to high risk of covenant default.
 
 
 
7
 
Watch List – Medium Maintenance: Borrower is operating well below the Base Case, but has adequate liquidity. Adverse trends are more pronounced than in Internal Risk Rating 6 above. There is a high risk of covenant default, or it may have already occurred. Payments are current, although subject to greater uncertainty, and there is a moderate to high risk of payment default.
 
 
 
8
 
Watch List – High Maintenance: Borrower is operating well below the Base Case. Liquidity may be strained. Covenant default is imminent or may have occurred. Payments are current, but there is a high risk of payment default. Negotiations to restructure or refinance debt on normal terms may have begun. Further significant deterioration appears unlikely and no loss of principal is currently anticipated.
 
 
 
9
 
Watch List – Possible Loss: At the current level of operations and financial condition, the borrower does not have the ability to service and ultimately repay or refinance all outstanding debt on current terms. Liquidity is strained. Payment default may have occurred or is very likely in the short term unless creditors grant some relief. Loss of principal is possible.
 
 
 
10
 
Watch List – Probable Loss: At the current level of operations and financial condition, the borrower does not have the ability to service and ultimately repay or refinance all outstanding debt on current terms. Payment default is very likely or may have already occurred. Liquidity is extremely limited. The prospects for improvement in the borrower’s situation are sufficiently negative that loss of some or all principal is probable.

25


The Investment Teams will monitor and, when appropriate, change the investment ratings assigned to each investment in the Company’s portfolio. Each Investment Team will review the investment ratings in connection with monthly and quarterly portfolio reviews. In addition, the Investment Teams employ what they believe is a proactive monitoring approach as illustrated in the chart below:
Daily/ weekly
Monthly
Quarterly
Ongoing
•    Weekly Joint Investment Team pipeline meeting
•    Investment Team meeting as required
•    Review news stories on borrowers/industries and market data via news wires and email alerts
•    Assess potential covenant defaults
•    Upgrades/downgrades of internal risk ratings evaluated by deal teams and senior management as information is learned
•    Monthly meetings to discuss Management Notice and Watchlist Investments
•    Evaluate internal risk rating
•    Credit Surveillance Reports and/or Portfolio Review Templates updated monthly or quarterly following review of financials
•    Conduct analysis of company results, industry trends, key ratios, and liquidity
•    Senior management review of portfolio level metrics and trends
•    Deals covered in portfolio review depend on internal risk rating with downgraded Senior Loan investments and all Junior Capital Investments reviewed each quarter
•    Review quarterly financials and compliance certificates
•    Complete portfolio valuations
•    Compare financials to prior year, budget, and the Base Case
•    Evaluate cushion to breakeven cash flow and covenant default levels
•    Review and confirmation of internal risk rating
•    Amendments and waivers negotiated, approved, documented, and closed by deal team
•    Conduct calls with agent, sponsor, and borrower as needed
•    Junior Capital Investment Team attends advisory board meetings to the extent they have observation rights
•    Monitor ESG risks, concerns and opportunities
Valuation of Portfolio Investments and Net Asset Value of Shares
The Board determines the NAV of the Shares quarterly. The NAV per Share is equal to the value of the Company’s total assets minus its liabilities and the liquidation value of any preferred shares outstanding divided by the total number of Shares outstanding. Additionally, in connection with each offering of Shares, to the extent the Company does not have shareholder approval to sell below NAV, the Board or an authorized committee thereof will be required to make a good faith determination that the Company is not selling Shares at a price below the then current NAV of the Shares at the time at which the sale is made.
The Board is responsible for determining the fair value of the portfolio investments for which market prices are not readily available in good faith, and in such other instances where portfolio investments require a fair value determination. The value of investments for which recent market quotations are readily available will be determined under procedures established by the Board. Because the Company expects that there typically will not be a readily available market price for its target portfolio investments, the Company expects that the value of most of its portfolio investments will be their fair value as determined by the Board consistent with a documented valuation policy and consistently applied valuation process. In making these determinations, the Board will receive input from management, a third-party independent valuation firm and the Audit Committee.
Competition
The Company’s primary competitors in acquiring credit investments in middle market companies include other BDCs, public and private funds, CLOs, commercial and investment banks, other middle market asset managers and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of the Company’s potential competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than those available to the Company. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments than those of the Company, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than those established by the Investment Teams. There cannot be any assurance that the

26


competitive pressures faced by the Company will not have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.
Managerial Assistance
As a BDC, we generally will offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve, among other things, monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. We may also receive fees for these services. The Administrator will provide, or arrange for the provision of, such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance, subject to reimbursement of any fees or expenses incurred on our behalf by the Administrator in accordance with our Administration Agreement.
Emerging Growth Company
We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act and we are eligible to take advantage of certain specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). We expect to remain an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of our initial public offering (“IPO”) or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues equals or exceeds $1.07 billion, (ii) December 31 of the fiscal year that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the 1934 Act which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and we have been publicly reporting for at least 12 months or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the preceding three-year period. In addition, we will take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the 1933 Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan pursuant to which shareholders may elect to have their cash dividends and other distributions automatically reinvested in additional Shares, rather than receiving cash dividends and other distributions. As a result, if the Board authorizes, and we declare, a dividend or other distribution, then our shareholders who have opted in to our dividend reinvestment plan will have their dividend or other distribution automatically reinvested in additional Shares rather than receiving the dividend or other distribution in cash. Any fractional Share otherwise issuable to a participant in the dividend reinvestment plan will instead be paid in cash.
No action will be required on the part of a registered shareholder to receive his, her, or its dividend in cash. A registered shareholder that wishes to participate in the dividend reinvestment plan must notify U.S. Bank in writing no later than ten calendar days prior to the record date for any dividend or other distribution and such election will remain in place until the shareholder notifies U.S. Bank otherwise.
The number of Shares to be issued to a shareholder under the dividend reinvestment plan will be determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividend or other distribution payable to such shareholder by the NAV per Share, as of the last day of our fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date such dividend or other distribution was declared.
There are no brokerage charges or other charges to shareholders who participate in the plan.
The plan is terminable by us upon notice in writing mailed to each shareholder of record at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend or other distribution by us.

27


The Private Offering
Pursuant to the Private Offering, we are offering shares of our common stock to “accredited investors” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the 1933 Act in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act. There will be no limit on the number of shares or the amount of capital raised in connection with the Private Offering. Each investor will make a capital commitment to purchase shares of our common stock pursuant to a subscription agreement entered into with us. At each closing in the Private Offering, investors will be required to purchase additional Shares up to the amount of their respective unfunded capital commitments. The initial closing of the Private Offering subsequent to the Merger is expected to occur in the first quarter of 2020 (the “Initial Closing”). The Company expects to hold additional closings (each a “Subsequent Closing”) for a period of 18 months after the Initial Closing (the “Fundraising Period”). The Fundraising Period may be extended to 24 months after the Initial Closing in the sole discretion of the Board.
Potential Liquidity Options
Subject to approval by the Board, the Company may seek an Exchange Listing and may complete an IPO in connection with such Exchange Listing. If the Company is unable to complete an Exchange Listing within five years of the Initial Closing, subject to up to two one-year extensions in the discretion of the Board, the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to wind down or liquidate pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Charter and Bylaws.
Regulation as a Business Development Company
The following discussion is a general summary of the material prohibitions and descriptions governing BDCs generally. It does not purport to be a complete description of all of the laws and regulations affecting BDCs.
Qualifying Assets. Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to the Company’s business are any of the following:
(1)
Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:
(a)
is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;
(b)
is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the BDC) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and
(c)
satisfies any of the following:
(i)
does not have any class of securities that is traded on a national securities exchange;
(ii)
has a class of securities listed on a national securities exchange, but has an aggregate market value of outstanding voting and non-voting common equity of less than $250 million;
(iii)
is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC and the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company; or

28


(iv)
is a small and solvent company having total assets of not more than $4 million and capital and surplus of not less than $2 million; 
(2)
Securities of any eligible portfolio company controlled by the Company;
(3)
Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements;
(4)
Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and the Company already owns 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company;
(5)
Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities; or
(6)
Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.
In addition, a BDC must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above.
Significant Managerial Assistance. A BDC must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described above. A BDC must also offer to make available to the issuer of the qualifying assets significant managerial assistance; except that, where the BDC purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available significant managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company through monitoring of portfolio company operations, selective participation in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising a portfolio company’s officers or other organizational or financial guidance.
Temporary Investments. Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, the Company’s investments can consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which are referred to herein, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of the Company’s assets would be qualifying assets.
Issuance of Warrants, Options or Rights. Under the 1940 Act, a BDC is subject to restrictions on the issuance, terms and amount of warrants, options or rights to purchase shares of stock that it may have outstanding at any time. In particular, the amount of shares that would result from the conversion or exercise of all outstanding warrants, options or rights to purchase shares cannot exceed 25% of the BDC’s total outstanding shares.
Senior Securities; Asset Coverage Ratio. The Company is generally permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our Shares if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 150% (i.e., we can borrow $2 for every $1 of equity), if certain requirements are met. In connection with the organization of the Company, the Board and TIAA (as the Company’s initial shareholder) authorized the Company to adopt the 150% Asset Coverage Ratio.
In addition, while certain types of senior securities remain outstanding, the Company will be required to make provisions to prohibit the payment of any dividend distribution to our shareholders or the repurchase of such Shares unless we meet the applicable Asset Coverage Ratio at the time of the dividend distribution or repurchase. The Company

29


will also be permitted to borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes, which borrowings would not be considered senior securities. The Company’s borrowings, whether for temporary or emergency purposes or otherwise, are subject to the asset coverage requirements of section 61(a)(1) of the 1940 Act.
The Company intends to establish (directly, through SPV I, or through additional special purpose vehicles established as wholly-owned subsidiaries or otherwise) one or more credit facilities or enter into other financing arrangements to facilitate investments and the timely payment of expenses. The Company cannot assure shareholders that it will be able to enter into a credit facility. Shareholders will indirectly bear the costs associated with any borrowings under a credit facility or otherwise, including increased management fees payable to the Adviser as a result of such borrowings. In connection with a credit facility or other borrowings, lenders may require the Company to pledge assets, commitments and/or drawdowns (and the ability to enforce the payment thereof) and may ask to comply with positive or negative covenants that could have an effect on the Company’s operations. The Company may pledge up to 100% of its assets and may grant a security interest in all of its assets under the terms of any debt instrument that we enter into with lenders. In addition, from time to time, the Company’s losses on leveraged investments may result in the liquidation of other investments held by the Company and may result in additional drawdowns to repay such amounts.
Code of Ethics. The Company and each of the Advisers are each subject to a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Advisers Act, respectively, that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions by the Company’s officers and the Adviser’s employees. The Company has also adopted a separate code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions by the Company’s independent directors. Individuals subject to these codes are permitted to invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Company, so long as such investments are made in accordance with such code’s requirements. You may obtain copies of these codes of ethics by e-mailing our Adviser at Investor.relations@churchillam.com, or by writing to our Adviser at Investor Relations c/o Churchill Asset Management, 430 Park Avenue, 14th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
Affiliated Transactions. The Company may be prohibited under the 1940 Act from conducting certain transactions with its affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC.
The Company expects to co-invest on a concurrent basis with other affiliates of the Company and the Advisers, unless doing so would be impermissible under existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations, the terms of any exemptive relief granted to the Company and its affiliates, and the allocation procedures of Churchill. On June 7, 2019, the Advisers, the Company, and certain other funds and accounts sponsored or managed by either of the Advisers and/or their affiliates were granted an order (the “Order”) that permits the Company greater flexibility than the 1940 Act permits to negotiate the terms of co-investments if the Board determines that it would be advantageous for the Company to co-invest with other accounts sponsored or managed by either of the Advisers or their respective affiliates in a manner consistent with the Company’s investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors.
The Company believes that the ability to co-invest with similar investment structures and accounts sponsored or managed by either of the Advisers and their affiliates will provide additional investment opportunities and the ability to achieve greater diversification. Under the terms of the Order, a majority of the Company’s independent directors are required to make certain determinations in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the proposed transaction are reasonable and fair to the Company and the Company’s shareholders and do not involve overreaching of the Company or the Company’s shareholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of the Company’s shareholders and is consistent with the Company’s investment strategies and policies. The Board will regularly review the allocation policy of Churchill.
Other. The Company will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act, and be subject to the periodic reporting and related requirements of the 1934 Act.

30


The Company is also required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, the Company is prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to shareholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.
The Company is also required to designate a chief compliance officer and to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the federal securities laws and to review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation.
The Company is not permitted to change the nature of its business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of its outstanding voting securities. A majority of the outstanding voting securities of a company is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of: (i) 67% or more of such company’s shares present at a meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such company.
Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures
The Board has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Company to the Adviser, and has approved the delegation of such responsibility from the Adviser to Churchill, and has directed Churchill to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Company consistent with the duties and procedures set forth in Churchill’s policies and procedures. Churchill may retain one or more vendors to review, monitor and recommend how to vote proxies in a manner consistent with the duties and procedures set forth in such policies and procedures, to ensure that such proxies are voted on a timely basis and to provide reporting and/or record retention services in connection with proxy voting for the Company.
Churchill acts as a fiduciary of the Company and must vote proxies in a manner consistent with the best interest of the Company and its shareholders. In discharging this fiduciary duty, Churchill must maintain and adhere to its policies and procedures for addressing conflicts of interest and must vote proxies in a manner substantially consistent with its policies, procedures and guidelines, as presented to the Board.
Any actual or potential conflicts of interest between the Company and Churchill arising from the proxy voting process will be addressed by the application of Churchill’s proxy voting procedures. In the event Churchill determines that a conflict of interest cannot be resolved under Churchill’s proxy voting procedures, Churchill is responsible for notifying the Board or the Audit Committee of such irreconcilable conflict of interest and assisting the Board or the Audit Committee with any actions it determines are necessary.
Proxy Policies
Churchill will vote all proxies relating to our portfolio securities in the best interest of our shareholders. Churchill reviews on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted to a shareholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by the Company. Although Churchill will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on our clients’ portfolio securities, Churchill may vote for such a proposal if there exist compelling long-term reasons to do so. Churchill will abstain from voting only in unusual circumstances and where there is a compelling reason to do so. Churchill may retain one or more vendors to review, monitor and recommend how to vote proxies in a manner consistent with the duties and procedures set forth in its policies and procedures, to ensure that such proxies are voted on a timely basis and to provide reporting and/or record retention services in connection with proxy voting for the Company.
Churchill’s proxy voting decisions are made by members of the applicable Investment Team who are responsible for monitoring each of our investments. Any actual or potential conflicts of interest between the Company and Churchill arising from the proxy voting process will be addressed by the application of the Churchill’s proxy voting procedures. In the event Churchill determines that a conflict of interest cannot be resolved under Churchill’s proxy voting procedures, Churchill will be responsible for notifying the Board or the audit committee of the Board of such irreconcilable conflict of interest and assisting the Board or the audit committee of the Board with any actions it determines are necessary.

31


Proxy Voting Records
You may obtain information about how Churchill voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc., 430 Park Avenue, 14th Floor, New York, NY 10022, Attention: Chief Compliance Officer, Thomas Grenville.
Privacy Policy
The following information is provided to help investors understand what personal information the Company collects, how the Company protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Company may share information with select other parties.
In order to provide you with individualized service, the Company collects certain nonpublic personal information about you from information you provide on your subscription agreement or other forms (such as your address and social security number), and information about your account transactions with the Company (such as purchases of Shares and account balances). The Company may also collect such information through your account inquiries by mail, email, telephone, or web site.
The Company does not disclose any nonpublic personal information about you to anyone, except as permitted by law. Specifically, so that the Company, the Advisers and their affiliates may continue to offer services that best meet your investing needs, the Company may disclose the information we collect, as described above, to companies that perform administrative or marketing services on behalf of the Company, such as transfer agents, or printers and mailers that assist us in the distribution of investor materials. These companies will use this information only for the services for which they have been hired, and are not permitted to use or share this information for any other purpose.
We will continue to adhere to the privacy policies and practices described in this notice if you no longer hold Shares of the Company.
The Company and the Advisers maintain internal security procedures to restrict access to your personal and account information to those officers and employees who need to know that information to service your account. The Company maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information. 
Reporting Obligations
We will furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements, quarterly reports, and such other periodic reports as we determine to be appropriate or as may be required by law. We are filing this Registration Statement with the SEC voluntarily with the intention of establishing the Company as a reporting company under the 1934 Act. Upon the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, we will be required to comply with all periodic reporting, proxy solicitation and other applicable requirements under the 1934 Act.
Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, as well as reports on Forms 3, 4 and 5 regarding directors, officers or 10% beneficial owners of us, filed or furnished pursuant to section 13(a), 15(d) or 16(a) of the Exchange Act, are available free of charge by contacting the Adviser at: 430 Park Avenue, 14 th Floor, New York, NY, 10022. Shareholders and the public may also view any materials we file with the SEC on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov).
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following discussion is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the Company and to an investment in the Shares. This discussion does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations applicable to such an investment. For example, this discussion does not describe tax consequences that the Company has assumed to be generally known by investors or certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including persons who hold the Company’s Shares as part of a straddle or a hedging, integrated or constructive sale transaction, persons

32


subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, brokers or dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, U.S. expatriates, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, personal holding companies, persons who acquire Shares in connection with the performance of services, and financial institutions. Such persons should consult with their own tax advisers as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our Shares, which may differ substantially from those described herein. This discussion assumes that shareholders hold our Shares as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code).
The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this Registration Statement and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. The Company has not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service regarding any matter discussed herein. Prospective investors should be aware that, although the Company intends to adopt positions it believes are in accord with current interpretations of the U.S. federal income tax laws, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may not agree with the tax positions taken by the Company and that, if challenged by the IRS, the Company’s tax positions might not be sustained by the courts. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate, alternative minimum, or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It also does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if the Company invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.
For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Shareholder” generally is a beneficial owner of the Company’s Shares that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
a citizen or individual resident of the United States;
a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
a trust that is subject to the supervision of a court within the U.S. and the control of one or more U.S. persons or that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.
A “Non-U.S. Shareholder” is a beneficial owner of the Company’s Shares that is not a U.S. shareholder or a partnership for U.S. tax purposes.
If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds Shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Any partner of a partnership holding Shares should consult its tax advisers with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of such Shares. 
Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to an investor of an investment in Shares will depend on the facts of his, her or its particular situation.
Taxation as a RIC
The Company intends to elect to be treated as a RIC for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 and to qualify annually thereafter. As a RIC, the Company generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes to shareholders as dividends. To qualify as a RIC, the Company must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, in order to obtain RIC tax benefits, the Company must distribute to shareholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income,” which is generally its ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).

33


If the Company:
qualifies as a RIC; and
satisfies the Annual Distribution Requirement,
then it will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of income it distributes (or is deemed to distribute) to shareholders. The Company will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gains not distributed (or deemed distributed) to shareholders.
The Company will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless it distributes in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of net ordinary income for each calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of the amount by which capital gains exceeds capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (iii) any income and gains recognized, but not distributed, from previous years on which the Company paid no U.S. federal income tax (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). While the Company intends to distribute any income and capital gains in order to avoid imposition of this 4% U.S. federal excise tax, it may not be successful in avoiding entirely the imposition of this tax. In that case, the Company will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company must, among other things:
continue to qualify as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;
derive in each taxable year at least 90% of gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to loans of certain securities, gains from the sale or other taxable disposition of stock or other securities or foreign currencies, net income from certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” or other income derived with respect to the business of investing in such stock or securities (the “90% Income Test”); and
diversify its holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:
at least 50% of the value of its assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of its assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and
no more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the (i) securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, (ii) securities of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or (iii) securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (the “Diversification Tests”).
The Company may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which it does not receive cash. For example, if the Company holds debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), it must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by the Company in the same taxable year. The Company may also have to include in income other amounts that it has not yet received in cash, such as PIK interest and deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan. Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in the Company’s investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, it may be required to make a distribution to shareholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though it will not have received the corresponding cash amount.
Although the Company does not presently expect to do so, it is authorized to borrow funds, to sell assets and to make taxable distributions of its Shares and debt securities in order to satisfy distribution requirements. The Company’s

34


ability to dispose of assets to meet distribution requirements may be limited by (i) the illiquid nature of its portfolio and/or (ii) other requirements relating to its status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If the Company disposes of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, it may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous. If the Company is unable to obtain cash from other sources to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, it may fail to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC and become subject to tax as an ordinary corporation.
Under the 1940 Act, the Company is not permitted to make distributions to our shareholders while debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. If the Company is prohibited from making distributions, it may fail to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC and become subject to tax as an ordinary corporation.
Certain of the Company’s investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things: (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions; (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income; (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited); (iv) cause the Company to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash; (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of securities is deemed to occur; (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions; and (vii) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test described above. The Company will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax decisions in order to mitigate the potential adverse effect of these provisions.
A RIC is limited in its ability to deduct expenses in excess of its “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, ordinary income plus the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses). If Company expenses in a given year exceed investment company taxable income, the Company would experience a net operating loss for that year. However, a RIC is not permitted to carry forward net operating losses to subsequent years. In addition, expenses can be used only to offset investment company taxable income, not net capital gain. Due to these limits on the deductibility of expenses, the Company may, for tax purposes, have aggregate taxable income for several years that it is required to distribute and that is taxable to shareholders even if such income is greater than the aggregate net income it actually earned during those years. Such required distributions may be made from cash assets or by liquidation of investments, if necessary. The Company may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event the Company realizes net capital gains from such transactions, a shareholder may receive a larger capital gain distribution than it would have received in the absence of such transactions.
Failure to Qualify as a RIC
While the Company intends to elect to be treated as a RIC for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 following its election to be a BDC, the Company anticipates that it may have difficulty satisfying the Diversification Tests as it ramps up its portfolio. To the extent that the Company has net taxable income prior to qualification as RIC, the Company will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such income. The Company would not be able to deduct distributions to shareholders, nor would distributions be required to be made. Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate shareholders would be eligible to claim a dividend received deduction with respect to such dividend; non-corporate shareholders would generally be able to treat such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. In order to qualify as a RIC, in addition to the other requirements discussed above, the Company would be required to distribute all previously undistributed earnings and profits attributable to any period prior to becoming a RIC by the end of the first year that the Company intends to qualify as a RIC. To the extent that the Company has any net built-in gains in our assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if we had been liquidated) as of the beginning of the first year that it qualifies as a RIC, it would be subject to a corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on such built-in

35


gains if and when recognized over the next five years. Alternatively, the Company may choose to recognize such built-in gains immediately prior to qualification as a RIC.
If the Company has previously qualified as RIC, but is subsequently unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, and certain amelioration provisions are not applicable, the Company would be subject to tax on all of its taxable income (including net capital gains) at regular corporate rates. The Company would not be able to deduct distributions to shareholders, nor would distributions be required to be made. Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate shareholders would be eligible to claim a dividend received deduction with respect to such dividend; non-corporate shareholders would generally be able to treat such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. In order to requalify as a RIC, in addition to the other requirements discussed above, the Company would be required to distribute all previously undistributed earnings attributable to the period it failed to qualify as a RIC by the end of the first year that it intends to requalify as a RIC. If the Company fails to requalify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, it may be subject to regular corporate tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Company had been liquidated) that the Company elects to recognize on requalification or when recognized over the next five years.
The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Company qualifies as a RIC for each taxable year.
Taxation of U.S. Shareholders
Distributions
Distributions by the Company generally are taxable to U.S. Shareholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, net ordinary income plus realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. Shareholders to the extent of current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional Shares. To the extent such distributions paid by us to shareholders taxed at individual rates are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, such distributions (“Qualifying Dividends”) may be eligible for a current maximum tax rate of 20%. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by the Company will generally not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the 20% maximum rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends. Distributions of net capital gains (which are generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported by the Company as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. Shareholder as long-term capital gains that are currently taxable at a maximum rate of 20% in the case of shareholders taxed at individual rates, regardless of the U.S. Shareholder’s holding period for his, her or its Shares and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional Shares. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. Shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in such shareholder’s Shares and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. Shareholder.
The Company may retain some or all of our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses, but designate the retained net capital gains and elect to be deemed to have made a distribution of the retained portion to our Shareholders (a “deemed distribution”) under the “designated undistributed capital gains” rule of the Code. In that case, among other consequences, the Company will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. Shareholder will be required to include his, her or its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. Shareholder, and the U.S. Shareholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to his, her or its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by the Company. Because the Company expects to pay tax on any retained capital gains at its regular corporate tax rate, and because that rate is in excess of the maximum rate currently payable by U.S. Shareholders taxed at individual rates on long-term capital gains, the amount of tax that individual U.S. Shareholders will be treated as having paid will exceed the tax they owe on the capital gain distribution and such excess generally may be refunded or claimed as a credit against the U.S. Shareholder’s other U.S. federal income tax obligations. The

36


amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. Shareholder’s cost basis for his, her or its Shares. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, the Company must provide written notice to shareholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year.
For purposes of determining (i) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (ii) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, the Company may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If the Company makes such an election, the U.S. Shareholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by the Company in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to our shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. Shareholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
With respect to the reinvestment of dividends, if a U.S. Shareholder owns Shares registered in its own name, the U.S. Shareholder may have all cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional Shares if the U.S. Shareholder opts in to the reinvestment of dividends by delivering a written notice to U.S. Bank prior to the record date of the next dividend or distribution. Any distributions reinvested will nevertheless remain taxable to the U.S. Shareholder. The Shareholder will have an adjusted basis in the additional Shares purchased through the reinvestment equal to the amount of the reinvested distribution. The additional Shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the Shares are credited to the U.S. Shareholder’s account.
If an investor purchases Shares shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the Shares will include the value of the distribution. However, the shareholder will be taxed on the distribution as described above, despite the fact that, economically, it may represent a return of his, her or its investment.
The Company (or the applicable withholding agent) will send to each of its U.S. Shareholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice reporting the amounts includible in such U.S. Shareholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS (including the amount of dividends, if any, eligible for the 20% maximum rate). Dividends paid by the Company generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the preferential tax rate applicable to Qualifying Dividends because our income generally will not consist of dividends. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. Shareholder’s particular situation.
Dispositions
A U.S. Shareholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the U.S. Shareholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its Shares. The amount of gain or loss will be measured by the difference between such U.S. Shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in Shares sold and the amount of the proceeds received in exchange. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Shareholder has held his, her or its Shares for more than one year. Otherwise, it will be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such Shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a disposition of Shares may be disallowed if other Shares are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition.
In general, U.S. Shareholders taxed at individual rates currently are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20% on their recognized net capital gain (i.e., the excess of recognized net long-term capital gains over recognized net short-term capital losses, subject to certain adjustments), including any long-term capital gain derived from an investment in Shares. Such rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently payable by such U.S. Shareholders. In addition, individuals with modified adjusted gross incomes in excess of $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of married individuals filing jointly) and certain estates and trusts are subject to an additional 3.8% tax on their “net investment income,” which generally includes gross income from interest, dividends, annuities, royalties, and

37


rents, and net capital gains (other than certain amounts earned from trades or businesses), reduced by certain deductions allocable to such income. Corporate U.S. Shareholders currently are subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 21% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate U.S. Shareholders with net capital losses for a year (i.e., capital losses in excess of capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year. Any net capital losses of a non-corporate U.S. Shareholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code. Corporate U.S. Shareholders generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may carry back such losses for three years or carry forward such losses for five years.
Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations
Under applicable Treasury regulations, if a U.S. Shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to Shares of $2 million or more for a non-corporate U.S. Shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate U.S. Shareholder in any single taxable year (or a $20 million loss over a combination of years), the U.S. Shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct U.S. Shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, U.S. Shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to U.S. Shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. U.S. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Backup Withholding
The Company may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax (“backup withholding”) from all distributions to certain U.S. Shareholders (i) who fail to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such shareholder is exempt from backup withholding or (ii) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such shareholder furnished an incorrect taxpayer identification number or failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. Shareholder’s federal income tax liability, provided that proper information is provided to the IRS.
Limitation on Deduction for Certain Expenses
For any period that the Company does not qualify as a “publicly offered regulated investment company,” as defined in the Code, the Company’s shareholders will be taxed as though they received a distribution of some of the Company’s expenses. A “publicly offered regulated investment company” is a RIC whose shares are (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering, (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market or (iii) held by at least 500 persons at all times during the taxable year. If the Company is not a publicly offered RIC for any period, a non-corporate shareholder’s allocable portion of affected expenses, will be treated as an additional distribution to the shareholder and will be deductible by such shareholder only to the extent permitted under the limitations described below. In particular, these expenses, which are “miscellaneous itemized deductions”, are currently not deductible by an individual or other non-corporate taxpayer (and beginning in 2026, are deductible only to the extent they exceed 2% of such a shareholder’s adjusted gross income, and are not deductible for alternative minimum tax purposes). We anticipate that we will not be a publicly offered RIC immediately after the Private Offering. We may qualify as a publicly offered RIC in future taxable years, but we cannot provide any assurance that we will qualify as a publicly offered RIC in any taxable year.
U.S. Taxation of Tax Exempt U.S. Shareholders
A U.S. Shareholder that is a tax-exempt organization for U.S. federal income tax purposes and therefore generally exempt from U.S. federal income taxation may nevertheless be subject to taxation to the extent that it is considered to derive unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”). The direct conduct by a tax-exempt U.S. Shareholder of the activities the Company proposes to conduct could give rise to UBTI. However, a BDC is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and its business activities generally will not be attributed to its shareholders for purposes of determining their treatment under current law. Therefore, a tax-exempt U.S. Shareholder generally should not be subject to U.S.

38


taxation solely as a result of the shareholder’s ownership of the Company’s Shares and receipt of dividends with respect to such Shares. Moreover, under current law, if we incur indebtedness, such indebtedness will not be attributed to a tax-exempt U.S. Shareholder. Therefore, a tax-exempt U.S. Shareholder should not be treated as earning income from “debt-financed property” and dividends the Company pays should not be treated as “unrelated debt-financed income” solely as a result of indebtedness that the Company incurs. Legislation has been introduced in Congress in the past, and may be introduced again in the future, which would change the treatment of “blocker” investment vehicles interposed between tax-exempt investors and non-qualifying investments if enacted. In the event that any such proposals were to be adopted and applied to BDCs, the treatment of dividends payable to tax-exempt investors could be adversely affected. In addition, special rules would apply if the Company were to invest in certain real estate mortgage investment conduits, which it does not currently plan to do, that could result in a tax-exempt U.S. Shareholder recognizing income that would be treated as UBTI.
Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders
Distributions and Dispositions
The following discussion only applies to certain Non-U.S. Shareholders. Whether an investment in the Shares is appropriate for a Non-U.S. Shareholder will depend upon that person’s particular circumstances. An investment in the Shares by a Non-U.S. Shareholder may have adverse tax consequences. Non-U.S. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers before investing in our Shares.
Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to Non-U.S. Shareholders (including interest income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized long-term capital losses, which generally would be free of withholding if paid to Non-U.S. Shareholders directly) will be subject to withholding of federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits unless an applicable exception applies. No withholding will be required with respect to certain distributions if (i) the distributions are properly reported as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends,” (ii) the distributions are derived from sources specified in the Code for such dividends and (iii) certain other requirements are satisfied. No assurance can be provided as to whether any of the Company’s distributions will be reported as eligible for this exemption. If any distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Shareholder, the Company will not be required to withhold federal tax if the Non-U.S. Shareholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements, although the distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. (Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. Shareholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisers.)
Actual or deemed distributions of net capital gains to a Non-U.S. Shareholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. Shareholder upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of the Company’s Shares, will generally not be subject to federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Shareholder.
Under the Company’s reinvestment of dividends policy, if a Non-U.S. Shareholder owns Shares registered in its own name, the Non-U.S. Shareholder may have all cash distributions reinvested in additional Shares if it opts in to the reinvestment of dividends policy by delivering a written notice to U.S. Bank prior to the record date of the next dividend or distribution. If the distribution is a distribution of the Company’s investment company taxable income, is not designated as a short-term capital gains dividend or interest-related dividend and it is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Shareholder (or, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Shareholder), the amount distributed (to the extent of current or accumulated earnings and profits) will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) and only the net after-tax amount will be reinvested in the Company’s Shares. The Non-U.S. Shareholder will have an adjusted basis in the additional Shares purchased through the reinvestment equal to the amount reinvested. The additional Shares will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the Shares are credited to the Non-U.S. Shareholder’s account.

39


The tax consequences to Non-U.S. Shareholders entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty or that are individuals that are present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during a taxable year may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers with respect to the procedure for claiming the benefit of a lower treaty rate and the applicability of foreign taxes.
If the Company distributes net capital gains in the form of deemed rather than actual distributions, a Non-U.S. Shareholder will be entitled to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the shareholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the refund, the Non-U.S. Shareholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and file a refund claim even if the Non-U.S. Shareholder would not otherwise be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal income tax return. For a corporate Non-U.S. Shareholder, distributions (both actual and deemed), and gains realized upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of the Company’s Shares that are effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty). Accordingly, investment in the Shares may not be advisable for a Non-U.S. Shareholder.
Backup Withholding
The Company must generally report to Non-U.S. Shareholders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each calendar year and the amount of any tax withheld. Information reporting requirements may apply even if no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Shareholder’s conduct of a United States trade or business or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Shareholder resides or is established. Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding” at the then applicable rate (currently 28%). Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions to a Non-U.S. Shareholder of our Shares, provided the Non-U.S. Shareholder furnishes to us the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Backup withholding is not an additional tax but can be credited against a Non-U.S. Shareholder’s federal income tax, and may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied to the IRS.
FATCA
Legislation commonly referred to as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” or “FATCA,” generally imposes a 30% withholding tax on payments of certain types of income to foreign financial institutions that fail to enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to report certain required information with respect to accounts held by U.S. persons (or held by foreign entities that have U.S. persons as substantial owners) or that reside in a jurisdiction that has not entered into an agreement with the United States to collect and share such information. The types of income subject to the tax include U.S. source interest and dividends. While existing U.S. Treasury regulations would also require withholding on payments of the gross proceeds from the sale of any property that could produce U.S. source interest or dividends, the U.S. Treasury has indicated in subsequent proposed regulations its intent to eliminate this requirement. The information required to be reported includes the identity and taxpayer identification number of each account holder that is a U.S. person and certain transaction activity within the holder’s account. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, this legislation also imposes a 30% withholding on payments to foreign entities that are not financial institutions unless the foreign entity certifies that it does not have a greater than 10% U.S. owner or provides the withholding agent with identifying information on each greater than 10% U.S. owner. Depending on the status of a Non-U.S. Shareholder and the status of the intermediaries through which they hold their Shares, Non-U.S. Shareholders could be subject to this 30% withholding tax with respect to distributions on their Shares and potentially proceeds from the sale of their Shares. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Shareholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.
Non-U.S. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisers with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the Shares.

40


ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS
Investments in the Company involve a high degree of risk. There can be no assurance that our investment objectives will be achieved, or that a shareholder will receive a return of its capital. In addition, there will be occasions when the Advisers and their respective affiliates may encounter potential conflicts of interest in connection with the Company. The following considerations should be carefully evaluated before making an investment in our common stock. If any of those risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to the Company’s Business and Structure
The Company has a lack of operating history.
Other than with respect to the activities related to the Company’s formation and the Merger, the Company is a new entity with no operating history and has no financial information on which a prospective investor can evaluate an investment in the Shares or prior performance. As a result, we are subject to the business risks and uncertainties associated with recently formed businesses, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and the value of a shareholder’s investment could decline substantially or become worthless.
We depend upon the senior management of Churchill for our success, and upon its access to the investment professionals of Nuveen and its affiliates.
We do not have any internal management capacity or employees. We depend on the investment expertise, skill and network of business contacts of the senior investment professionals of Churchill, who evaluate, negotiate, structure, execute, monitor and service our investments in accordance with the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement. Our success depends to a significant extent on the continued service and coordination of the senior investment professionals of Churchill. These individuals may have other demands on their time now and in the future, and we cannot assure you that they will continue to be actively involved in our management. Each of these individuals is not subject to an employment contract with the Company, and the departure of any of these individuals or competing demands on their time in the future could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our investment objective.
Churchill will evaluate, negotiate, structure, close and monitor our investments in accordance with the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement. We can offer no assurance, however, that the current senior investment professionals of Churchill will continue to provide investment advice to us. If these individuals do not maintain their existing relationships with Nuveen and its affiliates and do not develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio or achieve our investment objective.
The Joint Investment Committee that oversees our investment activities is comprised of representatives of both Investment Teams. The Joint Investment Committee consists of Messrs. Kencel, Strife and Schwimmer. The loss of any member of the Joint Investment Committee or of other Nuveen senior investment professionals could negatively impact the Company’s ability to achieve its investment objectives and operate as anticipated. This could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our business model depends to a significant extent upon strong referral relationships with financial institutions, sponsors and investment professionals. Any inability of Churchill to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.
We depend upon the senior investment professionals of Churchill to maintain their relationships with financial institutions, sponsors and investment professionals, and we rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If the senior investment professionals of Churchill fail to maintain such relationships, or to develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we will not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the senior investment professionals of Churchill have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, we can offer no assurance that these relationships will generate investment opportunities for us in the future.

41


Our financial condition and results of operations depend on our ability to manage our business effectively.
Our ability to achieve our investment objective and grow depends on our ability to manage our business. This depends, in turn, on the ability of Churchill to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. The achievement of our investment objective depends upon Churchill’s execution of our investment process, their ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us and, to a lesser extent, our access to financing on acceptable terms. Churchill has substantial responsibilities under the Sub-Advisory Agreement. The senior origination professionals and other personnel of Churchill and its affiliates may be called upon to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. These activities may distract them or slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business and our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Our results of operations depend on many factors, including the availability of opportunities for investment, readily accessible short and long-term funding alternatives in the financial markets and economic conditions. Furthermore, if we cannot successfully operate our business or implement our investment policies and strategies, it could negatively impact our ability to pay dividends or other distributions and you may lose all or part of your investment.
There is currently no public market for our Shares, and the liquidity of your investment is limited.
There is currently no public market for our Shares, and a market for our Shares may never develop. Our Shares are not registered under the 1933 Act, or any state securities law and are restricted as to transfer by law and the terms of our Charter. Our shareholders generally may not sell, assign or transfer Shares without prior written consent of the Adviser, which the Adviser may grant or withhold in its sole discretion. Except in limited circumstances for legal or regulatory purposes, our shareholders are not entitled to redeem their Shares. Our shareholders must be prepared to bear the economic risk of an investment in our Shares for an indefinite period of time. While we may engage in a liquidity event in the future, there can be no assurance that a liquidity event will be consummated for shareholders.
We have not identified any specific investments that we will make with the proceeds from our private offering, and you will not have the opportunity to evaluate our investments prior to subscribing to purchase our Shares. As a result, our offering may be considered a “blind pool” offering.
Neither we nor Churchill has presently identified, made investments in or contracted to make any investments (except for the Legacy Portfolio that was acquired pursuant to the Merger). As a result, you will not be able to evaluate the economic merits, transaction terms or other financial or operational data concerning our investments prior to purchasing Shares. You must rely on Churchill and the Board to implement our investment policies, to evaluate our investment opportunities and to structure the terms of our investments. Because investors are not able to evaluate our investments in advance of purchasing our Shares, the private offering may entail more risk than other types of offerings. This additional risk may hinder your ability to achieve your own personal investment objective related to portfolio diversification, risk-adjusted investment returns and other objectives.
Our shareholders may experience dilution.
Our shareholders will not have preemptive rights to subscribe for or purchase any Shares issued in the future. To the extent we issue additional equity interests, including in a public offering, a rights offering, or following a subsequent closing, a shareholder’s percentage ownership interest in the Company will be diluted. In addition, depending upon the terms and pricing of any additional offerings or rights offerings and the value of our investments, a shareholder may also experience dilution in the NAV and fair value of our Shares.
There may be conflicts related to obligations that senior investment professionals of Churchill and members of its investment committee have to other clients.
The senior investment professionals and members of the investment committee of each Investment Team serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles sponsored or managed by Churchill or its affiliates. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment

42


of which may not be in our best interests or in the best interest of our shareholders. For example, Messrs. Kencel, Strife and Schwimmer have and will continue to have management responsibilities for other investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles sponsored or managed by affiliates of Churchill. Churchill seeks to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with their respective allocation policies. In addition, Churchill or its affiliates may earn additional fees related to the securities in which the Company invests, which may result in conflicts of interests for the senior investment professionals and members of the investment committee making investment decisions. For example, Churchill and its affiliates may act as an arranger, syndication agent or in a similar capacity with respect to securities in which the Company invests, in which case Churchill and its affiliates receive compensation from the issuers of such securities, which compensation would be paid to them separately from management fees paid by the Company. Additionally, affiliates of Churchill may act as the administrative agent on credit facilities under which such securities are issued, which may contemplate additional compensation to such affiliates for the service of acting as administrative agent thereunder.
Churchill may also simultaneously be managing certain securities for the Company and the same investments on a whole-loan, whole-security basis for TIAA pursuant to separate engagements, which may lead to conflicts of interest. 
As described herein, Nuveen has effectuated its plan to bring its Private Equity and Junior Capital investment team together with Churchill, combining Nuveen’s middle market private-capital capabilities into Churchill.  In certain instances, it is possible that other entities managed by Churchill or a proprietary account of TIAA may be invested in the same or similar loans or securities as held by the Company, and which may be acquired at different times at lower or higher prices. Those investments may also be in securities or other instruments in different parts of the company’s capital structure that differ significantly from the investments held by the Company, including with respect to material terms and conditions, including without limitation seniority, interest rates, dividends, voting rights and participation in liquidation proceeds. Consequently, in certain instances these investments may be in positions or interests which are potentially adverse to those taken or held by the Company.  In such circumstances, measures will be taken to address such actual or potential conflicts, which may include, as appropriate, establishing an information barrier between or among the applicable personnel of the relevant affiliated entities (including as between officers of Churchill), requiring recusal of certain personnel from participating in decisions that give rise to such conflicts, or other protective measures as shall be established from time to time to address such conflicts. 
There may be conflicts related to the investment and related activities of TIAA, Nuveen and Churchill.
Further, an affiliate of TIAA may serve as the administrative or other named agent on behalf of the lenders with respect to investments by the Company and/or one or more of its affiliates.  In some cases, investments that are originated or otherwise sourced by Churchill may be funded by a loan syndicate organized by Churchill or its affiliate (“Loan Syndicate”). The participants in a Loan Syndicate (the “Loan Syndicate Participants”), in addition to the Company and its affiliates may include other lenders and various institutional and sophisticated investors (through private investment vehicles in which they invest).  The entity acting as agent may serve as an agent with respect to loans made at varying levels of a borrower’s capital structure.  Loan Syndicate Participants may hold investments in the same or distinct tranches in the loan facilities of which the Portfolio Investment is a part or in different positions in the capital structure under such Portfolio Investment. As is typical in such agency arrangements, the agent is the party responsible for administering and enforcing the terms of the loan facility, may take certain actions and make certain decisions in its discretion and generally may take material actions only in accordance with the instructions of a designated percentage of the lenders.  In the case of loan facilities that include both senior and subordinate tranches, the agent may take actions in accordance with the instructions of the holders of one or more of the senior tranches without any right to vote or consent (except in certain limited circumstances) by the subordinated tranches of such indebtedness.  Churchill expects that the Portfolio Investments held by the Company and its affiliates may represent less than the amount of debt sufficient to direct, initiate or prevent actions with respect to such loan facility or a tranche thereof of which the Company’s investment is a part (other than preventing those that require the consent of each lender).  As a result of an affiliate of TIAA acting as agent for an agented loan where a Loan Syndicate Participant may own more of the related indebtedness of the obligor or hold indebtedness in a position in the capital structure of an obligor different from that of the Company and its affiliates, such Loan Syndicate Participants will be in a position to exercise more control with respect to the related loan facility than that which Churchill could exercise on behalf of the Company, and may exercise such control in a manner adverse to the interests of the Company.

43


In addition, TIAA, as advised by an affiliate of the Advisers, may be a limited partner investor in many of the private equity funds that own the portfolio companies in which the Company will invest or TIAA may otherwise have a relationship with the private equity funds or portfolio companies, which may give rise to certain conflicts or limit the Company’s ability to invest in such portfolio companies. TIAA (and other private clients managed by affiliates of the Advisers) may also hold passive equity co-investments in such private equity funds or portfolio companies owned by such fund, or in holding companies elsewhere in the capital structure of the private equity fund or portfolio company, which may give rise to certain conflicts for the investment professionals of affiliates of the Advisers when making investment decisions. 
Each Investment Team or each Investment Committee may, from time to time, possess material nonpublic information, limiting our investment discretion.
The managing members and the senior origination professionals of each Investment Team and the senior professionals and members of each investment committee may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, companies in which we invest, the securities of which are purchased or sold on our behalf. In the event that material nonpublic information is obtained with respect to such companies, or we become subject to trading restrictions under the internal trading policies of those companies or as a result of applicable law or regulations, we could be prohibited for a period of time from purchasing or selling the securities of such companies, and this prohibition may have a material adverse effect on us.
Our management and incentive fee structure may create incentives for Churchill and certain of its investment professionals that are not fully aligned with the interests of our shareholders.
In the course of our investing activities, we pay management and incentive fees to the Advisers. Management fees are based on our Average Total Assets (which include assets purchased with borrowed amounts but exclude cash and cash equivalents). As a result, investors in our Shares invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, resulting in a lower rate of return than one might achieve through direct investments. Because these fees are based on our total assets, including assets purchased with borrowed amounts but excluding cash and cash equivalents, the Advisers benefit when we incur debt or otherwise use leverage. This fee structure may encourage Churchill to cause us to borrow money to finance additional investments or to maintain leverage when it would otherwise be appropriate to pay off our indebtedness. Under certain circumstances, the use of borrowed money may increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor our shareholders. The Board is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how the Advisers address these and other conflicts of interest associated with their management services and compensation. Our independent directors periodically review Churchill’s services and fees as well as its portfolio management decisions and portfolio performance. In connection with these reviews, our independent directors consider whether our fees and expenses (including those related to leverage) remain appropriate. As a result of this arrangement, the Advisers or their affiliates may from time to time have interests that differ from those of our shareholders, giving rise to a conflict.
In addition, certain investment professionals share directly in the management fee. Such professionals would face similar conflicts when considering investments for and making decisions on behalf of the Company.
The part of the incentive fee payable to the Advisers that relates to our net investment income is computed and paid on income that may include interest income that has been accrued but not yet received in cash. This fee structure may be considered to involve a conflict of interest for Churchill to the extent that it may encourage Churchill to favor debt financings that provide for deferred interest, rather than current cash payments of interest. Churchill may have an incentive to invest in PIK interest securities in circumstances where it would not have done so but for the opportunity to continue to earn the incentive fee even when the issuers of the deferred interest securities would not be able to make actual cash payments to us on such securities. This risk could be increased because the Advisers are not obligated to reimburse us for any incentive fees received even if we subsequently incur losses or never receive in cash the deferred income that was previously accrued. In addition, the part of the incentive fee payable to Churchill that relates to our net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Any net investment income incentive fee would not be subject to repayment.

44


Our incentive fee may induce Churchill to make certain investments, including speculative investments.
The Advisers receive an incentive fee based, in part, upon net capital gains realized on our investments. Unlike that portion of the incentive fee based on income, there is no hurdle rate applicable to the portion of the incentive fee based on net capital gains. As a result, Churchill may have a tendency to invest more capital in investments that are likely to result in capital gains as compared to income producing securities. Such a practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns.
TIAA (directly or through one or more of its affiliates) has made a significant investment in the Company and may purchase additional Shares from certain unaffiliated shareholders, which may present certain conflicts of interest.
TIAA, the ultimate parent of the Advisers, has made a significant investment in the Company (directly or through one or more of its affiliates). This may result in TIAA’s ownership of a significant percentage of the Company’s Shares. TIAA and other shareholders may from time to time hold equity and other interests in the Advisers or their affiliates, which may present conflicts of interest for the Advisers, including senior investment professionals and members of the investment committee making investment decisions for the Company that also provide investment advice to TIAA.
Additionally, TIAA may provide liquidity to certain shareholders by offering to purchase all or a portion of their Shares of the Company after a certain period of time elapses. However, not all shareholders will be presented with the opportunity to sell their Shares to TIAA. This may be detrimental to other shareholders as TIAA may control a significant percentage of the shareholder vote and may vote in a manner that is beneficial to the Advisers.
Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is restricted, which may limit the scope of investments available to us.
We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of our outstanding voting securities is our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying any security from such affiliate, absent the prior approval of our independent directors. The 1940 Act also prohibits us from participating in certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company without prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. For example, we are prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to any person (or certain affiliates of a person) who owns more than 25% of our voting securities, or entering into prohibited joint transactions with such persons, absent the prior approval of the SEC. As a result of these restrictions, we may be prohibited from buying or selling any security (other than any security of which we are the issuer) from or to any portfolio company at the same time as another fund managed by any of the Advisers or their affiliates without the prior approval of the SEC, which may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us. In addition, TIAA (directly or through one or more of its affiliates) intends to invest $100 million in the Company, which includes consideration for its acquisition of 3,310,540 Shares in exchange for all of the outstanding preference shares of the Predecessor Entity, which may result in its ownership of more than 25% of the voting securities of the Company.
We may, however, co-invest with each Adviser and its affiliates’ other clients in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. For example, we may co-invest with such accounts consistent with guidance promulgated by the SEC staff permitting us and such other accounts to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that the applicable Adviser, acting on our behalf and on behalf of other clients, negotiates no term other than price. We may also co-invest with the Advisers’ or their affiliates’ other clients as otherwise permissible under regulatory guidance, applicable regulations, and Churchill’s allocation policy, which Churchill maintains in writing. Under this allocation policy, a fixed percentage of each opportunity, which may vary based on asset class and from time to time, is offered to us and similar eligible accounts, as periodically determined by Churchill. However, we can offer no assurance that investment opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.

45


Additionally, the Advisers, the Company, and certain other funds and accounts sponsored or managed by the Advisers and their affiliates have been granted the Order by the SEC, which permits the Company greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments if the Board determines that it would be advantageous for the Company to co-invest with other accounts sponsored or managed by the Advisers or their affiliates in a manner consistent with the Company’s investment objective, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors.
In situations where co-investment with other funds managed by one of the Advisers or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer or where the different investments could be expected to result in a conflict between our interests and those of other clients of the Advisers that cannot be mitigated or otherwise addressed pursuant to the policies and procedures of the applicable Adviser, the applicable Adviser must decide which client will proceed with the investment. Each Adviser makes these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts on a basis that will be fair and equitable over time (and which takes into consideration the ability of the relevant account(s) to acquire securities in an amount and on terms suitable for the relevant transaction). Moreover, there will be a conflict of interest if we invest in any issuer in which a fund managed by the Advisers or their affiliates has previously invested, and in some cases, we will be restricted from making such investment. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates.
We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result in losses.
We compete with a number of specialty and commercial finance companies to make the types of investments that we make in middle-market companies, including business development companies, traditional commercial banks, private investment funds, regional banking institutions, small business investment companies, investment banks and insurance companies. Additionally, with increased competition for investment opportunities, alternative investment vehicles such as hedge funds may seek to invest in areas they have not traditionally invested in or from which they had withdrawn during the economic downturn, including investing in middle-market companies. As a result, competition for investments in middle-market companies has intensified, and we expect that trend to continue. Certain of our existing and potential competitors are large and may have greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. These characteristics could allow our competitors to consider a wider variety of investments, establish more relationships and offer better pricing and more flexible structuring than we offer. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. If we are forced to match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, however, we may not be able to achieve acceptable returns on our investments or may bear substantial risk of capital loss.
Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or the source of income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to obtain and maintain our RIC status. The competitive pressures we face may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we may not be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.
We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax if we are unable to qualify or maintain qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.
We intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020, and intend to qualify annually thereafter; however, no assurance can be given that we will be able to qualify for and maintain RIC status. To receive RIC tax treatment under the Code and to be relieved of federal taxes on income and gains distributed to our shareholders, we must meet certain requirements, including source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. The annual distribution requirement applicable to RICs is satisfied if we distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital

46


losses, if any, to our shareholders on an annual basis. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax to the extent that we do not satisfy certain additional minimum distribution requirements on a calendar year basis. To the extent we use debt financing, we will be subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and may be subject to financial covenants under loan and credit agreements, each of which could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making annual distributions necessary to receive RIC tax treatment. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to be taxed as a RIC and, thus, may be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on our entire taxable income without regard to any distributions made by us. In order to be taxed as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each calendar quarter. Failure to meet these tests may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because most of our investments are in private or thinly traded public companies, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and may result in substantial losses. If we fail to be taxed as a RIC for any reason and become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distributions to shareholders and the amount of our distributions and the amount of funds available for new investments. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our shareholders.
An extended disruption in the capital markets and the credit markets could negatively affect our business.
As a BDC, it will be necessary for us to maintain our ability to raise additional capital for investment purposes. Without sufficient access to the capital markets or credit markets, we may be forced to curtail our business operations or we may not be able to pursue new business opportunities. The capital markets and the credit markets have experienced periods of extreme volatility and disruption and, accordingly, there has been and may in the future be uncertainty in the financial markets in general. Ongoing disruptive conditions in the financial industry and the impact of new legislation in response to those conditions could restrict our business operations and could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
We may access the capital markets periodically to issue debt or equity securities or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain such additional capital. Unfavorable economic conditions could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit our ability to pursue new business opportunities and grow our business. In addition, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our shareholders to qualify for the tax benefits available to RICs. As a result, these earnings will not be available to fund new investments. An inability to access the capital markets successfully could limit our ability to grow our business and execute our business strategy fully and could decrease our earnings, if any, which may have an adverse effect on the value of our securities.
We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before, or without, receiving cash representing such income.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as original issue discount, or through contracted PIK interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Original issue discount, which could be significant relative to our overall investment activities, or increases in loan balances as a result of contracted PIK arrangements, will be included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we will not receive in cash.
That part of the incentive fee payable by us that relates to our net investment income is computed and paid on income that may include interest that has been accrued but not yet received in cash, such as original issue discount and PIK interest. If we pay a net investment income incentive fee on interest that has been accrued, but not yet received in cash, it will increase the basis of our investment in that loan, which will reduce the capital gain incentive fee that we would otherwise pay in the future. Nevertheless, if we pay a net investment income incentive fee on interest that has been accrued but not yet received, and if that portfolio company defaults on such a loan, it is possible that accrued interest previously included in the calculation of the incentive fee will become uncollectible.

47


Because we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the requirements applicable to RICs. In such a case, we may have to sell some of our investments at times and/or at prices we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations and sourcings to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain such cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for the tax benefits available to RICs and thus be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax.
Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to and the way in which we raise additional capital.
We may issue debt securities or preferred shares and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted as a BDC to issue senior securities in amounts such that our Asset Coverage Ratio, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 150% of total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, immediately after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our indebtedness at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations and we may not be able to make distributions in an amount sufficient to be subject to taxation as a RIC, or at all. In addition, issuance of securities could dilute the percentage ownership of our current shareholders in us.
No person or entity from which we borrow money will have a veto power or a vote in approving or changing any of our fundamental policies. If we issue preferred shares, the preferred shares would rank “senior” to Shares in our capital structure, preferred shareholders would have separate voting rights on certain matters and might have other rights, preferences or privileges more favorable than those of our shareholders, and the issuance of preferred shares could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for holders of our Shares or otherwise be in your best interest. Holders of our Shares will directly or indirectly bear all of the costs associated with offering and servicing any preferred shares that we issue. In addition, any interests of preferred shareholders may not necessarily align with the interests of holders of our Shares and the rights of holders of preferred shares to receive dividends would be senior to those of holders of our Shares.
As a BDC, we generally are not able to issue our Shares at a price below NAV per share without first obtaining the approval of our shareholders and our independent directors. If we raise additional funds by issuing more Shares or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our shares, then percentage ownership of our shareholders at that time would decrease, and you might experience dilution. We may seek shareholder approval to sell Shares below NAV in the future.
There are significant financial and other resources necessary to comply with the requirements of being an SEC reporting entity.
Upon the effectiveness of this Registration Statement on Form 10, even though we will be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we will still be subject to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act and requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These requirements may place a strain on our systems and resources. The 1934 Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, which are discussed below. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls, significant resources and management oversight will be required. We intend to implement procedures, processes, policies and practices for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We expect to incur significant additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, additional administrative expenses payable to the Administrator to compensate them for hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses.

48


We will incur additional reporting and financial obligations after we cease to be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act.
The systems and resources necessary to comply with public company reporting requirements will increase further once we cease to be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As long as we remain an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years following an IPO or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues equal or exceeds $1.07 billion, (ii) December 31 of the fiscal year that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the 1934 Act which would occur if the market value of our Shares that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and we have been publicly reporting for at least 12 months and have filed an annual report on Form 10-K, (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the preceding three-year period or (iv) December 31 of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of our first sale of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act.
We are not currently required to comply with all of the internal control evaluation requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
We are not required to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404 of that statute (“Section 404”), and will not be required to comply with all of those requirements until we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act for a specified period of time or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Accordingly, our internal controls over financial reporting do not currently meet all of the standards contemplated by Section 404 that we will eventually be required to meet. We are in the process of addressing our internal controls over financial reporting and are establishing formal procedures, policies, processes and practices related to financial reporting and to the identification of key financial reporting risks, assessment of their potential impact and linkage of those risks to specific areas and activities within the Company.
Upon registering the Shares under the 1934 Act, we will be subject to certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, and our management will be required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K. We have begun the process of documenting our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting after the first full year as a reporting company under the 1934 Act. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act. Because we do not currently have comprehensive documentation of our internal controls and have not yet tested our internal controls in accordance with Section 404, we cannot conclude in accordance with Section 404 that we do not have a material weakness in our internal controls or a combination of significant deficiencies that could result in the conclusion that we have a material weakness in our internal controls. As a publicly-reporting entity, we will be required to complete our initial assessment in a timely manner. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our operations, financial reporting or financial results could be adversely affected. Matters impacting our internal controls may cause us to be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis and thereby subject us to adverse regulatory consequences, including sanctions by the SEC or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules, and result in a breach of the covenants under the agreements governing any of our financing arrangements. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in the Company and the reliability of our financial statements. Confidence in the reliability of our financial statements could also suffer if we or our independent registered public accounting firm were to report a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting. This could materially adversely affect us and, following an IPO, lead to a decline in the market price of our Shares.

49


Recent legislation allows us to incur additional leverage.
The 1940 Act generally prohibits us from incurring indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our gross assets). However, recent legislation provides that in order for a BDC to be subject to a reduced 150% Asset Coverage Ratio (i.e., we can borrow $2 for every $1 of equity), the BDC must either obtain: (i) approval of the required majority of its independent directors who have no financial interest in the proposal, which would become effective one year after the date of such approval, or (ii) obtain shareholder approval (of more than 50% of the votes cast for the proposal at a meeting in which quorum is present), which would become effective on the first day after the date of such shareholder approval. The Board and TIAA (as the Company’s initial shareholder) approved a proposal to adopt an Asset Coverage Ratio of 150% in connection with the organization of the Company. Incurring additional indebtedness could increase the risk of investing in the Company. The 150% Asset Coverage Ratio became applicable to us on December 26, 2019.
Leverage magnifies the potential for loss on investments in our indebtedness and on invested equity capital. As we use leverage to partially finance our investments, you will experience increased risks of investing in our Shares. If the value of our assets increases, then leveraging would cause the NAV attributable to our Shares to increase more sharply than it would have had we not leveraged. Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause NAV to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged our business. Similarly, any increase in our income in excess of interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause our net investment income to increase more than it would without the leverage, while any decrease in our income would cause net investment income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to pay dividends, scheduled debt payments or other payments related to our securities. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique.
Provisions in our credit facility may limit discretion. 
At our discretion, we may utilize the leverage available under the Financing Facility for investment and operating purposes. Additionally, we may in the future enter into additional credit facilities. To the extent we borrow money to make investments, such underlying credit facility may be backed by all or a portion of our loans and securities on which the lenders will have a security interest. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instrument we enter into with lenders. We expect that any security interests we grant will be set forth in a pledge and security agreement and evidenced by the filing of financing statements by the agent for the lenders. In addition, we expect that the custodian for our securities serving as collateral agent for such loan would include in its electronic systems notices indicating the existence of such security interests and, following notice of occurrence of an event of default, if any, and during its continuance, will only accept transfer instructions with respect to any such securities from the lender or its designee. If we were to default under the terms of any debt instrument, the agent for the applicable lenders would be able to assume control of the timing of disposition of any or all of our assets securing such debt, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
In addition, any security interests and/or negative covenants required by a credit facility may limit our ability to create liens on assets to secure additional debt and may make it difficult for us to restructure or refinance indebtedness at or prior to maturity or obtain additional debt or equity financing. In addition, if our borrowing base under a credit facility were to decrease, we may be required to secure additional assets in an amount sufficient to cure any borrowing base deficiency. In the event that all of our assets are secured at the time of such a borrowing base deficiency, we could be required to repay advances under a credit facility or make deposits to a collection account, either of which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to fund future investments and to make distributions.
We may be subject to limitations as to how borrowed funds may be used.
We may be subject to limitations as to how borrowed funds may be used, which may include restrictions on geographic and industry concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status, average life, collateral interests and investment ratings, as well as regulatory restrictions on leverage which may affect the amount of funding that may be

50


obtained. There may also be certain requirements relating to portfolio performance, including required minimum portfolio yield and limitations on delinquencies and charge-offs, a violation of which could limit further advances and, in some cases, result in an event of default. An event of default under a credit facility could result in an accelerated maturity date for all amounts outstanding thereunder, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. This could reduce our liquidity and cash flow and impair our ability to grow our business.
Any defaults under a credit facility could adversely affect our business. 
In the event we default under a credit facility or other borrowings, our business could be adversely affected as we may be forced to sell a portion of our investments quickly and prematurely at what may be disadvantageous prices to us in order to meet our outstanding payment obligations and/or support working capital requirements under such borrowing facility, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, following any such default, the agent for the lenders under such borrowing facility could assume control of the disposition of any or all of our assets, including the selection of such assets to be disposed and the timing of such disposition, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 
Our portfolio may be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.
Interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments, the value of our Shares and our rate of return on invested capital. A reduction in the interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on current investments could have an adverse impact on our net investment income while an increase in interest rates could decrease the value of any investments we hold which earn fixed interest rates and increase our interest expense, thereby decreasing our net income. An increase in interest rates available to investors could also make investment in our Shares less attractive unless we are able to increase our dividend rate. In addition, a significant increase in market interest rates could also result in an increase in our non-performing assets and a decrease in the value of our portfolio because our floating-rate loan portfolio companies may be unable to meet higher payment obligations.
As a result of the transition away from the widespread use of LIBOR to alternative rates, interest rates on financial instruments tied to LIBOR rates, as well as the revenue and expenses associated with those financial instruments, may be adversely affected. The U.S. Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large U.S. financial institutions, is considering replacing U.S. dollar LIBOR with a new index calculated by short term repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury securities, called the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”). The first publication of SOFR was released in April 2018. Whether or not SOFR attains market traction as a LIBOR replacement remains a questions and the future of LIBOR at this time is uncertain.
In 2019, the Staff of the SEC’s Division of Corporate Finance, Division of Investment Management, Division of Trading and Markets, and Office of the Chief Accountant has issued statements and guidance surrounding the potentially significant effects on financial markets and market participants when LIBOR is discontinued in 2021 and no longer available as a reference benchmark rate. The Staff has encouraged all market participants to identify contracts that reference LIBOR and begin transitions to alternative rates, and has encouraged audit committees in particular to understand management’s plans to identify and address the risks associated with the elimination of LIBOR, and specifically, the impact on accounting and financial reporting and any related issues associated with financial products and contracts that reference LIBOR.
The elimination of LIBOR or any other changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of LIBOR could have an adverse impact on the market for or value of any LIBOR-linked securities, loans, and other financial obligations or extensions or credit held by or due to us or on our overall financial condition or results of operations. If LIBOR ceases to exist, we may need to renegotiate the credit agreements extending beyond 2021 with our portfolio companies that utilize LIBOR as a factor in determining the interest rate to replace LIBOR with the new standard that is established. In addition, the cessation of LIBOR could:
Adversely impact the pricing, liquidity, value of, return on and trading for a broad array of financial products, including any LIBOR-linked securities, loans and derivatives that are included in our assets and liabilities;

51


Require extensive changes to documentation that governs or references LIBOR or LIBOR-based products, including, for example, pursuant to time-consuming renegotiations of existing documentation to modify the terms of outstanding investments;
Result in inquiries or other actions from regulators in respect of our preparation and readiness for the replacement of LIBOR with one or more alternative reference rates;
Result in disputes, litigation or other actions with portfolio companies, or other counterparties, regarding the interpretation and enforceability of provisions in our LIBOR-based investments, such as fallback language or other related provisions, including, in the case of fallbacks to the alternative reference rates, any economic, legal, operational or other impact resulting from the fundamental differences between LIBOR and the various alternative reference rates;
Require the transition and/or development of appropriate systems and analytics to effectively transition our risk management processes from LIBOR-based products to those based on one or more alternative reference rates, which may prove challenging given the limited history of the proposed alternative reference rates; and
Cause us to incur additional costs in relation to any of the above factors.
Our ability to enter into transactions involving derivatives and financial commitment transactions may be limited.
In November 2019, the SEC published a proposed rulemaking regarding the ability of a BDC (or a registered investment company) to use derivatives and other transactions that create future payment or delivery obligations (except reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions). If adopted as proposed, BDCs that use derivatives would be subject to a value-at-risk (“VaR”) leverage limit, certain other derivatives risk management program and testing requirements and requirements related to board reporting. These new requirements would apply unless the BDC qualified as a “limited derivatives user,” as defined in the SEC’s proposal. A BDC that enters into reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions would need to aggregate the amount of indebtedness associated with the reverse repurchase agreements or similar financing transactions with the aggregate amount of any other senior securities representing indebtedness when calculating the BDC’s asset coverage ratio. Under the proposed rule, a BDC may enter into an unfunded commitment agreement that is not a derivatives transaction, such as an agreement to provide financing to a portfolio company, if the BDC has a reasonable belief, at the time it enters into such an agreement, that it will have sufficient cash and cash equivalents to meet its obligations with respect to all of its unfunded commitment agreements, in each case as it becomes due. If the BDC cannot meet this test, it is required to treat unfunded commitments as a derivatives transaction subject to the requirements of the rule. Collectively, these proposed requirements, if adopted, may limit our ability to use derivatives and/or enter into certain other financial contracts.
If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could fail to qualify as a BDC, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. See “Regulation as a Business Development Company — Qualifying Assets.” We believe that most of the investments that we may acquire in the future will constitute qualifying assets. However, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could violate the 1940 Act provisions applicable to business development companies. As a result of such violation, specific rules under the 1940 Act could prevent us, for example, from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies which could result in the dilution of our position or could require us to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of investments quickly, it could be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. We may not be able to find a buyer for such investments and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss. Any such outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

52


Many of our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board and, as a result, there may be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.
Under the 1940 Act, we are required to carry our portfolio investments at market value or if there is no readily available market value, at fair value as determined by the Board. Many of our portfolio investments may take the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable, and we value these securities at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board, including to reflect significant events affecting the value of our securities. As part of the valuation process, we may take into account the following types of factors, if relevant, in determining the fair value of our investments:
a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to publicly traded securities;
the enterprise value of a portfolio company;
the nature and realizable value of any collateral;
the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow;
the markets in which the portfolio company does business; and
changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets generally that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future and other relevant factors.
We expect that most of our investments (other than cash and cash equivalents) will be classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy and require disclosures about the level of disaggregation along with the inputs and valuation techniques we use to measure fair value. This means that our portfolio valuations are based on unobservable inputs and our own assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability in question. Inputs into the determination of fair value of our portfolio investments require significant management judgment or estimation. Even if observable market data is available, such information may be the result of consensus pricing information or broker quotes, which include a disclaimer that the broker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. The non-binding nature of consensus pricing and/or quotes accompanied by disclaimers materially reduces the reliability of such information. We employ the services of one or more independent service providers to review the valuation of these securities. The types of factors that the Board may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparison to publicly traded securities including such factors as yield, maturity and measures of credit quality, the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. Due to this uncertainty in the value of our portfolio investments, a fair value determination may cause NAV on a given date to materially understate or overstate the value that we may ultimately realize upon one or more of our investments. As a result, investors purchasing our Shares based on an overstated NAV would pay a higher price than the value of the investments might warrant. Conversely, investors selling Shares during a period in which the NAV understates the value of investments will receive a lower price for their Shares than the value the investment portfolio might warrant.
We will adjust quarterly the valuation of our portfolio to reflect the determination of the Board of the fair value of each investment in our portfolio. Any changes in fair value are recorded in our statements of operations as net change in unrealized gain (loss) on investments.
We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.
We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including our ability or inability to make investments in companies that meet our investment criteria, the interest rate payable on the debt

53


securities we acquire, the default rate on such securities, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.
Global economic, political and market conditions may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.
The current worldwide financial market situation, as well as various social and political tensions in the United States and around the world, may contribute to increased market volatility, may have long-term effects on the U.S. and worldwide financial markets, and may cause economic uncertainties or deterioration in the United States and worldwide. The U.S. and global capital markets experienced extreme volatility and disruption during the economic downturn that began in mid-2007, and the U.S. economy was in a recession for several consecutive calendar quarters during the same period. In 2010, a financial crisis emerged in Europe, triggered by high budget deficits and rising direct and contingent sovereign debt, which created concerns about the ability of certain nations to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations. Risks resulting from such debt crisis, including any austerity measures taken in exchange for bailout of certain nations, and any future debt crisis in Europe or any similar crisis elsewhere could have a detrimental impact on the global economic recovery, sovereign and non-sovereign debt in certain countries and the financial condition of financial institutions generally. In June 2016, the United Kingdom held a referendum in which voters approved an exit from the European Union (“ Brexit ”) and, subsequently, on March 29, 2017, the U.K. government began the formal process of leaving the European Union. Brexit created political and economic uncertainty and instability in the global markets (including currency and credit markets), and especially in the United Kingdom and the European Union. Because the U.K. Parliament rejected Prime Minister Theresa May’s proposed Brexit deal with the European Union in January 2019 and March 2019, and because of Prime Minister Theresa May’s resignation which was effective June 7, 2019, there was increased uncertainty on the timing of Brexit. However, under current Prime Minister Boris Johnson, the House of Commons passed the Brexit deal on December 20, 2019 and, assuming that the European Parliament ratifies the Brexit deal, the U.K. will formally leave the European Union on January 31, 2020. The U.K. will then enter into a transition period until December 31, 2020, where agreements surrounding trade and other aspects of the U.K.’s future relationship with the European Union will need to be finalized. Failure to come to terms on a free trade deal could result in checks and tariffs on U.K. goods traveling to the European Union and thus prolong the economic uncertainty. There is continued concern about national-level support for the Euro and the accompanying coordination of fiscal and wage policy among European Economic and Monetary Union member countries. In addition, the fiscal and monetary policies of foreign nations, such as Russia and China, may have a severe impact on the worldwide and U.S. financial markets.
Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.
The Republican Party currently controls the executive branch and the Senate portion of the legislative branch of government, which increases the likelihood that legislation may be adopted that could significantly affect the regulation of U.S. financial markets. Areas subject to potential change, amendment or repeal include the Dodd-Frank Act and the authority of the Federal Reserve and the Financial Stability Oversight Council. For example, in March 2018, the U.S. Senate passed a bill that eased financial regulations and reduced oversight for certain entities. The U.S. may also potentially withdraw from or renegotiate various trade agreements and take other actions that would change current trade policies of the U.S. We cannot predict which, if any, of these actions will be taken or, if taken, their effect on the financial stability of the U.S. Such actions could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot predict the effects of these or similar events in the future on the U.S. economy and securities markets or on our investments. We monitor developments and seek to manage our investments in a manner consistent with achieving our investment objective, but there can be no assurance that we will be successful in doing so.
On May 24, 2018, President Trump signed into law the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act, which increased from $50 billion to $250 billion the asset threshold for designation of “systemically important financial institutions” or “SIFIs” subject to enhanced prudential standards set by the Federal Reserve Board,

54


staggering application of this change based on the size and risk of the covered bank holding company. On May 30, 2018, the Federal Reserve Board voted to consider changes to the Volcker Rule that would loosen compliance requirements for all banks. The effect of this change and any further rules or regulations are and could be complex and far-reaching, and the change and any future laws or regulations or changes thereto could negatively impact our operations, cash flows or financial condition, impose additional costs on us, intensify the regulatory supervision of us or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Additionally, changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations, including those associated with RICs, may cause us to alter our investment strategy in order to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities or result in the imposition of corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on us. Such changes could result in material differences to the strategies and plans set forth herein and may shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of each of the Investment Teams to other types of investments in which each of the Investment Teams may have little or no expertise or experience. Any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.
Uncertainty about presidential administration initiatives could negatively impact our business, financial conditions and results of operations.
The current administration has called for significant changes to U.S. trade, healthcare, immigration, foreign and government regulatory policy. In this regard, there is significant uncertainty with respect to legislation, regulation and government policy at the federal level, as well as the state and local levels. Recent events have created a climate of heightened uncertainty and introduced new and difficult-to-quantify macroeconomic and political risks with potentially far-reaching implications. There has been a corresponding meaningful increase in the uncertainty surrounding interest rates, inflation, foreign exchange rates, trade volumes and fiscal and monetary policy. To the extent the U.S. Congress or the current administration implements changes to U.S. policy, those changes may impact, among other things, the U.S. and global economy, international trade and relations, unemployment, immigration, corporate taxes, healthcare, the U.S. regulatory environment, inflation and other areas. Although we cannot predict the impact, if any, of these changes to our business, they could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.
Changes to U.S. tariff and import/export regulations may have a negative effect on our portfolio companies and, in turn, harm us.
There has been ongoing discussion and commentary regarding potential significant changes to U.S. trade policies, treaties and tariffs. The current U.S. presidential administration, along with the U.S. Congress, has created significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and other countries with respect to trade policies, treaties and tariffs. These developments, or the perception that any of them could occur, may have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, and may significantly reduce global trade and, in particular, trade between the impacted nations and the United States. Any of these factors could depress economic activity and restrict our portfolio companies’ access to suppliers or customers and have a material adverse effect on their business, financial condition and results of operations, which in turn would negatively impact us.
Legislative or other actions relating to taxes could have a negative effect on us.
The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and the U.S. Treasury Department. Tax reform legislation was passed in late 2017 (the “2017 Tax Act”). Such legislation makes many changes to the Internal Revenue Code, including, among other things, significant changes to the taxation of business entities, the deductibility of interest expense, and the tax treatment of capital investment. While we do not foresee that the 2017 Tax Act or any additional tax legislation will have any impact on our ability to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC, we cannot predict with certainty how any changes in the tax laws, U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative interpretations or court decisions interpreting such legislation might affect us, investors or our portfolio investments.

55


We anticipate that we will not qualify as a publicly offered RIC immediately after the Private Offering.
We anticipate that we will not qualify as a publicly offered RIC immediately after the Private Offering. If we are not a publicly offered RIC for any period, a non-corporate shareholder’s allocable portion of our affected expenses, including its management fees, will be treated as an additional distribution to the shareholder and will be deductible by such shareholder only to the extent permitted under the limitations described below. In particular, these expenses, which are “miscellaneous itemized deductions”, are not currently deductible by an individual or other non-corporate investor (and, beginning in 2026, will be deductible only to the extent they exceed 2% of such a shareholder’s adjusted gross income, and are not deductible for alternative minimum tax purposes). We may qualify as a publicly offered RIC in future taxable years, but we can provide no assurances that we will qualify as a publicly offered RIC for any taxable year.
The Board may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or shareholder approval, the effects of which may be adverse.
The Board has the authority, except as otherwise prohibited by the 1940 Act, to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without shareholder approval. However, absent shareholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and the price value of our Shares. Nevertheless, any such changes could adversely affect our business and impair our ability to make distributions.
Each Adviser can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.
Each Adviser has the right to resign under the Advisory Agreements without penalty at any time upon 60 days’ written notice to us, whether we have found a replacement or not. If an Adviser resigns, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our Shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by each Adviser and its affiliates. Even if we were able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.
The Administrator can resign on 60 days’ notice from its role as our administrator under the Administration Agreement, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.
The Administrator has the right to resign under the Administration Agreement without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to us, whether we have found a replacement or not. If the Administrator resigns, we may not be able to find a new administrator or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our Shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and administrative activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a service provider or individuals with the expertise possessed by the Administrator. Even if we were able to retain a comparable service provider or individuals to perform such services, whether internal or external, their integration into our business and lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

56


The failure in cybersecurity systems, as well as the occurrence of events unanticipated in our disaster recovery systems and management continuity planning, could impair our ability to conduct business effectively.
The occurrence of a disaster such as a cyber-attack, a natural catastrophe, an industrial accident, a terrorist attack or war, events unanticipated in our disaster recovery systems, or a support failure from external providers, could have an adverse effect on our ability to conduct business and on our results of operations and financial condition, particularly if those events affect our computer-based data processing, transmission, storage, and retrieval systems or destroy data. If a significant number of our managers were unavailable in the event of a disaster, our ability to effectively conduct our business could be severely compromised.
The Advisers and third-party service providers with which we do business depend heavily upon computer systems to perform necessary business functions. Despite the implementation of a variety of security measures, computer systems could be subject to cyber-attacks and unauthorized access, such as physical and electronic break-ins or unauthorized tampering. The Advisers may experience threats to their data and systems, including malware and computer virus attacks, unauthorized access, system failures and disruptions. If one or more of these events occurs, it could potentially jeopardize the confidential, proprietary and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, the Advisers’ computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in operations, which could result in damage to our reputation, financial losses, litigation, increased costs, regulatory penalties and/or customer dissatisfaction or loss.
If the Advisers or the Administrator are unable to maintain the availability of their electronic data systems and safeguard the security of their data, their and our ability to conduct business may be compromised, which could impair liquidity, disrupt business, damage their and our reputation and cause losses.
Cybersecurity refers to the combination of technologies, processes, and procedures established to protect information technology systems and data from unauthorized access, attack, or damage. We, the Advisers and the Administrator are subject to cybersecurity risks. Information cybersecurity risks have significantly increased in recent years and, while we, the Advisers and the Administrator have not experienced any material losses relating to cyber-attacks or other information security breaches, we could suffer such losses in the future. The Advisers’ and the Administrator’s computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses or other malicious code and other events that could have a security impact. If one or more of such events occur, this potentially could jeopardize confidential and other information, including nonpublic personal information and sensitive business data, processed and stored in, and transmitted through, the Advisers’ and the Administrator’s computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or the operations of our customers or counterparties. This could result in significant losses, reputational damage, litigation, regulatory fines or penalties, or otherwise adversely affect ours, the Advisers’ and the Administrator’s business, financial condition or results of operations. Privacy and information security laws and regulation changes, and compliance with those changes, may result in cost increases due to system changes and the development of new administrative processes. In the future, the Advisers or the Administrator may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify their protective measures and to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures arising from operational and security risks. In addition, we, the Advisers and the Administrator may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are not fully insured.
Third parties with which we, the Advisers and the Administrator do business may also be sources of cybersecurity or other technological risks. We outsource certain functions, and these relationships allow for the storage and processing of our information, as well as customer, counterparty, employee and borrower information. While we engage in actions to reduce our exposure resulting from outsourcing, ongoing threats may result in unauthorized access, loss, exposure or destruction of data, or other cybersecurity incidents, with increased costs and other consequences, including those described above.
We may incur lender liability as a result of our lending activities.
In recent years, a number of judicial decisions have upheld the right of borrowers and others to sue lending institutions on the basis of various evolving legal theories, collectively termed “lender liability.” Generally, lender

57


liability is founded on the premise that a lender has either violated a duty, whether implied or contractual, of good faith and fair dealing owed to the borrower or has assumed a degree of control over the borrower resulting in the creation of a fiduciary duty owed to the borrower or its other creditors or shareholders. We may be subject to allegations of lender liability, which could be time-consuming and expensive to defend and result in significant liability.
We may incur liability as a result of providing managerial assistance to our portfolio companies.
In the course of providing significant managerial assistance to certain portfolio companies, certain of our management and directors may serve as directors on the boards of such companies. To the extent that litigation arises out of investments in these companies, our management and directors may be named as defendants in such litigation, which could result in an expenditure of our funds, through our indemnification of such officers and directors, and the diversion of management time and resources.
Churchill may not be able to achieve the same or similar returns as those achieved by our senior management and investment personnel while they were employed at prior positions.
The track record and achievements of the senior investment professionals of Churchill are not necessarily indicative of future results that will be achieved by Churchill. As a result, Churchill may not be able to achieve the same or similar returns as those previously achieved by the senior investment professionals of Churchill.
Risks Related to Our Investments
Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.
Many of our portfolio companies will be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during these periods. Therefore, any non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments and could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a corresponding decrease in revenues, net income and assets.
Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing our investments and harm our operating results.
A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, acceleration of its loans and foreclosure on its assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize our portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company. It is possible that we could become subject to a lender liability claim, including as a result of actions taken if we or Churchill renders significant managerial assistance to the borrower. Furthermore, if one of our portfolio companies were to file for bankruptcy protection, even though we may have structured our investment as senior secured debt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we or Churchill provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company or otherwise exercise control over it, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt as a form of equity and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to claims of other creditors.
Market conditions have materially and adversely affected debt and equity capital markets in the United States and around the world.
In the past, the global capital markets experienced periods of disruption resulting in increasing spreads between the yields realized on riskier debt securities and those realized on securities perceived as being risk-free and a lack of liquidity in parts of the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to subprime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, illiquid market conditions, declining business and consumer confidence and the failure of major

58


financial institutions in the United States, led to a general decline in economic conditions. This economic decline materially and adversely affected the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and to financial firms in particular. If such a period of disruption were to occur in the future, to the extent that we wish to use debt to fund our investments, the debt capital that will be available to us, if at all, may be at a higher cost, and on terms and conditions that may be less favorable, than what we expect, which could negatively affect our financial performance and results. A prolonged period of market illiquidity may cause us to reduce the volume of loans we originate and/or fund below historical levels and adversely affect the value of our portfolio investments, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The spread between the yields realized on riskier debt securities and those realized on securities perceived as being risk-free has remained narrow on a relative basis recently. If these spreads were to widen or if there were deterioration of market conditions, these events could materially and adversely affect our business.
Our investments in leveraged portfolio companies may be risky, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Investment in leveraged companies involves a number of significant risks. Leveraged companies in which we invest may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold. Such developments may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees that we may have obtained in connection with our investment. In addition, our junior secured loans are generally subordinated to Senior Loans. As such, other creditors may rank senior to us in the event of an insolvency.
We intend to invest in middle-market, privately owned companies, which may present a greater risk of loss than loans to larger companies.
We intend to invest in loans to middle-market, privately owned companies. Compared to larger, publicly traded firms, these companies generally have more limited access to capital and higher funding costs, may be in a weaker financial position and may need more capital to expand, compete and operate their business. In addition, many of these companies may be unable to obtain financing from public capital markets or from traditional sources, such as commercial banks. Accordingly, loans made to these types of borrowers may entail higher risks than loans made to companies that have larger businesses, greater financial resources or are otherwise able to access traditional credit sources on more attractive terms.
Investing in middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks, including that middle-market companies:
may have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;
are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us;
typically have more limited access to the capital markets, which may hinder their ability to refinance borrowings;
will be unable to refinance or repay at maturity the unamortized loan balance as we structure our loans such that a significant balance remains due at maturity;
generally have less predictable operating results, may be particularly vulnerable to changes in customer preferences or market conditions, depend on one or a limited number of major customers;

59


may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position; and
generally have less publicly available information about their businesses, operations and financial condition. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and may lose all or part of our investment.
Any of these factors or changes thereto could impair a portfolio company’s financial condition, results of operation, cash flow or result in other adverse events, such as bankruptcy, any of which could limit a portfolio company’s ability to make scheduled payments on loans from us. This, in turn, may lead to their inability to make payments on outstanding borrowings, which could result in losses in our loan portfolio and a decrease in our net interest income and book value.
We may be subject to risks associated with our investments in Senior Loans.
We intend to invest in Senior Loans. Senior Loans are usually rated below investment grade or may also be unrated. As a result, the risks associated with senior secured loans may be considered by credit rating agencies to be similar to the risks of below investment grade fixed income instruments, although Senior Loans are senior and secured in contrast to other below investment grade fixed income instruments, which are often subordinated or unsecured. Investment in Senior Loans rated below investment grade is considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers. Such companies are more likely than investment grade issuers to default on their payments of interest and principal owed to us, and such defaults could have a material adverse effect on our performance. An economic downturn would generally lead to a higher non-payment rate, and a Senior Loan may lose significant market value before a default occurs. Moreover, any specific collateral used to secure a Senior Loans may decline in value or become illiquid, which would adversely affect the Senior Loan’s value.
There may be less readily available and reliable information about most senior secured loans than is the case for many other types of securities, including securities issued in transactions registered under the 1933 Act or registered under the 1934 Act. As a result, Churchill will rely primarily on its own evaluation of a borrower’s credit quality rather than on any available independent sources. Therefore, we will be particularly dependent on the analytical abilities of Churchill.
In general, the secondary trading market for senior secured loans is not well developed. No active trading market may exist for certain senior secured loans, which may make it difficult to value them. Illiquidity and adverse market conditions may mean that we may not be able to sell senior secured loans quickly or at a fair price. To the extent that a secondary market does exist for certain senior secured loans, the market for them may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods.
We may be subject to risks associated with our investment in junior debt securities.
We may invest in junior debt securities. Although certain junior debt securities are typically senior to common stock or other equity securities, the equity and debt securities in which we will invest may be subordinated to substantial amounts of senior debt, all or a significant portion of which may be secured. Such subordinated investments may be characterized by greater credit risks than those associated with the senior obligations of the same issuer. These subordinated securities may not be protected by all of the financial covenants, such as limitations upon additional indebtedness, typically protecting such senior debt. Holders of junior debt generally are not entitled to receive full payments in bankruptcy or liquidation until senior creditors are paid in full. Holders of equity are not entitled to payments until all creditors are paid in full. In addition, the remedies available to holders of junior debt are normally limited by restrictions benefitting senior creditors. In the event any portfolio company cannot generate adequate cash flow to meet senior debt service, we may suffer a partial or total loss of capital invested.

60


We may be subject to risks associated with “covenant-lite” loans.
Certain loans in which we invest may be “covenant-lite.” We use the term “covenant-lite” loans to refer generally to loans that do not have a complete set of financial maintenance covenants. Generally, “covenant-lite” loans provide borrower companies more freedom to negatively impact lenders because their covenants are incurrence-based, which means they are only tested and can only be breached following an affirmative action of the borrower, rather than by a deterioration in the borrower’s financial condition. Accordingly, to the extent we are exposed to “covenant-lite” loans, we may have a greater risk of loss on such investments as compared to investments in or exposure to loans with financial maintenance covenants.
We may be subject to risks associated with our investments in unitranche secured loans and securities.
We may invest in unitranche secured loans, which are a combination of senior secured and junior secured debt in the same facility. Unitranche secured loans provide all of the debt needed to finance a leveraged buyout or other corporate transaction, both senior and junior, but generally in a first-lien position, while the borrower generally pays a blended, uniform interest rate rather than different rates for different tranches. Unitranche secured debt generally requires payments of both principal and interest throughout the life of the loan. Generally, we expect these securities to carry a blended yield that is between senior secured and junior debt interest rates. Unitranche secured loans provide a number of advantages for borrowers, including the following: simplified documentation, greater certainty of execution and reduced decision-making complexity throughout the life of the loan. In some cases, a portion of the total interest may accrue or be paid in kind. Because unitranche secured loans combine characteristics of senior and junior financing, unitranche secured loans have risks similar to the risks associated with senior secured and second-lien loans and junior debt in varying degrees according to the combination of loan characteristics of the unitranche secured loan.
We may be subject to risks associated with our investment in equity-related securities.
Our investments may include equity-related securities, such as rights and warrants that may be converted into or exchanged for the issuer’s common stock or the cash value of the issuer’s common stock. The equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience. We will generally have little, if any, control over the timing of any gains we may realize from our equity investments. We may also be unable to realize any value if a portfolio company does not have a liquidity event, such as a sale of the business, recapitalization or public offering, which would allow us to sell the underlying equity interests. We may be unable to exercise any put rights we acquire, which would grant us the right to sell our equity securities back to the portfolio company, for the consideration provided in its investment documents if the issuer is in financial distress. Additionally, we may make equity or equity-related investments alongside a Senior Loan investment, which may result in conflicts related to the rights of those investments.
Loans may become nonperforming for a variety of reasons.
A loan or debt obligation may become non-performing for a variety of reasons. Such non-performing loans may require substantial workout negotiations or restructuring that may entail, among other things, a substantial reduction in the interest rate, a substantial write-down of the principal amount of the loan and/or the deferral of payments. In addition, such negotiations or restructuring may be quite extensive and protracted over time, and therefore may result in substantial uncertainty with respect to the ultimate recovery. We may also incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default on a loan or participate in the restructuring of such obligation. The liquidity for defaulted loans may be limited, and to the extent that defaulted loans are sold, it is highly unlikely that the proceeds from such sale will be equal to the amount of unpaid principal and interest thereon. In connection with any such defaults, workouts or restructuring, although we exercise voting rights with respect to an individual loan, we may not be able to exercise votes in respect of a sufficient percentage of voting rights with respect to such loan to determine the outcome of such vote.

61


The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.
All of our assets may be invested in illiquid securities, and a substantial portion of our investments in leveraged companies will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than more broadly traded public securities. The illiquidity of these investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments when desired. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded these investments. As a result, we do not expect to achieve liquidity in our investments in the near-term. However, to maintain the election to be regulated as a BDC and qualify as a RIC, we may have to dispose of investments if we do not satisfy one or more of the applicable criteria under the respective regulatory frameworks. We may also face other restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we or any of the Advisers have material nonpublic information regarding such portfolio company.
Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our NAV through increased net unrealized depreciation.
As a BDC, we will be required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board. When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation. We record decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments as unrealized depreciation. Declines in prices and liquidity in the corporate debt markets may result in significant net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. The effect of all of these factors on our portfolio may reduce our NAV by increasing net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. Depending on market conditions, we could incur substantial realized losses and may suffer additional unrealized losses in future periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our portfolio companies may prepay loans, which prepayment may reduce stated yields if capital returned cannot be invested in transactions with equal or greater expected yields.
The loans that will underlie our portfolio may be callable at any time, and many of them can be repaid with no premium to par. It is not clear at this time when or if any loan might be called. Whether a loan is called will depend both on the continued positive performance of the portfolio company and the existence of favorable financing market conditions that allow such company the ability to replace existing financing with less expensive capital. As market conditions change frequently, it is unknown when, and if, this may be possible for each portfolio company. Risks associated with owning loans include the fact that prepayments may occur at any time, sometimes without premium or penalty, and that the exercise of prepayment rights during periods of declining spreads could cause us to reinvest prepayment proceeds in lower-yielding instruments. In the case of some of these loans, having the loan called early may reduce our achievable yield if the capital returned cannot be invested in transactions with equal or greater expected yields.
Our portfolio may be exposed in part to one or more specific industries, which may subject us to a risk of significant loss in a particular investment or investments if there is a downturn in that particular industry.
Our portfolio may have significant exposure to one or more specific industries. A downturn in any particular industry in which we are invested could significantly impact the aggregate returns we realize. If an industry in which we have significant investments suffers from adverse business or economic conditions, as these industries have to varying degrees, a material portion of our investment portfolio could be affected adversely, which, in turn, could adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

62


To the extent original issue discount and payment-in-kind interest constitute a portion of our income, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with such income being required to be included in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash representing such income.
Our investments may include original issue discount, or OID, components and may include PIK interest or PIK dividend components. To the extent original issue discount constitutes a portion of our income, we are exposed to typical risks associated with such income being required to be included in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:
We must include in income each year a portion of the OID that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. Because any OID or other amounts accrued will be included in investment company taxable income for the year of the accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our shareholders in order to satisfy our annual distribution requirements, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. As a result, we may have to sell some of our investments at times or at prices that would not be advantageous to us, raise additional debt or equity capital or forgo new investment opportunities.
OID instruments may create heightened credit risks because the inducement to the borrower to accept higher interest rates in exchange for the deferral of cash payments typically represents, to some extent, speculation on the part of the lender.
Even if the accounting conditions for income accrual are met, the borrower could still default when our actual collection is supposed to occur at the maturity of the obligation.
OID instruments may have unreliable valuations because their continuing accruals require continuing judgments about the collectability of the deferred payments and the value of the collateral.
OID instruments generally represent a significantly higher credit risk than coupon loans.
OID income received by us may create uncertainty about the source of our cash distributions to shareholders. For accounting purposes, any cash distributions to shareholders representing OID or market discount income are not treated as coming from paid-in capital, even though the cash to pay them comes from the offering proceeds. Thus, although a distribution of OID or market discount interest comes from the cash invested by the shareholders, Section 19(a) of the 1940 Act does not require that shareholders be given notice of this fact by reporting it as a return of capital.
The deferral of PIK interest has a negative impact on liquidity, as it represents non-cash income that may require distribution of cash dividends to shareholders in order to maintain our RIC status. In addition, the deferral of PIK interest also increases the loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio at a compounding rate, thus, increasing the risk that we will absorb a loss in the event of foreclosure.
OID and market discount instruments create the risk of non-refundable incentive fee payments to the Adviser based on non-cash accruals that we may not ultimately realize.
We will be a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and therefore we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in securities of a single issuer.
We will be classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer. Our portfolio may be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies and industries. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC under the Code, we will not have fixed guidelines for diversification. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers, our NAV may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the

63


financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company. As a result, the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. Additionally, while we are not targeting any specific industries, our investments may be concentrated in relatively few industries. As a result, a downturn in any particular industry in which we are invested could also significantly impact the aggregate returns we realize.
We may hold the debt securities of leveraged companies that may, due to the significant volatility of such companies, enter into bankruptcy proceedings.
Leveraged companies may experience bankruptcy or similar financial distress. The bankruptcy process has a number of significant inherent risks. Many events in a bankruptcy proceeding are the product of contested matters and adversary proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. A bankruptcy filing by a portfolio company may adversely and permanently affect the portfolio company. If the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the issuer may not equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of the investment. The duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is also difficult to predict, and a creditor’s return on investment can be adversely affected by delays until the plan of reorganization or liquidation ultimately becomes effective. The administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and would be paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors. Because the standards for classification of claims under bankruptcy law are vague, our influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations we own may be lost by increases in the number and amount of claims in the same class or by different classification and treatment. In the early stages of the bankruptcy process, it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. In addition, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial.
Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio.
Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments, in seeking to:
increase or maintain in whole or in part our position as a creditor or equity ownership percentage in a portfolio company;
exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or
preserve or enhance the value of our investment.
We have discretion to make follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources and the provisions of the 1940 Act. Failure on our part to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our level of risk, because we prefer other opportunities or because we are inhibited by compliance with BDC requirements or the desire to maintain our RIC status. Our ability to make follow-on investments may also be limited by Churchill’s allocation policy.
Because we will not hold controlling equity interests in the majority of our portfolio companies, we may not be able to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies, which could decrease the value of our investments.
We do not expect to hold controlling equity positions in the majority of our portfolio companies. Our debt investments may provide limited control features such as restrictions, for example, on the ability of a portfolio company to assume additional debt, or to use the proceeds of our investment for other than certain specified purposes. “Control” under the 1940 Act is presumed at more than 25% equity ownership, and may also be present at lower ownership levels where we provide managerial assistance. When we do not acquire a controlling equity position in a portfolio company,

64


we may be subject to the risk that a portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and that the management and/or shareholders of a portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity of the debt and equity investments that we typically hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.
Defaults by our portfolio companies will harm our operating results.
A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets. This could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize such portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company.
In addition, many of our investments will likely have a principal amount outstanding at maturity, which could result in a substantial loss to us if the borrower is unable to refinance or repay.
Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.
Although we expect that our investments will be primarily secured, some investments may be unsecured and subordinated to substantive amounts of senior indebtedness. The portfolio companies in which we invest usually have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt securities in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the debt securities in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying senior creditors, the portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt securities in which we invest, we would have to share any distributions on an equal and ratable basis with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.
Additionally, certain loans that we make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second-priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first-priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by first-priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second-priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first-priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second-priority liens, then, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, we will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.
The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the loans we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of such senior debt, including in unitranche transactions. Under a typical intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first-priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first-priority liens:
the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral;

65


the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings;
the approval of amendments to collateral documents;
releases of liens on the collateral; and
waivers of past defaults under collateral documents.
We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected. In addition, a bankruptcy court may choose not to enforce an intercreditor agreement or other agreement with creditors.
We may be subject to risks associated with unsecured loans we make to portfolio companies.
We may also make unsecured loans to portfolio companies, meaning that such loans will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on such portfolio companies’ collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured loan agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured loan obligations after payment in full of all secured loan obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured loan obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.
We may be subject to risks associated with subordinated investments.
We may also make subordinated investments that rank below other obligations of the obligor in right of payment. Subordinated investments are generally more volatile than secured loans and are subject to greater risk of default than senior obligations as a result of adverse changes in the financial condition of the obligor or in general economic conditions. If we make a subordinated investment in a portfolio company, the portfolio company may be highly leveraged, and its relatively high LTV ratio may create increased risks that its operations might not generate sufficient cash flow to service all of its debt obligations.
We may be subject to risks associated with syndicated loans.
From time to time, our investments may consist of syndicated loans. Under the documentation for such loans, a financial institution or other entity typically is designated as the administrative agent and/or collateral agent. This agent is granted a lien on any collateral on behalf of the other lenders and distributes payments on the indebtedness as they are received. The agent is the party responsible for administering and enforcing the loan and generally may take actions only in accordance with the instructions of a majority or two-thirds in commitments and/or principal amount of the associated indebtedness. In most cases, we do not expect to hold a sufficient amount of the indebtedness to be able to compel any actions by the agent. Accordingly, we may be precluded from directing such actions unless we act together with other holders of the indebtedness. If we are unable to direct such actions, we cannot assure you that the actions taken will be in our best interests.
There is a risk that a loan agent may become bankrupt or insolvent. Such an event would delay, and possibly impair, any enforcement actions undertaken by holders of the associated indebtedness, including attempts to realize upon the collateral securing the associated indebtedness and/or direct the agent to take actions against the related obligor or the collateral securing the associated indebtedness and actions to realize on proceeds of payments made by obligors that are in the possession or control of any other financial institution. In addition, we may be unable to remove the agent in circumstances in which removal would be in our best interests. Moreover, agented loans typically allow for the agent to resign with certain advance notice.

66


We may be subject to risks associated with our investments in special situation companies.
We may make investments in companies involved in (or the target of) acquisition attempts or tender offers, or companies involved in spin-offs and similar transactions. In any investment opportunity involving any such type of business enterprise, there exists the risk that the transaction in which such business enterprise is involved will either be unsuccessful, take considerable time or result in a distribution of cash or a new security, the value of which will be less than the purchase price to us of the security or other financial instrument in respect of which such distribution is received. Similarly, if an anticipated transaction does not in fact occur, we may be required to sell our investment at a loss. In connection with such transactions (or otherwise), we may purchase securities on a when-issued basis, which means that delivery and payment take place sometime after the date of the commitment to purchase and are often conditioned upon the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval and consummation of a merger, reorganization or debt restructuring. The purchase price and/or interest rate receivable with respect to a when-issued security are fixed when we enter into the commitment. Such securities are subject to changes in market value prior to their delivery.
The disposition of our investments may result in contingent liabilities.
A significant portion of our investments may involve private securities. In connection with the disposition of an investment in private securities, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to potential liabilities. These arrangements may result in contingent liabilities that ultimately result in funding obligations that we must satisfy through our return of distributions previously made to us.
We may not realize gains from our equity investments.
We may in the future make investments that include warrants or other equity or equity-related securities. In addition, we may from time to time make non-control, equity co-investments in companies in conjunction with private equity sponsors. Our goal is ultimately to realize gains upon our disposition of such equity interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience. We also may be unable to realize any value if a portfolio company does not have a liquidity event, such as a sale of the business, recapitalization or public offering, which would allow us to sell the underlying equity interests. We often seek puts or similar rights to give us the right to sell our equity securities back to the portfolio company issuer. We may be unable to exercise these put rights for the consideration provided in our investment documents if the issuer is in financial distress.
Risks Relating to Our Shares
We may not be able to pay distributions, our distributions may not grow over time and/or a portion of our distributions may be a return of capital.
We intend to pay distributions to our shareholders. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to sustain a specified level of cash distributions or make periodic increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by, among other things, the impact of one or more of the risk factors described herein. In addition, the inability to satisfy the asset coverage test applicable to us as a BDC could limit our ability to pay distributions. All distributions will be paid at the discretion of the Board and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC regulations and such other factors as the Board may deem relevant from time to time. We cannot assure you that we will continue to pay distributions to our shareholders.
When we make distributions, we will be required to determine the extent to which such distributions are paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of an investor’s basis in our Shares and, assuming that an investor holds our Shares as a capital asset, thereafter as a capital gain.

67


We may choose to pay a portion of our dividends in our own Shares, in which case you may be required to pay tax in excess of the cash you receive.
We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that will provide for reinvestment of our dividends and other distributions on behalf of our shareholders that elect to opt in to such plan. We may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in part in our Shares. Taxable shareholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as ordinary income (or as long-term capital gain or qualified dividend income to the extent such distribution is properly reported as such) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The tax rate for ordinary income will vary depending on a shareholder’s particular characteristics. For individuals, the top marginal federal ordinary income tax rate effective beginning in 2018 is 37%. To the extent distributions paid by us to non-corporate shareholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, such distributions generally will be eligible for a maximum qualified dividend federal tax rate of 20%. However, in this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us will generally not be attributable to such dividends and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the preferential federal tax rate. Distributions of our net capital gains (which is generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. shareholder as long-term capital gains currently at a maximum federal tax rate of 20%.
As a result of receiving dividends in the form of our Shares, a U.S. shareholder may be required to pay tax with respect to such dividends in excess of any cash received. If a U.S. shareholder sells the Shares it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our Shares at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. shareholders, we may be required to withhold federal tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in Shares. In addition, if a significant number of our shareholders determine to sell our Shares in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, it may put downward pressure on the value of our Shares.
In addition, as discussed above, our loans may contain a PIK interest provision. The PIK interest, computed at the contractual rate specified in each loan agreement, is added to the principal balance of the loan and recorded as interest income. To avoid the imposition of corporate-level U.S. federal income tax, we will need to make sufficient distributions, a portion of which may be paid in our Shares, regardless of whether our recognition of income is accompanied by a corresponding receipt of cash.
Investing in our Shares may involve an above-average degree of risk.
The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and a higher risk of volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative and aggressive and, therefore, an investment in our Shares may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.
Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and our Charter and Bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse effect on the price of our Shares.
The Maryland General Corporation Law and our Charter and Bylaws contain provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of us or the removal of our directors. We are subject to the Maryland Business Combination Act, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. The Board has adopted a resolution exempting from the Maryland Business Combination Act any business combination between us and any other person, subject to prior approval of such business combination by the Board, including approval by a majority of our independent directors. If the resolution exempting business combinations is repealed or the Board does not approve a business combination, the Maryland Business Combination Act may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer. The SEC staff has taken the position that, under the 1940 Act, an investment company may not avail itself of the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act. As a result, we will amend our Bylaws to be subject to the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act, only if the Board determines that it would be in our best interests and, after notification, the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act. If such conditions are met,

68


and we amend our Bylaws to repeal the exemption from the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act, the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act also may make it more difficult for a third party to obtain control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such a transaction.
We intend to adopt certain measures that may make it difficult for a third-party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our Charter classifying the Board in three staggered terms and authorizing the Board to classify or reclassify shares of our capital stock in one or more classes or series and to cause the issuance of additional shares of our stock. These provisions, as well as other provisions of our Charter and Bylaws, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our shareholders.
There are restrictions on the ability of holders of our Shares to transfer such Shares in excess of the restrictions typically associated with a private offering of securities under Regulation D and other exemptions from registration under the Securities Act, and these restrictions could limit the liquidity of an investment in our Shares and the price at which holders may be able to sell the Shares.
We are relying on an exemption from registration under the 1933 Act and state securities laws in offering our Shares pursuant to a subscription agreement. As such, absent an effective registration statement covering our Shares, such shares may be resold only in transactions that are exempt from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act and with the prior written consent of the Adviser. Our Shares will have limited transferability which could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change of control of the Company that might involve a premium price for our securities or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders.
Risks Related to this Offering
Shareholders may be subject to filing requirements under the 1934 Act as a result of an investment in us.
Because our Shares will be registered under the 1934 Act, ownership information for any person who beneficially owns 5% or more of our Shares must be disclosed in a Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G or other filings with the SEC. Beneficial ownership for these purposes is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and includes having voting or investment power over the securities. In some circumstances, investors who choose to reinvest their dividends may see their percentage stake in us increased to more than 5%, thus triggering this filing requirement. Although we provide in our quarterly financial statements the amount of outstanding Shares and the amount of the investor’s Shares, the responsibility for determining the filing obligation and preparing the filing remains with the investor. In addition, owners of 10% or more of our Shares are subject to reporting obligations under Section 16(a) of the 1934 Act.
Shareholders may be subject to the short-swing profits rules under the 1934 Act as a result of an investment in us.
Persons who hold more than 10% of a class of our Shares may be subject to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, which recaptures for the benefit of the issuer profits from the purchase and sale of registered Shares within a six-month period.
We have broad discretion over the use of proceeds of this offering and will use proceeds in part to satisfy operating expenses.
We have significant flexibility in applying the proceeds of this offering and may use the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may not agree, or for purposes other than those contemplated at this time. We will also pay operating expenses, and may pay other expenses such as due diligence expenses of potential new investments, from net proceeds. Our ability to achieve our investment objective may be limited to the extent that net proceeds of this offering, pending full investment, are used to pay operating expenses.

69


ITEM 2.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Selected Financial Data
The following selected financial data for the year and period ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively, is derived from our consolidated financial statements. The financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2018 have been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, the auditor of the Predecessor Entity. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results. The selected financial data in this section is not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and is qualified in its entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this filing.
The selected consolidated financial information and other data below should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto and “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” included below. Dollars are in thousands, except per share data.
Statement of Operations Data:
 
For the year ended
December 31, 2019
 
For the period ended
December 31, 2018 (1)
Total investment income
 
15,396

 
4,504

Net expenses after expense support
 
8,975

 
2,796

Net investment income after excise taxes
 
6,417

 
1,708

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations
 
7,285

 
1,435

 
 
 
 
 
Per Share Data:
 
 
 
 
Net asset value
 
$
20.00

 
$
19.48

Net investment income
 
$
1.58

 
$
0.86

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations
 
$
1.79

 
$
0.72

Balance Sheet Data:
 
At December 31, 2019
 
At December 31, 2018
Investments at fair value
 
178,780

 
161,849

Cash and cash equivalents
 
3,421

 
2,236

Total assets
 
188,368

 
164,666

Notes payable
 
118,348

 
86,910

Total liabilities
 
122,157

 
93,913

Total net assets
 
66,211

 
70,753

 
 
 
 
 
Other Data:
 
 
 
 
Number of portfolio companies at period end
 
46

 
42

Weighted average yield on debt investments at period end(1)
 
6.84
%
 
7.29
%
________________
(1)
For the period from January 12, 2018 through December 31, 2018.

70


Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Overview
The Company was formed on March 13, 2018, as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and was converted into a Maryland corporation on June 18, 2019, prior to the commencement of operations. The Company is a closed-end, externally managed, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Company intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code for the taxable year ending December 31, 2020.
On December 31, 2019, immediately prior to the BDC election, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, SPV I, merged with the Predecessor Entity, leaving SPV I as the surviving entity. SPV I is a Delaware limited liability company that was formed on November 13, 2019. SPV I had no assets or operations prior to completion of the Merger and as a result, the historical books and records of the Predecessor Entity have become the books and records of the surviving entity. The Predecessor Entity was a Cayman exempt limited company and was formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands on November 14, 2017 and commenced operations on January 12, 2018. The Company has consolidated its investments held in SPV I, in accordance with its consolidation policy.
The Company’s investment objective is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns primarily through current income by investing in senior secured loans to private equity-owned U.S. middle market companies, which the Company defines as companies with approximately $10 million to $100 million of EBITDA. The Company will focus on privately originated debt to performing U.S. middle market companies, with a portfolio expected to comprise primarily first-lien senior secured debt and unitranche loans (other than last-out positions in unitranche loans). The Company will also opportunistically invest in junior capital opportunities (second-lien loans, subordinated debt, last-out positions in unitranche loans and equity-related securities).
The Company has entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser, under which the Adviser will delegate substantially all of its day-to-day portfolio management obligations through a sub-advisory agreement with Churchill. Under the Administration Agreement, the Company is provided with certain services by the Administrator.
Critical Accounting Policies
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. Management considers the following critical accounting policies important to understanding the financial statements. In addition to the discussion below, our critical accounting policies are further described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
Valuation of portfolio investments
Investments are valued in accordance with the fair value principles established by FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC Topic 820”) and in accordance with the 1940 Act. ASC Topic 820’s definition of fair value focuses on the amount that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability in the principal or most advantageous, market and prioritizes the use of market-based inputs (observable) over entity-specific inputs (unobservable) within a measurement of fair value.
Value, as defined in Section 2(a)(41) of the 1940 Act, is (i) the market price for those securities for which a market quotation is readily available and (ii) for all other securities and assets, fair value is as determined in good faith by our Board. Because the Company expects that there typically will not be a readily available market price for its target portfolio investments, the Company expects that the value of most of its portfolio investments will be their fair value as determined by the Board consistent with a documented valuation policy and consistently applied valuation process.

71


In making these determinations, the Board will receive input from management and the Audit Committee. In addition, the Board has retained independent valuation firms to review the valuation of each portfolio investment for which a market quotation is not available at least once during each 12-month period.
The Board will make a fair value determination on a quarterly basis and in such other instances when a decision regarding the fair value of the portfolio investments is required. Factors considered by the Board as part of the valuation of investments include credit ratings/risk, the portfolio company's current and projected earnings, current and expected leverage, ability to make interest and principal payments, the estimated remaining life of the investment, liquidity, compliance with applicable loan covenants, price to earnings (or other financial) ratios of the portfolio company and other comparable companies, current market yields and interest rate spreads of similar securities as of the measurement date. Other factors taken into account include changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets, generally, that may affect the price at which similar investments would trade. The Board may also base its valuation on recent investments and securities with similar structure and risk characteristics. Churchill obtains market data from its ongoing investment purchase efforts, in addition to specific transactions that close and are announced in industry publications. External information may include (but is not limited to) observable market data derived from the U.S. loan and equity markets. In compiling market data Churchill may utilize third-party data as an indicator of current market conditions.
ASC Topic 820 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. ASC Topic 820 also provides guidance regarding a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes information used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings and provides for enhanced disclosures determined by the level within the hierarchy of information used in the valuation. In accordance with ASC Topic 820, these inputs are summarized in the three levels listed below:
Level 1 - Valuations are based on unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that are accessible at the measurement date.
Level 2 - Valuations are based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 - Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of observable input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the investment.
Active, publicly-traded instruments are classified as Level 1 and their values are generally based on quoted market prices, even if the market’s normal daily trading volume is not sufficient to absorb the quantity held and placing orders to sell the position in a single transaction might affect the quoted price.
Fair value is generally determined as the price that would be received for an investment in a current sale, which assumes an orderly market is available for the market participants at the measurement date. If available, the fair value of investments is based on directly observable market prices or on market data derived from comparable assets. The Company’s valuation policy considers the fact that no ready market may exist for many of the securities in which we invest and that fair value for its investments must be determined using unobservable inputs.
With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available (Level 3), the Board will undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as follows:
i.
the quarterly valuation process will begin with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the professionals of the applicable Investment Team that are responsible for the portfolio investment;
ii.
preliminary valuation conclusions will then be documented and approved by the applicable Investment Team’s Investment Committee;

72


iii.
one or more third-party valuation firms engaged by, or on behalf of, the Board will provide positive assurance on portions of the portfolio each quarter (such that each investment will be reviewed by a third-party valuation firm at least once on a rolling 12-month basis), including a review of management’s preliminary valuation and recommendation of fair value;
iv.
the Audit Committee will review the valuations approved by the applicable Investment Team’s Investment Committee and, where appropriate, the independent valuation firm(s) and recommend those values to the Board; and
v.
the Board will then discuss valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith, based on the input of the applicable Investment Team, and, where appropriate, the respective independent valuation firm(s) and the Audit Committee.
The Board will make this fair value determination on a quarterly basis and in such other instances when a decision regarding the fair value of the portfolio investments is required. Factors considered by the Board as part of the valuation of investments include credit ratings/risk, the portfolio company's current and projected earnings, current and expected leverage, ability to make interest and principal payments, the estimated remaining life of the investment, liquidity, compliance with applicable loan covenants, price to earnings (or other financial) ratios of the portfolio company and other comparable companies, current market yields and interest rate spreads of similar securities as of the measurement date. Other factors taken into account include changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets, generally, that may affect the price at which similar investments would trade. The Board may also base its valuation on recent investments and securities with similar structure and risk characteristics. Churchill obtains market data from its ongoing investment purchase efforts, in addition to specific transactions that close and are announced in industry publications. External information may include (but is not limited to) observable market data derived from the U.S. loan and equity markets. In compiling market data management may utilize third-party data as an indicator of current market conditions.
The value assigned to these investments is based upon available information and may fluctuate from period to period. In addition, it does not necessarily represent the amount that ultimately might be realized upon sale. Due to the inherent uncertainty of valuation, the estimated fair value of investments may differ from the value that would have been used had a ready market for the security existed, and the difference could be material.
As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, all of our investments were Level 3 investments.
Determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to our consolidated financial statements express the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on the consolidated financial statements.
Revenue recognition
Our revenue recognition policies are as follows:
Net realized gains (losses) on investments: Gains or losses on investment transactions are determined on a specific identification basis.
Interest Income: Interest income, including amortization of premium and accretion of discount on loans are recorded on the accrual basis. The Company accrues interest income based on the effective yield if it expects that ultimately it will be able to collect such income.
Other income may include income such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, consulting and prepayment fees associated with the Company’s investment activities, as well as any fees for managerial assistance services rendered by the Company to the portfolio companies or other investment related income. Such fees are recognized as income when earned or the services are rendered. For the year and period ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company earned $365 thousand and $227 thousand, respectively, in other income, primarily related to prepayment and amendment fees.

73


The Company may have loans in its portfolio that contain payment-in-kind (“PIK”) provisions. PIK represents interest that is accrued and recorded as interest income at the contractual rates, increases the loan principal on the respective capitalization dates, and is generally due at maturity. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the year and period then ended, respectively, no loans in the portfolio contained PIK provisions.
Non-accrual: Generally, when a payment default occurs on a loan in the portfolio, or if management otherwise believes that the issuer of the loan will not be able to make contractual interest payments or principal payments, the Sub-Adviser will place the loan on non-accrual status and the Company will cease recognizing interest income on that loan until all principal and interest is current through payment or until a restructuring occurs, such that the interest income is deemed to be collectible. However, the Company remains contractually entitled to this interest. The Company may make exceptions to this policy if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. Accrued interest is written off when it becomes probable that the interest will not be collected and the amount of uncollectible interest can be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the year and period then ended, respectively, there were no loans in the portfolio on non-accrual status.
Financing Facility
The Predecessor Entity borrowed funds under a credit agreement (the “Agreement”) executed on October 23, 2018. The Agreement was originally executed among the Predecessor Entity, Nuveen Alternatives Advisors LLC, as the original collateral manager to the Predecessor Entity, TIAA, as the sole preference shareholder (the “Preference Shareholder”), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as lender (the “Lender”) and administrative agent. As part of the Agreement, the Predecessor Entity issued to Lender a $175,000,000 variable funding note, due to expire on October 23, 2019. The amount of the borrowings under such note equals the amount of the outstanding advances. Each advance borrowing bears an interest rate of one month LIBOR, plus 2.25 % per annum. In addition, there is an unused commitment fee per annum of the undrawn amount. The Predecessor Entity was also subject to two commitment fee rates through October 15, 2019. Prior to its expiration in October 2019, the Predecessor Entity amended and restated the Agreement with the Lender which extended the maturity date to October 28, 2020 (the “Financing Facility”) and removed the above-referenced commitment fee rates. The Financing Facility includes certain financial covenants related to asset coverage and liquidity and other maintenance covenants.
Effective on the date of the Merger, the Agreement with the Lender was transferred to SPV I and the borrowings under the Agreement were assumed by SPV I.
Contractual Obligations
As of December 31, 2019, our future fixed commitments for cash payments due on contractual obligations for each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:
 
Twelve months ending December 31,
 
Total
 
2019
 
2020
 
2021
 
2022
 
2023 and thereafter
Notes Payable:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financing Facility
$
118,435,000

 
$

 
$118,435,000
 

 

 

 
$
118,435,000

 
$

 
$118,435,000
 

 

 

Investments
Our level of investment activity can and does vary substantially from period to period depending on many factors, including the amount we have available to invest as well as the amount of debt and equity capital available to middle-market companies, the level of merger and acquisition activity in the middle market, the general economic environment and the competitive environment for the types of investments we make.

74


To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. To the extent we continue to qualify as a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level taxes on any income we distribute to our stockholders.
As a BDC, we will be required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For instance, we generally will have to invest at least 70% of our total assets in “qualifying assets,” including securities of private or thinly traded public U.S. companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less.
As a BDC, we must not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Qualifying assets include investments in “eligible portfolio companies.” Under the relevant SEC rules, the term “eligible portfolio company” includes all private companies, companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange, and certain public companies that have listed their securities on a national securities exchange and have a market capitalization of less than $250 million. In each case, the company must be organized in the United States.
Revenues
We generate revenue primarily in the form of interest income on Senior Loan investments we hold. In addition, we generate income from dividends on direct equity investments, capital gains on the sales of loans and debt and equity securities. Our Senior Loan investments generally bear interest at a floating rate usually determined on the basis of a benchmark such as LIBOR. Interest on these Senior Loan investments is generally paid quarterly. In some instances, we receive payments on our Senior Loan investments based on scheduled amortization of the outstanding balances. In addition, we may receive repayments of some of our Senior Loan investments prior to their scheduled maturity date. The frequency or volume of these repayments fluctuates significantly from period to period. Our portfolio activity may also reflect the proceeds of sales of securities. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, consulting and prepayment fees associated with the Company’s investment activities as well as any fees for managerial assistance services rendered by the Company to the portfolio companies and other investment related income.
Expenses
Our primary operating expenses include the payment of a base management fee and, depending on our operating results, incentive fees (following an Exchange Listing), expenses reimbursable under the Investment Advisory Agreement between us and the Adviser, and administration fees and the allocable portion of overhead under the Administration Agreement between us and the Administrator. The base management fee and incentive compensation remunerates the Adviser for work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, closing and monitoring our investments. We bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including, without limitation:
organization of the Company;
calculating net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);
expenses, including travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, incurred by the Advisers, or members of their investment teams, or payable to third parties, in evaluating, developing, negotiating, structuring and performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, including such expenses related to potential investments that were not consummated, and, if necessary, enforcing the Company’s rights;
fees and expenses incurred by the Advisers (and their affiliates) or the Administrator (or its affiliates) payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for the Company and in conducting research and due diligence on prospective investments and equity sponsors, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring the Company’s investments and monitoring investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis;

75


costs and expenses incurred in connection with the incurrence of leverage and indebtedness of the Company, including borrowings, credit facilities, securitizations, margin financing, and including any principal or interest on the Company’s borrowings and indebtedness;
offerings, sales, and repurchases of the Company’s Shares and other securities;
fees and expenses payable under any underwriting, dealer manager or placement agent agreements;
investment advisory fees payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement;
administration fees and expenses, if any, payable under the Administration Agreement (including payments under the Administration Agreement between us and the Administrator, based upon our allocable portion of the Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of the Company’s chief financial officer and chief compliance officer, and their respective staffs);
any applicable administrative agent fees or loan arranging fees incurred with respect to Portfolio Investments by the Advisers, the Administrator or an affiliate thereof;
costs and expenses incurred in implementing or maintaining third-party or proprietary software tools, programs or other technology;
transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses;
federal and state registration fees;
all costs of registration and listing the Shares on any securities exchange;
federal, state and local taxes;
independent directors’ fees and expenses, including reasonable travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, and any legal counsel or other advisors retained by, or at the discretion or for the benefit of, the independent directors;
costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required by the SEC or other regulators, and all fees, costs and expenses related to compliance-related matters and regulatory filings related to the Company’s activities and/or other regulatory filings, notices or disclosures of the Advisers and their affiliates relating to the Company and its activities;
costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to shareholders, including printing costs;
fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;
direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors, tax preparers and outside legal costs;
proxy voting expenses;
all expenses relating to payments of dividends or interest or distributions in cash or any other form made or caused to be made by the Board of Directors to or on account of holders of the securities of the Company, including in connection with any dividend reinvestment plan or direct stock purchase plan;
costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold the Company’s assets for tax or other purposes;

76


the allocated costs incurred by the Advisers and/or the Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;
allocable fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts on behalf of the Company;
all fees, costs and expenses of any litigation involving the Company or its portfolio companies and the amount of any judgments or settlements paid in connection therewith, directors and officers, liability or other insurance (including costs of title insurance) and indemnification (including advancement of any fees, costs or expenses to persons entitled to indemnification) or extraordinary expense or liability relating to Company’s affairs;
fees, costs and expenses of winding up and liquidating the Company’s assets; and
all other expenses incurred by the Company, the Advisers or the Administrator in connection with administering the Company’s business.
Expense Support Agreement
The Company has entered into an expense support and conditional reimbursement agreement (the “Expense Support Agreement”) with the Adviser. The Adviser may pay certain expenses of the Company, provided that no portion of the payment will be used to pay any interest expense of the Company (each, an “Expense Payment”). Such Expense Payment will be made in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after a written commitment from the Adviser to pay such expense, and/or by an offset against amounts due from the Company to the Adviser or its affiliates.
Following any calendar quarter in which Available Operating Funds exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to our Shareholders based on distributions declared with respect to record dates occurring in such calendar quarter (such amount referred to as the “Excess Operating Funds”), the Company shall pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof (each, a “Reimbursement Payment”), to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar quarter have been reimbursed. The amount of the Reimbursement Payment for any calendar quarter shall equal the lesser of (i) the Excess Operating Funds in such quarter and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar quarter that have not been previously reimbursed by the Company to the Adviser.
No Reimbursement Payment will be made for any quarter if: (1) the annualized rate (based on a 365-day year) of regular cash distributions per share of common stock declared by the Company’s Board of Directors exclusive of returns of capital, distribution rate reductions due to any fees (including to a transfer agent) payable in connection with distributions, and any declared special dividends or distributions (the “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share”) declared by the Company at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is less than the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates, or (2) the Company’s Operating Expense Ratio (as defined below) at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is greater than the Operating Expense Ratio at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates. The “Operating Expense Ratio” is calculated by dividing Operating Expenses (as defined below), less organizational and offering expenses, base management and incentive fees owed to the Adviser, and interest expense, by the Company’s net assets. “Operating Expenses” means all of the Company’s operating costs and expenses incurred, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for investment companies. The Adviser may waive its right to receive all or a portion of any Reimbursement Payment in any particular calendar quarter, so that such Reimbursement Payment may be reimbursable in a future calendar quarter.
Portfolio and investment activity
Portfolio Composition
At December 31, 2019, our investment portfolio of $178.8 million (at fair value) consisted of debt

77


investments in 46 portfolio companies, of which 100% were first-lien investments. At December 31, 2019, our average and largest portfolio company investments at fair value were $3.1 million and $6.9 million, respectively.
At December 31, 2019, 100% of our debt investments bore interest based on floating rates based on indices such as LIBOR (in certain cases, subject to interest rate floors). The weighted average yield on our debt portfolio at December 31, 2019 was approximately 6.84%. The weighted average yield was computed using the effective interest rates for all of our debt investments to maturity from December 31, 2019.
The industry composition of our portfolio at fair value at December 31, 2019 was as follows:
 
Percentage of Total Portfolio
Industry Composition
 
Aerospace & Defense
4.6
%
Automotive
3.8

Banking, Finance, Insurance & Real Estate
10.0

Beverage, Food & Tobacco
1.6

Capital Equipment
2.3

Chemicals, Plastics, & Rubber
1.4

Construction & Building
2.4

Consumer Goods: Durable
7.1

Consumer Goods: Non-durable
7.5

Containers, Packaging & Glass
5.2

Energy: Electricity
0.5

Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals
4.5

High Tech Industries
23.9

Media: Advertising, Printing & Publishing
0.0

Retail
5.0

Road and Rail
1.2

Services: Business
7.7

Services: Consumer
1.5

Telecommunications
7.4

Transportation: Cargo
2.4

Wholesale
0.0

 
100.0
%
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, we made investments in 20 new portfolio companies, totaling approximately $107.1 million, of which 100% consisted of first-lien investments.
At December 31, 2018, our investment portfolio of $161.8 million (at fair value) consisted of debt investments in 42 portfolio companies, of which 100% were first-lien investments. Our average portfolio company investment at fair value was approximately $3.0 million. Our largest portfolio company investment by fair value was $7.1 million.
At December 31, 2018, 100% of our debt investments bore interest based on floating rates (subject to interest rate floors), such as LIBOR. The weighted average yield on all of our debt investments at December 31, 2018 was approximately 7.29%. The weighted average yield was computed using the effective interest rates for all of our debt investments at fair value.

78


The industry composition of our portfolio at fair value at December 31, 2018 was as follows:
 
Percentage of Total Portfolio
Industry Composition
 
Aerospace & Defense
3.8
%
Automotive
6.1

Banking, Finance, Insurance & Real Estate
8.3

Beverage, Food & Tobacco
1.8

Capital Equipment
0.0

Chemicals, Plastics, & Rubber
0.0

Construction & Building
10.3

Consumer Goods: Durable
5.5

Consumer Goods: Non-durable
1.8

Containers, Packaging & Glass
6.7

Energy: Electricity
0.6

Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals
1.8

High Tech Industries
19.0

Media: Advertising, Printing & Publishing
0.8

Retail
5.5

Road and Rail
0.0

Services: Business
9.3

Services: Consumer
1.3

Telecommunications
5.8

Transportation: Cargo
7.3

Wholesale
4.4

 
100.0
%
During the period from January 12, 2018 to December 31, 2018, we invested approximately $173.5 million in 42 new portfolio companies. Of these new investments, 100% consisted of first-lien investments at fair value.
Asset Quality
In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, we use the Advisers’ investment rating system to characterize and monitor the credit profile and expected level of returns on each investment in our portfolio. Each Investment Team intends to utilize a systematic, consistent approach to credit evaluation, with a particular focus on an acceptable level of debt repayment and deleveraging under a “base case” set of projections (the “ Base Case ”), which reflects a more conservative estimate than the set of projections provided by a prospective portfolio company, which the Advisers refer to as the “ Management Case .” The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:

79


1.
Performing - Superior: Borrower is performing significantly above Management Case.
2.
Performing - High: Borrower is performing at or near the Management Case (i.e., in a range slightly below to slightly above).
3.
Performing - Low Risk: Borrower is operating well ahead of the Base Case to slightly below the Management Case.
4.
Performing - Stable Risk: Borrower is operating at or near the Base Case (i.e., in a range slightly below to slightly above). This is the initial rating assigned to all new borrowers.
5.
Performing - Management Notice: Borrower is operating below the Base Case. Adverse trends in business conditions and/or industry outlook are viewed as temporary. There is no immediate risk of payment default and only a low to moderate risk of covenant default.
6.
Watch List - Low Maintenance: Borrower is operating below the Base Case, with declining margin of protection. Adverse trends in business conditions and/or industry outlook are viewed as probably lasting for more than a year. Payment default is still considered unlikely, but there is a moderate to high risk of covenant default.
7.
Watch List - Medium Maintenance: Borrower is operating well below the Base Case, but has adequate liquidity. Adverse trends are more pronounced than in Internal Risk Rating 6 above. There is a high risk of covenant default, or it may have already occurred. Payments are current, although subject to greater uncertainty, and there is a moderate to high risk of payment default.
8.
Watch List - High Maintenance: Borrower is operating well below the Base Case. Liquidity may be strained. Covenant default is imminent or may have occurred. Payments are current, but there is a high risk of payment default. Negotiations to restructure or refinance debt on normal terms may have begun. Further significant deterioration appears unlikely and no loss of principal is currently anticipated.
9.
Watch List - Possible Loss: At the current level of operations and financial condition, the borrower does not have the ability to service and ultimately repay or refinance all outstanding debt on current terms. Liquidity is strained. Payment default may have occurred or is very likely in the short term unless creditors grant some relief. Loss of principal is possible.
10.
Watch List - Probable Loss: At the current level of operations and financial condition, the borrower does not have the ability to service and ultimately repay or refinance all outstanding debt on current terms. Payment default is very likely or may have already occurred. Liquidity is extremely limited. The prospects for improvement in the borrower’s situation are sufficiently negative that loss of some or all principal is probable.
The Adviser will monitor and, when appropriate, change the investment ratings assigned to each investment in the Company’s portfolio. Each Investment Team will review the investment ratings in connection with monthly and quarterly portfolio reviews.

80


The following table shows the investment rankings of the debt investments in our portfolio (dollar amounts in thousands):
 
As of December 31, 2019
 
As of December 31, 2018
 
Fair Value
 
% of Portfolio
 
Number of Investments
 
Fair Value
 
% of Portfolio
 
Number of Investments
1
$

 
%
 
$

 
$

 
%
 
$

2

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

4
178,780

 
100
%
 
46

 
161,849

 
100
%
 
42

5

 

 

 

 

 

6
$

 

 

 

 

 
$

7

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

Total
$
178,780

 
100
%
 
$
46

 
$
161,849

 
100
%
 
$
42

Results of Operations
Comparison of the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2019 and the Period From January 12, 2018 to December 31, 2018
Investment income
Investment income, attributable to interest and fees on our debt investments, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 increased to $15.4 million from $4.5 million for the period from January 12, 2018 to December 31, 2018, primarily due to the growth of our investment portfolio from the comparable period.
Expenses
Total expenses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 increased to $10.7 million from $2.8 million for the period from January 12, 2018 to December 31, 2018, due primarily to the interest expense on the increase in Financing Facility draws and increased operating expenses due to growth in our investment portfolio. We anticipate formation costs to decrease in relation to our income as we move further away from the date of inception.
Net investment income
Net investment income increased to $6.4 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 from $1.7 million for the period from January 12, 2018 to December 31, 2018, primarily due to an increase in investment income resulting from the increase in invested assets over the prior period.
Net realized gain or loss
The net realized gain on investments totaled $490 thousand for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, compared to a net realized gain of $79 thousand for the period from January 12, 2018 to December 31, 2018, due to gains or losses on repayment and sales activity during the periods.
Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments
We recorded a net change in unrealized appreciation of $378 thousand for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, compared to net unrealized depreciation of ($352 thousand) for the period from January 12, 2018 to

81


December 31, 2018, which reflects the net change in the fair value of our investment portfolio relative to its cost basis over this period.
Liquidity and capital resources
Cash flows
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, our cash balance increased by $1.2 million. During that period, we used $18.0 million in cash towards operating activities, primarily due to new investments in portfolio companies of $107.1 million, partially offset by $91.3 million in repayments and sales of investments in portfolio companies. During the same period, we generated $19.2 million from financing activities, consisting primarily of proceeds from the issuance of 50 Shares in connection with our formation and 3,310,540 Shares in connection with the consummation of the Merger, and borrowings partially offset by distributions and share redemptions.
For the period from January 12, 2018 to December 31, 2018, our cash balance increased by $2.3 million. During that period, we used $153.9 million in cash towards operating activities primarily to fund $173.5 million in investments, which were partially offset by $11.5 million in repayments and sales. During the same period, we generated $156.1 million from financing activities, consisting primarily of proceeds from the issuance of Shares and borrowings partially offset by distributions and share redemptions.
The Company's liquidity is generated and generally available through advances from the Financing Facility, from cash flows from operations, and, we expect, through periodic drawdowns of capital from our shareholders in connection with our private offering. We expect that all current liquidity needs by the Company will be met with cash flows from operations and other activities.
Capital resources
As of December 31, 2019, we had $3.5 million of cash and $50 thousand in restricted cash and our net assets totaled $188.4 million. We intend to generate additional cash primarily from future offerings of securities, future borrowings under the Financing Facility as well as cash flows from operations, including income earned from investments in our portfolio companies and, to a lesser extent, from the temporary investment of cash in U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. Our primary liquidity needs include interest and principal repayments on our Financing Facility, our unfunded loan commitments, investments in portfolio companies, dividend distributions to our shareholders and operating expenses.
We are generally permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our Shares if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 150% (i.e., we can borrow $2 for every $1 of equity), if certain requirements are met. In connection with the organization of the Company, the Board and TIAA (as the Company’s initial shareholder) authorized the Company to adopt the 150% Asset Coverage Ratio. As of December 31, 2019, our asset coverage ratio was 155.96%.
As discussed below in further detail, we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC, for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020. To maintain our RIC status, we generally must distribute substantially all of our net taxable income to shareholders in the form of dividends. Our net taxable income does not necessarily equal our net income as calculated in accordance with US GAAP.
Regulated Investment Company Status and Distributions
We intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020. If we qualify as a RIC, we will not be taxed on our investment company taxable income or realized net capital gains, to the extent that such taxable income or gains are distributed, or deemed to be distributed, to stockholders on a timely basis.
Taxable income generally differs from net income for financial reporting purposes due to temporary and

82


permanent differences in the recognition of income and expenses, and generally excludes net unrealized appreciation or depreciation until realized. Dividends declared and paid by us in a year may differ from taxable income for that year as such dividends may include the distribution of current year taxable income or the distribution of prior year taxable income carried forward into and distributed in the current year. Distributions also may include returns of capital.
To qualify for RIC tax treatment, we must, among other things, distribute, with respect to each taxable year, at least 90% of our investment company net taxable income (i.e., our net ordinary income and our realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any). If we qualify as a RIC, we will also be subject to a federal excise tax, based on distributive requirements of our taxable income on a calendar year basis.
We intend to distribute to our stockholders between 90% and 100% of our annual taxable income (which includes our taxable interest and fee income). However, the covenants contained in the Financing Facility may prohibit us from making distributions to our stockholders, and, as a result, could hinder our ability to satisfy the distribution requirement. In addition, we may retain for investment some or all of our net taxable capital gains (i.e., realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) and treat such amounts as deemed distributions to our stockholders. If we do this, our stockholders will be treated as if they received actual distributions of the capital gains we retained and then reinvested the net after-tax proceeds in our common stock. Our stockholders also may be eligible to claim tax credits (or, in certain circumstances, tax refunds) equal to their allocable share of the tax we paid on the capital gains deemed distributed to them. To the extent our taxable earnings for a fiscal taxable year fall below the total amount of our dividends for that fiscal year, a portion of those dividend distributions may be deemed a return of capital to our stockholders.
We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions due to the asset coverage test for borrowings applicable to us as a BDC under the 1940 Act and due to provisions in Financing Facility. We cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions or distributions at a particular level.
In accordance with certain applicable Treasury regulations and private letter rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service, a RIC may treat a distribution of its own stock as fulfilling its RIC distribution requirements if each stockholder may elect to receive his or her entire distribution in either cash or stock of the RIC, subject to a limitation that the aggregate amount of cash to be distributed to all stockholders must be at least 20% of the aggregate declared distribution. If too many stockholders elect to receive cash, each stockholder electing to receive cash must receive a pro rata amount of cash (with the balance of the distribution paid in stock). In no event will any stockholder, electing to receive cash, receive less than 20% of his or her entire distribution in cash. If these and certain other requirements are met, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend paid in stock will be equal to the amount of cash that could have been received instead of stock. We have no current intention of paying dividends in shares of our stock in accordance with these Treasury regulations or private letter rulings.
Advisory Agreements
On December 31, 2019, immediately prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC, we entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser. The Company’s Board, including a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in the Investment Company Act (the “Independent Directors”), has approved the Investment Advisory Agreement in accordance with, and on the basis of an evaluation satisfactory to such directors as required by, the Investment Company Act.
On December 31, 2019, immediately prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC, the Adviser entered into the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Churchill. The Company’s Board, including a majority of the Independent Directors, also approved the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement in accordance with, and on the basis of an evaluation satisfactory to such directors as required by, the Investment Company Act. The Adviser has delegated substantially all of its day-to-day portfolio-management obligations as set forth in the Investment Advisory Agreement to Churchill pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement. The Adviser has general oversight over the investment process on behalf of

83


the Company and will manage the capital structure of the Company, including, but not limited to, asset and liability management. The Adviser also has ultimate responsibility for the Company’s performance under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement.
Unless terminated earlier as described below, each Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from December 31, 2019 and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by the Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities and, in each case, a majority of our independent directors. Each of the Advisory Agreements will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by the applicable Adviser and may be terminated by either the Company or the applicable Adviser without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities may also terminate any of the Advisory Agreements without penalty. The Adviser will retain a portion of the management fee and incentive fee. The remaining amounts will be paid by the Adviser to Churchill as compensation for services provided pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement.
Prior to any Exchange Listing, or any listing of its securities on any other public trading market the base management fee will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears at an annual rate of 0.75% of Average Total Assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents and undrawn capital commitments and including assets financed using leverage, at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. The Company’s assets exclude any cash and cash equivalents and include assets acquired through the incurrence of debt from use of SPV I borrowings. For purposes of this calculation, cash and cash equivalents include any temporary investments in cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high quality investment grade debt investments that mature in 12 months or less from the date of investment. Following an Exchange Listing, the base management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.25% of Average Total Assets.
Prior to an Exchange Listing, or any listing of its securities on any other public trading market, the Company will pay no incentive fee to the Adviser.
Following an Exchange Listing, the Company will pay an incentive fee to the Adviser that will consist of two parts. The first part will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for the preceding quarter. The second part of the incentive fee is a capital gains incentive fee that will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each fiscal year.
Pre-incentive fee net investment income will not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital gains or losses. If any distributions from portfolio companies are characterized as a return of capital, such returns of capital would affect the capital gains incentive fee to the extent a gain or loss is realized. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that the Company may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where it incurs a loss. For example, if the Company receives pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the hurdle rate (as defined below) for a quarter, the Company will pay the applicable incentive fee even if it has incurred a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses.
Pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable during the period) at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a fixed “hurdle rate” of 1.50% per quarter (6% annually).
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Company pays its Adviser an incentive fee with respect to its pre-incentive fee net investment income in each calendar quarter as follows:
no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which the pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate of 1.50% (6% annually);
100% of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 1.76% in any calendar quarter following an Exchange Listing. The Company refers to this portion of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income as the “catch-up” provision. Following an Exchange Listing, the catch-up is meant to provide the Adviser with 15% of the pre-incentive fee net

84


investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply if this net investment income exceeds 1.76% in any calendar quarter; and
following an Exchange Listing, 15% of the amount of pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 1.76% in any calendar quarter.
Following an Exchange Listing, the second part of the incentive fee is a capital gains incentive fee that will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each fiscal year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), and equals 15.0% of the Company’s realized capital gains as of the end of the fiscal year following an Exchange Listing. In determining the capital gains incentive fee payable to the Adviser, the Company will calculate the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains and cumulative aggregate realized capital losses since inception, and the aggregate unrealized capital depreciation as of the date of the calculation, as applicable, with respect to each of the investments in the Company’s portfolio. For this purpose, cumulative aggregate realized capital gains, if any, equals the sum of the differences between the net sales price of each investment, when sold, and the amortized cost of such investment. Cumulative aggregate realized capital losses equals the sum of the amounts by which the net sales price of each investment, when sold, is less than the amortized cost of such investment since inception. Aggregate unrealized capital depreciation equals the sum of the difference, if negative, between the valuation of each investment as of the applicable calculation date and the amortized cost of such investment. At the end of the applicable year, the amount of capital gains that will serve as the basis for the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee equals the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains less cumulative aggregate realized capital losses, less aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, with respect to our portfolio of investments. If this number is positive at the end of such year, then the capital gains incentive fee for such year equals 15.0% of such amount following an Exchange Listing, as applicable, less the aggregate amount of any capital gains incentive fees paid in respect of the Company’s portfolio in all prior years following an Exchange Listing.
The Predecessor Entity paid to its collateral manager, Nuveen Alternatives Advisors, LLC, a quarterly management fee on each payment date in arrears of each quarterly period equal to the product of (a) the result obtained by dividing (x) the sum of the outstanding balances of all loans owned by the Predecessor Entity on each day during such accrual period by (y) the number of days in such accrual period and (b) a rate equal to 0.75% per annum. For the year and period ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Predecessor Entity incurred  $1,568 and  $451 , respectively, in management fee expense.
The Predecessor Entity incurred management fees during 2019 and 2018, however the Company did not incur any management or incentive fees for the year ended December 31, 2019 under the Advisory Agreement.


85


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In the ordinary course of its business, the Company enters into contracts or agreements that contain indemnifications or warranties. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, our off-balance sheet arrangements consisted of the following unfunded commitments (dollar amounts in thousands):
Portfolio Company
 
December 31, 2019
 
December 31, 2018
Blackbird Purchaser Inc
 
$
640

 
$

Brillio LLC
 
1,000

 

COP GNAP Holdings Inc.
 

 
783

ENC Holding Corporation
 

 
243

MSHC Inc.
 

 
900

NJEye LLC
 
351

 
882

North Haven Spartan US Holdco LLC
 
1,228

 

Novaria Holdings LLC
 

 
1,232

Orbit Purchaser LLC
 

 
1,581

Output Services Group Inc
 
24

 
517

TailWind Randys LLC
 
500

 

TruRoad Holdings Inc.
 

 
838

Unified Physician Management LLC
 
432

 

Total unfunded commitments
 
$
4,175

 
$
6,976

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We will be subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates that may result in changes to our net investment income. Because we expect to fund a portion of our investments with borrowings, our net investment income is expected to be affected by the difference between the rate at which we invest and the rate at which we borrow. As a result, there can be no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, certain of the loans held in our investment portfolio had floating interest rates. Interest rates on the loans held within our portfolio of investments are typically based on floating LIBOR, with many of these assets also having a LIBOR floor. Additionally, borrowings under the Financing Facility are subject to floating interest rates and are currently paid based on one-month LIBOR, plus 2.25 % per annum.
The following table estimates the potential changes in net cash flow generated from interest income and expenses, should interest rates increase by 100, 200 or 300 basis points, or decrease by 25 basis points. Interest income is calculated as revenue from interest generated from our portfolio of investments held on December 31, 2019. Interest expense is calculated based on the terms of the Financing Facility, using the outstanding balance as of December 31, 2019. Interest expense on the Financing Facility is calculated using the interest rate as of December 31, 2019, adjusted for the hypothetical changes in rates, as shown below. The base interest rate case assumes the rates on our portfolio investments remain unchanged from the actual effective interest rates as of December 31, 2019. These hypothetical calculations are based on a model of the investments in our portfolio, held as of December 31, 2019, and are only adjusted for assumed changes in the underlying base interest rates.

86


Actual results could differ significantly from those estimated in the table.
Changes in Interest Rates
 
Estimated Percentage Change in Interest Income Net of Interest Expense (unaudited)
-25 Basis Points
 
(2.1
)%
Base Interest Rate
 
 %
+100 Basis Points
 
8.3
 %
+200 Basis Points
 
16.6
 %
+300 Basis Points
 
24.9
 %

87


ITEM 3.
PROPERTIES
Our corporate headquarters are located at 430 Park Avenue, 14th Floor, New York, NY 10022, and are provided by the Administrator in accordance with the terms of our Administration Agreement. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is contemplated to be conducted.

88


ITEM 4.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth, as of January 28, 2020, the beneficial ownership of each current director, the Company’s executive officers, each person known to us to beneficially own 5% or more of the outstanding Shares, and the executive officers and directors as a group. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the Shares. Ownership information for those persons who beneficially own 5% or more of our Shares is based upon filings by such persons with the SEC and other information obtained from such persons, if available. Unless otherwise indicated, the Fund believes that each beneficial owner set forth in the table has sole voting and investment power over such Shares. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of all executive officers and directors is c/o Nuveen Churchill BDC, Inc., 430 Park Avenue, 14 th Floor, New York, NY 10022 .
Name and Address
 
Shares Owned
 
Percentage(1)
Interested Directors
 
 
 
 
Kenneth Kencel
 

 
%
Michael Perry
 

 
%
Independent Directors
 
 
 
 
Reena Aggarwal
 

 
%
David Kirchheimer
 

 
%
Kenneth Miranda
 

 
%
Stephen Potter
 

 
%
James Ritchie
 

 
%
Executive Officers
 
 
 
 
Shai Vichness
 

 
%
Thomas Grenville
 

 
%
John McCally
 

 
%
Christopher Rohrbacher
 

 
%
Marissa Short
 

 
%
Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (12 persons)
 

 
%
10% Holders
 
 
 
 
Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America(2)
 
3,310,590

 
100
%
_______________
(1)
Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 3,310,590 Shares outstanding as of January 28, 2020.
(2)
The address of Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America is 730 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017. In connection with our formation, the Company issued and sold 50 Shares to TIAA, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000. In connection with the consummation of the Merger, and prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, the Company issued 3,310,540 Shares to TIAA in exchange for all of the outstanding preference shares of the Predecessor Entity, which was then merged into SPV I, as a result of which the Predecessor Entity became our wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary (through its successor-in-interest, SPV I). It is expected that TIAA’s ownership percentage of the Company will be reduced upon the initial drawdown from investors in the Private Offering.

89


ITEM 5.
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of the Board. The responsibilities of the Board include, among other things, the oversight of our investment activities, the quarterly valuation of our assets, oversight of our financing arrangements and corporate governance activities. Our Board consists of seven directors, five of whom will not be “interested persons” of the Company or of the Advisers as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act and are “independent,” as determined by the Board. These individuals are referred to as independent directors. The Board appoints the Company’s executive officers, who serve at the discretion of the Board.
Board of Directors and Executive Officers
Directors
Under our Charter and Bylaws, the directors are divided into three classes. Directors of each class hold office for terms ending at the third annual meeting of our shareholders after their election and when their respective successors are elected and qualify. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Each director may stand for re-election at the end of each term. Information regarding each director is set forth below:
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Director Since
 
Term Expires
Interested Directors:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kenneth Kencel
 
60
 
Chief Executive Officer, President, Director and Chairman
 
2019
 
2023
Michael Perry
 
52
 
Director
 
2019
 
2021
Independent Directors:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reena Aggarwal
 
61
 
Director
 
2019
 
2022
David Kirchheimer
 
63
 
Director
 
2019
 
2021
Kenneth Miranda
 
58
 
Director
 
2019
 
2021
Stephen Potter
 
62
 
Director
 
2019
 
2023
James Ritchie
 
64
 
Director
 
2019
 
2022
The address for each of our directors is c/o Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc., 430 Park Avenue, 14th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
Executive Officers Who Are Not Also Directors
Name
 
Age
 
Position
Shai Vichness
 
37
 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Thomas Grenville
 
49
 
Chief Compliance Officer
John McCally
 
40
 
Vice President and Secretary
Christopher Rohrbacher
 
48
 
Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Marissa Short
 
36
 
Controller
Biographical Information
Directors
Our directors have been divided into two groups — interested directors and independent directors. An interested director is an “interested person” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.

90


Interested Directors
Ken Kencel, Chief Executive Officer, President & Chairman
Kenneth Kencel serves as Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board of the Company and has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Churchill since 2015. Throughout his over 30-year career Mr. Kencel has accrued a broad range of experience in leading middle market financing businesses. From May 2014 to April 2015, he was President and a Director of Carlyle GMS Finance (Carlyle’s publicly traded business development company). Previously, he founded and was President and CEO of Churchill Financial; and served as Head of Leveraged Finance for Royal Bank of Canada as well as Head of Indosuez Capital—a leading middle market merchant banking and asset management business. Mr. Kencel also helped to found high yield finance businesses at both Chase Securities (now JP Morgan) and SBC Warburg (now UBS).
Mr. Kencel serves on the Pension Investment Advisory Committee for the Archdiocese of New York. He is on the Board of Trustees at Canisius High School and is also a member of the Finance and Investment Committees. Mr. Kencel is a guest lecturer at Boston University Questrom School of Business and a former member of the Board of Advisors and Adjunct Professor at the McDonough School of Business at Georgetown University. He earned his B.S. in Business Administration, magna cum laude, from Georgetown University and his J.D. from Northwestern University School of Law.
We believe Mr. Kencel's numerous management positions, as well as his depth of experience with corporate finance and middle market investments, give the Board valuable industry-specific knowledge and expertise on these and other matters, and his history with Churchill provides an important skillset and knowledge base to the Board.
Michael Perry
Michael A. Perry is a director of the Company. Michael A. Perry is an Executive Vice President and the Head of U.S. Advisory Services for Nuveen, where he is responsible for delivering Nuveen’s insights, capabilities and solutions to best service clients and grow revenues. Previously, Mr. Perry was head of Global Product, responsible for driving a consistent, global viewpoint and strategy across all aspects of product creation and management. He also led Structured Products and Alternative Investments, responsible for building and growing the closed-end fund and alternative investment businesses. Mr. Perry is a member of Nuveen’s Management Committee. Before joining Nuveen in July 2015, Mr. Perry spent five years at UBS Wealth Management, serving on its Executive Committee and responsible for investment advisory programs and research, planning, funds, alternative investments, insurance and the UBS Trust Company. Prior to UBS, Mr. Perry spent 15 years at Merrill Lynch as a senior executive leading a number of investment businesses focused on the wealth management channel. He also serves on the board of Youth, Inc. which empowers youth serving nonprofit organizations in the New York City area. Mr. Perry holds a B.S. in Industrial and Operations Engineering from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from the NYU Stern School of Business. Mr. Perry is a valuable member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience with alternative investments and retail, high net worth and institutional client channels.
We believe Mr. Perry's depth of experience in corporate finance, capital markets and financial services gives the Board valuable industry-specific knowledge and expertise on these and other matters, and his history with Nuveen provides an important skillset and knowledge base to the Board.
Independent Directors
Reena Aggarwal
Reena Aggarwal is a director of the Company. Dr. Aggarwal is currently the Vice Provost for Faculty and Robert E. McDonough Professor of Finance at Georgetown University. Dr. Aggarwal has been employed by Georgetown University since 1986 and has served as a Professor at Georgetown University since 2000. Dr. Aggarwal has previously held various positions including Interim Dean and Deputy Dean of Georgetown’s McDonough School of Business; Visiting Professor of Finance at MIT’s Sloan School of Management; FINRA Academic Fellow; Academic Fellow at

91


the U.S. SEC; Visiting Research Scholar at the International Monetary Fund; Fulbright Scholar to Brazil; World Economic Forum Global Agenda Council on the Future of Financing and Capital; and as a Distinguished Scholar at the Reserve Bank of India’s CAFRAL. Dr. Aggarwal serves on the Board of Cohen and Steers, New York Life Investment Management IndexIQ and Brightwood Capital. She received a Ph.D. in finance from the University of Maryland and M.M.S. from BITS Pilani, India.
We believe Ms. Aggarwal’s depth of knowledge of financial issues and corporate governance experience provide her with skills and valuable insight in serving on the board of an investment company, which make her well-qualified to serve on the Board.
David Kirchheimer
David M. Kirchheimer is a director of the Company. Mr. Kirchheimer has served as an Advisory Partner at Oaktree Capital Management (“Oaktree”) since his retirement from Oaktree in March 2017. Prior thereto, he was the Chief Financial Officer of Oaktree and a director of its then-publicly owned affiliate. Before joining Oaktree at its founding in 1995 as Chief Administrative and Financial Officer, Mr. Kirchheimer’s 16 years of experience consisted primarily of Executive VP and CFO of Republic Pictures Corporation, a then-publicly held entertainment company, and PricewaterhouseCoopers, where he became a Certified Public Accountant (now inactive) and rose to senior audit manager. Mr. Kirchheimer currently serves on the board of CURO Group Holdings Corp. and of various non-profit organizations, including the financial advisory panel of The Aerospace Corporation. He graduated Phi Beta Kappa and summa cum laude with a B.A. degree in economics from Colorado College and earned an M.B.A. in accounting and finance from the Booth School of Business of the University of Chicago.
We believe Mr. Kirchheimer's numerous management positions and broad experiences in the financial services sector provide him with skills and valuable insight in handling complex financial transactions and issues, all of which make him well qualified to serve on the Board.
Kenneth Miranda
Kenneth M. Miranda is a director of the Company. He was appointed Cornell University’s Chief Investment Officer effective July 1, 2016. Prior to this, he had been the Director of the International Monetary Fund’s Investment Office since 2000 and has served as a visiting scholar at the International Monetary Fund. He also served as an advisor to the Administration Committee of the IMF Staff Retirement Plan. He currently serves as a member of the Advisory Committee on Investments for the Food and Agriculture Organization, and up until June 30, 2016, was a member of the Investment Sub-committee of Cornell University. In addition, he serves on the Investment Committee of the National Geographic Society. Formerly, he was the President of the Board of Directors of the Bank-Fund Staff Federal Credit Union and a Senior Advisor on the George Washington University Committee on Investments. He holds a PhD in Economics from the University of Chicago, a BS in Foreign Service from Georgetown University, and is a CFA charter holder.
   We believe Mr. Miranda's investment experience, including serving as chief investment officer for a large endowment, provide an important skillset and knowledge base to the Board.
Stephen Potter
Stephen Potter is a director of the Company. From 2008-2017, Mr. Potter served as President of Northern Trust Asset Management (NTAM), a large global asset management firm, and as CEO of Northern Trust Investments, a registered investment adviser. From 2001-2008, Mr. Potter served as CEO of Northern Trust Global Services, Ltd. and led all of Northern Trust’s business activities outside the United States. In his various leadership roles at Northern Trust Corporation, Mr. Potter actively engaged with the board of directors and regulators focused on business strategy, risk management and long term talent development. Mr. Potter currently serves on the boards of Miami Corporation, Rush University Medical Center, Duke University Trinity College, the British American Business Council, the Solti Foundation, and the American School in London US Foundation. Mr. Potter holds an AB in Economics and History from Duke University and an MBA in Finance and Marketing from Northwestern University.

92


We believe Mr. Potter's management positions and experiences with business strategy and risk management provide the Board with valuable skills and insight.
James J. Ritchie
James J. Ritchie is a director of the Company. He currently serves on the boards of Kinsale Capital Group, Inc., a Richmond-based specialty insurance company, and Old Mutual Bermuda, formerly a Bermuda-based financial services company now in run-off. At various times from 2007 to 2018, he served as chairman of the boards of Brightsphere Investment Group plc, a global asset management firm, F&G Life Insurance Company, a life & annuity insurance company and Quanta Capital Holdings, Ltd., a property and casualty insurance holding company. Prior to serving as chairman of the boards of these firms, he chaired their respective audit committees as well as those of KMG America Corporation, a life and health insurance company, Ceres Group, Inc., a health insurance company, and Lloyds Syndicate 4000. From 2001 to 2003, he served as CFO of White Mountains Insurance Group, Ltd., a Bermuda-based insurance holding company. Prior thereto, he held senior management positions in Cigna Corporation and Price Waterhouse (now PricewaterhouseCoopers). He is a member of the National Association of Corporate Directors and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Ritchie received an MBA from the Rutgers Graduate School of Business Administration and an AB economics degree with honors from Rutgers College.
We believe Mr. Ritchie's broad experiences in the financial services and accounting sectors provide him with skills and valuable insight in handling complex financial transactions and accounting issues, all of which make him well qualified to serve on the Board.
Executive Officers Who Are Not Also Directors
Shai Vichness, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Shai Vichness serves as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company and as a Senior Managing Director and the Chief Financial Officer of Churchill. Previously, as Managing Director and Head of Senior Leveraged Lending for Nuveen, Mr. Vichness was responsible for initiating Nuveen’s investment program in middle market senior loans and was directly involved in the launch of Churchill as an affiliate in 2015. Since the launch of Churchill, Mr. Vichness has been a member of Churchill’s Investment Committee and has been actively engaged in the management of the firm, including the development of its infrastructure and operations. Mr. Vichness joined Nuveen in 2005 and has spent his entire career in the private debt markets, with a significant amount of time spent in the firm’s workout and restructuring department. Mr. Vichness holds a BBA from Baruch College, CUNY and is a CFA charterholder.
Thomas Grenville, Chief Compliance Officer
Thomas Grenville is the Chief Compliance Officer of the Company and has served as chief compliance officer for various Nuveen affiliates since 2010. Prior to joining, Mr. Grenville was at the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission for seven years where he led examinations of hedge funds, investment companies and investment advisers. He also worked for two years at the State of Oregon’s Division of Finance and Corporate Securities. Mr. Grenville received a BA from Swarthmore College, a JD from Benjamin N. Cardozo Law School and a LLM in Environmental and Natural Resources Law from Lewis and Clark Law School, and a M.B.A. from the University of California, Berkeley. He is a member of the Oregon Bar, and has been designated as a Certified Fraud Examiner by the Association of Certified Fraud Examiners (ACFE).
John McCally, Vice President and Secretary
John McCally is a Vice President and the Secretary of the Company and has served as an Associate General Counsel in the TIAA and Nuveen legal departments since 2010. Mr. McCally provides legal support for various investment and asset management teams within the Nuveen and TIAA businesses, including those engaged in public and private fixed income, derivatives, structured product and infrastructure investment markets. Mr. McCally worked as internal legal counsel in connection with the launch of the Churchill business and continues to provide day-to-day coverage for corporate, asset management and regulatory matters for Churchill. Prior to joining the organization in 2010, Mr. McCally

93


was an associate with Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, specializing in derivatives, structured products and investment management, based in its Washington, DC office. Mr. McCally received a BA from Duke University and a juris doctor from The George Washington University Law School.
Christopher Rohrbacher, Vice President and Assistant Secretary
Christopher Rohrbacher is a Vice President and the Assistant Secretary of the Company and a Managing Director and Associate General Counsel at Nuveen. Prior to joining Nuveen in 2008, he was an associate in the Investment Management Group at Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP. He is a graduate of Carleton College and the University of Chicago Law School.
Marissa Short, Controller
Marissa Short joined Churchill Asset Management in 2018 and currently serves as Controller of the Company and Vice President of Finance at Churchill with thirteen years of financial services experience. Previously, she was a senior manager in the Wealth and Asset Management Practice at Ernst & Young LLP, responsible for the planning, implementation, and completion of financial statement audits for top tier SEC and non-SEC clients. Ms. Short received her B.S. in Accounting and Business Administration from Lehigh University and is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of New York.
Board Leadership Structure
The Board monitors and performs an oversight role with respect to the business and affairs of the Company. Among other things, the Board approves the appointment of, and reviews and monitors the services and activities performed by, the Advisers, the Administrator and our officers and approves the engagement, and reviews the performance of, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.
Under the Bylaws, the Board may designate a chair to preside over the meetings of the Board and meetings of the shareholders and to perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board. The Company does not have a fixed policy as to whether the chair of the Board should be an independent director and believes that the flexibility to select its chair and reorganize its leadership structure from time to time is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.
Presently, Kenneth Kencel serves as the chair of the Board. Mr. Kencel is considered an interested director because he is an officer of the Company and the Advisers. The Company believes that Mr. Kencel’s history with the Company, familiarity with the Nuveen investment platform and extensive experience investing in and managing private equity and debt investments qualifies him to serve as chair of the Board. Moreover, the Board believes that it is in the best interests of our shareholders for Mr. Kencel to lead the Board because of his broad experience with the Nuveen platform, day-to-day management and operation of other investment funds and significant background in the financial services industry, as described above.
The Board does not have a lead independent director. However, Mr. Ritchie, the chairman of the Audit Committee, is an independent director and acts as a liaison between the independent directors and management between meetings of the Board and is involved in the preparation of agendas for Board and committee meetings. The Board believes that its leadership structure is appropriate in light of the Company’s characteristics and circumstances because the structure allocates areas of responsibility among the individual directors and the committees in a manner that encourages effective oversight. The Board also believes that its size creates a highly efficient governance structure that provides ample opportunity for direct communication and interaction between the Advisers and the Board.
Board Role in Risk Oversight and Compliance
The Board performs its risk oversight function primarily through (a) the Audit Committee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Special Transactions Committee (collectively, the “Committees”), which

94


report to the entire Board and are comprised solely of independent directors, and (b) reports received from the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer in accordance with the Company’s compliance policies and procedures.
As described below in more detail under “Audit Committee,” “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee” and “Special Transactions Committee”, the Committees assist the Board in fulfilling its risk oversight responsibilities. The Audit Committee’s risk oversight responsibilities include overseeing the Company’s accounting and financial reporting processes, the Company’s systems of internal controls regarding finance and accounting and audits of the Company’s financial statements and discussing with management the Company’s major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures, including the Company’s risk assessment and risk management policies. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s risk oversight responsibilities include nominating directors for election by the Company’s shareholders in the event of director vacancies, developing and recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the Board and its committees. The Special Transactions Committee’s risk oversight responsibilities include reviewing and making certain findings in respect of co-investment transactions and monitoring compliance with the conditions of the Order, as well as certain other matters pertaining to potential or actual conflicts of interest.
The Board also performs its risk oversight responsibilities with the assistance of the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer. The Chief Compliance Officer will prepare a written report annually discussing the adequacy and effectiveness of the compliance policies and procedures of the Company and certain of its service providers. The Chief Compliance Officer’s report, which will be reviewed by the Board, will address at a minimum: (a) the operation of the compliance policies and procedures of the Company and certain of its service providers since the last report; (b) any material changes to such policies and procedures since the last report; (c) any recommendations for material changes to such policies and procedures as a result of the Chief Compliance Officer’s annual review; and (d) any compliance matter that has occurred since the date of the last report about which the Board would reasonably need to know to oversee the Company’s compliance activities and risks. In addition, the Chief Compliance Officer will meet separately in executive session with the independent directors periodically, but in no event less than once each year.
The Company believes that the role of the Board in risk oversight is effective and appropriate given the extensive regulation to which it is already subject as a BDC. Specifically, as a BDC, the Company must comply with certain regulatory requirements that control the levels of risk in its business and operations. For example, the Company’s ability to incur indebtedness is limited such that its asset coverage must equal at least 150% immediately after each time it incurs indebtedness and the Company generally has to invest at least 70% of its total assets in “qualifying assets.” In addition, the Company intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020. As a RIC, the Company must, among other things, meet certain income source and asset diversification requirements.
The Board believes that its existing role in risk oversight is appropriate. However, the Board re-examines the manner in which it administers its oversight function on an ongoing basis to ensure that it continues to meet the Company’s needs.
Committees
The Board has an Audit Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and a Special Transactions Committee and may form additional committees in the future.
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is composed of Reena Aggarwal, David Kirchheimer, Kenneth Miranda, Stephen Potter and James Ritchie, each of whom is an independent director. Mr. Ritchie serves as chair of the Audit Committee. The Board has determined that each of Ms. Aggarwal, Mr. Kirchheimer and Mr. Ritchie is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K, as promulgated under the 1934 Act. Our Audit Committee members meet the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the 1934 Act.

95


In accordance with its written charter adopted by the Board, the Audit Committee (a) assists the Board’s oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and the performance of our independent registered public accounting firm; (b) reviews the Audit Committee report, as required by the SEC, to be included in our annual proxy statement; (c) oversees the scope of the annual audit of our financial statements, the quality and objectivity of our financial statements, accounting and policies and internal controls over financial reporting; (d) establishes guidelines and makes recommendations to the Board regarding the valuation of the Company’s investments, and is responsible for aiding the Board in determining the fair value of debt and equity securities for which current market values are not readily available; (e) determines the selection, appointment, retention and termination of our independent registered public accounting firm, as well as approving the compensation thereof; (f) reviews reports regarding compliance with the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics; (g) pre-approves all audit and non-audit services provided to us by such independent registered public accounting firm; and (h) acts as a liaison between our independent registered public accounting firm and the Board.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (the “Nominating Committee”) is comprised of Reena Aggarwal, David Kirchheimer, Kenneth Miranda, Stephen Potter and James Ritchie, each of whom is considered an independent director. Mr. Kirchheimer serves as chair of the Nominating Committee.
In accordance with its charter adopted by the Board, the Nominating Committee recommends to the Board persons to be nominated by the Board for election on an annual basis and in the event any vacancy on the Board may arise. The Nominating Committee will consider for nomination to the Board candidates submitted by our shareholders or from other sources it deems appropriate. In considering whether to recommend any particular candidate for inclusion in the Board’s slate of recommended director nominees, the Nominating Committee applies the criteria included in its charter. These criteria include the candidate’s standards of character and integrity, knowledge of the Company’s business and industry, conflicts of interest, willingness to devote time to the Company and ability to act in the interests of all shareholders. The Nominating Committee does not assign specific weights to particular criteria and no particular criterion is a prerequisite for each prospective nominee. The Board does not have a specific diversity policy, but considers diversity of race, religion, national origin, gender, sexual orientation, disability, cultural background and professional experiences in evaluating candidates for board membership. The Board believes diversity is important because a variety of viewpoints contribute to an effective decision-making process.
The Nominating Committee also makes recommendations with regard to the tenure of the directors and is responsible for overseeing an annual evaluation of the Board and its committee structure to determine whether the structure is operating effectively.
Special Transactions Committee
The Special Transactions Committee (the “Special Transactions Committee”) is comprised of Reena Aggarwal, David Kirchheimer, Kenneth Miranda, Stephen Potter and James Ritchie, each of whom is considered an independent director of the Company. Mr. Potter serves as chair of the Special Transactions Committee.
The Special Transactions Committee will be responsible for reviewing and making certain findings in respect of co-investment transactions under the conditions of the Order that the Company has been granted by the SEC as well as certain other matters pertaining to actual or potential conflicts of interest.
Portfolio Management
All investment decisions for the Company will require the unanimous approval of the members of the Joint Investment Committee comprised of senior investment personnel of both Investment Teams. The initial members of the Joint Investment Committee are Ken Kencel, Jason Strife and Randy Schwimmer. The Joint Investment Committee will also be advised by the Senior Loan Investment Committee and the Junior Capital Investment Committee. The Senior Loan Investment Committee is currently comprised of Ken Kencel, Randy Schwimmer, George Kurteson, Shai

96


Vichness, Chris Cox and Mat Linett. The Junior Capital Investment Committee is currently comprised of Ken Kencel, Jason Strife, Derek Fricke and Anne Philpott. See “Item I. Business — Description of Business — Investment Advisory Agreement” for more information, including information regarding the termination provisions of the Investment Advisory Agreement. See “Item I. Business — Description of Business — Joint Investment Committee” for biographies for members of the Joint Investment Committee, Senior Loan Investment Committee and Junior Capital Investment Committee.
Promoters and Certain Control Persons
The Advisers may be deemed promoters of the Company. We have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser and the Sub-Advisory Agreement with Churchill. The Adviser, for its services to us, will be entitled to receive a portion of the management fees and a portion of the incentive fees in addition to the reimbursement of certain expenses. In addition, under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we expect, to the extent permitted by applicable law and in the discretion of our Board, to indemnify the Adviser and certain of its affiliates. Churchill, for its services to us, will be entitled to receive a portion of the management fees and a portion of the incentive fees in addition to the reimbursement of certain expenses. In addition, under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, we expect, to the extent permitted by applicable law and in the discretion of our Board, to indemnify Churchill and certain of its affiliates. See “Item 1 (c). Description of Business—General.”  
Immediately prior to the Company’s election to be regulated as a BDC, in connection with the Merger, SPV I acquired all of the economic equity interests of the Predecessor Entity. Prior to the Merger, 100% of the preference shares issued by the Predecessor Entity (which preference shares represent the economic residual interest in the Predecessor Entity) were held by TIAA. In connection with the consummation of the Merger, and prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, the Company issued 3,310,540 Shares to TIAA in exchange for all of the outstanding preference shares of the Predecessor Entity, which was then merged into SPV I, as a result of which the Predecessor Entity became our wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary (through its successor-in-interest, SPV I). See “ Item 2. — Financial Information — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “ Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.



97


ITEM 6.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation of Executive Officers
We do not currently have any employees and do not expect to have any employees. Services necessary for our business are provided by individuals who are employees of the Advisers, the Administrator or their respective affiliates, pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, as applicable. Our day-to-day administrative operations are managed by the Administrator. Most of the services necessary for the origination and administration of our investment portfolio will be provided by investment professionals employed by Churchill or their respective affiliates.
Each of our executive officers is an employee of an affiliate of the Administrator. We reimburse the Administrator for our allocable portion of expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including our allocable portion of the cost of our officers and their respective staffs, and we reimburse the Adviser for certain expenses under the Investment Advisory Agreement. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business — Investment Advisory Agreement” and “Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.”
Compensation of Directors
No compensation will be paid to our interested directors. Prior to an Exchange Listing, each independent director will receive a retainer of $75,000 annually for serving on the Board. Following an Exchange Listing, each independent director will receive a retainer of $100,000 annually for serving on the Board. Prior to an Exchange Listing, the chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional $7,500 annual fee. Following an Exchange Listing, the chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional $10,000 annual fee. We will also reimburse each of the independent directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with each meeting attended.

98


ITEM 7.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons
Investment Advisory Agreement
We have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser pursuant to which we will pay management fees (before and after an Exchange Listing) and incentive fees (only after an Exchange Listing) to the Adviser. See “ Item 1(c). Description of Business  —  Investment Advisory Agreement .” The Investment Advisory Agreement has been approved by the Board. Unless earlier terminated, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from December 31, 2019, the date it first became effective, and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the Board, including a majority of independent directors, or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.
Sub-Advisory Agreement
The Adviser has entered into the Sub-Advisory Agreement with Churchill pursuant to which Churchill will be entitled to a portion of the management and incentive fees paid to the Adviser. See “ Item 1(c). Description of Business  —  Sub-Advisory Agreement .” The Sub-Advisory Agreement has been approved by the Board. Unless earlier terminated, the Sub-Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from December 31, 2019, the date it first became effective, and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by a majority of the Board, including a majority of independent directors, or by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.
Administration Agreement
We have entered into the Administration Agreement with the Administrator, pursuant to which the Administrator will be responsible for providing us with clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. See “ Item 1(c). Description of Business  —  Administration Agreement .”
Relationship with the Adviser, Churchill and Potential Conflicts of Interest
We, the Adviser and Churchill, and our respective direct or indirect members, partners, officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates may be subject to certain potential conflicts of interest in connection with our activities and investments. For example, the terms of the Sub-Advisory Agreement with respect to management and incentive fees may create an incentive for Churchill to approve and cause us to make more speculative investments than we would otherwise make in the absence of such fee structure. In addition, certain personnel of the Adviser and/or Churchill serve, or may serve, as officers, directors, members, or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds, accounts, or investment vehicles managed by them. Similarly, Churchill may have other clients with similar, different or competing investment objectives as us. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of the Company or our shareholders.
Churchill or its affiliates may also earn additional fees related to the securities in which the Company invests, which may result in conflicts of interests for the senior investment professionals and members of the investment committee making investment decisions. For example, Churchill and its affiliates may act as an arranger, syndication agent or in a similar capacity with respect to securities in which the Company invests, in which case Churchill and its affiliates receive compensation from the issuers of such securities, which compensation would be paid to them separately from management fees paid by the Company. Additionally, affiliates of Churchill may act as the administrative agent on credit facilities under which such securities are issued, which may contemplate additional compensation to such affiliates for the service of acting as administrative agent thereunder. Churchill may also simultaneously be managing certain securities for the Company and the same investments on a whole-loan, whole-security basis for TIAA pursuant to separate engagements, which may lead to conflicts of interest.

99


In certain instances, it is possible that other entities managed by Churchill or a proprietary account of TIAA may be invested in the same or similar loans or securities as held by the Company, and which may be acquired at different times at lower or higher prices. Those investments may also be in securities or other instruments in different parts of the company’s capital structure that differ significantly from the investments held by the Company, including with respect to material terms and conditions, including without limitation seniority, interest rates, dividends, voting rights and participation in liquidation proceeds. Consequently, in certain instances these investments may be in positions or interests which are potentially adverse to those taken or held by the Company. In such circumstances, policies and procedures will be implemented to address such actual or potential conflicts, which may include, as appropriate, establishing an information barrier between or among the applicable personnel of the relevant affiliated entities (including as between officers of Churchill), requiring recusal of certain personnel from participating in decisions that give rise to such conflicts, or other protective measures as shall be established from time to time to address such conflicts.
Further, an affiliate of TIAA may serve as the administrative or other named agent on behalf of the lenders with respect to investments by the Company and/or one or more of its affiliates. In some cases, investments that are originated or otherwise sourced by Churchill may be funded by a Loan Syndicate organized by Churchill or its affiliates. The Loan Syndicate Participants, in addition to the Company and its affiliates may include other lenders and various institutional and sophisticated investors (through private investment vehicles in which they invest). The entity acting as agent may serve as an agent with respect to loans made at varying levels of a borrower’s capital structure. Loan Syndicate Participants may hold investments in the same or distinct tranches in the loan facilities of which the Portfolio Investment is a part or in different positions in the capital structure under such Portfolio Investment. As is typical in such agency arrangements, the agent is the party responsible for administering and enforcing the terms of the loan facility, may take certain actions and make certain decisions in its discretion and generally may take material actions only in accordance with the instructions of a designated percentage of the lenders. In the case of loan facilities that include both senior and subordinate tranches, the agent may take actions in accordance with the instructions of the holders of one or more of the senior tranches without any right to vote or consent (except in certain limited circumstances) by the subordinated tranches of such indebtedness. Churchill expects that the Portfolio Investments held by the Company and its affiliates may represent less than the amount of debt sufficient to direct, initiate or prevent actions with respect to such loan facility or a tranche thereof of which the Company’s investment is a part (other than preventing those that require the consent of each lender). As a result of an affiliate of TIAA acting as agent for an agented loan where a Loan Syndicate Participant may own more of the related indebtedness of the obligor or hold indebtedness in a position in the capital structure of an obligor different from that of the Company and its affiliates, such Loan Syndicate Participants will be in a position to exercise more control with respect to the related loan facility than that which Churchill could exercise on behalf of the Company, and may exercise such control in a manner adverse to the interests of the Company.
In addition, TIAA, as advised by NAA, may be a limited partner investor in many of the private equity funds that own the portfolio companies in which the Company will invest or TIAA may otherwise have a relationship with the private equity funds or portfolio companies, which may give rise to certain conflicts or limit the Company’s ability to invest in such portfolio companies. TIAA (and other NAA-managed private clients) may also hold passive equity co-investments in such private equity funds or portfolio companies owned by such fund, or in holding companies elsewhere in the capital structure of the private equity fund or portfolio company, which may give rise to certain conflicts for the investment professionals of NAA when making investment decisions.
Investment Allocation Policies and Procedures
Churchill, and its affiliates, have procedures and policies in place designed to manage the potential conflicts of interest between its fiduciary obligations to us and its similar fiduciary obligations to other clients. An investment opportunity that is suitable for multiple clients of the Churchill and its affiliates may not be capable of being shared among some or all of such clients due to the limited scale of the opportunity or other factors, including regulatory restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act. There can be no assurance that Churchill’s or its affiliates’ efforts to allocate any particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to us. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in our favor.

100


In order to address these issues, Churchill has put in place an investment allocation policy that addresses the restrictions under the 1940 Act and seeks to ensure the equitable allocation of investment opportunities. In the absence of using the Order from the SEC that permits greater flexibility relating to co-investments, Churchill will apply the investment allocation policy to determine which entities will proceed with an investment. When we engage in permitted co-investments, we will do so in a manner consistent with Churchill’s allocation policy. In situations where co-investment with other entities managed by Churchill is not permitted or appropriate, such as when there is an opportunity to invest in different securities of the same issuer, Churchill will need to decide whether we or such other entity or entities will proceed with the investment. Churchill will make these determinations based on its policies and procedures, which generally require that such opportunities be offered to eligible accounts in a manner that will be fair and equitable over time.
Related Party Transactions
In the ordinary course of business, we may enter into transactions with affiliates and portfolio companies that may be considered related party transactions. In order to ensure that we do not engage in any transactions with any persons affiliated with us that are prohibited under the 1940 Act, we have implemented certain policies and procedures whereby our executive officers screen each of our transactions for any possible affiliations between the proposed portfolio investment, us, and/or certain of our affiliates. We will not enter into any agreements related to any such transactions unless and until we are satisfied that doing so will not raise concerns under the 1940 Act or, if such concerns exist, we have taken appropriate actions to seek Board review and approval or exemptive relief for such transaction. Our Board will review such procedures on an annual basis.
Co-Investment Opportunities
We may co-invest with Churchill’s and its affiliates’ other clients in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. For example, we may co-invest with such accounts consistent with guidance promulgated by the SEC staff permitting us and such other accounts to purchase interests in privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that Churchill, acting on our behalf and on behalf of other clients, negotiates no term other than price. We may also co-invest with Churchill’s or its affiliates’ other clients as otherwise permissible under regulatory guidance, applicable regulations, and Churchill’s allocation policy, which Churchill maintains in writing. Under this allocation policy, a fixed percentage of each opportunity, which may vary based on asset class and from time to time, is offered to us and similar eligible accounts, as periodically determined by Churchill. The Company may also co-invest on a concurrent basis with other affiliates of the Company and Churchill pursuant to the Order. Under the terms of the Order, a majority of the Company’s independent directors are required to make certain determinations in connection with a co-investment transaction, including that (1) the terms of the proposed transaction are reasonable and fair to the Company and the Company’s shareholders and do not involve overreaching of the Company or the Company’s shareholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of the Company’s shareholders and is consistent with the Company’s investment strategies and policies.
Placement Agent Arrangements
Broker-dealers that are affiliates of the Company and/or one or more of its affiliates or third parties may act as placement agents or distributors to assist in the placement of shares of our common stock to certain of our shareholders. Any placement fees associated with the placement agent services will be paid by the Adviser, with no reimbursement by the Company. The potential for the placement agents to receive compensation in connection with a shareholder's investment in us presents a potential conflict of interest in recommending that such shareholder invest in the Company. The prospect of receiving, or the receipt of, additional compensation, as described above, by the placement agents may provide such placement agents and/or their salespersons with an incentive to favor sales of shares and interests in funds whose affiliates make similar compensation available over sales of interests in funds (or other fund investments) with respect to which the placement agent does not receive additional compensation, or receives lower levels of additional compensation. Prospective investors should take such payment arrangements into account when considering and evaluating any recommendations related to the shares of our common stock.

101


Certain Business Relationships
Certain of our current directors and officers are directors or officers of the Advisers.
Material Non-Public Information
The Advisers’ investment professionals may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, companies in which we invest or in which we are considering making an investment. Through these and other relationships with a portfolio company, these individuals may obtain material non-public information that might restrict our ability to buy or sell the securities of such company under the policies of the company or applicable law.
Promoters and Certain Control Persons
The Advisers may be deemed promoters of the Company. We have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser and the Sub-Advisory Agreement with Churchill. See “Item 5. Directors and Executive Officers—Promoters and Control Persons.”
Immediately prior to the Company’s election to be regulated as a BDC, in connection with the Merger, SPV I acquired all of the economic equity interests of the Predecessor Entity. Prior to the Merger, 100% of the preference shares issued by the Predecessor Entity (which preference shares represent the economic residual interest in the Predecessor Entity) were held by TIAA. In connection with the consummation of the Merger, and prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, the Company issued 3,310,540 Shares to TIAA in exchange for all of the outstanding preference shares of the Predecessor Entity, which was then merged into SPV I, as a result of which the Predecessor Entity became our wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary (through its successor-in-interest, SPV I). See “ Item 2. — Financial Information — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “ Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

102


ITEM 8.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Neither we nor the Advisers are currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, are any material legal proceeding threatened against us or them. From time to time, we and/or the Advisers may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. Our business is also subject to extensive regulation, which may result in regulatory proceedings against us. While the outcome of these legal or regulatory proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that these proceedings will have a material effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.

103


ITEM 9.
MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
Market Information
Our Shares will be offered and sold in transactions exempt from registration under the 1933 Act under Section 4(a)(2) and Regulation D. See “Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities” for more information. There is no public market for our Shares currently, nor can we give any assurance that one will develop.
Because Shares are being acquired by investors in transactions “not involving a public offering,” they are “restricted securities” and may be required to be held indefinitely. Our Shares may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of unless (i) the Adviser’s consent is granted, and (ii) the Shares are registered under applicable securities laws or specifically exempted from registration (in which case the shareholder may, at our option, be required to provide us with a legal opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to us, that registration is not required). Accordingly, an investor must be willing to bear the economic risk of investment in the Shares until we are liquidated. No sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition, whether voluntary or involuntary, of the Shares may be made except by registration of the transfer on our books. Each transferee will be required to execute an instrument agreeing to be bound by these restrictions and the other restrictions imposed on the Shares and to execute such other instruments or certifications as are reasonably required by us.
Holders
Prior to the Merger, 100% of the preference shares issued by the Predecessor Entity (which preference shares represent the economic residual interest in the Predecessor Entity) were held by TIAA. In connection with the consummation of the Merger, and prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, the Company issued 3,310,540 Shares to TIAA in exchange for all of the outstanding preference shares of the Predecessor Entity, which was then merged into SPV I, as a result of which the Predecessor Entity became our wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary (through its successor-in-interest, SPV I).
Additionally, in conjunction with our formation, we issued and sold 50 Shares to TIAA, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000.
Please see “Item 4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” for disclosure regarding the holders of our common stock.
Valuation of Portfolio Investments
The Board determines the NAV of the Shares quarterly. The NAV per Share is equal to the value of the Company’s total assets minus its liabilities and the liquidation value of any preferred shares outstanding divided by the total number of Shares outstanding.
Our investments are valued in accordance with the fair value principles established by FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC Topic 820”) and in accordance with the 1940 Act. ASC Topic 820’s definition of fair value focuses on the amount that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability, in the principal, or most advantageous, market and prioritizes the use of market-based inputs (observable) over entity-specific inputs (unobservable) within a measurement of fair value.
Value, as defined in Section 2(a)(41) of the 1940 Act, is (i) the market price for those securities for which a market quotation is readily available and (ii) for all other securities and assets, fair value is as determined in good faith by our Board. Because the Company expects that there typically will not be a readily available market price for its target portfolio investments, the Company expects that the value of most of its portfolio investments will be their fair value as determined by the Board consistent with a documented valuation policy and consistently applied valuation process. In making these determinations, the Board will receive input from management and the Audit Committee. In addition,

104


the Board has retained independent valuation firms to review the valuation of each portfolio investment for which a market quotation is not available at least once during each 12-month period.
Our Board will make this fair value determination on a quarterly basis and in such other instances when a decision regarding the fair value of the portfolio investments is required. Factors considered by our Board as part of the valuation of investments include credit ratings/risk, the portfolio company’s current and projected earnings, current and expected leverage, ability to make interest and principal payments, the estimated remaining life of the investment, liquidity, compliance with applicable loan covenants, price to earnings (or other financial) ratios of the portfolio company and other comparable companies, current market yields and interest rate spreads of similar securities as of the measurement date. Other factors taken into account include changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets, generally, that may affect the price at which similar investments would trade. The Board may also base its valuation on recent investments and securities with similar structure and risk characteristics. Churchill obtains market data from its ongoing investment purchase efforts, in addition to specific transactions that close and are announced in industry publications. External information may include (but is not limited to) observable market data derived from the U.S. loan and equity markets. In compiling market data Churchill may utilize third party data as an indicator of current market conditions.
ASC Topic 820 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. ASC Topic 820 also provides guidance regarding a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes information used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings and provides for enhanced disclosures determined by the level within the hierarchy of information used in the valuation. In accordance with ASC Topic 820, these inputs are summarized in the three levels listed below:
Level 1—Valuations are based on unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that are accessible at the measurement date.
Level 2—Valuations are based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of observable input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the investment.
Active, publicly-traded instruments are classified as Level 1 and their values are generally based on quoted market prices, even if the market’s normal daily trading volume is not sufficient to absorb the quantity held and placing orders to sell the position in a single transaction might affect the quoted price.
Fair value is generally determined as the price that would be received for an investment in a current sale, which assumes an orderly market is available for the market participants at the measurement date. If available, fair value of investments is based on directly observable market prices or on market data derived from comparable assets. Our valuation policy considers the fact that no ready market may exist for many of the securities in which we invest and that fair value for its investments must be determined using unobservable inputs.
With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available (Level 3), our Board will undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:
Our quarterly valuation process will begin with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the professionals of the applicable Investment Team that are responsible for the portfolio investment;
Preliminary valuation conclusions will then be documented and approved by the applicable Investment Team’s Investment Committee;

105


Third-party valuation firms engaged by, or on behalf of, the Board will provide positive assurance on portions of the portfolio each quarter (such that each investment will be reviewed by a third-party valuation firm at least once on a rolling 12-month basis), including a review of management’s preliminary valuation and recommendation of fair value;
Our Audit Committee will then review the valuations approved by the applicable Investment Team’s Investment Committee and, where appropriate, the independent valuation firm(s) and recommend those values to our Board; and
Our Board will then discuss valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith, based on the input of the applicable Investment Team, and, where appropriate, the respective independent valuation firm(s) and our Audit Committee.
Determinations in Connection with our Offerings
In connection with each offering of our Shares, to the extent we do not have shareholder approval to sell below NAV, our Board or an authorized committee thereof will be required to make a good faith determination that we are not selling our Shares at a price below the then current net asset value of our Shares at the time at which the sale is made. Our Board or an authorized committee thereof will consider the following factors, among others, in making such determination:
the net asset value of our Shares disclosed in the most recent periodic report we filed with the SEC;
our management’s assessment of whether any material change in the net asset value of our Shares has occurred (including through the realization of gains on the sale of our portfolio securities) during the period beginning on the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value of our Shares and ending as of a time within 48 hours (excluding Sundays and holidays) of the sale of our Shares; and
the magnitude of the difference between (i) a value that our Board or an authorized committee thereof has determined reflects the current (as of a time within 48 hours excluding Sundays and holidays) net asset value of our Shares, which is based upon the net asset value of our Shares disclosed in the most recent periodic report we filed with the SEC, as adjusted to reflect our management’s assessment of any material change in the net asset value of our Shares since the date of the most recently disclosed net asset value of our Shares, and (ii) the offering price of our Shares in the proposed offering.
These processes and procedures are part of our compliance policies and procedures. Records will be made contemporaneously with all determinations described in this section and these records will be maintained with other records we are required to maintain under the 1940 Act.
Distribution Policy
The Company generally intends to distribute substantially all of its available net investment income on a quarterly basis, as determined by the Board in its discretion, and in accordance with RIC requirements. Net realized capital gains, if any, will generally be distributed or deemed distributed at least annually. Pursuant to the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan, shareholders will automatically receive cash dividends and other distributions unless they elect to have their dividends and other distributions reinvested in additional Shares. See “Item 1(c). Description of Business—Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
Reports to Shareholders
We will furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements, quarterly reports, and such other periodic reports as we determine to be appropriate or as may be required by law. Upon the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, we will be required to comply with all periodic reporting, proxy solicitation and other applicable requirements under the 1934 Act.

106


ITEM 10.
RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
Prior to the Merger, 100% of the preference shares issued by the Predecessor Entity (which preference shares represent the economic residual interest in the Predecessor Entity) were held by TIAA. In connection with the consummation of the Merger, and prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, the Company issued 3,310,540 Shares to TIAA in exchange for all of the outstanding preference shares of the Predecessor Entity, which was then merged into SPV I, as a result of which the Predecessor Entity became our wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary (through its successor-in-interest, SPV I).
Additionally, in conjunction with our formation, we issued and sold 50 Shares to TIAA, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000.
These Shares were issued and sold in reliance upon the available exemptions from registration requirements of Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act.

107


ITEM 11.    DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED
The following description is based on relevant portions of the Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”) and on our Articles of Incorporation (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Charter”) or our Bylaws (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Bylaws”). This summary possesses the provisions deemed to be material, but is not necessarily complete.
General
The authorized stock of the Company consists of 500,000,000 shares of stock, par value $0.01 per share, all of which are initially designated as common stock. There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Maryland law, our shareholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.
Under our Charter, our Board is authorized to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of stock into other classes or series of stock without obtaining shareholder approval. As permitted by the MGCL, our Charter provides that the Board, without any action by our shareholders, may amend the Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue.
The following are our outstanding classes of securities as of January 28, 2020:
(1)
Title of Class
 
(2)
Amount Authorized
 
(3)
Amount Held by
Us or for
Our Account
 
(4)
Amount Outstanding
Exclusive of
Amounts Shown
Under(3)
Common stock
 
500,000,000

 

 
3,310,590

Common Stock
All Shares have equal rights as to earnings, assets, voting, and dividends and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to our shareholders if, as and when authorized by our Board and declared by us out of assets legally available therefor. Our Shares have no preemptive, conversion or redemption rights and may not be transferred without the consent of the Adviser and may not be transferred if restricted by federal and state securities laws or otherwise by contract. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each Share would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each Share is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our Shares will possess exclusive voting power.
Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses
Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its shareholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. Our Charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act.
Our Charter authorizes us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while serving as our director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, limited liability

108


company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our Charter obligates us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while serving as our director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member or manager and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our Charter also permits us to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of us in any of the capacities described above and any of our employees or agents or any employees or agents of our predecessor. In accordance with the 1940 Act, we will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.
Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our Charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received unless, in either case a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer in advance of final disposition of a proceeding upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good-faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.
Certain Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and Our Charter and Bylaws
The MGCL and our Charter and Bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, the material ones of which are discussed below. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our Board. We expect the benefits of these provisions to outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because, among other things, the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.
Classified Board of Directors
Our Board is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered terms currently expiring in 2021, 2022 and 2023. Upon expiration of their terms, directors of each class will be elected to serve for three-year terms and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualify, and each year one class of directors will be elected by the shareholders. A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified Board will help to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.

109


Election of Directors
Our Bylaws, as authorized by our Charter, provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of a plurality of all votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called, and at which a quorum is present, will be required to elect a director. Pursuant to our Charter our Board may amend the bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.
Number of Directors; Vacancies; Removal
Our Charter provides that the number of directors will be set only by the Board in accordance with our Bylaws. Our Bylaws provide that a majority of our entire Board may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless our Bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than one nor more than nine. Our Charter provides that, at such time as we have at least three independent directors and our Shares are registered under the 1934 Act, as amended, we will elect to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL regarding the filling of vacancies on the Board. Accordingly, at such time, except as may be provided by the Board in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any and all vacancies on the Board may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act.
Our Charter provides that a director may be removed only for cause, as defined in the Charter, and then only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors.
Action by Shareholders
Under the MGCL, shareholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of shareholders or (unless the charter provides for shareholder action by less than unanimous written consent, which our Charter does not) by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. These provisions, combined with the requirements of our Bylaws regarding the calling of a shareholder-requested special meeting of shareholders discussed below, may have the effect of delaying consideration of a shareholder proposal indefinitely.
Advance Notice Provisions for Shareholder Nominations and Shareholder Proposals
Our Bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders, nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of business to be considered by shareholders may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by or at the direction of the Board or (3) by a shareholder of the Company who is a shareholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in our Bylaws and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the Bylaws. With respect to special meetings of shareholders, only the business specified in our notice of the meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board at a special meeting may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the Board or (2) provided that the Board has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a shareholder of the Company who is a shareholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in our Bylaws and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the Bylaws.
The purpose of requiring shareholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our Board a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our Board, to inform shareholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of shareholders. Although our bylaws do not give our Board any power to disapprove shareholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of shareholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our shareholders.

110


Calling of Special Meetings of Shareholders
Our Bylaws provide that special meetings of shareholders may be called by our Board and certain of our officers. Additionally, our Bylaws provide that, subject to the satisfaction of certain procedural and informational requirements by the shareholders requesting the meeting, a special meeting of shareholders will be called by the secretary of the Company upon the written request of shareholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.
Approval of Extraordinary Corporate Action; Amendment of Charter and Bylaws
Under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business, unless approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, a Maryland corporation may provide in its charter for approval of these matters by a lesser percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our Charter generally provides for approval of charter amendments and extraordinary transactions by the shareholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our Charter also provides that certain charter amendments, any proposal for our conversion, whether by charter amendment, merger or otherwise, from a closed-end company to an open-end company and any proposal for our liquidation or dissolution requires the approval of the shareholders entitled to cast at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast on such matter (provided, however, that in connection with subscribing to purchase Shares prior to an Exchange Listing, each shareholder will grant an irrevocable proxy to our Board to vote their Shares in favor of liquidating or dissolving the Company if the Company does not effectuate an Exchange Listing within 5 years of the Initial Closing, subject to up to two 1-year extensions in the discretion of the Board). However, if such amendment or proposal is approved by a majority of our continuing directors (in addition to approval by our Board), such amendment or proposal may be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on such a matter. The “continuing directors” are defined in our charter as (1) our current directors, (2) those directors whose nomination for election by the shareholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of our current directors then on the Board or (3) any successor directors whose nomination for election by the shareholders or whose election by the directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of continuing directors or the successor continuing directors then in office.
Our Charter and Bylaws provide that the Board will have the exclusive power to make, alter, amend or repeal any provision of our Bylaws.
No Appraisal Rights
Except with respect to appraisal rights arising in connection with the Control Share Act discussed below, as permitted by the MGCL, our Charter provides that shareholders will not be entitled to exercise appraisal rights unless a majority of the Board determines such rights apply.
Control Share Acquisitions
The MGCL provides that control shares of a Maryland corporation acquired in a control share acquisition have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter (the “Control Share Act”). Shares owned by the acquirer, by officers or by directors who are employees of the corporation are excluded from shares entitled to vote on the matter. Control shares are voting shares of stock which, if aggregated with all other shares of stock owned by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:
one-tenth or more but less than one-third;
one-third or more but less than a majority; or

111


a majority or more of all voting power.
The requisite shareholder approval must be obtained each time an acquirer crosses one of the thresholds of voting power set forth above. Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained shareholder approval. A control share acquisition means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.
A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition may compel the Board of the corporation to call a special meeting of shareholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the shares. The right to compel the calling of a special meeting is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including an undertaking to pay the expenses of the meeting. If no request for a meeting is made, the corporation may itself present the question at any shareholders meeting.
If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then the corporation may redeem for fair value any or all of the control shares, except those for which voting rights have previously been approved. The right of the corporation to redeem control shares is subject to certain conditions and limitations, including, as provided in our bylaws compliance with the 1940 Act. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of shareholders at which the voting rights of the shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a shareholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other shareholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.
The Control Share Act does not apply (a) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the corporation is a party to the transaction or (b) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation. Our Bylaws contain a provision exempting from the Control Share Act any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares of stock. There can be no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future. However, we will amend our Bylaws to be subject to the Control Share Act only if the Board determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Control Share Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act.
Business Combinations
Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between a Maryland corporation and an interested shareholder or an affiliate of an interested shareholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder (the “Business Combination Act”). These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. An interested shareholder is defined as:
any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock; or
an affiliate or associate of the corporation who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation.
A person is not an interested shareholder under this statute if the Board approved in advance the transaction by which the shareholder otherwise would have become an interested shareholder. However, in approving a transaction, the Board may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the Board.

112


After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested shareholder generally must be recommended by the Board of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:
80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation; and
two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested shareholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder.
These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporation’s common shareholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested shareholder for its shares.
The statute permits various exemptions from its provisions, including business combinations that are exempted by the Board before the time that the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. We expect our Board to adopt a resolution that any business combination between us and any other person is exempted from the provisions of the Business Combination Act, provided that the business combination is first approved by the Board, including a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act. This resolution may be altered or repealed in whole or in part at any time; however, our Board will adopt resolutions so as to make us subject to the provisions of the Business Combination Act only if the Board determines that it would be in our best interests and if the SEC staff does not object to our determination that our being subject to the Business Combination Act does not conflict with the 1940 Act. If this resolution is repealed, or the Board does not otherwise approve a business combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.
Conflict with 1940 Act
Our Bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the MGCL, including the Control Share Act (if we amend our Bylaws to be subject to such Act) and the Business Combination Act, or any provision of our Charter or Bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.
Exclusive Forum
Our Charter and Bylaws provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL, the Charter or Bylaws or the securities, antifraud, unfair trade practices or similar laws of any international, national, state, provincial, territorial, local or other governmental or regulatory authority, including, in each case, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine will be a federal or state court located in the state of Maryland, provided that to the extent the appropriate court located in the state of Maryland determines that it does not have jurisdiction over such action, then the sole and exclusive forum will be any federal or state court located in the state of Maryland. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company will be deemed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to have notice of and consented to these exclusive forum provisions and to have irrevocably submitted to, and waived any objection to, the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in connection with any such action or proceeding and consented to process being served in any such action or proceeding, without limitation, by United States mail addressed to the shareholder at the shareholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Company, with postage thereon prepaid.

113


Transfer and Resale Restrictions
Shares of the Company may not be directly or indirectly sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of without the prior written consent of the Adviser, which consent may be given or withheld in the sole discretion of the Adviser. Any costs associated with a transfer by a shareholder may be borne by such shareholder.
Furthermore, following any Exchange Listing, our shareholders will be subject to lock-up restrictions pursuant to which they will be prohibited from selling Shares for a certain period after the date of the Exchange listing. The specific terms of this restriction and any other limitations on the sale of our Shares in connection with or following an Exchange Listing will be agreed in advance between our board of directors and our Adviser, acting on behalf of our investors, and the underwriters of the Exchange Listing or other similar institutions, acting on our behalf, in connection with a listing.

114


ITEM 12.
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Limitation on Liability of Directors; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses
See “Item 11. Description of Registrant’s Securities to be Registered — Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses.
Advisory Agreements
Under the Advisory Agreements, the Advisers and their affiliates (each, an “Indemnitee”) are not liable to the Company for (i) mistakes of judgment or for action or inaction that such person reasonably believed to be in the Company’s best interests absent such Indemnitee’s gross negligence, knowing and willful misconduct, or fraud or (ii) losses or expenses due to mistakes of judgment, action or inaction, or the negligence, dishonesty or bad faith of any broker or other agent of the Company who is not an affiliate of such Indemnitee, provided that such person was selected, engaged or retained without gross negligence, willful misconduct, or fraud.
The Company will indemnify each Indemnitee against any liabilities relating to the offering of its Shares or its business, operation, administration or termination, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner it believed to be in, or not opposed to, the Company’s interest and except to the extent arising out of the Indemnitee’s gross negligence, fraud or knowing and willful misconduct. The Company may pay the expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in defending an actual or threatened civil or criminal action in advance of the final disposition of such action, provided the Indemnitee agrees to repay those expenses if found by adjudication not to be entitled to indemnification.

115


ITEM 13.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Set forth below is an index to our financial statements attached to this Registration Statement.
AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
 
Page
117
119
120
121
122
124
134

116



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedule of investments, of Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc. and its subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for the year then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019, and the results of its operations, changes in its net assets and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of December 31, 2019 by correspondence with the custodian. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
New York, New York
January 23, 2020
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2019.


117


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholder of
Churchill Middle Market CLO V Ltd.
Opinion on the financial statements
We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities, including the schedule of investments, of Churchill Middle Market CLO V Ltd. (a Cayman Islands limited liability exempted company and Predecessor Entity to Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc.) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018, the related statements of operations, changes in net assets, and cash flows for the period from January 12, 2018 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from January 12, 2018 (commencement of operations), through December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of December 31, 2018, by correspondence with the custodian. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
We served as the Company’s auditor from 2018 to 2019.
Charlotte, North Carolina
January 23, 2020

118

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
December 31, 2019
 
December 31, 2018
Assets
 
 
 
Investments,
 
 
 
Non-controlled/non-affiliated company investments, at fair value (amortized cost of $178,754 and $162,201, respectively)
$
178,780

 
$
161,849

Cash and cash equivalents
3,421

 
2,236

Restricted cash
50

 
25

Due from adviser
1,696

 

Interest receivable
1,845

 
538

Receivable for investments sold
2,576

 
18

Total assets
$
188,368

 
$
164,666

 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
Notes payable (net of $87 and $425 deferred financing costs, respectively)
$
118,348

 
$
86,910

Payable for investments purchased

 
5,866

Interest payable
1,199

 
864

Due to adviser
1,696

 

Due to affiliate
9

 

Management fees payable
331

 
195

Directors’ fees payable
23

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
551

 
78

Total liabilities
122,157

 
93,913

 
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 6)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Assets : (See Note 7)
 
 
 
Redeemable preference shares, $.0001 par value, 497,500,000 shares authorized, 2019 - 0 and 2018 - 70,200,000 issued and outstanding, respectively
$

 
$
7

Common shares, $0.01 par value, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 2019 - 3,310,590 and 2018 - 0 issued and outstanding, respectively
33

 

Paid-in-capital in excess of par value
63,968

 
70,193

Total distributable earnings
2,210

 
553

Total net assets
$
66,211

 
$
70,753

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and net assets
$
188,368

 
$
164,666

 
 
 
 
Net asset value per share (See Note 8)
$
20.00

 
$
19.48




See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
119

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
For the year ended December 31, 2019
 
For the period from January 12, 2018 (Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2018
Investment income:
 
 
 
Non-controlled/non-affiliated company investments:
 
 
 
Interest income
$
15,031

 
$
4,277

Other income
365

 
227

Total investment income
15,396

 
4,504

 
 
 
 
Expenses:
 
 
 
Interest and debt financing expenses
6,746

 
2,202

Management fees
1,568

 
451

Professional fees
247

 
92

Organization expenses
1,705

 

Directors' fees
23

 

Other general and administrative expenses
382

 
51

Total expenses before expense support
10,671

 
2,796

Expense support (See Note 4)
(1,696
)
 

Net expenses after expense support
8,975

 
2,796

Net investment income before excise taxes
6,421

 
1,708

Excise taxes
4

 

Net investment income after excise taxes
6,417

 
1,708

 
 
 
 
Realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments:
 
 
 
Net realized gain (loss) on non-controlled/non-affiliate company investments
490

 
79

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on non-controlled/non-affiliate company investments
378

 
(352
)
 
 
 
 
Total net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments
868

 
(273
)
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations
$
7,285

 
$
1,435

 
 
 
 
Per share data:
 
 
 
Net investment income per share - basic and diluted
$
1.58

 
$
0.86

Net increase in net assets resulting from operations per share - basic and diluted
$
1.79

 
$
0.72

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted
4,065,531

 
1,989,596


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
120

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
For the year ended December 31, 2019
 
For the period from January 12, 2018 (Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2018
Increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations:
 
 
 
Net investment income
$
6,417

 
$
1,708

Net realized gain (loss) on investments
490

 
79

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments
378

 
(352
)
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations
7,285

 
1,435

Shareholder distributions:
 
 
 
Distributions of investment income
(5,628
)
 
(882
)
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from shareholder distributions
(5,628
)
 
(882
)
Capital share transactions:
 
 
 
Issuance of preference shares
14,800

 
70,200

Issuance of common shares
1

 

Redemption of preference shares
(21,000
)
 

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from capital share transactions
(6,199
)
 
70,200

Total increase (decrease) in net assets
(4,542
)
 
70,753

Net assets, at beginning of period
70,753

 

Net assets, at end of period
$
66,211

 
$
70,753



See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
121

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
For the year ended December 31, 2019
 
For the period from January 12, 2018 (Commencement of Operations) through December 31, 2018
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations
$
7,285

 
$
1,435

 
 
 
 
Adjustments to reconcile net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
 
 
 
Purchase of investments
(107,122
)
 
(173,510
)
Proceeds from principal repayments of investments
91,273

 
11,456

Amortization of premium/accretion of discount, net
(214
)
 
(68
)
Net realized gain (loss) on investments
(490
)
 
(79
)
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments
(378
)
 
352

Amortization of deferred financing costs
443

 
100

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
Due from adviser
(1,696
)
 

Interest receivable
(1,307
)
 
(538
)
Receivable for investments sold
(2,558
)
 
(18
)
Payable for investments purchased
(5,866
)
 
5,866

Interest payable
335

 
864

Due to adviser
1,696

 

Due to affiliate
9

 

Management fees payable
136

 
195

Directors’ fees payable
23

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses
473

 
78

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
(17,958
)
 
(153,867
)
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of preference shares
14,800

 
70,200

Proceeds from issuance of common shares
1

 

Redemption of preference shares
(21,000
)
 

Shareholder distributions
(5,628
)
 
(882
)
Proceeds from notes
73,200

 
100,535

Repayments of notes
(42,100
)
 
(13,200
)
Payments of deferred financing costs
(105
)
 
(525
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
19,168

 
156,128

 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
1,210

 
2,261

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash, beginning of period
2,261

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash, end of period
$
3,471

 
$
2,261

 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow Information:
 
 
 
Cash paid during the period for interest
$
5,967

 
$
1,238

Shares issued in connection with Merger (See Note 7)
$
66,210

 
$


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
122

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash reported on the consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities that sum to the total of the same such amounts on the consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:
 
December 31, 2019
 
December 31, 2018
Cash and cash equivalents
$
3,421

 
$
2,236

Restricted cash
50

 
25

Total cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash shown on the consolidated statements of cash flows
$
3,471

 
$
2,261



See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
123

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS
December 31, 2019
(dollars in thousands)


Portfolio Company (1) (2) (3) (10)
 
Footnotes
 
Investment
 
Spread Above Reference Rate (4)
 
Interest Rate (4)
 
Maturity Date
 
Par Amount
 
Amortized Cost
 
Fair Value (5)
 
% of Net Assets (6)
Investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Investments - 270.0%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aerospace & Defense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MAG DS Corp
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.75%
 
6.55
%
 
6/6/2025
 
$
3,960

 
$
3,928

 
$
3,905

 
5.9
%
Novaria Holdings LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.75%
 
6.55
%
 
12/19/2024
 
4,392

 
4,363

 
4,392

 
6.6
%
Total Aerospace & Defense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,291

 
8,297

 
12.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Automotive
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PAI Holdco Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%
 
6.19
%
 
1/25/2025
 
3,433

 
3,417

 
3,413

 
5.2
%
TailWind Randys LLC
 
(7)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%
 
7.44
%
 
5/16/2025
 
3,317

 
3,286

 
3,292

 
5.0
%
TailWind Randys LLC (Delayed Draw)
 
(7)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%
 
7.44
%
 
5/16/2025
 
667

 
166

 
162

 
0.2
%
Total Automotive
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,869

 
6,867

 
10.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banking, Finance, Insurance, Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bankruptcy Management Solutions Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.30
%
 
2/28/2025
 
3,970

 
3,935

 
3,990

 
6.0
%
Minotaur Acquisition Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.00%
 
6.80
%
 
3/27/2026
 
4,963

 
4,872

 
4,895

 
7.4
%
Northern Star Industries Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.56
%
 
3/28/2025
 
2,312

 
2,294

 
2,295

 
3.4
%
Payment Alliance International Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.25%
 
6.25
%
 
1/31/2025
 
6,737

 
6,679

 
6,728

 
10.2
%
Total Banking, Finance, Insurance, Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17,780

 
17,908

 
27.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beverage, Food & Tobacco
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KSLB Holdings LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.20
%
 
7/30/2025
 
2,970

 
2,946

 
2,928

 
4.4
%
Total Beverage, Food & Tobacco
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,946

 
2,928

 
4.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Equipment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Blackbird Purchaser Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.44
%
 
4/8/2026
 
3,176

 
3,147

 
3,134

 
4.7
%
Blackbird Purchaser Inc (Delayed Draw)
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.44
%
 
4/8/2026
 
799

 
152

 
148

 
0.2
%
MSHC Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%
 
6.05
%
 
12/31/2024
 
893

 
888

 
899

 
1.4
%
Total Capital Equipment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,187

 
4,181

 
6.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
124

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS (continued)
December 31, 2019
(dollars in thousands)

Portfolio Company (1) (2) (3) (10)
 
Footnotes
 
Investment
 
Spread Above Reference Rate (4)
 
Interest Rate (4)
 
Maturity Date
 
Par Amount
 
Amortized Cost
 
Fair Value (5)
 
% of Net Assets (6)
Chemicals, Plastics, & Rubber
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Boulder Scientific Company LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.60
%
 
12/29/2025
 
2,438

 
2,415

 
2,447

 
3.7
%
Total Chemicals, Plastics, & Rubber
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,415

 
2,447

 
3.7
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction & Building
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SPI LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.00%
 
6.80
%
 
11/1/2023
 
4,356

 
4,320

 
4,380

 
6.6
%
Total Construction & Building
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,320

 
4,380

 
6.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Goods: Durable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EagleTree-Carbide Acquisition Corp
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%
 
6.19
%
 
8/28/2024
 
2,941

 
2,932

 
2,909

 
4.4
%
Fetch Acquisition LLC
 
(7)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.44
%
 
5/22/2024
 
3,956

 
3,955

 
3,902

 
5.9
%
Halo Buyer Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.30
%
 
6/30/2025
 
5,910

 
5,877

 
5,824

 
8.8
%
Total Consumer Goods: Durable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12,764

 
12,635

 
19.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Goods: Non-durable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Badger Sportswear Acquisition Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.00%
 
6.80
%
 
9/11/2023
 
3,912

 
3,905

 
3,811

 
5.8
%
Kramer Laboratories Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%
 
7.44
%
 
6/22/2024
 
2,955

 
2,932

 
2,913

 
4.4
%
North Haven Spartan US Holdco LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.00%
 
6.89
%
 
6/6/2025
 
2,608

 
2,584

 
2,600

 
3.9
%
North Haven Spartan US Holdco LLC (Delayed Draw)
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.00%
 
6.91
%
 
6/6/2025
 
1,379

 
151

 
147

 
0.2
%
One World Fitness PFF LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.75%
 
6.55
%
 
11/26/2025
 
3,979

 
3,954

 
3,977

 
6.0
%
Total Consumer Goods: Non-durable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13,526

 
13,448

 
20.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Containers, Packaging & Glass
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brook & Whittle Holding Corp
 
(7)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.25%
 
7.14
%
 
10/17/2024
 
2,744

 
2,722

 
2,729

 
4.1
%
Good2Grow LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%
 
6.19
%
 
11/16/2024
 
3,580

 
3,550

 
3,584

 
5.4
%
Resource Label Group LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.60
%
 
5/26/2023
 
2,970

 
2,946

 
2,912

 
4.4
%
Total Containers, Packaging & Glass
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9,218

 
9,225

 
13.9
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
125

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS (continued)
December 31, 2019
(dollars in thousands)

Portfolio Company (1) (2) (3) (10)
 
Footnotes
 
Investment
 
Spread Above Reference Rate (4)
 
Interest Rate (4)
 
Maturity Date
 
Par Amount
 
Amortized Cost
 
Fair Value (5)
 
% of Net Assets (6)
Energy: Electricity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brave Parent Holdings Inc
 
(7)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.00%
 
5.93
%
 
4/18/2025
 
906

 
904

 
876

 
1.3
%
Total Energy: Electricity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
904

 
876

 
1.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Radiology Partners Inc
 
(7)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.75%
 
6.67
%
 
7/9/2025
 
4,447

 
4,417

 
4,498

 
6.8
%
Unified Physician Management LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.30
%
 
11/21/2023
 
1,274

 
1,262

 
1,259

 
1.9
%
Unified Physician Management LLC (Delayed Draw)
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.30
%
 
11/21/2023
 
2,719

 
2,264

 
2,255

 
3.4
%
Total Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,943

 
8,012

 
12.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
High Tech Industries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brillio LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.75%
 
6.55
%
 
2/6/2025
 
2,985

 
2,959

 
2,987

 
4.5
%
Brillio LLC (Delayed Draw)
 
(9)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.75%
 
%
 
2/6/2025
 
1,000

 

 

 
%
Diligent Corporation
 
(7)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%
 
7.56
%
 
4/14/2022
 
4,659

 
4,644

 
4,633

 
7.0
%
Diligent Corporation (Delayed Draw)
 
(7)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%
 
7.56
%
 
4/14/2022
 
123

 
123

 
122

 
0.2
%
Diligent Corporation (Delayed Draw)
 
(7)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%
 
7.56
%
 
4/14/2022
 
349

 
348

 
347

 
0.5
%
E2Open LLC
 
(7)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.75%
 
7.66
%
 
11/26/2024
 
3,990

 
3,953

 
3,941

 
6.0
%
Lion Merger Sub, Inc
 
(7)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.25%
 
7.15
%
 
12/17/2025
 
6,930

 
6,870

 
6,836

 
10.3
%
MBS Holdings Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%
 
6.05
%
 
7/2/2023
 
6,403

 
6,379

 
6,404

 
9.7
%
North Haven CS Acquisition Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.25%
 
7.68
%
 
1/23/2025
 
6,947

 
6,887

 
6,943

 
10.5
%
Saba Software Inc
 
(7)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.30
%
 
5/1/2023
 
6,629

 
6,614

 
6,555

 
9.9
%
Velocity Technology Solutions Inc
 
(7)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 6.00%
 
7.94
%
 
12/7/2023
 
3,970

 
3,949

 
3,916

 
5.9
%
Total High Tech Industries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42,726

 
42,684

 
64.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pet Holdings ULC
 
(8)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%
 
7.60
%
 
7/5/2022
 
2,647

 
2,623

 
2,641

 
4.0
%
Pet Holdings ULC (Delayed Draw)
 
(8)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%
 
7.60
%
 
7/5/2022
 
298

 
296

 
298

 
0.5
%
Pet Supplies Plus LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.24
%
 
12/12/2024
 
5,950

 
5,900

 
5,942

 
9.0
%
Total Retail
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,819

 
8,881

 
13.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
126

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS (continued)
December 31, 2019
(dollars in thousands)

Portfolio Company (1) (2) (3) (10)
 
Footnotes
 
Investment
 
Spread Above Reference Rate (4)
 
Interest Rate (4)
 
Maturity Date
 
Par Amount
 
Amortized Cost
 
Fair Value (5)
 
% of Net Assets (6)
Road and Rail
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GlobalTranz Enterprises LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.00%
 
6.79
%
 
5/15/2026
 
2,279

 
2,236

 
2,210

 
3.3
%
Total Road and Rail
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,236

 
2,210

 
3.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Services: Business
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eliassen Group LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.30
%
 
11/5/2024
 
3,626

 
3,610

 
3,611

 
5.5
%
LSCS Holdings Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%
 
6.19
%
 
3/16/2025
 
1,824

 
1,818

 
1,803

 
2.7
%
LSCS Holdings Inc (Delayed Draw)
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%
 
6.31
%
 
3/16/2025
 
428

 
427

 
423

 
0.6
%
Output Services Group Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.30
%
 
3/27/2024
 
3,952

 
3,939

 
3,903

 
5.9
%
Output Services Group Inc (Delayed Draw)
 
(9)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
%
 
3/27/2024
 
24

 

 

 
%
Worldwide Clinical Trials Holdings Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.30
%
 
12/5/2024
 
3,980

 
3,961

 
3,947

 
6.0
%
Total Services: Business
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13,755

 
13,687

 
20.7
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Services: Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NJEye LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.30
%
 
9/17/2024
 
2,091

 
2,074

 
2,080

 
3.1
%
NJEye LLC (Delayed Draw)
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%
 
6.42
%
 
9/16/2024
 
882

 
524

 
527

 
0.8
%
Total Services: Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,598

 
2,607

 
3.9
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Telecommunications
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ensono LP
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.25%
 
7.05
%
 
6/27/2025
 
2,462

 
2,444

 
2,450

 
3.7
%
Mobile Communications America Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%
 
6.21
%
 
3/4/2025
 
3,976

 
3,958

 
3,989

 
6.0
%
Sapphire Telecom Inc
 
(7)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.25%
 
7.27
%
 
11/20/2025
 
6,930

 
6,871

 
6,859

 
10.4
%
Total Telecommunications
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13,273

 
13,298

 
20.1
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transportation: Cargo
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENC Holding Corporation
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.00%
 
5.94
%
 
5/30/2025
 
4,193

 
4,184

 
4,209

 
6.4
%
Total Transportation: Cargo
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4,184

 
4,209

 
6.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Debt Investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
178,754

 
178,780

 
270.0
%
Total Investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
178,754

 
$
178,780

 
270.0
%
_______________
(1)
Denotes that all or a portion of the assets are owned by SPV I. SPV I has entered into a senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Financing Facility”). The lenders of the Financing Facility have a first lien security interest in substantially all of the assets of SPV I. Accordingly, such assets are not available to creditors of the Company.
(2)
All investments are non-controlled/non-affiliated investments as defined by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"). The provisions of the 1940 Act classify investments based on the level of control that the Company maintains in a particular portfolio company. As defined in the 1940 Act, a company is generally presumed to be “non-controlled” when the Company owns 25% or less of the portfolio company’s voting securities and “controlled” when the Company owns more than 25% of the portfolio company’s voting securities. The provisions of the 1940 Act also

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
127

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS (continued)
December 31, 2019
(dollars in thousands)

classify investments further based on the level of ownership that the Company maintains in a particular portfolio company. As defined in the 1940 Act, a company is generally deemed as “non-affiliated” when the Company owns less than 5% of a portfolio company’s voting securities and “affiliated” when the Company owns 5% or more of a portfolio company’s voting securities.
(3)
Unless otherwise indicated, issuers of debt held by the Company are domiciled in the United States.
(4)
The majority of the investments bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR” or "L") which reset monthly or quarterly. For each such investment, the Fund has provided the spread over LIBOR and the current contractual interest rate in effect at December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, rates for 1M L, 3M L and 6M L are 1.76%, 1.91%, and 1.91% respectively.
(5)
Investment valued using unobservable inputs (Level 3).
(6)
Percentage is based on net assets of $66,211 as of December 31, 2019.
(7)
The cash rate equals the approximate current yield on our last-out portion of the unitranche facility.
(8)
Non-U.S. Company. The principal place of business for Pet Holdings ULC is Canada.
(9)
Position is an unfunded loan commitment, and no interest is being earned. The investment may be subject to an unused/letter of credit facility fee.
(10)
Security acquired in transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and may be deemed to be “restricted securities” under the Securities Act, unless otherwise noted. As of December 31, 2019, the Company did not hold any "restricted securities" under the Securities Act.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
128

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS
December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands)

Portfolio Company (1) (2) (3) (12)
 
Footnotes
 
Investment
 
Spread Above Reference Rate (4)
 
Interest Rate (4)
 
Maturity Date
 
Par Amount
 
Amortized Cost
 
Fair Value (5)
 
% of Net Assets (6)
Investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Investments - 228.8%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Aerospace & Defense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MAG DS Corp
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.75%

 
7.27
%
 
6/6/2025
 
$
2,985

 
$
2,958

 
$
2,947

 
4.2
%
Novaria Holdings LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.75%

 
7.26
%
 
12/19/2024
 
3,204

 
3,172

 
3,173

 
4.4
%
Novaria Holdings LLC (Delayed Draw)
 
(7) (8) (11)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 

 
%
 
12/19/2024
 

 
(12
)
 
(12
)
 
%
Total Aerospace & Defense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,118

 
6,108

 
8.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Automotive
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rough Country, LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 3.75%

 
6.27
%
 
5/25/2023
 
2,748

 
2,748

 
2,732

 
3.9
%
TruRoad Holdings Inc.
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.25%

 
7.64
%
 
8/7/2024
 
7,092

 
7,025

 
7,006

 
9.9
%
TruRoad Holdings Inc. (Delayed Draw)
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.25%

 
7.63
%
 
8/7/2024
 
178

 
178

 
165

 
0.2
%
Total Automotive
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9,951

 
9,903

 
14.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Banking, Finance, Insurance, Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kestra Financial Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%

 
6.76
%
 
6/24/2022
 
2,694

 
2,694

 
2,693

 
3.8
%
MTC Intermediate Holdco Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%

 
7.02
%
 
1/30/2023
 
3,369

 
3,339

 
3,369

 
4.8
%
North Haven CA Holdings Inc.
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%

 
7.02
%
 
10/1/2023
 
5,710

 
5,654

 
5,659

 
8.0
%
Northern Star Industries Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.75%

 
7.55
%
 
3/28/2025
 
1,697

 
1,690

 
1,646

 
2.3
%
Total Banking, Finance, Insurance, Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13,377

 
13,367

 
18.9
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beverage, Food & Tobacco
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KSLB Holdings LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%

 
7.02
%
 
7/30/2025
 
3,000

 
2,972

 
2,966

 
4.2
%
Total Beverage, Food & Tobacco
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,972

 
2,966

 
4.2
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Equipment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MSHC Inc (Delayed Draw)
 
(7) (11)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 

 
%
 
7/31/2023
 

 

 
(7
)
 
%
Total Capital Equipment
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
(7
)
 
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
129

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS (continued)
December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands)

Portfolio Company (1) (2) (3) (12)
 
Footnotes
 
Investment
 
Spread Above Reference Rate (4)
 
Interest Rate (4)
 
Maturity Date
 
Par Amount
 
Amortized Cost
 
Fair Value (5)
 
% of Net Assets (6)
Construction & Building
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COP GNAP Holdings Inc.
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%

 
7.03
%
 
11/1/2024
 
4,407

 
4,364

 
4,366

 
6.2
%
COP GNAP Holdings Inc. (Delayed Draw)
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%

 
7.29
%
 
11/1/2024
 
1,810

 
1,784

 
1,785

 
2.5
%
Fastener Acquisition Inc.
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%

 
6.93
%
 
3/21/2025
 
6,233

 
6,205

 
6,161

 
8.7
%
SPI LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%

 
8.30
%
 
11/1/2023
 
4,400

 
4,357

 
4,358

 
6.2
%
Total Construction & Building
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16,710

 
16,670

 
23.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Goods: Durable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EagleTree-Carbide Acquisition Corp
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%

 
7.05
%
 
8/28/2024
 
2,971

 
2,961

 
2,956

 
4.2
%
Halo Buyer Inc.
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%

 
7.02
%
 
6/30/2025
 
4,201

 
4,162

 
4,133

 
5.8
%
Halo Buyer Inc. (Delayed Draw)
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%

 
7.02
%
 
6/30/2025
 
1,769

 
1,769

 
1,741

 
2.5
%
Total Consumer Goods: Durable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,892

 
8,830

 
12.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Goods: Non-durable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kramer Laboratories Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%

 
8.30
%
 
6/22/2024
 
2,985

 
2,958

 
2,985

 
4.2
%
Total Consumer Goods: Non-durable
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,958

 
2,985

 
4.2
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Containers, Packaging & Glass
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brook & Whittle Holding Corp
 
(9)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.25%

 
7.84
%
 
10/17/2024
 
2,813

 
2,786

 
2,785

 
4.0
%
Good2Grow LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%

 
6.88
%
 
11/16/2024
 
3,950

 
3,911

 
3,912

 
5.5
%
Midwest Can Company LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.00%

 
7.56
%
 
4/11/2024
 
2,388

 
2,367

 
2,343

 
3.3
%
Resource Label Group LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%

 
6.90
%
 
5/26/2023
 
1,779

 
1,761

 
1,762

 
2.5
%
Total Containers, Packaging & Glass
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10,825

 
10,802

 
15.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Energy: Electricity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brave Parent Holdings Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.00%

 
6.52
%
 
4/18/2025
 
915

 
913

 
891

 
1.3
%
Total Energy: Electricity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
913

 
891

 
1.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Radiology Partners Inc
 
(9)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%

 
6.87
%
 
7/9/2025
 
2,993

 
2,965

 
2,960

 
4.2
%
Total Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,965

 
2,960

 
4.2
%

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
130

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS (continued)
December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands)

Portfolio Company (1) (2) (3) (12)
 
Footnotes
 
Investment
 
Spread Above Reference Rate (4)
 
Interest Rate (4)
 
Maturity Date
 
Par Amount
 
Amortized Cost
 
Fair Value (5)
 
% of Net Assets (6)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
High Tech Industries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diligent Corporation
 
(9)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%

 
8.09
%
 
4/14/2022
 
4,706

 
4,685

 
4,655

 
6.6
%
Diligent Corporation (Delayed Draw)
 
(9)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%

 
8.03
%
 
4/14/2022
 
124

 
124

 
123

 
0.2
%
Diligent Corporation (Delayed Draw)
 
(9)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%

 
8.39
%
 
4/14/2022
 
353

 
351

 
349

 
0.5
%
LRN Corporation
 
(9)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%

 
8.04
%
 
12/17/2025
 
7,000

 
6,930

 
6,931

 
9.8
%
MBS Holdings Inc.
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%

 
6.77
%
 
7/2/2023
 
6,466

 
6,435

 
6,403

 
9.0
%
Orbit Purchaser LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%

 
7.17
%
 
10/21/2024
 
5,406

 
5,353

 
5,354

 
7.6
%
Orbit Purchaser LLC (Delayed Draw)
 
(7) (8) (11)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 

 
%
 
10/21/2024
 

 
(15
)
 
(15
)
 
%
Saba Software Inc.
 
(9)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%

 
7.02
%
 
5/1/2023
 
6,996

 
6,969

 
6,913

 
9.7
%
Total High Tech Industries
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30,832

 
30,713

 
43.4
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Media: Advertising, Printing & Publishing
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Iconic Group Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.00%

 
7.51
%
 
5/15/2024
 
1,353

 
1,341

 
1,328

 
1.9
%
Total Media: Advertising, Printing & Publishing
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,341

 
1,328

 
1.9
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pet Holdings ULC
 
(10)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%

 
7.90
%
 
7/5/2022
 
2,675

 
2,641

 
2,615

 
3.7
%
Pet Holdings ULC (Delayed Draw)
 
(10)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.50%

 
7.90
%
 
7/5/2022
 
301

 
298

 
295

 
0.4
%
Pet Supplies Plus LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%

 
7.28
%
 
12/12/2024
 
6,010

 
5,951

 
5,951

 
8.4
%
Total Retail
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8,890

 
8,861

 
12.5
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Services: Business
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Convey Health Solutions Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.00%

 
6.46
%
 
11/16/2024
 
7,000

 
6,931

 
6,966

 
9.8
%
Eliassen Group LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%

 
7.02
%
 
11/5/2024
 
2,400

 
2,388

 
2,388

 
3.4
%
LSCS Holdings Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%

 
6.96
%
 
3/12/2025
 
1,829

 
1,821

 
1,817

 
2.6
%
LSCS Holdings Inc (Delayed Draw)
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%

 
6.96
%
 
3/12/2025
 
429

 
427

 
426

 
0.6
%
Output Services Group Inc
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%

 
6.77
%
 
3/26/2024
 
3,493

 
3,480

 
3,420

 
4.8
%
Output Services Group Inc (Delayed Draw)
 
(7) (11)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%

 
%
 
3/26/2024
 

 

 
(11
)
 
%
Total Services: Business
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15,047

 
15,006

 
21.2
%

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
131

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS (continued)
December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands)

Portfolio Company (1) (2) (3) (12)
 
Footnotes
 
Investment
 
Spread Above Reference Rate (4)
 
Interest Rate (4)
 
Maturity Date
 
Par Amount
 
Amortized Cost
 
Fair Value (5)
 
% of Net Assets (6)
Services: Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NJEye LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%

 
7.02
%
 
9/17/2024
 
2,112

 
2,092

 
2,094

 
2.9
%
NJEye LLC (Delayed Draw)
 
(7) (8) (11)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 

 
%
 
9/16/2024
 

 
(8
)
 
(8
)
 
%
Total Services: Consumer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,084

 
2,086

 
2.9
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Telecommunications
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ensono LP
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.25%

 
7.77
%
 
6/27/2025
 
2,487

 
2,466

 
2,467

 
3.5
%
Sapphire Telecom Inc.
 
(9)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 5.25%

 
7.89
%
 
11/20/2025
 
7,000

 
6,931

 
6,933

 
9.8
%
Total Telecommunications
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9,397

 
9,400

 
13.3
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transportation: Cargo
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENC Holding Corporation
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.00%

 
6.80
%
 
5/30/2025
 
3,990

 
3,981

 
3,951

 
5.6
%
ENC Holding Corporation (Delayed Draw)
 
(7) (8) (11)
 
First Lien Term Loan
 

 
%
 
5/30/2025
 

 
(1
)
 
(2
)
 
%
REP WWEX Acquisition Parent LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.00%

 
6.87
%
 
2/5/2024
 
5,916

 
5,887

 
5,851

 
8.3
%
Transportation Insight LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.50%

 
7.02
%
 
12/18/2024
 
2,102

 
2,081

 
2,080

 
2.9
%
Total Transportation: Cargo
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11,948

 
11,880

 
16.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wholesale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ahead LLC
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loan
 
L + 4.25%

 
6.87
%
 
6/29/2023
 
7,012

 
6,981

 
7,100

 
10.0
%
Total Wholesale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,981

 
7,100

 
10.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Debt Investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
162,201

 
161,849

 
228.8
%
Total Investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
162,201

 
$
161,849

 
228.8
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Equivalents - 3.0%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Equivalents
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,139

 
$
2,139

 
$
2,139

 
3.0
%
Total Cash Equivalents
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
2,139

 
$
2,139

 
3.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Investments and Cash Equivalents - 231.8%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
164,340

 
$
163,988

 
231.8
%
_______________
(1)
Denotes that all or a portion of the assets are owned by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, SPV I. SPV I has entered into a senior secured revolving credit facility. The lenders of the SPV I Credit Facility have a first lien security interest in substantially all of the assets of SPV I. Accordingly, such assets are not available to creditors of the Company.
(2)
All investments are non-controlled/non-affiliated investments as defined by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act"). The provisions of the 1940 Act classify investments based on the level of control that the Company maintains in a particular portfolio company. As defined in the 1940 Act, a company is generally presumed to be “non-controlled” when the Company owns 25% or less of the portfolio company’s voting securities and “controlled” when the Company owns more than 25% of the portfolio company’s voting securities. The provisions of the 1940 Act also

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
132

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS (continued)
December 31, 2018
(dollars in thousands)

classify investments further based on the level of ownership that the Company maintains in a particular portfolio company. As defined in the 1940 Act, a company is generally deemed as “non-affiliated” when the Company owns less than 5% of a portfolio company’s voting securities and “affiliated” when the Company owns 5% or more of a portfolio company’s voting securities.
(3)
Unless otherwise indicated, issuers of debt held by the Company are domiciled in the United States.
(4)
The majority of the investments bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR” or "L") which reset monthly or quarterly. For each such investment, the Fund has provided the spread over LIBOR and the current contractual interest rate in effect at December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, rates for 1M L, 3M L and 6M L are 2.52%, 2.80%, and 2.87% respectively.
(5)
Investment valued using unobservable inputs (Level 3).
(6)
Percentage is based on net assets of $70,753 as of December 31, 2018.
(7)
The negative fair value is the result of the capitalized discount on the loan or the unfunded commitment being valued below par.
(8)
The negative amortized cost is the result of the capitalized discount being greater than the principal amount outstanding on the loan.
(9)
The cash rate equals the approximate current yield on our last-out portion of the unitranche facility.
(10)
Non-U.S. Company. The principal place of business for Pet Holdings ULC is Canada.
(11)
Position is an unfunded loan commitment, and no interest is being earned. The investment may be subject to an unused/letter of credit facility fee.
(12)
Security acquired in transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and may be deemed to be “restricted securities” under the Securities Act, unless otherwise noted. As of December 31, 2018, the Company did not hold any "restricted securities" under the Securities Act.


See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
133

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)


1. ORGANIZATION
Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc. (the “Company”) was formed on March 13, 2018, as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and was converted into a Maryland corporation on June 18, 2019 prior to the commencement of operations. The Company is a closed-end, externally managed, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). In addition, the Company intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Code”), for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020.
On December 31, 2019, immediately prior to the BDC election, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary Nuveen Churchill BDC SPV I, LLC (“SPV I”) merged with Churchill Middle Market CLO V Ltd. (the “Predecessor Entity”), leaving SPV I as the surviving entity (the “Merger”). SPV I is a Delaware limited liability company that was formed on November 13, 2019. SPV I had no assets or operations prior to completion of the Merger and as a result, the historical books and records of the Predecessor Entity have become the books and records of the surviving entity. The Predecessor Entity was a Cayman exempt limited company and was formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands on November 14, 2017 and commenced operations on January 12, 2018. The Predecessor Entity and SPV I were entities under common control prior to the Merger. The Company has consolidated its investments in SPV I, in accordance with its consolidation policy discussed in Note 2.
The Company’s investment objective is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns primarily through current income by investing in senior secured loans to private equity-owned U.S. middle market companies, which the Company defines as companies with approximately $10 million to $100 million of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). The Company will focus on privately originated debt to performing U.S. middle market companies, with a portfolio expected to comprise primarily of first-lien senior secured debt and unitranche loans (other than last-out positions in unitranche loans) (collectively “Senior Loans”). The Company will also opportunistically invest in junior capital opportunities (second-lien loans, subordinated debt, last-out positions in unitranche loans and equity-related securities) (collectively “Junior Capital Investments”).
The Company has entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement (defined below) with Nuveen Churchill Advisors LLC (the “Adviser”), under which the Adviser has delegated substantially all of its day-to-day portfolio management obligations through a sub-advisory agreement with Churchill Asset Management LLC (the “Sub-Adviser” or “Churchill”). Under an administration agreement (the “Administration Agreement”) the Company is provided with certain services by an administrator, Nuveen Churchill Administration LLC (the “Administrator”).
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”). The Company is an investment company for the purposes of accounting and financial reporting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946,  Financial Services—Investment Companies  (“ASC 946”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, SPV I, as of December 31, 2019. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. US GAAP for an investment company requires investments to be recorded at fair value. The carrying value for all other assets and liabilities approximates their fair value.
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP for annual financial information. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for the fair presentation of consolidated financial statements for the year and period presented have been included.

134


Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
Cash and restricted cash represent cash deposits held at financial institutions, which at times may exceed U.S. federally insured limits. The Company has restrictions on the uses of the cash held by SPV I based on the terms of the Financing Facility (refer to Note 5). Cash equivalents include short-term highly liquid investments, such as money market funds, that are readily convertible to cash and have original maturities of three months or less. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the amount of cash equivalents held were $0 and $2,139, respectively.
Valuation of Portfolio Investments
Investments are valued in accordance with the fair value principles established by FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC Topic 820”) and in accordance with the 1940 Act. ASC Topic 820’s definition of fair value focuses on the amount that would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability in the principal or most advantageous market, and prioritizes the use of market-based inputs (observable) over entity-specific inputs (unobservable) within a measurement of fair value.
ASC Topic 820 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. ASC Topic 820 also provides guidance regarding a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes information used to measure fair value and the effect of fair value measurements on earnings, and provides for enhanced disclosures determined by the level within the hierarchy of information used in the valuation. In accordance with ASC Topic 820, these inputs are summarized in the three levels listed below:
Level 1 — Valuations are based on unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that are accessible at the measurement date.
Level 2 — Valuations are based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of observable input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the investment.
Active, publicly-traded instruments are classified as Level 1 and their values are generally based on quoted market prices, even if the market’s normal daily trading volume is not sufficient to absorb the quantity held and placing orders to sell the position in a single transaction might affect the quoted price.
Fair value is generally determined as the price that would be received for an investment in a current sale, which assumes an orderly market is available for the market participants at the measurement date. If available, fair value of investments is based on directly observable market prices or on market data derived from comparable assets. The Company’s valuation policy considers the fact that no ready market may exist for many of the securities in which we invest and that fair value for its investments must be determined using unobservable inputs.

135


With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available (Level 3), the Board of Directors (the “Board”), defined further below in Note 3, will undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as follows:
i.
the quarterly valuation process will begin with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the professionals of the applicable Investment Team that are responsible for the portfolio investment;
ii.
preliminary valuation conclusions will then be documented and approved by the applicable Investment Team’s Investment Committee;
iii.
one or more third-party valuation firms engaged by, or on behalf of, the Board will provide positive assurance on portions of the portfolio each quarter (such that each investment will be reviewed by a third-party valuation firm at least once on a rolling 12-month basis), including a review of management’s preliminary valuation and recommendation of fair value;
iv.
the Audit Committee will review the valuations approved by the applicable Investment Team’s Investment Committee and, where appropriate, the independent valuation firm(s) and recommend those values to the Board; and
v.
the Board will then discuss valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith, based on the input of the applicable Investment Team, and, where appropriate, the respective independent valuation firm(s) and the Audit Committee.
The Board will make this fair value determination on a quarterly basis and in such other instances when a decision regarding the fair value of the portfolio investments is required. Factors considered by the Board as part of the valuation of investments include credit ratings/risk, the portfolio company's current and projected earnings, current and expected leverage, ability to make interest and principal payments, the estimated remaining life of the investment, liquidity, compliance with applicable loan covenants, price to earnings (or other financial) ratios of the portfolio company and other comparable companies, current market yields and interest rate spreads of similar securities as of the measurement date. Other factors taken into account include changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets, generally, that may affect the price at which similar investments would trade. The Board may also base its valuation on recent investments and securities with similar structure and risk characteristics. The Sub-Adviser obtains market data from its ongoing investment purchase efforts, in addition to specific transactions that close and are announced in industry publications. External information may include (but is not limited to) observable market data derived from the U.S. loan and equity markets. In compiling market data management may utilize third-party data as an indicator of current market conditions.
The value assigned to these investments is based upon available information and may fluctuate from period to period. In addition, it does not necessarily represent the amount that ultimately might be realized upon sale. Due to inherent uncertainty of valuation, the estimated fair value of an investment may differ from the value that would have been used had a ready market for the security existed, and the difference could be material.
Investment Transactions and Revenue Recognition
Investment transactions are recorded on trade date. Any amounts related to purchases, sales and principal paydowns that have traded, but not settled, are reflected as either a receivable for investments sold or payable for investments purchased on the consolidated statements of assets and liabilities. Realized gains and losses on investment transactions are determined on a specific identification basis and are included as net realized gain (loss) on investments in the consolidated statements of operations. Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and reflects the period-to-period change in fair value and cost of investments.
Interest income, including amortization of premium and accretion of discount on loans, and expenses are recorded on the accrual basis. The Company accrues interest income if it expects that ultimately it will be able to

136


collect such income. Generally, when a payment default occurs on a loan in the portfolio, or if management otherwise believes that the issuer of the loan will not be able to make contractual interest payments or principal payments, the Sub-Adviser will place the loan on non-accrual status and the Company will cease recognizing interest income on that loan until all principal and interest is current through payment or until a restructuring occurs, such that the interest income is deemed to be collectible. However, the Company remains contractually entitled to this interest. The Company may make exceptions to this policy if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. Accrued interest is written off when it becomes probable that the interest will not be collected and the amount of uncollectible interest can be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the year and period then ended, there were no loans in the portfolio on non-accrual status.
The Company may have loans in its portfolio that contain payment-in-kind (“PIK”) provisions. PIK represents interest that is accrued and recorded as interest income at the contractual rates, increases the loan principal on the respective capitalization dates, and is generally due at maturity. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the year and period then ended, no loans in the portfolio contained PIK provisions.
Other income may include income such as consent, waiver, amendment, unused, and prepayment fees associated with the Company’s investment activities as well as any fees for managerial assistance services rendered by the Company to the portfolio companies. Such fees are recognized as income when earned or the services are rendered. For the year and period ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, other income of $365 and  $227 , respectively, was earned primarily related to prepayment and amendment fees.
Deferred Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs include capitalized expenses related to the closing or amendments of the borrowings. Amortization of deferred financing costs are computed on the straight-line basis over the term of the borrowings. The unamortized balance of such costs is included in deferred financing costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of assets and liabilities. The amortization of such costs is included in interest and debt financing expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
Organization and Offering Costs
Organization costs consist of primarily legal, incorporation and accounting fees incurred in connection with the organization of the Company. Organization costs are expensed as incurred and are shown in the Company's consolidated statements of operations. Refer to Note 4, Related Party Transactions, for further details on the Expense Support Agreement.
Offering costs consist primarily of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the offering of shares, legal, printing and other costs associated with the preparation and filing of applicable registration statements. Offering costs are recognized as a deferred charge and are amortized on a straight-line basis over 12 months and are shown in the Company's consolidated statements of operations. To the extent such expenses relate to equity offerings, these expenses are charged as a reduction of paid-in capital upon each such offering. There were no offering costs incurred as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Income Taxes
Predecessor Entity
The Predecessor Entity was generally not subject to income taxes under the laws of the Cayman Islands. However, the Predecessor Entity could be subject to U.S. tax on income that is derived from the United States. The Predecessor Entity elected to be classified as a disregarded foreign corporation for U.S. federal, state and local income tax purposes. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, no provision has been made for income taxes.
The Predecessor Entity is required to determine whether a tax position is “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, based on the technical merits of the position. Tax positions not

137


deemed to meet a “more-likely-than-not” threshold would be recorded as a tax expense in the current period. The Predecessor Entity has reviewed the tax positions and determined that it has not incurred any liability for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. No interest expense and penalties have been recognized for the year and period ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Generally, federal, state and local authorities may examine the Predecessor Entity’s tax returns for three years from the date of filing. The Predecessor Entity is subject to income tax examination by major taxing authorities for all tax years since inception.
The Company
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company intends to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020, and intends to make the required distributions to its stockholders as specified therein. In order to qualify as a RIC, the Company must meet certain minimum distribution, source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. If such requirements are met, then the Company is generally required to pay income taxes only on the portion of its taxable income and gains it does not distribute.
The minimum distribution requirements applicable to RICs require the Company to distribute to its stockholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (“ICTI”), as defined by the Code, each year. Depending on the level of ICTI earned in a tax year, the Company may choose to carry forward ICTI in excess of current year distributions into the next tax year. Any such carryover ICTI must be distributed before the end of that next tax year through a dividend declared prior to filing the final tax return related to the year which generated such ICTI.
In addition, based on the excise distribution requirements, the Company is subject to a 4% nondeductible federal excise tax on undistributed income unless the Company distributes in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of its ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income realized, but not distributed, in the preceding year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the Company that is subject to corporate income tax is considered to have been distributed. The Company intends to timely distribute to our stockholders substantially all of our annual taxable income for each year, except that the Company may retain certain net capital gains for reinvestment and, depending upon the level of taxable income earned in a year, we may choose to carry forward taxable income for distribution in the following year and pay any applicable U.S. federal excise tax.
The Company evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing its consolidated financial statements to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely than not” to be sustained by the applicable tax authority. SPV I is a disregarded entity for tax purposes and is consolidated with the tax return of the Company. All penalties and interest associated with income taxes, if any, are included in income tax expense. For the year and period ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred  $4 and  $0 , respectively, in excise tax expense which is included in excises taxes on the consolidated statements of operations.
Dividends and Distributions to Common Stockholders
To the extent that the Company has taxable income available, the Company intends to make quarterly distributions to its common stockholders. Dividends and distributions to common stockholders are recorded on the record date. The amount to be distributed is determined by the Board each quarter and is generally based upon the taxable earnings estimated by management and available cash. Net realized capital gains, if any, will generally be distributed at least annually, although the Company may decide to retain such capital gains for investment.
The Company has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan under which shareholders will automatically receive dividends and other distributions in cash unless they elect to have their dividends and other distributions reinvested in additional shares. As a result of adopting such a plan, if the Board authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend or distribution, shareholders that have “opted in” to our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares rather than receiving cash.

138


Functional Currency
The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. Dollar and all transactions were in U.S. Dollars.
Recent Accounting Standards Updates  
The FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) ASU 2018-13,  Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement in  August 2018, which modifies disclosure requirements pertaining to fair value measurement of Level 3 securities for public companies. Under the new standard, reporting entities can remove the disclosures no longer required and amend the disclosures immediately with retrospective application. The effective date for the additional disclosures for all public and nonpublic companies is for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2019. An entity is permitted to early adopt any removed or modified disclosures immediately and delay adoption of the additional disclosures until their effective date. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not believe this change will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
In August 2018, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) adopted the final rule under SEC Release No. 33-10532, Disclosure Update and Simplification which amends certain disclosure requirements that were redundant, duplicative, overlapping, outdated or superseded. The amendments are intended to facilitate the disclosure of information to investors and simplify compliance. The final rule is effective for all filings on or after November 5, 2018. The Company has evaluated the impact of the amendments and determined the effect of the adoption of the simplification rules on financial statements were limited to the modification and removal of certain disclosures.
3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Fair Value Disclosures
The following tables presents fair value measurements of investments, by major class, and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, according to the fair value hierarchy:
As of December 31, 2019
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loans
 
 
 
 
178,780

 
$
178,780

Total
 
 
 
 
178,780

 
$
178,780

As of December 31, 2018
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Lien Term Loans
 
 
 
 
161,849

 
$
161,849

Cash Equivalents
2,139

 
 
 
 
 
2,139

Total
2,139

 
 
 
161,849

 
$
163,988


139


The following tables provide a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for investments that use Level 3 inputs for the year and period ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:
As of December 31, 2019
First Lien Term Loans
Fair value, beginning of period
$
161,849

Purchase of investments
107,122

Proceeds from principal repayments and sales of investments
(91,273
)
Amortization of premium/accretion of discount, net
214

Net realized gain on investments
490

Net change in unrealized appreciation on investments
378

Fair value, end of period
$
178,780

 
 
Net change in unrealized appreciation on non-controlled/non-affiliate company investments still held at December 31, 2019
359

As of December 31, 2018
First Lien Term Loans
Fair value, beginning of period
$

Purchase of investments
173,510

Proceeds from principal repayments and sales of investments
(11,456
)
Amortization of premium/accretion of discount, net
68

Net realized gain on investments
79

Net change in unrealized depreciation on investments
(352
)
Fair value, end of period
$
161,849

 
 
Net change in unrealized depreciation on non-controlled/non-affiliate company investments still held at December 31, 2018
352

Transfers between levels, if any, are recognized at the beginning of the period in which transfers occur. For the year and period ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, no transfers occurred between levels.
Significant Unobservable Inputs
ASC Topic 820 requires disclosure of quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. The valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements of assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:
Investment Type
 
Fair Value at December 31, 2019
 
Valuation Techniques
 
Unobservable Inputs
 
Ranges
 
Weighted Average
First Lien Term Loans
 
$
178,780

 
Market Yield Approach
 
Market Yield Discount Rates
 
5.4
%
 
9.0
%
 
7.3
%
 
 
 
 
Credit Performance
 
Credit Performance Discount Rates
 
4.2
%
 
9.3
%
 
6.6
%
 
 
 
 
Recent Transactions
 
 
 
93.5

 
100.1

 
98.2


140


Investment Type
 
Fair Value at December 31, 2018
 
Valuation Techniques (1)
 
Unobservable Inputs
 
Ranges
 
Weighted Average
First Lien Term Loans
 
$
161,849

 
Market Yield Approach
 
Market Yield Discount Rates
 
7.0
%
 
9.4
%
 
8.0
%
 
 
 
 
Credit Performance
 
Credit Performance Discount Rates
 
5.4
%
 
10.5
%
 
7.5
%
 
 
 
 
Recent Transactions
 
 
 
96.0

 
100.0

 
99.0

________________
(1)
As of December 31, 2018, $55,400 of First Lien Term Loans were recent trades and are held at accreted cost which represents fair value.
Unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the assets include market yield discount rates and credit performance discount rates. Weighted average inputs are calculated based on the relative fair value of the investments. The market yield approach compares market yield movements from the date of the closing of the investment to the reporting date. The credit performance approach determines a yield per unit of leverage at closing and compares that to a current yield per unit leverage (factoring any change in pricing and change in leverage as a result of the borrower’s actual performance) as of the reporting date. A recent market trade, if applicable, will also be factored into the valuation. Material underperformance will typically require an increase in the weighing towards the credit performance approach.
Significant increases (decreases) in discount yields could result in lower (higher) fair value measurements. Generally, a change in the assumption used for relative discount yields is accompanied by a directionally opposite change in the assumptions used in determining fair value.
4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Predecessor Entity Related Party Transactions
Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement for the original Financing Facility, the Predecessor Entity pays to its collateral manager, Nuveen Alternatives Advisors, LLC (“NAA”), a quarterly management fee on each payment date in arrears of each quarterly period equal to the product of (a) the result obtained by dividing (x) the sum of the outstanding balances of all loans owned by the Company on each day during such accrual period by (y) the number of days in such accrual period and (b) a rate equal to 0.75% per annum. For the year and period ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Predecessor Entity incurred  $1,568 and  $451 , respectively, in management fee expense.
Pursuant to the Agreement (defined in Note 5) for the original Financing Facility, the Predecessor Entity was obligated to pay or reimburse NAA, as the collateral manager, for any and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred on behalf of the Predecessor Entity. These operating expenses include items such as investment-related expenses, i.e., expenses that are reasonably determined to be related to the investment of the Predecessor Entity’s assets, such as brokerage commissions, custodial fees, bank service fees, interest expense and expenses related to a proposed investment that was not consummated, including legal costs, appraisal costs and other costs of performing due diligence. Such reimbursable operating expenses also included investment-related travel expenses and travel and related expenses incurred in sourcing loans from fund sponsors and prospective borrowers, external transaction-related legal and due diligence expenses.
Advisory Agreements
On December 31, 2019, immediately prior to our election to be regulated as a BDC, the Company entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser. The Company’s Board, including a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” as defined in the Investment Company Act (the “Independent Directors”), has approved the Investment Advisory Agreement in accordance with, and on the basis of an evaluation satisfactory to such directors as required by, the Investment Company Act.
On December 31, 2019, immediately prior to the Company’s election to be regulated as a BDC, the Adviser entered

141


into the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Churchill. The Company’s Board, including a majority of the Independent Directors, also approved the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement in accordance with, and on the basis of an evaluation satisfactory to such directors as required by, the Investment Company Act. The Adviser has delegated substantially all of its day-to-day portfolio-management obligations as set forth in the Investment Advisory Agreement to Churchill pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement. The Adviser has general oversight over the investment process on behalf of the Company and will manage the capital structure of the Company, including, but not limited to, asset and liability management. The Adviser also has ultimate responsibility for the Company’s performance under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement.
Unless terminated earlier as described below, each Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for a period of two years from December 31, 2019 and will remain in effect from year-to-year thereafter if approved annually by the Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities and, in each case, a majority of our independent directors. Each of the Advisory Agreements will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by the applicable Adviser and may be terminated by either the Company or the applicable Adviser without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities may also terminate any of the Advisory Agreements without penalty. The Adviser will retain a portion of the management fee and incentive fee. The remaining amounts will be paid by the Adviser to Churchill as compensation for services provided pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement.
Prior to any Exchange Listing, or any listing of its securities on any other public trading market the base management fee will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears at an annual rate of 0.75% of Average Total Assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents and undrawn capital commitments and including assets financed using leverage, at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. For purposes of this calculation, cash and cash equivalents include any temporary investments in cash-equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high quality investment grade debt investments that mature in 12 months or less from the date of investment. Following an Exchange Listing, the base management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.25% of Average Total Assets.
Prior to an Exchange Listing, or any listing of its securities on any other public trading market, the Company will pay no incentive fee to the Adviser.
Following an Exchange Listing, the Company will pay an incentive fee to the Adviser that will consist of two parts. The first part will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for the preceding quarter. The second part of the incentive fee is a capital gains incentive fee that will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each fiscal year.
Pre-incentive fee net investment income will not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital gains or losses. If any distributions from portfolio companies are characterized as a return of capital, such returns of capital would affect the capital gains incentive fee to the extent a gain or loss is realized. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that the Company may pay an incentive fee in a quarter in which it incurs a loss. For example, if the Company receives pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the hurdle rate (as defined below) for a quarter, the Company will pay the applicable incentive fee even if it has incurred a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses.
Pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets (defined as total assets less indebtedness and before taking into account any incentive fees payable during the period) at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, is compared to a fixed “hurdle rate” of 1.50% per quarter (6% annually).
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Company pays its Adviser an incentive fee with respect to its pre-incentive fee net investment income in each calendar quarter as follows:
no incentive fee in any calendar quarter in which the pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed the hurdle rate of 1.50% (6% annually);

142


100% of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 1.76% in any calendar quarter following an Exchange Listing. The Company refers to this portion of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income as the “catch-up” provision. Following an Exchange Listing, the catch-up is meant to provide the Adviser with 15.0% of the pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply if this net investment income exceeds 1.76% in any calendar quarter; and
following an Exchange Listing, 15.0% of the amount of pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds 1.76% in any calendar quarter.
Following an Exchange Listing, the second part of the incentive fee is a capital gains incentive fee that will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each fiscal year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), and equals 15.0% of the Company’s realized capital gains as of the end of the fiscal year following an Exchange Listing. In determining the capital gains incentive fee payable to the Adviser, the Company will calculate the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains and cumulative aggregate realized capital losses since inception, and the aggregate unrealized capital depreciation as of the date of the calculation, as applicable, with respect to each of the investments in the Company’s portfolio. For this purpose, cumulative aggregate realized capital gains, if any, equals the sum of the differences between the net sales price of each investment, when sold, and the amortized cost of such investment. Cumulative aggregate realized capital losses equals the sum of the amounts by which the net sales price of each investment, when sold, is less than the amortized cost of such investment since inception. Aggregate unrealized capital depreciation equals the sum of the difference, if negative, between the valuation of each investment as of the applicable calculation date and the amortized cost of such investment. At the end of the applicable year, the amount of capital gains that will serve as the basis for the calculation of the capital gains incentive fee equals the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains less cumulative aggregate realized capital losses, less aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, with respect to our portfolio of investments. If this number is positive at the end of such year, then the capital gains incentive fee for such year equals 15.0% of such amount following an Exchange Listing, as applicable, less the aggregate amount of any capital gains incentive fees paid in respect of the Company’s portfolio in all prior years following an Exchange Listing.
The Predecessor Entity incurred management fees during 2019 and 2018, however the Company did not incur any management or incentive fees for the year ended December 31, 2019 under the Advisory Agreement.
Administration Agreement
On December 31, 2019, the Company entered into an administration agreement with the Administrator (the “Administration Agreement”), which was approved by the Board. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, the Administrator will furnish the Company with office facilities and equipment and provide clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping and other administrative services at such facilities. The Administrator will perform, or oversee the performance of, the required administrative services, which include, among other things, assisting the Company with the preparation of the financial records that the Company is required to maintain and with the preparation of reports to shareholders and reports filed with the SEC. At the request of the Adviser or the Sub-Adviser, the Administrator also may provide managerial assistance on the Company’s behalf to those portfolio companies that have accepted the Company’s offer to provide such assistance. U.S. Bank, National Association (“U.S. Bank”), will provide the Company with certain fund administration and bookkeeping services pursuant to a sub-administration agreement with the Administrator.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company incurred $97 in fees under the Administrative Agreement, which were included other general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2019, $31was unpaid and included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of assets and liabilities.

143


Expense Support Agreement
On December 31, 2019, the Company entered into an expense support and conditional reimbursement agreement (the “Expense Support Agreement”) with the Adviser. The Adviser may pay certain expenses of the Company, provided that no portion of the payment will be used to pay any interest expense of the Company (each, an “Expense Payment”). Such Expense Payment will be made in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after a written commitment from the Adviser to pay such expense, and/or by an offset against amounts due from the Company to the Adviser or its affiliates.
Following any calendar quarter in which Available Operating Funds exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to our Shareholders based on distributions declared with respect to record dates occurring in such calendar quarter (such amount referred to as the “Excess Operating Funds”), the Company shall pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof (each, a “Reimbursement Payment”), to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar quarter have been reimbursed. The amount of the Reimbursement Payment for any calendar quarter shall equal the lesser of (i) the Excess Operating Funds in such quarter and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar quarter that have not been previously reimbursed by the Company to the Adviser.
No Reimbursement Payment will be made for any quarter if: (1) the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share declared by the Company at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is less than the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates, or (2) the Company’s Operating Expense Ratio at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is greater than the Operating Expense Ratio at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates. The Adviser may waive its right to receive all or a portion of any Reimbursement Payment in any particular calendar quarter, so that such Reimbursement Payment may be reimbursable in a future calendar quarter within three years of the date of the applicable Expense Payment .
The follow table presents a summary of the Expense Payments and Reimbursement Payments since the Company’s commencement of operations:
For the Year Ended
 
Expense Payment by Adviser
 
Reimbursement Payments to Adviser
 
Unreimbursed Expense Payments
December 31, 2018
 

 

 

December 31, 2019
 
1,696

 

 
1,696

Directors’ Fees
The Company’s Board currently consists of seven members, five of whom are Independent Directors. On December 9, 2019, the Board established an Audit Committee consisting of its Independent Directors. The Board also established a Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board and a Special Transactions Committee of the Board, and may establish additional committees in the future. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company incurred $23 in fees which are included in Directors’ fees in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2019, $23 , was unpaid and is included in Directors’ fees payable in the accompanying consolidated statements of assets and liabilities. The Predecessor Entity did not incur any directors’ fees in 2018.
Due to Affiliate
As of December 31, 2019 there was a payable due to the Sub-Adviser of $9 related to reimbursement of other general and administrative expenses paid by the Sub-Adviser on behalf of the Company.

144


5. BORROWINGS
The Predecessor Entity borrowed funds under a credit agreement (the “Agreement”) executed on October 23, 2018. The Agreement was originally executed among the Predecessor Entity, Nuveen Alternatives Advisors LLC, as the original collateral manager to the Predecessor Entity, TIAA, as the sole preference shareholder (the “Preference Shareholder”), and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as lender (the “Lender”) and administrative agent. As part of the Agreement, the Predecessor Entity issued to Lender a $175,000,000 variable funding note, due to expire on October 23, 2019. The amount of the borrowings under such note equals the amount of the outstanding advances. Each advance borrowing bears an interest rate of one-month LIBOR, plus 2.25 % per annum. In addition, there is an unused commitment fee per annum of the undrawn amount. The Predecessor Entity was also subject to two commitment fee rates through October 15, 2019. Prior to its expiration in October 2019, the Predecessor Entity amended and restated the Agreement with the Lender which extended the maturity date to October 28, 2020 (the “Financing Facility”) and removed the above-referenced commitment fee rates. The Financing Facility includes certain financial covenants related to asset coverage and liquidity and other maintenance covenants.
Effective on the date of the Merger, the Agreement with the Lender was transferred to SPV I and the borrowings under the Agreement were assumed by SPV I.
The fair value of the Financing Facility, which would be categorized as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, approximates its carrying value. The carrying amounts of the Company and Predecessor Entity’s assets and liabilities, including the Financing Facility, other than investments at fair value, approximate fair value due to their short maturities. The borrowings consisted of the following as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:
 
December 31, 2019
Total Commitment
$
175,000

Borrowings Outstanding
118,435

Unused Portion (1)
56,565

Amount Available (2)
52,779

_______________
(1)
The unused portion is the amount upon which commitment fees are based.
(2)
Available for borrowing based on the computation of collateral to support the borrowings and subject to compliance with applicable covenants and financial ratios.
 
December 31, 2018
Total Commitment
$
175,000

Borrowings Outstanding
87,335

Unused Portion (1)
87,665

Amount Available (2)
82,500

_______________
(1)
The unused portion is the amount upon which commitment fees are based.
(2)
Available for borrowing based on the computation of collateral to support the borrowings and subject to compliance with applicable covenants and financial ratios.

145


For the year and period ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the components of interest expense and debt financing expenses were as follows:
 
December 31, 2019
Borrowing interest expense
$
5,938

Unused fees
365

Amortization of annual commitment fee
443

Total interest and debt financing expenses
$
6,746

Average interest rate
4.8
%
Average daily borrowings
$
130,924

 
December 31, 2018
Borrowing interest expense
$
1,236

Unused fees
866

Amortization of annual commitment fee
100

Total interest and debt financing expenses
$
2,202

Average interest rate
7.7
%
Average daily borrowings
$
27,456

6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
In the ordinary course of its business, the Company enters into contracts or agreements that contain indemnification or warranties. Future events could occur that lead to the execution of these provisions against the Company. The Company believes that the likelihood of such an event is remote; however, the maximum potential exposure is unknown. No accrual has been made in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 for any such exposure.

146


The investments held as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 include the following unfunded commitments:
Portfolio Company
 
December 31, 2019
 
December 31, 2018
Blackbird Purchaser Inc
 
$
640

 
$

Brillio LLC
 
1,000

 

COP GNAP Holdings Inc.
 

 
783

ENC Holding Corporation
 

 
243

MSHC Inc.
 

 
900

NJEye LLC
 
351

 
882

North Haven Spartan US Holdco LLC
 
1,228

 

Novaria Holdings LLC
 

 
1,232

Orbit Purchaser LLC
 

 
1,581

Output Services Group Inc
 
24

 
517

TailWind Randys LLC
 
500

 

TruRoad Holdings Inc.
 

 
838

Unified Physician Management LLC
 
432

 

Total unfunded commitments
 
$
4,175

 
$
6,976

7. NET ASSETS
The Predecessor Entity authorized the issuance of up to 497,500,000 redeemable Preference Shares (“Preference Shares”), par value of U.S. $0.0001 per share. The Predecessor Entity issued 14,800,000 and 70,200,000 Preference Shares to one preference shareholder, Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America, (“TIAA” or the “Preference Shareholder”) during 2019 and 2018, respectively. Prior to the Merger in 2019, 21,000,000 of Preference Shares were redeemed by the Preference Shareholder. TIAA is an affiliate of the Company.
The Predecessor Entity authorized and issued 250 ordinary shares of capital. These ordinary shares were held by MaplesFS Limited, the share registrar of the Predecessor Entity, as of December 31, 2018. The ordinary shares had zero market value in the Predecessor Entity as of December 31, 2018 and prior to the Merger.
Pursuant to the Agreement, on each quarterly payment date, in accordance with order of priority of payments, the collateral manager directed the collateral agent to allocate any collected interest proceeds not otherwise paid out to be allocated as a distribution to the preference shareholders. The Predecessor Entity paid distributions of $ 5,628 and $882 to the Preference Shareholder during 2019 and 2018, respectively, prior to the Merger.
The Company has the authority to issue 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 per share par value. On December 19, 2019, the Company issued its initial 50 shares to TIAA in connection with the formation of the Company. On December 31, 2019, as a result of the Merger, the Preference Shares issued by the Predecessor Entity were converted and exchanged for 3,310,540 shares of common stock of the Company, the ordinary shares were dissolved at the time of the Merger. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s sole shareholder, TIAA, had $33,788 of unfunded commitments.

147


8. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The following is a schedule of financial highlights for the year and period ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:
 
December 31, 2019
 
December 31, 2018
Per share data:
 
 
 
Net asset value at beginning of period
$
19.48

 
$

Net investment income(1)
1.58

 
0.86

Net realized gain (loss)
0.12

 

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)(1)
0.09

 
(0.14
)
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations(1)
1.79

 
0.72

Stockholder distributions from income(2)
(1.46
)
 
(0.33
)
Issuance of preference shares

 
19.33

Other(6)
0.19

 
(0.24
)
Net asset value at end of period
$
20.00

 
$
19.48

 
 
 
 
Net assets at end of period
$
66,211

 
70,753

Shares outstanding at end of period(1)
3,310,590

 
3,631,300

Total return(3)
10.39
%
 
2.48
%
 
 
 
 
Ratio/Supplemental data:
 
 
 
Ratio of net expenses to average net assets(4)
11.71
%
 
6.01
%
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets(4)
8.37
%
 
3.67
%
Portfolio turnover(5)
46.17
%
 
13.56
%
________________
(1)
The per share data was derived by using the weighted average shares outstanding during the period. For all periods prior to December 31, 2019 the number of shares outstanding has been reduced retroactively by a factor of 0.05717. This factor represents the effective impact of the reduction in shares resulting from the Merger, as all entities are under common control.
(2)
The per share data for distributions reflects the actual amount of distributions declared during the period.
(3)
Total return is calculated as the change in net asset value (“NAV”) per share during the period, plus distributions per share, if any, divided by the beginning NAV per share. Dividends and distributions, if any, are assumed for purposes of this calculation to be reinvested at the quarter end NAV per share preceding the distribution.
(4)
Ratios are annualized except for expense support amounts relating to organizational costs. The ratio of total operating expenses to average net assets was 13.92% on an annualized basis, excluding the effect of expense support which represented (2.21%) of average net assets. Average net assets is calculated utilizing quarterly net assets.
(5)
Portfolio turnover rate is calculated using the lesser of year-to-date sales or year-to-date purchases over the average of the invested assets at fair value for the periods reported.
(6)
Includes the impact of different share amounts used in calculating per share data as a result of calculating certain per share data based on weighted average shares outstanding during the period and certain per share data based on shares outstanding as of a period end or transaction date.
9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company’s management evaluated subsequent events through January 23, 2020, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. There have been no subsequent events that occurred during such period that would require disclosure in, or would be required to be recognized in, these consolidated financial statements.

148


ITEM 14.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
On December 31, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of the Predecessor Entity, and, as such, the historical financial statements of the Predecessor Entity became the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company. The financial statements of the Predecessor Entity as of and for the period ended December 31, 2018 were audited by Grant Thornton LLP.
On December 9, 2019 the Predecessor Entity dismissed Grant Thornton LLP, the independent public accounting firm of the Predecessor Entity. Thereafter, on the same day, the Audit Committee and the Company appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) as the Company's independent registered public accounting firm. PwC's appointment will be for the Company's fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, and related interim periods.
In connection with the audit by Grant Thornton LLP of the Predecessor Entity's consolidated financial statements for the fiscal period ending December 31, 2018, and subsequent interim period through December 9, 2019, there were: (i) no disagreements with Grant Thornton LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreement(s), if not resolved to Grant Thornton LLP's satisfaction, would have caused Grant Thornton LLP to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement(s); and (ii) no reportable events as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K. Further, the audit reports of Grant Thornton LLP relating to the Predecessor Entity's consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ending December 31, 2018 did not contain any adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.
The Company provided Grant Thornton LLP with a copy of this Registration Statement prior to filing it with the SEC and has requested and received from Grant Thornton LLP a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether Grant Thornton LLP agrees with the statements made herein. A copy of that letter, dated January 29, 2020 is attached as Exhibit 16.1 to this Registration Statement.
During the Company’s two most recent fiscal years ending December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, and for the subsequent interim period through December 9, 2019, neither the Company nor anyone on its behalf consulted PwC regarding either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed; or on the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the consolidated financial statements of the Company, and neither a written report nor oral advice was provided to the Company that PwC concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K or a reportable event as described in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.


149


ITEM 15.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS
(a)
List separately all financial statements filed
The financial statements attached to this Registration Statement are listed under “Item 13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
(b)
Exhibits
3.1
 
 
 
 
3.2
 
 
 
 
3.3
 
 
 
 
3.4
 
 
 
 
4.1
 
 
 
 
4.2
 
 
 
 
10.1
 
 
 
 
10.2
 
 
 
 
10.3
 
 
 
 
10.4
 
 
 
 
10.5
 
 
 
 
10.6
 
 
 
 
10.7
 
 
 
 
10.8
 
 
 
 
10.9
 
 
 
 
16.1
 
 
 
 
21.1
 
_______________
*
Filed herewith.
(1)
Previously filed on December 23, 2019 with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 10 (File No. 000-56133) and incorporated by reference herein.


150


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc.
 
 
By:
/s/ Kenneth Kencel
 
Name: Kenneth Kencel
 
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Date: January 29, 2020


151
Exhibit 3.2

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
FIRST: Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc., a Maryland corporation, desires to amend and restate its charter (the “Charter”) as currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.
SECOND: The following provisions are all the provisions of the Charter currently in effect and as hereinafter amended:
Article I. INCORPORATOR
John McCally, whose address is 8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd, C2-08-04, Charlotte, North Carolina 28262, being at least eighteen years of age, formed a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland on June 18, 2019.
Article II. NAME
The name of the corporation (the “Corporation”) is: Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc.
Article III. PURPOSES AND POWERS
The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force, including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a business development company, subject to making an election with respect thereto, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (together with any rules and regulations and any applicable guidance and/or interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or its staff promulgated thereunder, the “1940 Act”).
Article IV. PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN STATE AND RESIDENT AGENT
The street address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 820, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. The name of the resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 820, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.
Article V. PROVISIONS FOR DEFINING, LIMITING
AND REGULATING CERTAIN POWERS
OF THE CORPORATION AND OF
THE STOCKHOLDERS AND DIRECTORS
Section 5.01 Number, Vacancies, Classification and Election of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation (the “Directors”) is seven, which number may be increased or decreased only by the Board of Directors pursuant to the bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”), or the Charter, but shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”). A director shall have the qualifications, if any, specified in the Bylaws. The names of the Directors who shall serve until their respective successors are duly elected and qualify are:
Kenneth Kencel



Michael Perry
Stephen Potter
David Kirchheimer
Kenneth Miranda
James Ritchie
Reena Aggarwal
Any vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws.
The Corporation elects, effective at such time as it becomes eligible under Section 3-802 of the MGCL to make the election provided for under Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, that, except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of stock or as may be required by the 1940 Act, any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors in office, even if the remaining Directors do not constitute a quorum, and any Director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred.
On the first date on which the Corporation shall have more than one stockholder of record, the Directors (other than any Director elected solely by holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Shares (as defined herein) in connection with dividend arrearages) shall be classified, with respect to the terms for which they severally hold office, into three classes, as determined by the Board of Directors, as nearly equal in size as is practicable. The term of office of one class of Directors (the “Class 1 Directors”) shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of another class of Directors (the “Class 2 Directors”) shall expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders and the term of office of the remaining class of Directors (the “Class 3 Directors”) shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders, with the members of each class to hold office until their respective successors are duly elected and qualify. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to the class of Directors whose term expires at such meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election and until their respective successors are duly elected and qualify.
Section 5.02 Extraordinary Actions. Except as specifically provided in Section 5.07 (relating to removal of Directors) and in Section 8.02 (relating to certain amendments to the Charter), notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to be taken or approved by the affirmative vote of the Corporation’s stockholders (the “Stockholders”) entitled to cast a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of Stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
Section 5.03 Election of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation, each director shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of Stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present.
Section 5.04 Authorization by Board of Stock Issuance. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance from time to time of Shares (as defined herein) of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into Shares of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration, if any, as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (including compensation for the Directors or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Charter or the Bylaws.

2


Section 5.05 Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights. Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified Shares pursuant to Section 6.06 or as may otherwise be provided by a contract approved by the Board of Directors, no holder of Shares shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional Shares or any other security of the Corporation which the Corporation may issue or sell. Holders of Shares shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting Stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, upon such terms and conditions specified by the Board of Directors, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of Shares, or any proportion of the Shares thereof, to a particular transaction or all transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such Shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.
Section 5.06 Determinations by Board. The determination as to any of the following matters, made by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Corporation and every holder of Shares: the amount of the net income of the Corporation for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, acquisition of its stock or the payment of other distributions on its stock; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other cash flow, funds from operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been set aside, paid or discharged); any interpretation or resolution of any ambiguity with respect to any provision of the Charter (including any of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of any class or series of Shares) or the Bylaws; the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Corporation or of any Shares; the number of Shares of any class or series of the Corporation; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Corporation to the extent not otherwise delegated to the investment manager of the Corporation; any interpretation of the terms and conditions of one or more agreements with any person, corporation, association, company, trust, partnership (limited or general) or other entity; the compensation of Directors, officers, employees or agents of the Corporation; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Corporation or required or permitted by applicable law, the Charter or Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board of Directors.
Section 5.07 Removal of Directors. From and after the first date on which the Corporation shall have more than one stockholder of record, any Director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time only for cause by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of Directors, voting together as a single class. For the purpose of this paragraph, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any particular Director, conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that such Director caused demonstrable, material harm to the Corporation through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.
Section 5.08 Stockholder Action by Unanimous Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Stockholders, unless such action is taken at a duly called annual or special meeting of Stockholders, may only be taken by the unanimous written consent of all Stockholders entitled to vote thereon.

3


Section 5.09 Exclusive Forum. All Stockholders shall be subject to the forum selection provisions for any direct or derivative action or proceeding as may be set forth in the Bylaws.
Section 5.10 Corporate Opportunities. The Corporation shall have the power to renounce, by resolution of the Board of Directors, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities or class or categories of business opportunities that are (a) presented to the Corporation or (b) developed by or presented to one or more Directors or officers of the Corporation.
Article VI. STOCK
Section 6.01 Authorized Shares. The Corporation has authority to issue 500,000,000 shares of stock (“Shares”), initially consisting of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Shares”), and no shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Preferred Shares”). The aggregate par value of all authorized Shares having par value is $5,000,000.00. If Shares of one class or series are classified or reclassified into Shares of another class or series pursuant to this Article VI, the number of authorized Shares of the former class or series shall be automatically decreased and the number of Shares of the latter class or series shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of Shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of Shares of all classes and series that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of Shares set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph. The Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board and without any action by the Stockholders, may amend the Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of Shares or the number of Shares of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.
Section 6.02 Common Shares. Except as may otherwise be specified in the Charter, each Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. The Board of Directors may reclassify any unissued shares of Common Stock from time to time into one or more classes or series of stock.
Section 6.03 Preferred Shares. The Board of Directors may classify any unissued Preferred Shares and reclassify any previously classified but unissued Preferred Shares of any series from time to time, into one or more classes or series of Shares.
Section 6.04 Voting. Except as provided below, on each matter submitted to a vote of the Stockholders, each holder of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to one vote for each share standing in such Stockholder’s name on the books of the Corporation on the applicable record date.
Section 6.05 Quorum. The presence in person or by proxy of holders of Shares of the Corporation entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast (without regard to class) shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of Stockholders, except with respect to any such matter that, under applicable statutes or regulatory requirements or the Charter, requires approval by a separate vote of one or more classes or series of Shares, in which case the presence in person or by proxy of Stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by such classes or series of Shares on such matter shall constitute a quorum. To the extent permitted by Maryland law as in effect from time to time, the foregoing quorum provision may be changed by the Bylaws.
Section 6.06 Classified or Reclassified Shares. Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified Shares of any class or series, the Board of Directors by resolution shall: (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of Shares; (b) specify the number of Shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change, subject to the express terms of any class or series of Shares outstanding at the

4


time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers (including exclusive voting rights, if any), restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the Corporation to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (“SDAT”). Any of the terms of any class or series of Shares set or changed pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 6.06 may be made dependent upon facts or events ascertainable outside the Charter (including determinations by the Board of Directors or other facts or events within the control of the Corporation) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of Shares is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary or other charter document filed with the SDAT.
Section 6.07 Charter and Bylaws. The rights of all Stockholders and the terms of all Shares are subject to the provisions of the Charter and the Bylaws.
Section 6.08 No Issuance of Share Certificates. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Corporation shall not issue stock certificates. A Stockholder’s investment shall be recorded on the books of the Corporation. To transfer his or her Shares, a Stockholder shall submit an executed form to the Corporation, which form shall be provided by the Corporation upon request. Such transfer also will be recorded on the books of the Corporation. Upon issuance or transfer of Shares, the Corporation will provide the Stockholder with information concerning his or her rights with regard to such Shares, as required by the Bylaws and the MGCL or other applicable law.
Section 6.09 Right of Inspection. A Stockholder that is otherwise eligible under applicable law to inspect the Corporation’s books of account, stock ledger, or other specified documents of the Corporation shall have no right to make such inspection if the Board of Directors determines that such stockholder has an improper purpose for requesting such inspection.
Article VII. LIABILITY LIMITATION AND INDEMNIFICATION
Section 7.01 Limitation of Director and Officer Liability. To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of Directors and officers of a corporation, no present or former director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages. 
Section 7.02 Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Corporation shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former director or officer of the Corporation and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner, manager, member or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to, or witness in, the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided by the Charter shall vest immediately upon the election of a director or officer. The Corporation may, with the approval of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, provide such indemnification and advance for expenses to an individual who served a predecessor of the Corporation in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Corporation or a predecessor of the Corporation. The indemnification and payment or

5


reimbursement of expenses provided in the Charter shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or payment or reimbursement of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, resolution, insurance or agreement or otherwise.
Section 7.03 1940 Act Limitation on Indemnification. The provisions of this Article VII shall be subject to the requirements and limitations of the 1940 Act.
Section 7.04 Amendment or Repeal. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or Bylaws inconsistent with this Article VII, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sections of this Article VII with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal, or adoption.
Article VIII. AMENDMENTS
Section 8.01 Amendments Generally. The Corporation reserves the right from time to time, upon the requisite approval by the Board of Directors and/or the Stockholders, to make any amendment to the Charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, of any Shares. All rights and powers conferred by the Charter on Stockholders, Directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation.
Section 8.02 Approval of Certain Extraordinary Actions and Charter Amendments.
(a)
Required Votes. The affirmative vote of the Stockholders entitled to cast at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast, with holders of each class or series of Shares voting as a separate class, is required to approve:
(i)
Any amendment to the Charter to make Common Shares a “redeemable security” and any other proposal to convert the Corporation from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company” (as defined in the 1940 Act);
(ii)
The liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation and any amendment to the Charter to effect any such liquidation or dissolution;
(iii)
Any merger, consolidation, conversion, share exchange or sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation that the MGCL requires be approved by the Stockholders; and
(iv)
Any merger, consolidation, conversion, share exchange or sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation that the MGCL requires be approved by the Stockholders; and
(v)
Any transaction between (A) the Corporation and (B) a person, or group of persons acting together (including, without limitation, a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor provision), that is entitled to exercise or direct the exercise, or acquire the right to exercise or direct the exercise, directly or indirectly, other than solely by virtue of a revocable proxy, of one-tenth or more of the voting power in the election of Directors generally, or any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with, or employed by or acting as an agent of, any such person or member of such group;

6


provided, however, that, if the Continuing Directors (as defined herein), by a vote of at least majority of such Continuing Directors, in addition to approval by the Board of Directors, approve such proposal, transaction or amendment referred to in (i)-(v) above, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter shall be sufficient to approve such proposal, transaction or amendment; and provided further, that, with respect to any transaction referred to in (a)(v) above, if such transaction is approved by the Continuing Directors, by a vote of at least majority of such Continuing Directors, no Stockholder approval of such transaction shall be required unless the MGCL or another provision of the Charter or Bylaws otherwise requires such approval.
Continuing Director” means (i) the directors identified in Section 5.01, (ii) the directors whose nomination for election by the Stockholders or whose election by the Board of Directors to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors is approved by a majority of the directors identified in Section 5.01, who are on the Board at the time of the nomination or election, as applicable, or (iii) any successor directors whose nomination for election by the Stockholders or whose election by the Board of Directors to fill vacancies is approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors or successor Continuing Directors, who are on the Board at the time of the nomination or election, as applicable.
THIRD: The amendment to and restatement of the Charter as hereinabove set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.
FOURTH: The current address of the principal office of the Corporation is as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Charter.
FIFTH: The name and address of the Corporation’s current resident agent are as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Charter.
SIXTH: The number of Directors of the Corporation and the names of those currently in office are as set forth in Article V of the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Charter.
SEVENTH: The undersigned acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and, as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned acknowledges that, to the best of the undersigned’s knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.
-Signature page follows-

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its Chief Executive Officer and President and attested to by its Secretary on the 26th day of December, 2019.
ATTEST:
 
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
 
 
 
/s/ John D. McCally
 
/s/ Kenneth J. Kencel
Name: John D. McCally
 
Name: Kenneth J. Kencel
Title: Secretary
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

8
Exhibit 3.3

NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
BYLAWS
NOVEMBER 6, 2019
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE. The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland shall be located at such place as the Board of Directors may designate.
Section 2. ADDITIONAL OFFICES. The Corporation may have additional offices, including a principal executive office, at such places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. PLACE. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation or at such other place as shall be set by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.
Section 2. ANNUAL MEETING. Commencing with the 2020 annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, an annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Corporation shall be held on a date and at the time set by the Board of Directors.
Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS.
(a) General. Each of the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors may call a special meeting of the stockholders. Subject to subsection (b) of this Section 3, a special meeting of stockholders shall also be called by the Secretary of the Corporation to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting.
(b) Stockholder Requested Special Meetings.
(1) Any stockholder of record seeking to have stockholders request a special meeting shall, by sending written notice to the Secretary (the “Record Date Request Notice”) by registered mail, return receipt requested, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date to determine the stockholders entitled to request a special meeting (the “Requested Record Date”). The Record Date Request Notice shall set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it, shall be signed by one or more stockholders of record as of the date of signature (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the Record Date Request Notice), shall bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) and shall set forth all information relating to each such stockholder and each matter proposed to be acted on at the meeting that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for election of directors in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act”). Upon receiving the Record Date Request Notice, the Board of Directors may fix a Requested Record Date. The Requested Record Date shall not precede and shall not be more than ten days after the close of business on the date on which the resolution fixing the Requested Record Date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors, within ten days after the date on which a valid Record Date Request Notice is received, fails to adopt a resolution fixing



the Requested Record Date, the Requested Record Date shall be the close of business on the tenth day after the first date on which a Record Date Request Notice is received by the Secretary.
(2) In order for any stockholder to request a special meeting to act on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders, one or more written requests for a special meeting (collectively, the “Special Meeting Request”) signed by stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in a writing accompanying the request) as of the Requested Record Date entitled to cast a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting (the “Special Meeting Percentage”) shall be delivered to the Secretary. In addition, the Special Meeting Request shall (a) set forth the purpose of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at it (which shall be limited to those lawful matters set forth in the Record Date Request Notice received by the Secretary), (b) bear the date of signature of each such stockholder (or such agent) signing the Special Meeting Request, (c) set forth the name and address, as they appear in the Corporation’s books, of each stockholder signing such request (or on whose behalf the Special Meeting Request is signed) and the class, series and number of all shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned by each such stockholder, and the nominee holder for, and number of, shares owned by such stockholder beneficially but not of record, (d) be sent to the Secretary by registered mail, return receipt requested, and (e) be received by the Secretary within 60 days after the Requested Record Date. Any requesting stockholder (or agent duly authorized in a writing accompanying the revocation of the Special Meeting Request) may revoke his, her or its request for a special meeting at any time by written revocation delivered to the Secretary.
(3) The Secretary shall inform the requesting stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing or delivering the notice of the meeting (including the Corporation’s proxy materials). The Secretary shall not be required to call a special meeting upon stockholder request and such meeting shall not be held unless, in addition to the documents required by paragraph (2) of this Section 3(b), the Secretary receives payment of such reasonably estimated cost prior to the preparation and mailing or delivery of such notice of the meeting.
(4) Except as provided in the next sentence, any special meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors. In the case of any special meeting called by the Secretary upon the request of stockholders (a “Stockholder Requested Meeting”), such meeting shall be held at such place, date and time as may be designated by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the date of any Stockholder Requested Meeting shall be not more than 90 days after the record date for such meeting (the “Meeting Record Date”); and provided further that if the Board of Directors fails to designate, within ten days after the date that a valid Special Meeting Request is actually received by the Secretary (the “Delivery Date”), a date and time for a Stockholder Requested Meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m. local time on the 90th day after the Meeting Record Date or, if such 90th day is not a Business Day (as defined below), on the first preceding Business Day; and provided further that in the event that the Board of Directors fails to designate a place for a Stockholder Requested Meeting within ten days after the Delivery Date, then such meeting shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation. In fixing a date for any special meeting, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors may consider such factors as he, she or it deems relevant, including, without limitation, the nature of the matters to be considered, the facts and circumstances surrounding any request for meeting and any plan of the Board of Directors to call an annual meeting or a special meeting. In the case of any Stockholder Requested Meeting, if the Board of Directors fails to fix a Meeting Record Date that is a date within 30 days after the Delivery Date, then the close of business on the 30th day after the Delivery Date shall be the Meeting Record Date. The Board of Directors may revoke the notice for any Stockholder Requested Meeting in the event that the requesting stockholders fail to comply with the provisions of paragraph (3) of this Section 3(b).
(5) If written revocations of the Special Meeting Request have been delivered to the Secretary and the result is that stockholders of record (or their agents duly authorized in writing), as of the Request Record Date, entitled to cast less than the Special Meeting Percentage have delivered, and not revoked, requests for a special meeting to the Secretary: (i) if the notice of meeting has not already been delivered, the Secretary shall refrain from delivering the notice of the meeting and send to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked such requests written notice of any revocation of a request for a special meeting, or (ii) if the notice of meeting has been delivered and if the Secretary first sends to all requesting stockholders who have not revoked requests for a special meeting written notice of any revocation of a request for the special meeting and written notice of the Corporation’s intention to revoke the notice of the meeting or for the chair of the meeting to adjourn the meeting without action on the meeting, (A) the Secretary may revoke the

2


notice of the meeting at any time before ten days before the commencement of the meeting or (B) the chair of the meeting may call the meeting to order and adjourn the meeting from time to time without acting on the matter. Any request for a special meeting received after a revocation by the Secretary of a notice of a meeting shall be considered a request for a new special meeting.
(6) The Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or the President may appoint independent inspectors of elections to act as the agent of the Corporation for the purpose of promptly performing a ministerial review of the validity of any purported Special Meeting Request received by the Secretary. For the purpose of permitting the inspectors to perform such review, no such Special Meeting Request shall be deemed to have been received by the Secretary until the earlier of (i) five Business Days after receipt by the Secretary of such purported request and (ii) such date as the independent inspectors certify to the Corporation that the valid requests received by the Secretary represent, as of the Request Record Date, not less than the Special Meeting Percentage. Nothing contained in this paragraph (6) shall in any way be construed to suggest or imply that the Corporation or any stockholder shall not be entitled to contest the validity of any request, whether during or after such five Business Day period, or to take any other action (including, without limitation, the commencement, prosecution or defense of any litigation with respect thereto, and the seeking of injunctive relief in such litigation).
(7) For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
Section 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each meeting of stockholders, the Secretary shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting notice in writing or by electronic transmission stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called, by mail, by presenting it to such stockholder personally, by leaving it at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, by electronic transmission or by any other means permitted by Maryland or federal law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid. If transmitted electronically, such notice shall be deemed to be given when transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. The Corporation may give a single notice to all stockholders who share an address, unless such stockholder at such address objects to receiving such single notice or revokes prior consent to receiving such single notice. Failure to give notice of any meeting to one or more stockholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article II, or the validity of any proceedings at any such meeting.
Subject to Section 11(a) of this Article II, any business of the Corporation may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of stockholders except as specifically designated in the notice. The Corporation may postpone or cancel a meeting of stockholders by making a “public announcement” (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the meeting. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this section.
Section 5. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT. Every meeting of stockholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board of Directors to be chair of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment or appointed individual, by the Chair of the Board, or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the Chair of the Board, by one of the following officers present at the meeting in the following order: the Vice Chair of the Board, if any; the Chief Executive Officer; the President; the Vice Presidents in order of rank and, within each rank, in their order of seniority; the Secretary; the Treasurer; the Chief Operating Officer, if any; the Chief Financial Officer; or, in the absence of such officers, a Chair chosen by the stockholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy. The Secretary or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the Secretary, or if the Secretary presides at the meeting, an Assistant Secretary, or in the absence of all Assistant Secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Directors or the chair of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting. The order of business, including but not limited to, the order of any proposals to be submitted to the stockholders (contingent or otherwise),

3


and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined by the chair of the meeting. The chair of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of the chair and without any action by the stockholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation: (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance or participation at the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized proxies and other such individuals as the chair of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; (d) determining when and for how long the polls should be opened and when the polls should be closed and when the announcement of results should be made; (e) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (f) removing any stockholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; (g) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, to a later date and time and at a place announced at the meeting; and (h) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security. Unless otherwise determined by the chair of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with any rules of parliamentary procedure.
Section 6. QUORUM, ADJOURNMENT AND POSTPONEMENT. The presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast (without regard to class) shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the stockholders, except with respect to any such matter that, under applicable statutes or regulatory requirements or the Articles of Incorporation, as amended (the “Charter”), requires approval by a separate vote of one or more classes of stock, in which case the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by each such class on such a matter shall constitute a quorum. This section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the Charter for the vote necessary for the approval of any measure.
If such quorum is not established at any meeting of the stockholders, the chair of the meeting may adjourn the meeting sine die or from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting. If a meeting is adjourned and a quorum is present at such adjournment, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally convened.
The stockholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.
Section 7. VOTING. A nominee for director shall be elected as director only if such nominee receives the affirmative vote of a plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present. Each share entitles the holder thereof to vote for as many individuals as there are directors to be elected and for whose election the holder is entitled to vote. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless a different vote is required by statute, including, but not limited to, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Investment Company Act”), or by the Charter. Unless otherwise provided by statute or in the Charter, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.
Section 8. PROXIES. A holder of record of shares of stock of the Corporation may cast votes in person or by proxy executed by the stockholder or by the stockholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law. Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary before or at the meeting. No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
Section 9. VOTING OF STOCK BY CERTAIN HOLDERS. Stock of the Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President, a general partner, manager, managing member or trustee thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such stock pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement,

4


in which case such person may vote such stock. Any director or other fiduciary may vote stock registered in his or her name as such fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.
Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.
The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the stockholder. The resolution shall set forth the class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time after the record date within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Directors considers necessary or desirable. On receipt by the Secretary of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the stockholder of record of the specified stock in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.
Section 10. INSPECTORS. The Board of Directors or the chair of the meeting may appoint, before or at the meeting, one or more inspectors for the meeting and any successor thereto. Except as otherwise provided by the chair of the meeting, the inspectors, if any, shall (i) determine the number of shares of stock represented at the meeting, in person or by proxy and the validity and effect of proxies, (ii) receive and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, (iii) report such tabulation to the chair of the meeting, (iv) hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, and (v) do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. Each such report shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.
Section 11. ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR AND OTHER STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS.
(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.
(1) Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the record date set by the Board of Directors for the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting (and any postponement or adjournment thereof), at the time of giving of notice by the stockholder as provided for in this Section 11(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with this Section 11(a).
(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 11, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 11 and shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 150th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting nor later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting (or if an annual meeting has not previously been held), notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 150th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such

5


meeting is first made. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
(3) Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (i) as to each individual whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director (each, a “Proposed Nominee”), (1) all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act; and (2) whether such stockholder believes any such Proposed Nominee is, or is not, an “interested person” of the Corporation, as defined in the Investment Company Act, and information regarding such individual that is sufficient, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to make such determination; (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of such business, the stockholder’s reasons for proposing such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder or the Stockholder Associated Person therefrom; (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Proposed Nominee and any Stockholder Associated Person, (1) the class, series and number of all shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation or any affiliate thereof (collectively, the “Company Securities”), if any, which are owned (beneficially or of record) by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, the date on which each such Company Security was acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, and any short interest (including any opportunity to profit or share in any benefit from any decrease in the price of such stock or other security) in any Company Securities of any such person; (2) the nominee holder for, and number of, any Company Securities owned beneficially but not of record by such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person; (3) whether and the extent to which such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, directly or indirectly (through brokers, nominees or otherwise), is subject to or during the last twelve months has engaged in any hedging, derivative or other transaction or series of transactions or entered into any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short interest, any borrowing or lending of securities or any proxy or voting agreement), the effect or intent of which is to (I) manage risk or benefit from changes in the price of (x) Company Securities or (y) any security of any other closed-end investment company (a “Peer Group Company”) for such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person or (II) increase or decrease the voting power of such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person in the Corporation or any affiliate thereof (or, as applicable, in any Peer Group Company) disproportionately to such person’s economic interest in the Company Securities (or, as applicable, in any Peer Group Company); and (4) any substantial interest, direct or indirect (including, without limitation, any existing or prospective commercial, business or contractual relationship with the Corporation), by security holdings or otherwise, of such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person, in the Corporation or any affiliate thereof, other than an interest arising from the ownership of Company Securities where such stockholder, Proposed Nominee or Stockholder Associated Person receives no extra or special benefit not shared on a pro rata basis by all other holders of the same class or series; (iv) as to the stockholder giving the notice, any Stockholder Associated Person with an interest or ownership referred to in clauses (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (3) of this Section 11(a) and any Proposed Nominee, (1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s stock ledger, and the current name and business address, if different, of each such Stockholder Associated Person and any Proposed Nominee, and (2) the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person who is not an individual and a copy of the prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document, if any, provided to investors or potential investors in such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person; (v) the name and address of any person who contacted or was contacted by the stockholder giving the notice or any Stockholder Associated Person about the Proposed Nominee or other business proposal; and (vi) to the extent known by the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the Proposed Nominee for election or reelection as a director or the proposal of other business.
(4) Such stockholder’s notice shall, with respect to any Proposed Nominee, be accompanied by a written undertaking executed by the Proposed Nominee (i) that such Proposed Nominee (a) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation and (b) will serve as a director of the Corporation if elected; and (ii) attaching a completed Proposed Nominee questionnaire, which questionnaire shall be

6


provided by the Corporation, upon request by the stockholder providing the notice, and shall request all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder, or would be required pursuant to the rules of any national securities exchange on which any securities of the Corporation are listed or over-the-counter market on which any securities of the Corporation are traded.
(5) Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 11 to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 11(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
(6) For purposes of this Section 11, “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person acting in concert with such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder (other than a stockholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person.
(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) provided that the special meeting has been called in accordance with Section 3 of this Article II for the purpose of electing directors, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the record date set by the Board of Directors for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting, at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11 and at the time of the special meeting (and any postponement or adjournment thereof), who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board of Directors, any stockholder may nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a director as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice, containing the information required by paragraphs (a)(3) and (4) of this Section 11 is delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.
(c) General.
(1) If information submitted pursuant to this Section 11 by any stockholder proposing a nominee for election as a Director or any proposal for other business at a meeting of stockholders shall be inaccurate in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11. Any such stockholder shall notify the Corporation of any inaccuracy or change (within two Business Days of becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change) in any such information.  Upon written request by the Secretary or the Board of Directors, any such stockholder shall provide, within five Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), (A) written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Directors or any authorized officer of the Corporation, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11 and (B) a written update of any information (including, if requested by the Corporation, written confirmation by such stockholder that he, she or it continues to intend to bring such nomination or other business proposal before the meeting) submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 11 as of an earlier date. If a stockholder

7


fails to provide such written verification or a written update within such period, the information as to which written verification or a written update was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11.
(2) Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 11 shall be eligible for election by stockholders as directors, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 11. Except as otherwise provided by law, the chair of the meeting shall have the power (i) to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11 (including whether the stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by clause (a)(3) of this Section 11) and (ii) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 11, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.
(3) For purposes of this Section 11, (i) “the date of the proxy statement” shall have the same meaning as “the date of the company’s proxy statement released to stockholders” as used in Rule 14a-8(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time, (ii) “public announcement” shall mean disclosure (x) in a press release reported by a widely circulated news or wire service or (y) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act or the Investment Company Act, and (iii) to be considered a “qualified representative of the stockholder,” a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of the stockholders.
(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11. Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any right of a stockholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, or the right of the Corporation to omit a proposal from, any proxy statement filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act.  Nothing in this Section 11 shall require disclosure of revocable proxies received by the stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person pursuant to a solicitation of proxies after the filing of an effective Schedule 14A by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.
Section 12. VOTING BY BALLOT. Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the presiding officer shall order or any stockholder shall demand that voting be by ballot.
Section 13. CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION ACT. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Subtitle 7 of Title 3 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), or any successor statute, shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This section may be repealed, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of control shares and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent control share acquisition.
Section 14. WRITTEN CONSENT BY STOCKHOLDERS. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting if a unanimous consent to such action is given in writing or by electronic transmission and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the stockholders.

8


ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 1. GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors.
Section 2. NUMBER, TENURE AND RESIGNATION. A majority of the entire Board of Directors may establish, increase or decrease the number of directors, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than the minimum number required by the MGCL, nor more than nine, and further provided that the tenure of office of a director shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of directors. Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board or the Secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.
Section 3. ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS. An annual meeting of the Board of Directors may be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary. In the event such meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held from time to time at such places and times as provided by the Board of Directors by resolution, without notice other than such resolution.
Section 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or by a majority of the directors then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the time and place of any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors without notice other than such resolution.
Section 5. NOTICE. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be delivered to each director personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission or United States mail or courier to the director’s business or residence address. Notice by personal delivery, telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Notice by United States mail shall be given at least three days prior to the meeting. Notice by courier shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting. Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the director or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which the director or his or her agent is a party. Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Corporation by the director. Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Corporation by the director and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt. Notice by United States mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly addressed. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.
Section 6. QUORUM. A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, provided that, if less than a majority of such directors is present at such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law, the Charter or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority or other percentage of a specified group of directors is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority or such other percentage of such group.
The directors present at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough directors to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum.

9


Section 7. VOTING. The action of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable statute, the Charter or these Bylaws. If enough directors have withdrawn from a meeting to leave less than a quorum but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of that number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable statute, the Charter, or the Bylaws.
Section 8. ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board or, in the absence of the Chair, the Vice Chair of the Board, if any, shall act as Chair. In the absence of both the Chair and Vice Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or in the absence of the President, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as Chair. The Secretary or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, or in the absence of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, a person appointed by the Chair, shall act as Secretary of the meeting.
Section 9. CHAIR. The Board of Directors may designate from among its members a Chair and a Vice Chair of the Board, who shall not, solely by reason of such designation, be officers of the Corporation but shall have such powers and duties as specified in these Bylaws or determined by the Board of Directors from time to time.
Section 10. TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time; provided however, this Section 10 does not apply to any action of the directors pursuant to the Investment Company Act that requires the vote of the directors to be cast in person at a meeting. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
Section 11. WRITTEN CONSENT BY DIRECTORS. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent to such action is given in writing or by electronic transmission and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors; provided however, this Section 11 does not apply to any action of the directors pursuant to the Investment Company Act that requires the vote of the directors to be cast in person at a meeting.
Section 12. VACANCIES. If for any reason any or all the directors cease to be directors, such event shall not terminate the Corporation or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining directors hereunder, if any. Pursuant to the Corporation’s election in Article V of the Charter, subject to applicable requirements of the Investment Company Act, except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, (a) any vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and (b) any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.
Section 13. COMPENSATION. Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as directors but, by resolution of the Board of Directors, may receive compensation per year and/or per meeting (including telephonic meeting) and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors. Directors may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof and for their expenses, if any, in connection with any other service or activity they performed or engaged in as directors; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any directors from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
Section 14. LOSS OF DEPOSITS. No director shall be liable for any loss which may occur by reason of the failure of the bank, trust company, savings and loan association, or other institution with whom moneys or stock have been deposited.
Section 15. SURETY BONDS. Unless required by law, no director shall be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of any of his or her duties.

10


Section 16. RELIANCE. Each director and officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Corporation, be entitled to rely on any information, opinion, report or statement, including any financial statement or other financial data, prepared or presented by an officer or employee of the Corporation whom the director or officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, by a lawyer, certified public accountant or other person, as to a matter which the director or officer reasonably believes to be within the person’s professional or expert competence, or, with respect to a director, by a committee of the Board of Directors on which the director does not serve, as to a matter within its designated authority, if the director reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence.
Section 17. RATIFICATION. The Board of Directors or the stockholders may ratify and make binding on the Corporation any action or inaction by the Corporation or its officers to the extent that the Board of Directors or the stockholders could have originally authorized the matter, and if so ratified, shall have the same force and effect as if originally duly authorized and such ratification shall be binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders. Any action or inaction questioned in any proceeding on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a director, officer or stockholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, or the application of improper principles or practices of accounting, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders and such ratification shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.
Section 18. EMERGENCY PROVISIONS. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Charter or these Bylaws, this Section 18 shall apply during the existence of any catastrophe, or other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a quorum of the Board of Directors under Article III of these Bylaws cannot readily be obtained (an “Emergency”). The existence of an Emergency shall be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole and absolute discretion. During any Emergency, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, (i) a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof may be called by any director or officer by any means feasible under the circumstances; (ii) notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors during such an Emergency may be given less than 24 hours prior to the meeting to as many directors and by such means as may be feasible at the time, including publication, television, electronic media or radio; and (iii) the number of directors necessary to constitute a quorum shall be one-third of the entire Board of Directors.
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
Section 1. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members one or more committees, composed of one or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another director to act in the place of such absent member.
Section 2. POWERS. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article IV any of the powers of the Board of Directors, except as prohibited by law. Except as may be otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, any committee may delegate some or all of its power and authority to one or more subcommittees, composed of one or more directors, as the committee deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion.
Section 3. MEETINGS. Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Directors. A majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the committee. The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee. The Board of Directors may designate a chair of any committee, and such chair or, in the absence of a chair, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide. In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another director to act in the place of such absent member. Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings.

11


Section 4. TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Members of a committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
Section 5. WRITTEN CONSENT BY COMMITTEES. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent to such action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.
Section 6. VACANCIES. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to appoint the chair of any committee, to fill any vacancy, to designate one or more alternate members to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee. Subject to the power of the Board of Directors, the members of the committee shall have the power to fill any vacancies on the committee.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS. The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Compliance Officer, a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer and may include a Controller, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Investment Officer, one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers. In addition, the Board of Directors may from time to time elect such other officers with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may designate a Chair of the Board and a Vice Chair of the Board, who shall not, solely by reason of such designation, be officers of the Corporation but shall have such powers and duties as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors, except that the Chief Executive Officer or President may from time to time appoint one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers or other officers. Each officer shall serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until death, resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Any two or more offices except President and Vice President may be held by the same person. Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Corporation and such officer or agent.
Section 2. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION. Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors if in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Corporation.
Section 3. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors for the balance of the term.
Section 4. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Corporation, as determined by the Board of Directors, and for the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

12


Section 5. CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER. The Board of Directors may designate a Chief Operating Officer. The Chief Operating Officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 6. CHIEF INVESTMENT OFFICER. The Board of Directors may designate a Chief Investment Officer. The Chief Investment Officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 7. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Board of Directors shall designate a Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 8. CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER. The Board of Directors shall designate a Chief Compliance Officer to the extent required by and consistent with the requirements of, the Investment Company Act. The Chief Compliance Officer, subject to the direction of and reporting to the Board of Directors, shall be responsible for the oversight of the Corporation’s compliance with the Federal securities laws. The designation, compensation and removal of the Chief Compliance Officer must be approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors who are not “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act) of the Corporation. The Chief Compliance Officer shall perform such executive, supervisory and management functions and duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time.
Section 9. PRESIDENT. The Board of Directors shall designate a President. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.
Section 10. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence of the President or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such Vice President by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more Vice Presidents as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or as Vice President for particular areas of responsibility.
Section 11. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall: (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such stockholder; (e) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or by the Board of Directors.
Section 12. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors and in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors.
The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Chief Executive Officer, President and Board of Directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors or upon request, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

13


Section 13. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS. The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Secretary or Treasurer, respectively, or by the Chief Executive Officer, President or the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE VI
CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS
Section 1. CONTRACTS. The Board of Directors or any adviser of the Corporation approved by the Board of Directors and acting within the scope of its authority pursuant to a management or advisory agreement with the Corporation may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation when duly authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Directors or an adviser acting within the scope of its authority pursuant to a management or advisory agreement and executed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or such adviser.
Section 2. CHECKS AND DRAFTS. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.
Section 3. DEPOSITS. All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited or invested from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors may determine.
ARTICLE VII
STOCK
Section 1. CERTIFICATES; REQUIRED INFORMATION. The Corporation may issue some or all of the shares of any or all of the Corporation’s classes or series of stock without certificates if authorized by the Board of Directors. In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock represented by certificates, such certificates shall be in such form as prescribed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized officer, shall contain the statements and information required by the MGCL and shall be signed by the officers of the Corporation in the manner permitted by the MGCL. In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock without certificates, to the extent then required by the MGCL, the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates. There shall be no differences in the rights and obligations of stockholders based on whether or not their shares are represented by certificates. If a class or series of stock is authorized by the Board of Directors to be issued without certificates, no stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates representing any shares of such class or series of stock held by such stockholder unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors and then only upon written request by such stockholder to the Secretary of the Corporation.
Section 2. TRANSFERS. All transfers of shares of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, by the holder of the shares, in person or by his or her attorney, in such manner as the Board of Directors may prescribe and, if such shares are certificated, upon surrender of certificates duly endorsed. The issuance of a new certificate upon the transfer of certificated shares is subject to the determination of the Board of Directors that such shares shall no longer be represented by certificates. Upon the transfer of any uncertificated shares, the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such shares, to the extent then required by the MGCL, a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates.
The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of

14


any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class or series of stock will be subject in all respects to the Charter and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.
Section 3. REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE Any officer of the Corporation may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated; provided, however, if such shares have ceased to be certificated, no new certificate shall be issued unless requested in writing by such stockholder and the Board of Directors has determined such certificates may be issued. Unless otherwise determined by an officer of the Corporation, the owner of such lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, shall be required, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, to give the Corporation a bond in such sums as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation.
Section 4. FIXING OF RECORD DATE. The Board of Directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of stockholders of record is to be held or taken.
When a record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been set as provided in this section, such record date shall continue to apply to any adjournment or postponement thereof, except if the meeting is adjourned or postponed to a date more than 120 days after the record date originally fixed for the meeting, in which case a new record date shall be determined as set forth herein.
Section 5. STOCK LEDGER. The Corporation shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate stock ledger containing the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class held by such stockholder.
Section 6. FRACTIONAL STOCK; ISSUANCE OF UNITS. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation to issue fractional shares of stock or provide for the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as it may determine. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Charter or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may issue units consisting of different securities of the Corporation.
ARTICLE VIII
ACCOUNTING YEAR
The Board of Directors shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Corporation by a duly adopted resolution. The Board of Directors shall also have the power to fix the tax year of the Corporation by a duly adopted resolution.
ARTICLE IX
DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 1. AUTHORIZATION. Dividends and other distributions upon the stock of the Corporation may be authorized by the Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter. Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of law and the Charter.

15


Section 2. CONTINGENCIES. Before payment of any dividend or other distribution, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Corporation available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may from time to time, in its sole and absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends or other distributions, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall determine, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.
ARTICLE X
SEAL
Section 1. SEAL. The Board of Directors may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Corporation. The seal shall contain the name of the Corporation and the year of its incorporation and the words “Incorporated in Maryland” or shall be in such other form as may be approved by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.
Section 2. AFFIXING SEAL. Whenever the Corporation is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Corporation.
ARTICLE XI
WAIVER OF NOTICE
Whenever any notice of a meeting is required to be given pursuant to the Charter or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing or by electronic transmission, given by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice of such meeting, unless specifically required by statute. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
ARTICLE XII
EXCLUSIVE FORUM
Section 1. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Circuit Court for Baltimore City (or, if that Court does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, Northern Division) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of any standard of conduct or legal duty owed by any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or to the stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the MGCL or the Charter or the Bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. In the event that any action or proceeding described in the preceding sentence is pending in the Circuit Court for Montgomery County, Maryland, all parties shall cooperate in seeking to have the action or proceeding assigned to the Business & Technology Case Management Program.
Section 2. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of Section 1 is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Maryland (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Maryland in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the preceding sentence and (ii) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder.

16


ARTICLE XIII
INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT
If and to the extent that any provision of the MGCL, including, without limitation, Subtitle 6 and, if then applicable, Subtitle 7, of Title 3 of the MGCL, or any provision of the Charter or these Bylaws conflicts with any provision of the Investment Company Act, the applicable provision of the Investment Company Act shall control.
ARTICLE XIV
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power, at any time, to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.
ARTICLE XV
INSPECTION OF RECORDS
A stockholder that is otherwise eligible under applicable law to inspect the Corporation’s books of account, stock ledger, or other specified documents of the Corporation shall have no right to make such inspection if the Board of Directors determines that such stockholder has an improper purpose for requesting such inspection.

17
Exhibit 3.4

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER
OF
CHURCHILL MIDDLE MARKET CLO V LTD.,
A CAYMAN ISLANDS EXEMPTED COMPANY
WITH AND INTO
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC SPV I, LLC
A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
Pursuant to Title 6, Section 18-209 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, the undersigned limited liability company executed the following Certificate of Merger:
FIRST:            The name of the surviving limited liability company is “Nuveen Churchill BDC SPV I, LLC” and the name of the Cayman Islands exempted company being merged into this surviving limited liability company is “Churchill Middle Market CLO V Ltd.” (collectively, the “Constituent Companies”).
SECOND:       The Agreement and Plan of Merger has been duly approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by each of the Constituent Companies.
THIRD:           The merger shall become effective on December 31, 2019.
FOURTH:       The Agreement and Plan of Merger is on file at 430 Park Avenue, 14th Floor, New York, New York, 10022, the place of business of the surviving limited liability company.
FIFTH:            The Certificate of Formation of Nuveen Churchill BDC SPV I, LLC, as currently on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, shall be the Certificate of Formation of the surviving limited liability company.
SIXTH:            A copy of the Agreement and Plan of Merger will be furnished by the surviving limited liability company on request, without cost, to any member or shareholder of the Constituent Companies.
[Signature Page to Follow]




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Nuveen Churchill BDC SPV I, LLC, the surviving limited liability company, has caused this Certificate of Merger to be signed by an authorized signatory as of the 30th day of December, 2019.
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC SPV I, LLC
 
 
 
/s/ Shaul Vichness
 
Name: Shaul Vichness
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer & Treasurer

Exhibit 4.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
A Maryland Corporation
 
Shares of Common Stock
 
FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION BOOKLET
 
This Subscription Booklet is for the exclusive use of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Offeree Number:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN THE EVENT THAT YOU DECIDE NOT TO PURCHASE SHARES PURSUANT TO THIS OFFERING, PLEASE DESTROY ANY PHYSICAL COPIES AND DELETE ANY ELECTRONIC COPIES OF THE CONFIDENTIAL PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM (TOGETHER WITH ALL AMENDMENTS THEREOF AND SUPPLEMENTS THERETO) AND THIS SUBSCRIPTION BOOKLET.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTERNAL USE ONLY:
 
 
 
 
 
Signature:
 
 
Date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Print Name:
 
 
 
 
[Title]
 
 
 
 



NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
INSTRUCTION SHEET
All subscribers (“Subscribers”) for shares of common stock, par value $0.01 (“Shares”) of Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum of the Company, as amended and supplemented through the date hereof (the “Memorandum”), must complete the subscription documents in this booklet. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Memorandum.
A.
Completion of Subscription Booklet.
1.
Understandings, Covenants, Representations and Warranties.  Please carefully read pages 1 to 16 and check the appropriate box in item 14.
2.
Signature Page for the Subscription Agreement.  Complete and sign page 17.
3.
Exhibit A – Purchaser Questionnaire.  All Subscribers to complete pages A-1 to A-19. Please note that any supporting documents must be provided in English.
a.
General Information.  A-3 to A-8.
b.
Familiarity with Investment Funds.  A-8 to A-9.
c.
Confirmation of Accredited Investor Status.  A-9 to A-10.
d.
Confirmation of Status as Benefit Plan Investor.  A-12 to A-14.
e.
Other Information.  A-14 to A-16.
f.
Registration Information.  A-16 to A-19.
4.
Exhibit B – GDPR Policy Notice.  Subscribers should carefully read our GDPR Policy Notice attached as Exhibit B.
5.
Exhibit C – Sample Bank Letter.  To be completed by the financial institution remitting the subscription monies on behalf of the Subscriber.
6.
Exhibit D – Form of Certificate of Incumbency.  To be completed by entities that do not already have an incumbency certificate available.
7.
Exhibit E – Tax Information.
IRS Tax Forms W-8 and W-9.  Please execute and return the appropriate IRS Tax Form.
8.
Exhibit F – Transfer Restrictions.  Subscribers should carefully read our Transfer Restrictions attached as Exhibit F.



9.
Exhibit G – Election Notice Under Distribution Reinvestment Plan.  Please execute and return the election notice if you would prefer to have distributions reinvested in shares of common stock.
B.
Evidence of Authorization.
If the Subscriber is a partnership, corporation or other entity please provide a copy of the filed certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation or certificate of limited partnership, as applicable, along with the relevant organizational documents of the Subscriber. Entities may be requested to furnish other or additional documentation evidencing the authority to invest in the Company. For your convenience, we have included a form of incumbency certificate attached as Exhibit D hereto in the event that your organization does not already have such an incumbency certificate available. Please provide a copy of the passport or other government issued identification document for the individual executing this subscription agreement.
C.
Submission of Subscription Documents.
Preliminary draft agreements (unexecuted) and other documents should be sent electronically for review to DL_ClientServicesOnboarding@nuveen.com and your Institutional Relationship Manager.
After your submitted documents have been approved, please sign the final documents and electronically send all documents to DL_ClientServicesOnboarding@nuveen.com and your Institutional Relationship Manager.
D.
Payment of Capital Commitment Amount.
The Company will notify you at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the date on which you must wire all or any portion of your capital commitment amount to the Company’s account prior to the close of business on such date. This notice will contain all relevant wiring information and instructions. In order to comply with the anti-money laundering regulations applicable to the Company, the sample bank letter attached hereto as Exhibit C MUST be completed by the financial institution which will be remitting the subscription monies on behalf of the Subscriber. “Business Day” means any day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments and are open for general business (including dealing days in foreign exchange and foreign currency and deposits) in New York City.



NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”)
AND
___________________________ (the “Subscriber”).
1.
General Information.
The Company was established on March 13, 2018 as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and was converted into a Maryland corporation on June 18, 2019 prior to the commencement of operations. The Company intends to elect to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). Nuveen Churchill Advisors LLC (the “Adviser”) will serve as the Company’s investment adviser pursuant to an investment advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”). Churchill Asset Management LLC (the “Sub-Adviser,” and, together with the Adviser, the “Advisers”) will serve as a sub-adviser to the Company pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement with the Adviser (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement,” and, together with the Advisory Agreement, the “Advisory Agreements”).
2.
Receipt of Operative Documents.
The undersigned Subscriber hereby acknowledges receipt of one copy of the Company’s Confidential Private Placement Memorandum, as amended and supplemented through the date hereof, including any exhibits thereto (the “Memorandum”), the Company’s Articles of Amendment and Restatement, dated as of December 26, 2019 (the “Charter”), the Company’s Bylaws, dated as of November 6, 2019 (the “Bylaws” and, together with the Advisory Agreements, the Memorandum and the Charter, the “Operative Documents”). All of the terms and provisions of the Operative Documents are incorporated herein by reference and the Subscriber confirms that it has read the same. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Memorandum. Unless the context requires otherwise, any reference to the Company or the Advisers, shall mean the Advisers acting for and on behalf of the Company.
3.Subscription for Shares, Delivery of the Subscription Agreement and Other Subscription Agreements.
3.1The Subscriber hereby subscribes for and agrees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Shares”) and to make a capital commitment (“Commitment”) to the Company in the amount set forth on the accompanying signature page completed and signed by the Subscriber. In addition, the Subscriber hereby irrevocably offers to tender this Subscription Agreement (this “Agreement”) and the other applicable investor documents included in the Subscription Booklet. The Company expects to enter into separate subscription agreements (the “Other Subscription Agreements”) with other investors (the “Other Shareholders,” and together with the Subscriber, the “Shareholders”), providing for the sale of Shares to the Other Shareholders. This Agreement and the Other Subscription Agreements are


- 1-


separate agreements, and the sales of Shares to the undersigned and the Other Shareholders are to be separate sales.
3.2On each Drawdown Date (as defined below), the Subscriber agrees to purchase from the Company, and the Company agrees to issue to the Subscriber, a number of Shares equal to the Drawdown Share Amount (as defined below, and subject to the procedures detailed in Section 5.3 as applicable) at an aggregate price equal to the Drawdown Purchase Price (as defined below); provided, however, that in no circumstance will a Subscriber be required to purchase Shares for an amount in excess of its Unused Capital Commitment (as defined below).
Drawdown Purchase Price” shall mean, for each Drawdown Date, an amount in U.S. dollars determined by multiplying (i) the aggregate amount of Capital Commitments being drawn down by the Company from all Subscribers on that Drawdown Date, by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Unused Capital Commitment of the Subscriber and the denominator of which is the aggregate Unused Capital Commitments of all Subscribers that are not Defaulting Shareholders or Excluded Shareholders (as defined below).
Drawdown Share Amount” shall mean, for each Drawdown Date, a number of Shares determined by dividing (i) the Drawdown Purchase Price for that Drawdown Date by (ii) the Per Share NAV (as defined below) as of the Drawdown Date, subject to adjustment in accordance with the procedures set forth in “VIII. Determination of Net Asset Value —Determinations in Connection with our Offerings” in the Memorandum (the “Adjustment Procedures”), with the resulting quotient adjusted to the nearest whole number to avoid the issuance of fractional shares.
Per Share NAV” shall mean, for any date, the net asset value per Share determined in accordance with the procedures set forth in “VIII. Determination of Our Net Asset Value” in the Memorandum (as those procedures may be changed from time to time in a manner consistent with the limitations of the Investment Company Act) as of the last day of the Company’s fiscal quarter immediately preceding such date.
Unused Capital Commitment” shall mean, with respect to a Subscriber, the amount of such Subscriber’s Capital Commitment as of any date reduced by the aggregate amount of contributions made by that Subscriber at all previous Drawdown Dates and any Catch-up Date pursuant to Sections 3.2 and 5.2, respectively.
4.Right of Company to Accept or Reject.
It is understood and agreed that the Company, in its discretion and for any reason whatsoever, shall have the right to accept or reject this subscription, only in whole, and that the same shall be deemed to be accepted by the Company only when it is signed by the Company.
5.Closing.
5.1    The closing of the Subscriber’s acquisition of Shares, and the Subscriber’s admission as a Shareholder (the “Closing”), shall take place on such date and at such time as the Company shall designate (such date being the “Closing Date,” and the date upon which the first closing of any Subscription Agreement occurs being referred to herein as the “Initial Closing Date” and the date of the last Closing prior to the date on which the Adviser determines, in its sole discretion,


- 2-


to stop accepting Capital Commitments, the “Final Closing Date”)). At the Closing, the Company shall list the Subscriber as a Shareholder of the Company by registering the Subscriber’s details in the register of Shares of the Company maintained by or at the direction of the Company, and shall deliver to the Subscriber the Subscription Agreement executed by the Company and any other instruments necessary to reflect the Subscriber’s admission as a Shareholder with a Commitment as set forth on the signature page hereof.
5.2    The Company may enter into Other Subscription Agreements with Other Shareholders after the Closing Date, with any closing thereunder referred to as a “Subsequent Closing” and any Other Shareholder whose subscription has been accepted at such Subsequent Closing referred to as a “Subsequent Shareholder.” Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 3.2 and 5, on a date or dates to be determined by the Company that occur on or following the Subsequent Closing (each such date, a “Catch-up Date”), each Subsequent Shareholder shall be required to purchase from the Company a number of Shares with an aggregate purchase price necessary to ensure that, upon payment of the aggregate purchase price for such Shares by the Subsequent Shareholder on such Catch-up Date(s), such Subsequent Shareholder’s Invested Percentage (as defined below) shall be equal to the Invested Percentage of all prior Shareholders (other than any Defaulting Shareholders or Excluded Shareholders) (the “Catch-up Purchase Price”). Upon payment of all or a portion of the Catch-up Purchase Price by the Subscriber on a Catch-up Date, the Company shall issue to each such Subsequent Shareholder a number of Shares determined by dividing (x) the portion of the Catch-up Purchase Price paid minus the Organizational Expense Allocation by (y) the Per Share NAV as of the Catch-up Date, subject to adjustment in accordance with the Adjustment Procedures. Shareholders that make a Capital Commitment prior to any Subsequent Closing will not be required to fund Drawdowns on a Drawdown Date until all Additional Shareholders have made their entire Catch-up Purchase. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the Catch-up Date and a Drawdown Date occur on the same calendar day, the Catch-up Date (and the application of the provisions of this section) shall be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the relevant Drawdown Date.
Invested Percentage” means, with respect to a Shareholder, the quotient determined by dividing (i) the aggregate amount of contributions made by such Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement by (ii) such Shareholder’s Capital Commitment.
Organizational Expense Allocation” means, with respect to a Shareholder, the product obtained by multiplying (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is such Shareholder’s Capital Commitment and the denominator of which is the total Capital Commitments received by the Company through such date by (ii) the total amount of organizational expenses spent by the Company in connection with the Company’s formation.
5.3    At each Drawdown Date following any Subsequent Closing, all Shareholders, including Subsequent Shareholders, shall purchase Shares (in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2); provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the definition of Drawdown Share Amount and the provisions of Section 5.2, nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the Company from issuing Shares to Subsequent Shareholders at a per share price greater than the Per Share NAV as of the Drawdown Date, as adjusted pursuant to the Adjustment Procedures.


- 3-


5.4    In the event that any Shareholder is permitted by the Company to make an additional capital commitment to purchase Shares on a date after its initial subscription has been accepted, such Shareholder will be required to enter into a separate subscription agreement with the Company and such other documents as may be requested by the Company, it being understood and agreed that such separate subscription agreement will be considered to be an Other Subscription Agreement for the purposes of this Agreement.
6.Drawdowns.
6.1The Subscriber hereby agrees to make contributions to the capital of the Company (“Capital Contributions”) at the request of the Company in an amount up to and including the total amount of the Subscriber’s Commitment as provided in this Agreement and any failure to do so may result in the Company deeming the Subscriber to be in default and subject to the remedies set forth in this Agreement. The Subscriber acknowledges the remedies in such circumstances as the same are expected to be provided for in this Agreement.
6.2Subject to Section 6.6, purchases of Shares will take place on dates selected by the Company in its sole discretion (each, a “Drawdown Date”) and shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.2.
6.3Prior to each Drawdown Date, the Company shall deliver to the Subscriber a notice (each, a “Drawdown Notice”) setting forth (i) the aggregate purchase price for Shares being purchased on the Drawdown Date; (ii) the applicable Drawdown Purchase Price; (iii) the estimated Drawdown Share Amount; (iv) applicable Per Share NAV as of the applicable Drawdown Date, and (v) the account to which the Drawdown Purchase Price should be wired. The Company shall deliver each Drawdown Notice to the Subscriber at least 10 Business Days prior to the Drawdown Date. On the Drawdown Date, if as a result of adjustments to the Per Share NAV in accordance with the Adjustment Procedures, the estimated Drawdown Share Amount set forth in the Drawdown Notice is not the actual Drawdown Share Amount, the Company will deliver to the Subscriber an additional notice setting forth the adjusted Per Share NAV and the actual Drawdown Share Amount. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “Business Day” means any day, other than Saturday, Sunday or a federal holiday, and shall consist of the time period from 12:01 a.m. through 12:00 midnight Eastern time.
6.4The delivery of a Drawdown Notice to the Subscriber shall be the sole and exclusive condition to the Subscriber’s obligation to pay the Drawdown Purchase Price identified in each Drawdown Notice. On each Drawdown Date, the Subscriber shall pay the Drawdown Purchase Price to the Company by bank wire transfer in immediately available funds in U.S. dollars to the account specified in the Drawdown Notice.
6.5At the end of the Commitment Period (as defined below), any Unused Capital Commitment (other than any Defaulted Commitment) shall automatically be reduced to zero, provided, however that for two years following the end of the Commitment Period and prior to an Exchange Listing, the Subscriber will remain obligated to fund Drawdowns to the extent necessary to pay amounts due under Drawdown Notices that the Company may thereafter issue to: (a) pay Company expenses, including management fees, amounts that may become due under any borrowings or other financings or similar obligations, or indemnity obligations, (b) complete


- 4-


investments in any transactions for which there are binding written agreements as of the end of the Commitment Period (including investments that are funded in phases), (c) fund follow-on investments made in existing portfolio companies within three years from the end of the Commitment Period that, in the aggregate, do not exceed five percent (5%) of total Capital Commitments, (d) fund obligations under any Company guarantee, and/or (e) as necessary for the Company to preserve its status as a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code. An “Exchange Listing” shall mean the listing of the Shares on a national securities exchange. “Commitment Period” shall mean the period beginning upon the execution of this Subscription Agreement and continuing through the earlier of (i) an Exchange Listing, and (ii) the 36-month anniversary of the Fundraising Period. “Fundraising Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Initial Closing Date and continuing through the 18-month anniversary of the Initial Closing Date. The Fundraising Period may be extended to the 24-month anniversary of the Initial Closing Date in the sole discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”). If the Company has not consummated an Exchange Listing within five (5) years of the Initial Closing Date, subject to extension for two additional one-year periods, in the sole discretion of the Board, the Board (subject to any necessary Shareholder approvals, which will be obtained upon receipt of an executed Subscription Agreement from each Subscriber by means of the irrevocable limited proxy described in Section 9.28 below, and any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act) will use its commercially reasonable efforts to wind down and/or liquidate and dissolve the Company in an orderly manner pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Charter and Bylaws.
6.6Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall have the right (a “Limited Exclusion Right”) to exclude any Shareholder (such Shareholder, an “Excluded Shareholder”) from purchasing Shares from the Company on any Drawdown Date if, in the reasonable discretion of the Company, there is a substantial likelihood that such Shareholder’s purchase of Shares at such time would (i) result in a violation of, or noncompliance with, any law or regulation to which such Shareholder, the Company, the Advisers, any Other Shareholder or a portfolio company would be subject or (ii) cause the investments of “Benefit Plan Investors” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and certain Department of Labor regulations) to be significant and any assets of the Company to be considered “plan assets” under ERISA or Section 4975 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In the event that any Limited Exclusion Rights is exercised, the Company shall be authorized to issue an additional Drawdown Notice to the non-Excluded Shareholders to make up any applicable shortfall caused by such Limited Exclusion Right.
7.Dividends; Distribution Reinvestment Plan
As described more fully in the Operative Documents, the Company generally intends to distribute, out of assets legally available for distribution, substantially all of its available earnings, on a quarterly basis, as determined by the Board in its discretion. If the Board authorizes, and the Company declares, a dividend or distribution, each Shareholder’s distribution will be automatically paid in cash unless a Shareholder elects to have its dividends or distributions reinvested in additional Shares pursuant to the Company’s distribution reinvestment plan (the “Distribution Reinvestment Plan”). The Shareholder may “opt in” to the Distribution Reinvestment Plan by completing the Election Notice in Exhibit G attached hereto or by notifying the Adviser in writing no later than 10


- 5-


days prior to the record date for distributions to the Shareholder. Any fractional Share otherwise issuable to a participant in the Distribution Reinvestment Plan will instead be paid in cash.
8.Remedies Upon Subscriber Default. In the event that a Subscriber fails to pay all or any portion of the Drawdown Purchase Price due from such Subscriber on any Drawdown Date (such amount, together with the full amount of such Subscriber’s remaining Capital Commitment, a “Defaulted Commitment”) and such default remains uncured for a period of 10 Business Days, the Company shall be permitted to declare such Subscriber to be in default of its obligations under this Agreement (any such Subscriber, a “Defaulting Subscriber”) and shall be permitted to pursue one or any combination of the following remedies:
8.1The Company may prohibit the Defaulting Subscriber from purchasing additional Shares on any future Drawdown Date;
8.2The Company may offer up to 100% of the Defaulting Subscriber’s Shares (the “Offered Shares”) first, to the Other Shareholders (other than any defaulting Other Shareholders) and if such Other Shareholders do not purchase all of such Offered Shares, to third parties for purchase at a price equal to the lesser of the net asset value of such Shares on the relevant trade date or the highest price reasonably obtainable by the Company, subject to such other terms as the Company in its discretion shall determine, which offer(s) shall be binding upon the Defaulting Subscriber if the purchasing Other Shareholders or third parties agree to assume the related Capital Commitment with respect to such Shares of the Defaulting Subscriber, including any portion then due and unpaid, and the Company pursuant to its authority under Section 11 may execute on behalf of the Defaulting Subscriber any documents necessary to effect the Transfer (as defined herein) of the Defaulting Subscriber’s Shares pursuant to this Section 8.2; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no Shares shall be transferred to any Other Shareholder pursuant to this Section 8.2 in the event that such Transfer (as defined in herein) would (x) violate the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Investment Company Act or any state (or other jurisdiction) securities or “Blue Sky” laws applicable to the Company or such Transfer (as defined in Section 9.7), (y) constitute a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (z) cause all or any portion of the assets of the Company to constitute “plan assets” under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (it being understood that this provision shall operate only to the extent useful to avoid the occurrence of the consequences contemplated herein);
8.3Fifty percent (50%) of the Shares then held by the Defaulting Subscriber shall be automatically transferred on the books of the Company, without any further action being required on the part of the Company or the Defaulting Subscriber, to the Other Shareholders (other than any defaulting Other Shareholder), pro rata in accordance with their respective Capital Commitments; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Subscription Agreement, no Shares shall be transferred to any Other Shareholder pursuant to this Section 8.3 in the event that such transfer would (x) violate the Securities Act, the Investment Company Act or any state (or other jurisdiction) securities or “Blue Sky” laws applicable to the Company or such Transfer (as defined in Section 9.7), (y) constitute a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or (z) cause all or any portion of the assets of the Company to constitute “plan assets” under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code


- 6-


(it being understood that this provision shall operate only to the extent useful to avoid the occurrence of the consequences contemplated herein); provided, further, that any Shares that have not been transferred to one or more Other Shareholders pursuant to the previous proviso shall be allocated among the participating Other Shareholders pro rata in accordance with their respective Capital Commitments. The mechanism described in this Section 8.3 is intended to operate as a liquidated damage provision, since the damage to the Company and Other Shareholders resulting from a default by the Defaulting Subscriber is both significant and not easily quantified. By entry into this Subscription Agreement, the Subscribers agrees to this transfer and acknowledges that it constitutes a reasonable liquidated damage remedy for any default in the Subscriber’s obligation of the type described;
8.4The Company may pursue any other remedies against the Defaulting Subscriber available to the Company, subject to applicable law. The Subscriber agrees that this Section 8.4 is solely for the benefit of the Company and shall be interpreted by the Company against a Defaulting Subscriber in the discretion of the Company. The Subscriber further agrees that the Subscriber cannot and shall not seek to enforce this Section 8 against the Company or any shareholder in the Company; and
8.5The Company shall be authorized to issue additional Drawdown Notices to non-Defaulting Subscribers to make up for any short-fall caused by a Defaulting Subscriber’s failure to fund any Drawdown Notice, provided that no Subscriber shall be obligated to fund more than its then Unused Capital Commitment.
9.Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Subscriber.
The Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
9.1The Subscriber has received and carefully read a copy of the Memorandum outlining, among other things, the organization and investment objectives and policies of, and the risks and expenses of an investment in, the Company. The Subscriber acknowledges that in making a decision to subscribe for Shares, the Subscriber has relied solely upon the Memorandum and independent investigations made by the Subscriber or its representatives in making its decision to purchase the Shares for which it hereby subscribes. The Subscriber is satisfied that it has received information with respect to all matters that it considers material to its decision to make this investment. The Subscriber understands the investment objectives and policies of and the investment strategies which may be pursued by the Company. The Subscriber’s investment in the Company is consistent with the investment purposes and objectives and cash flow requirements of the Subscriber and will not adversely affect the Subscriber’s overall need for diversification and liquidity.
9.2The Subscriber is aware that the fundamental risks and possible financial hazards of purchasing the Shares hereby subscribed for are described in the “Risk Factors and Potential Conflicts of Interest” section set forth in the Memorandum, and the Subscriber has carefully considered all of them. The Subscriber is further aware that such list of risk factors is not meant to be an exhaustive listing of all potential risks associated with an investment in the Company.
9.3The Subscriber fully understands the nature of the risks involved in purchasing Shares and is qualified by its own experience to evaluate investments of this type, or


- 7-


has relied upon the advice of someone so qualified. The Subscriber has relied upon the advice as to tax matters relating to an investment in the Company of someone appropriately qualified whom the Subscriber has retained to advise it as to such matters in light of its personal situation. The Subscriber is aware of the fundamental risks relating to the tax structure of the Company, as described in the “Certain Tax and ERISA Considerations” section set forth in the Memorandum, and the Subscriber has carefully considered all of them.
9.4THE SUBSCRIBER UNDERSTANDS AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT UNDER THE TERMS OF THE OPERATIVE DOCUMENTS, THE ADVISERS HAVE THE EXCLUSIVE RIGHT TO ALLOCATE THE COMPANY’S ASSETS WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE TO, OR THE CONSENT OF, ANY SHAREHOLDER. THE SUBSCRIBER UNDERSTANDS THAT SUBSCRIBER MUST BE WILLING TO ENTRUST ALL ASPECTS OF THE COMPANY’S MANAGEMENT TO THE ADVISERS.
9.5THE SUBSCRIBER IS AWARE THAT THE UNDERWRITING OF AND INVESTING IN LOANS INVOLVES CONSIDERABLE RISK. THE PROFITABILITY OF A SIGNIFICANT PORTION OF THE COMPANY’S INVESTMENT PROGRAM DEPENDS TO A GREAT EXTENT UPON THE ABILITY OF THE SUB-ADVISER TO SUCCESSFULLY UNDERWRITE OR EVALUATE LOANS, AS WELL AS OTHER FACTORS THAT IMPACT THE VALUE OF THE INVESTMENTS. THERE CAN BE NO ASSURANCE THAT THE SUB-ADVISER WILL BE ABLE TO ACCURATELY UNDERWRITE OR EVALUATE LOANS OR ACCURATELY ANTICIPATE FUTURE EVENTS WHICH MAY AFFECT PRICE MOVEMENTS OR THE VALUE OF SECURITIES.
9.6The Subscriber acknowledges and understands the desirability of diversifying its investments by not placing a disproportionate portion of its assets in any one investment. The Subscriber represents that the portion of its assets which it proposes to invest in the Company is appropriate in light of its need for liquidity, its investment goals and other relevant factors.
9.7The Subscriber is aware of its inability to readily liquidate its investment in the case of an emergency. In view of such facts, the Subscriber acknowledges that it has adequate means of providing for its current needs, anticipated future needs and possible contingencies. The Subscriber acknowledges and understands that the Shares being purchased by it have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the offering and sale of the Shares is exempt from such registration by virtue of the provisions of Section 4(a)(2) thereof and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder. Furthermore, the Subscriber understands that all offerings and sales made outside the United States will be made pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Subscriber also understands that the Shares being purchased by it have not been registered under applicable state securities or “Blue Sky” laws. The Subscriber understands that there is no resale market for the Shares, and the Company is not required and does not intend to register the Shares under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws. The Subscriber also understands that it may not assign its Shares without the consent of the Company or the Adviser, which consent may be given or withheld in the Company’s or the Adviser’s discretion, and that any Shares acquired by the Subscriber may not be sold, offered for sale, exchanged, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of (each, a “Transfer”) in any manner that would require the


- 8-


Company to register the Shares under the 1933 Act, under any U.S. state securities laws or under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdictions.
9.8(i) Prior to an Exchange Listing, the Subscriber may not Transfer any of its Shares or its Capital Commitment unless (x) the Company or the Adviser provide prior written consent, (y) the Transfer is made in accordance with applicable securities laws and (z) the Transfer is otherwise in compliance with the transfer restrictions set forth in Exhibit F attached hereto. Following an Exchange Listing, during the Lock-Up Period (as defined below), Subscribers will be restricted from: (1) offering, pledging, selling, contracting to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchasing any option or contract to sell, granting any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transferring or disposing of, directly or indirectly, any Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any Shares, or publicly disclosing the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) entering into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of Shares or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), or (3) if applicable, making any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any Shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares. The “Lock-Up Period” is (i) 365 days after the date of an Exchange Listing for all Shares held by certain individuals and entities affiliated with the Advisers, and (ii) 180 days after the date of an Exchange Listing for 50% of the Shares held by the Subscriber (other than certain individuals and entities affiliated with the Advisers) and 270 days for the remaining 50% of the Shares held by the Subscriber (other than certain individuals and entities affiliated with the Advisers). The lock-up will apply to all Shares acquired prior to an Exchange Listing, but will not apply to any Shares acquired in open market transactions or acquired pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan after the date of an Exchange Listing. No Transfer will be effectuated except by registration of the Transfer on the Company books. Each transferee must agree to be bound by these restrictions and the terms of the Operative Documents and all other obligations as a Shareholder of the Company.
(ii)Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Subscriber covenants that it will not transfer all or any part of the Shares or its Capital Commitment (or purport to do so) if such Transfer would cause (A) the Company or the Advisers to be in violation of the U.S. Bank Secrecy Act, as amended, the U.S. Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, as amended, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), as amended, or any similar U.S. federal, state or non-U.S. law or regulation (collectively, “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”); or (B) the Shares to be held by a country, territory, entity or individual currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”) or any entity or individual that resides or has a place of business in, or is organized under the laws of, a country or territory that is subject to any sanctions administered by OFAC.
9.9The Subscriber understands that the Company, in its discretion and at any time, may require the Subscriber to withdraw its Capital Commitment to the Company, in whole or in part (as described in the Operative Documents).


- 9-


9.10The Subscriber understands that no state or other governmental authority has made any finding or determination relating to the fairness of an investment in the Company.
9.11The Subscriber has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment, or it, together with the purchaser representative appointed by the Subscriber (who is acting as its purchaser representative and whom it has so designated in writing and which writing it has delivered to the Company), have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that they are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment.
9.12The Subscriber represents and warrants that the Subscriber: (a) has sufficient financial standing to satisfy the obligations of a Shareholder under this Agreement; (b) is not domiciled in a country subject to trade embargoes imposed by the United Nations or the European Union; and (c) has not been (nor any of its directors or senior officers have been) formally charged or convicted of committing any act involving fraud, willful misconduct or misappropriation of funds during the five (5) years prior to the date of this Agreement.
9.13The Subscriber understands that the Company will only offer Shares to prospective investors who are “accredited investors” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of the Securities Act and the Subscriber represents and warrants that it is an accredited investor.
9.14The Subscriber represents and warrants that neither the Subscriber nor any person who through the Subscriber (including anyone who has investment discretion on the Subscriber’s behalf) will beneficially own the Shares has been subject to any “disqualifying event” (as defined in Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act) at any time on or prior to the Subscriber’s investment in the Company. The representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph 9.14 shall be deemed repeated and reaffirmed by the Subscriber to the Company as of each Closing Date. Furthermore, the Subscriber agrees to provide the Company with (1) prompt written notice of the occurrence of any event specified above with respect to the Subscriber or any such beneficial owner and (2) any information, documentation or certifications (including, if requested, a “bad actor” disqualification questionnaire) required by the Company, in its sole discretion, to permit the Company to comply with its obligations pursuant to Rule 506(d) under the Securities Act.
9.15The Subscriber represents and warrants that either: (i) the Subscriber is not required to register in any capacity with the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) under the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), or the rules and regulations of the CFTC thereunder; or (ii) the Subscriber is registered with the CFTC in each capacity in which it is required to be registered with the CFTC under the CEA, or the rules and regulations thereunder, Subscriber is a member of the U.S. National Futures Association (“NFA”) and Subscriber’s membership in NFA is not currently under suspension.  Subscriber agrees to promptly notify the Adviser in writing in the event the foregoing representation ceases to be true and correct.
9.16The Subscriber: (i) is not registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act; (ii) has not elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act; and (iii) either (A) is not relying on the exception from the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act set forth in Section 3(c)


- 10-


(1) or 3(c)(7) thereunder or (B) is permitted to acquire and hold more than 3% of the outstanding voting securities of a business development company.
9.17During the course of the offering of the Shares, both the Subscriber and its advisors have had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from representatives of the Company or persons acting on its behalf concerning the terms and conditions of a proposed investment in the Company and the Subscriber’s advisors and have also had the opportunity to obtain additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of information previously furnished about the Company.
9.18The Subscriber represents and warrants to the Company that:
(a)If it is a corporation or other entity, the Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that (i) it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring Shares of the Company; (ii) it has full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement; (iii) this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation on the Subscriber’s part, enforceable against the Subscriber in accordance with its terms; and (iv) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Subscriber has been authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the Subscriber’s part, and will not violate any contract, restriction or commitment of or applicable to the Subscriber or any of its affiliates, or to the best of the Subscriber’s knowledge, any applicable law or government regulation;
(b)All legal and tax advice, registrations, declarations or filings with, or licenses, approvals or authorizations of, any legislative body, governmental department or other governmental authority, necessary or appropriate in connection with its investment in the Company have been obtained or complied with;
(c)The Subscriber understands (i) the investment objective and policies of the Company, (ii) the manner in which profits and losses will be allocated, and (iii) the method of compensating the Advisers, and the various risks associated therewith, including the risk of creating incentives to make investments that are more risky and speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation.
9.19The Subscriber acknowledges or, if the Subscriber is acting as agent, representative, or nominee for a beneficial owner, has advised the beneficial owner that the Company reserves the right, without notice, to offer Shares through one or more affiliated selling agents or brokers on an exclusive or non-exclusive basis and to pay referral fees and commissions out of the fees and allocations payable to the Advisers.
9.20The Subscriber understands that the Company (i) intends to file an election to be regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act and (ii) intends to file an election to be treated as a regulated investment company within the meaning of Section 851 of the Code, for U.S. federal income tax purposes; pursuant to those elections, the Subscriber will be required to furnish certain information to the Company as required under Treasury Regulations § 1.852-6(a) and other regulations. If the Subscriber is unable or refuses to provide such information directly to the Company, the Subscriber understands that it will be required to include additional information


- 11-


on its income tax return as provided in Treasury Regulation § 1.852-7. The Company has filed a registration statement on Form 10 (the “Form 10”) for the Shares with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Form 10 is not the offering document pursuant to which the Company is conducting this offering and may not include all information regarding the Company contained in the Operative Documents; accordingly, Subscribers should rely exclusively on information contained in the Operative Documents in making their investment decisions.
9.21The Subscriber (i) acknowledges that recent legislation has modified the Investment Company Act by allowing a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met; (ii) acknowledges that the Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America, as the Company’s sole initial Shareholder, has approved a proposal that allows the Company to reduce its asset coverage to 150%; and (iii) agrees that the Company’s asset coverage ratio is 150% as permitted by such recent legislation.
9.22The Subscriber acknowledges that it has consulted to the extent deemed appropriate by the Subscriber with the Subscriber’s own advisors as to the financial, tax, legal, accounting, regulatory and related matters concerning an investment in the Shares and on that basis understands the financial, tax, legal, accounting, regulatory and related consequences of an investment in the Shares, and believes that an investment in the Shares is suitable and appropriate for the Subscriber.
9.23The Subscriber represents that the information contained in Exhibit A attached hereto is complete and accurate as of the date hereof and may be relied upon by the Company. The Subscriber further represents that it will notify the Company immediately in writing of any material change in any of such information that may occur at any time following the date of this Agreement.
9.24The Subscriber understands that the Company is subject to know-your-costumer and anti-money laundering rules, regulations and procedures and, as a result, it may require other documentation in addition to this Agreement or at any time change the minimum subscription requirements. Further, the Subscriber understands that the Company reserves the right to request such documentation or impose such minimums prior to deciding whether or not to accept this subscription.
9.25The Subscriber acknowledges receipt of Part 1 and Part 2, as applicable, of the Form ADV (the “Form ADV”) of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser. For so long as the Subscriber is a Shareholder of the Company, the Advisers shall provide the Subscriber with each annual update to the Form ADV.
9.26The Subscriber acknowledges that it is aware and understands that Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP acts as U.S. counsel to the Company. The Subscriber also acknowledges that it is aware and understands that, in connection with this offering of Shares and subsequent advice to the Company, Eversheds Sutherland (US) LLP will not be representing Shareholders of the Company, including the Subscriber, and no independent counsel has been retained by the Company to represent Shareholders of the Company.


- 12-


9.27The Subscriber acknowledges that the Company may enter into a subscription facility for short-term borrowing (the “Borrowing Facility”). In connection with any such Borrowing Facility, the Subscriber hereby acknowledges, agrees and confirms to the lender or agent pursuant to the Borrowing Facility that it is and shall remain absolutely and unconditionally obligated to fund its Unfunded Commitment (including, without limitation, any Capital Contributions required during any suspension of, or after the termination of, the Investment Period). The Subscriber further agrees to cooperate with the Company and provide financial information and other documentation reasonably and customarily required to obtain such facilities, and to not amend, modify, supplement, cancel, terminate, reduce or suspend any of its obligations under this Agreement.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Subscriber specifically agrees and consents that the Company may, at any time, and without further notice to or consent from the Subscriber (except to the extent otherwise provided in this Subscription Agreement), grant security over (and, in connection therewith, Transfer (as defined in Section 9.7) its right to draw down capital from the Subscriber pursuant to Section 3.2, and the Company’s right to receive the Drawdown Share Purchase Price (and any related rights of the Company), to lenders or other creditors of the Company, in connection with any Borrowing Facility or other indebtedness, guarantee or surety of the Company; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any such grantee’s right to draw down capital shall be subject to the limitations on the Company’s right to draw down capital pursuant to Section 3.2. In connection with any Borrowing Facility, the Subscriber specifically agrees, for the benefit of the Company and such lenders, to the following:
(a)The Company may incur indebtedness for Company purposes pursuant to a Borrowing Facility and secure such facility by (i) the Unused Capital Commitments, (ii) the Company’s rights to issue Drawdown Notices, (iii) the Company’s right to exercise remedies against the Subscribers and the Other Subscribers for failure to pay for such Shares as required by the Drawdown Notices, (iv) the deposit account into which the payments for such Shares will be wired on the applicable Drawdown Dates, and (v) any related collateral and proceeds thereof;
(b)the Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that the lender (or agent for the lenders) under a Borrowing Facility is relying on each Subscriber’s Unused Capital Commitment as its primary source of repayment and may issue future Drawdown Notices and may exercise all remedies of the Company with respect thereto as part of such lenders’ remedies under the Borrowing Facility;
(c)in the event of a failure by any Subscriber to pay for such Shares, the Company and such lender is entitled to pursue any and all remedies available to it under this Subscription Agreement, including issuing additional Drawdown Notices to non-Defaulting Subscribers in order to make up any deficiency caused by the default of the Subscriber, whose ownership in the Company would be diluted as a result;
(d)the Subscriber agrees that its obligation to fund Drawdown Notices pursuant to Section 3.2 is irrevocable, and shall be without setoff, counterclaim or defense of any kind, including any defense pursuant to Section 365 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (other than any defenses provided hereunder);
(e)the Subscriber has received full and adequate consideration on the date hereof for its Shares notwithstanding that they are to be paid and issued in subsequent installments, and any


- 13-


defense of non-consideration or similar defenses for its subscription are hereby waived by the Subscriber, whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceedings or otherwise, including any failure or inability of the Company to issue Shares or for any such Shares to have positive value on the date of a Drawdown Notice;
(f)the Company may use the proceeds of any Share issuance for repaying outstanding loans under the Borrowing Facility;
(g)the Subscriber agrees that the Company may reveal the Subscriber’s identity on a confidential basis to the lenders under a Borrowing Facility;
(h)upon the reasonable request of the Company, the Subscriber will provide the Company with copies of its financial statements to the extent such financial statements are not otherwise publically available and information about the Subscriber’s beneficial owners to enable the Company to comply with underwriting requests from any lender under a Borrowing Facility;
(i)any claim the Subscriber may have against the Company or another Subscriber in the Company shall be subordinate to any claim a lender under the Borrowing Facility may have against the Company or such Subscriber;
(j)from time to time upon request, the Subscriber will provide to any lender under a Borrowing Facility a certificate setting forth such Subscriber’s then Unused Capital Commitment;
(k)the Subscriber acknowledges and confirms that the terms of the applicable Borrowing Facility and each agreement executed in connection therewith can be modified (including, without limitation, increases, decreases or renewals of credit extended, or the release of any guarantee or security) without further notice to such Subscriber and without its consent; provided, however, that in no event shall any such modification of any such document alter a Subscriber’s rights or obligations hereunder without such Subscriber’s written consent;
(l)each Subscriber acknowledges that the making and performance of its obligations hereunder constitute private and commercial acts rather than governmental or public acts, and that neither it nor any of its properties or revenues has any right of immunity from suit, court jurisdiction, execution of a judgment or from any other legal process with respect to its obligations hereunder, and to the extent that it may hereafter be entitled to claim any such immunity, or to the extent that there may be attributed to it such an immunity (whether or not claimed), unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Company, it hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim and hereby irrevocably waives such immunity;
(m)upon the withdrawal or transfer of the Subscriber’s interest in the Company in accordance with the terms hereof, such Subscriber acknowledges that it may be required at the time of such withdrawal or transfer to fund a Drawdown Notice to repay amounts outstanding under the Borrowing Facility equal to its share thereof; provided that such Subscriber shall not be required to fund a Drawdown Notice in excess of its Unused Capital Commitment; and
(n)that the lenders under a Borrowing Facility are third party beneficiaries of this Subscription Agreement who may rely on the Subscriber’s agreements in this Section 9.27 in providing a Borrowing Facility to the Company.


- 14-


9.28The Subscriber hereby irrevocably (to the fullest extent permitted by law) appoints Kenneth J. Kencel and Michael Perry, and each of them acting individually, as attorney-in-fact and proxy for the undersigned, with full power of substitution, for and in the name and stead of the undersigned Subscriber to vote in favor of a proposal to liquidate and dissolve the Company, on a date that is at least five (5) years after the Initial Closing Date, subject to up to two (2) one-year extensions in the sole discretion of the Board, which has been declared advisable by the Board and submitted to the shareholders of the Company for consideration (a “Liquidation Proposal”), at a meeting of shareholders or otherwise, with respect to the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company owned of record by the Subscriber as of the date of this proxy and any and all other shares of capital stock or securities issued to the Subscriber or issuable in respect thereof on or after the date hereof and prior to the date this proxy (the “Irrevocable Limited Proxy”) terminates. This Irrevocable Limited Proxy is irrevocable, is coupled with an interest and is granted in connection with that certain offering by the Company and described in the Confidential Private Placement Memorandum of the Company, as amended and supplemented through the date hereof. The Company has issued the Shares to the Subscriber in consideration of, among other things, this Irrevocable Limited Proxy. This proxy will terminate upon the earlier of an Exchange Listing or the date upon which Articles of Dissolution of the Corporation are accepted for record by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of the State of Maryland.
Upon the execution of this Agreement, all prior proxies given by the Subscriber with respect to any of the Shares are hereby revoked. The Subscriber may vote the Shares on all other matters other than a Liquidation Proposal, and the attorneys and proxies named above may not exercise this proxy with respect to such other matters. Any term or provision of this proxy that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions of this proxy or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction. Upon such determination that any term or provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this proxy so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the fullest extent possible. This proxy shall be binding upon the heirs, estate, executors, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the Subscriber (including any transferee of any of the Shares).
10.Subscriber Information
10.1The Subscriber has duly completed the tax information in Exhibit E (U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“U.S. IRS”) on Tax Forms W-8 or W-9 and confirms that the information provided is true and complete.
10.2The Subscriber acknowledges that, in order to comply with the provisions of the U.S. Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”) and other applicable automatic exchange of information regimes (including, but not limited to, the Common Reporting Standard developed by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development) (“AEOI”)) and avoid the imposition of U.S. federal withholding tax, the Company may, from time to time, require further information and/or documentation from the Subscriber and, if and to the extent required under FATCA or an applicable AEOI, the Subscriber’s direct and indirect beneficial owners (if any),


- 15-


relating to or establishing any such owner’s identity, residence (or jurisdiction of formation), income tax status, and other required information and may provide or disclose such information and documentation to the U.S. IRS or other relevant government authority. The Subscriber agrees that it shall provide such information and documentation concerning itself and its beneficial owners, if any, as and when requested by the Company sufficient for the Company to comply with its obligations under FATCA or an applicable AEOI. The Subscriber acknowledges that, if the Subscriber does not provide the requested information and documentation, the Company may, at its sole option and in addition to all other remedies available at law or in equity, prohibit additional investments, decline or delay any redemption requests by the Subscriber and/or deduct from such Subscriber’s account and retain amounts sufficient to indemnify and hold harmless the Company from any and all withholding taxes, interest, penalties and other losses or liabilities suffered by the Company on account of the Subscriber’s not providing all requested information and documentation in a timely manner, and to ensure that such withholding taxes, interest, penalties and other losses or liabilities are economically borne by the Subscriber. The Subscriber shall have no claim against the Company, the Advisers or any of their respective affiliates for any form of damages or liability as a result of any of the aforementioned actions in the absence of willful misconduct and/or gross negligence.
10.3The Subscriber acknowledges that a failure to deliver, upon request, any documents or relevant information to the Company, may result in the Subscriber being charged with any taxes, penalties, fines or any other charges imposed on the Company and attributable to such failure to provide the relevant documentation or information, and the Company may, in its sole discretion, redeem the Shares of such Subscriber.
10.4The Subscriber has duly completed the requested forms in Exhibit E and confirms that the information provided is true and complete. The Subscriber agrees to provide new or additional forms upon the request of the Company or upon a change of facts upon which such forms were prepared.
11.Appointment of Attorney-in-Fact.
11.1The Subscriber hereby designates, constitutes and appoints each of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact for the Subscriber, and in the name, place and stead of the Subscriber from time to time to make, execute, verify, sign, acknowledge, record, deliver, swear to, file and/or publish such certificates, instruments and documents as may be required by, or may be appropriate under, the laws of any state or other jurisdiction in which the Company is doing or intends to do business, in connection with qualification to do business and with the use of the name of the Company by the Company and the dissolution of the Company.
11.2The foregoing grant of authority: (i) is a special power of attorney given to secure a proprietary interest of each of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser or the performance of an obligation owed to each of the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser, is irrevocable and shall survive the disability, death, incapacity, bankruptcy, termination or dissolution of the Subscriber; and (ii) shall survive the delivery of an assignment by a Shareholder of all or any portion of its Shares, except that where the assignee thereof has been approved by the Company for admission to the Company as a substitute Shareholder, the power of attorney shall survive the delivery of such assignment for


- 16-


the sole purpose of enabling such attorneys-in-fact to execute, acknowledge and file any instrument necessary to effect such substitution.
11.3This power of attorney shall be valid and in full force and effect for a limited period equal to the duration of the Subscriber’s Capital Commitment (unless earlier terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement). The Subscriber hereby agrees that such duration is in the interest and for the benefit of all partners and is reasonable given the nature and duration of the investments made by the partners in the Company; provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if any such power of attorney is determined to be invalid or voidable under applicable law due to the potential duration thereof, it is the intent of the Subscriber that the duration of such power of attorney be reduced to the maximum duration possible without rendering such power of attorney invalid or voidable under applicable law.
11.4The Subscriber hereby agrees to execute and deliver to its attorney-in-fact (mandataire) above appointed, within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such attorney’s request therefor, such other and further powers of attorney or other instruments as such attorney deems necessary.
12.Designation of Nominee.
In the event that the undersigned is acting as an agent, representative or nominee for an individual or entity who will be the beneficial owner of the Shares, please check here:  .
The Subscriber understands and acknowledges that the representations, warranties and agreements made in this Agreement are made by the Subscriber with respect to the beneficial owner of the Shares subscribed for hereby. The Subscriber represents and warrants that the Subscriber has all requisite power and authority from said beneficial owner to execute and perform the obligations under this Agreement and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the affiliates, associates, advisors, partners, employees and agents of the Company from and against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, cost and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, legal fees and expenses and any and all other costs and expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation commenced or threatened or any claim whatsoever) arising out of, or resulting from, or based upon, any misrepresentation or breach of warranty by the Subscriber under this Agreement or in any other document furnished by the Subscriber to the Company in connection with the offer or sale of the Shares.
13.Indemnification.
The Subscriber agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, Nuveen Churchill Administration LLC (the “Administrator”), their affiliates and each other person, if any, who controls or is controlled by any thereof, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act (collectively, the “Company Parties”), against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever (including but not limited to, any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing, or defending against any litigation commenced or threatened or any claim whatsoever) (collectively, “Losses”) arising out of or based upon any false representation or warranty or breach or failure by the Subscriber to comply with any covenant or agreement made by the Subscriber herein, in this Agreement or in any other document furnished


- 17-


by the Subscriber to any of the foregoing in connection with this transaction (“Subscriber Breach”); provided that the Subscriber shall not be required to indemnify the Company Parties (i) for any amount in excess of its Commitment to the Company or (ii) in circumstances where the Subscriber Breach does not result in Losses or adversely affect the Company Parties.
14.Benefit Plan Investor.
Each Subscriber agrees, represents and warrants that, unless indicated on Section (E) of the attached Purchaser Questionnaire it is not, nor is acting on behalf of, (i) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA that is subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a “plan” that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code, (iii) a plan or arrangement subject to federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws that are substantially similar to the foregoing laws (“Similar Law”), or an entity that is deemed to hold the assets of any such plan or arrangement described in (i), (ii), or (iii) above (collectively, a “Plan”) Each Subscriber who indicates on Section (E) of the Purchaser Questionnaire that it is, or is acting on behalf of, a Plan agrees, represents and warrants, to the extent applicable, that:
14.1The representations made in Section (E) of the Purchaser Questionnaire are true, accurate and complete, including, without limitation, the maximum percentage of the Subscriber’s assets which might constitute the assets of Benefit Plan Investors.
14.2The decision to acquire Shares was made by a “named fiduciary” (within the meaning of Section 402(a) of ERISA) or a fiduciary under Similar Law with respect to the Plan (the “Fiduciary”), and, if the Fiduciary is not the Subscriber, the Subscriber has been duly authorized by the Fiduciary to enter into the Subscription Agreement and the Fiduciary has consulted with counsel to the extent deemed necessary with respect to such investment.
14.3The Fiduciary has read and understands the Memorandum, including, but not limited to, the risks described therein, and including the discussion of the fee structure contained therein, and has concluded that the proposed investment in the Company and the purchase and holding of Shares contemplated thereby (i) are consistent with its fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA, including, without limitation, the diversification and prudence requirements under ERISA, or Similar Law (ii) are in accordance with all requirements applicable to the Plan under its governing instruments and funding policy under ERISA or Similar Law and (iii) will not constitute, result in or otherwise involve a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or the violation of any Similar Law.
14.4None of the assets of the Plan to be invested in the Company are assets with respect to which the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser or any affiliates thereof, or any placement agent, (i) is a fiduciary within the meaning of Section 3(21) of ERISA (as a result of providing investment advice or otherwise) or Similar Law, or (ii) has discretionary authority or control or renders investment advice.
14.5The Subscriber and, if different, the Fiduciary, are independent of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and any affiliates thereof.
14.6The Fiduciary has the authority and the discretion to make the investment decision to purchase Shares on behalf of the Plan and assumes full responsibility for making such


- 18-


investment decision, and in making this decision has not relied, and is not relying on, the investment advice of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser or any affiliates thereof.
14.7The Subscriber represents and warrants that the purchase and the holding of the Shares will not constitute a nonexempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a violation under any applicable similar laws.
15.Anti-Money Laundering.
15.1The Subscriber represents and warrants to comply with applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations of the U.S.
15.2The Company requires each prospective Shareholder to provide proof of its identity. For individuals, a passport or similar identification must be provided. An entity must provide a certified copy of its organizational documents (articles of incorporation, certificate of formation, or similar documents). The Subscriber represents that all evidence of identity provided is genuine and all related information furnished is accurate and agrees to provide any information deemed necessary by the Company in its discretion, to comply with its anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist financing program and related responsibilities. The Subscriber acknowledges that in the event of delay or failure by the undersigned to produce any information required for verification purposes, the Company may refuse to accept the subscription and the subscription monies relating thereto, or may refuse to allow a withdrawal until proper information has been provided. The Subscriber represents that all evidence of identity provided is genuine and all related information furnished is accurate.
15.3The Subscriber is either (check one of the following):
a.         
Acquiring Shares for its own account, risk and beneficial interest, and:
i.
is not acting as agent, representative, intermediary/nominee or in any similar capacity for any other person;
ii.
no other person will have a beneficial or economic interest in the Shares; and
iii.
does not have any intention or obligation to sell, distribute, assign or transfer all or a portion of the Shares to any other person;
OR
b.         
An investor intermediary investing in its own name on behalf of other investors, which, for these purposes, may include, without limitation, an introducing firm, an asset aggregator, a nominee or a fund of funds; and
i.
is subscribing for Shares as a record owner in its capacity as an agent, representative or nominee on


- 19-


behalf of one or more beneficial owners, and agrees that the representations, warranties and covenants made in this Agreement are made by it on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners; and
ii.
the Subscriber (i) has all requisite power and authority from the beneficial owners to execute and perform the obligations under this Agreement; (ii) has carried out investor identification procedures with regard to all beneficial owners; to the extent it is required to do so by applicable law, and (iii) has established the identity of all beneficial owners, holds evidence of such identities, to the extent it is required to do so by applicable law, and will make such information available to the Company upon request.
15.4    The Subscriber represents and warrants that, to the best of its knowledge, none of: (A) the Subscriber; (B) any person controlling or controlled by the Subscriber; (C) if the Subscriber is a privately held entity, any person having a beneficial interest in the Subscriber; or (D) any person for whom the Subscriber is acting as agent or nominee in connection with this investment is a senior foreign political figure,1 any immediate family member2 or close associate3 of a senior foreign political figure as such terms are defined in the footnotes below.
15.5    The Subscriber understands that the Company prohibits any investment in the Company by or on behalf of the following persons (each, a “Prohibited Investor”) and that the Subscriber confirms that the Subscriber:
is not a person or entity whose name appears on the List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons maintained by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control; or
________________________
1 A “senior foreign political figure” is defined as a senior official in the executive, legislative, administrative, military or judicial branches of a non-U.S. government (whether elected or not), a senior official of a major non-U.S. political party, or a senior executive of a corporation owned by a non-U.S. government. In addition, a “senior foreign political figure: includes any corporation, business, or other entity that has been formed by or for the benefit of a senior foreign political figure.
2 “Immediate family” of a senior foreign political figure typically includes the figure’s parents, siblings, spouse, children and in-laws.
3 A “close associate” of a senior foreign political figure is a person who is widely and publicly known to maintain an unusually close relationship with the senior foreign political figure, and includes a person who is in a position to conduct substantial U.S. and non-U.S. financial transactions on behalf of the senior foreign political figure.


- 20-


is not a person with whom a transaction is prohibited by applicable provisions of Executive Order 13224, the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trading with the Enemy Act or the foreign asset control regulations of the United States Treasury Department, in each case as amended from time to time;
is not controlled by any person described in paragraphs 1 and 2 above;
has not made or received payments to or from any persons in violation of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (as amended from time to time) and the regulations promulgated thereunder; and
is not a foreign shell bank (a bank without a physical presence in any country).
15.6    The Subscriber represents and warrants that the Subscriber has not engaged in any conduct that would violate the Patriot Act, the Trading with the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1, et seq., as amended), the substantive prohibitions of the anti-boycott laws of the United States, any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended), and any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto.
15.7    If the Subscriber is a non-U.S. banking institution (a “Foreign Bank”) or if the Subscriber receives deposits from, makes payments on behalf of, or handles other financial transactions related to a Foreign Bank, it represents and warrants to the Company that:
(a)the Foreign Bank has a fixed address, other than solely an electronic address, in a country in which the Foreign Bank is authorized to conduct banking activities;
(b)(the Foreign Bank employs one or more individuals on a full-time basis;
(c)the Foreign Bank maintains operating records related to its banking activities;
(d)the Foreign Bank is subject to inspection by the banking authority that licensed the Foreign Bank to conduct banking activities; and
(e)the Foreign Bank does not provide banking services to any other Foreign Bank that does not have a physical presence in any country and that is not a regulated affiliate.
15.8    The Subscriber is not resident in, or organized or chartered under the laws of a jurisdiction that has been designated by the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury under Sections 311 and 312 of the USA PATRIOT ACT as warranting special measures due to primary money laundering concerns.
15.9    The Subscriber represents and warrants to the Company that the Subscriber understands and agrees that any withdrawal of Shares will be paid to the same account from which


- 21-


the Subscriber’s investment in the Company was originally remitted, unless the Company in its discretion, agrees otherwise.
15.10    The Subscriber represents and covenants that neither the beneficial owner, nor any person controlling, controlled by, or under common control with it, nor any person having a beneficial interest in it, is a Prohibited Investor. The Subscriber agrees to promptly notify the Company of any change in information affecting this representation and covenant.
15.11    The Subscriber acknowledges that if the beneficial owner is, or the Company reasonably believes that the beneficial owner is, a Prohibited Investor, the Company may be obligated to freeze its investment, either by prohibiting additional investments, declining any withdrawal requests and/or segregating the assets constituting the investment in accordance with applicable regulations, or its investment may be immediately withdrawn by the Company, and it shall have no claim against the Company, the Advisers, the Administrator, or any of their affiliates for any form of damages as a result of any of the aforementioned actions.
15.12    The Subscriber represents that the amounts contributed by the Subscriber to the Company were not and are not directly or indirectly derived from activities that may contravene applicable laws and regulations, including anti-money laundering laws and regulations.
16.Swaps.
The Subscriber represents and warrants that the Subscriber will not enter into a swap, structured note or other derivative instrument, the return from which is based in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, on the return with respect to the Company or its Shares (a “Swap”) with a counterparty or counterparties (each, a “Counterparty”), such that the Counterparty would be deemed to be: (i) a beneficial owner of Shares of the Company for purposes of the Investment Company Act; (ii) the beneficial owner of Shares of the Company for purposes of the CEA or the rules of the CFTC; (iii) an offeree or purchaser of Shares for purposes of the Securities Act; (iv) a client of the Advisers for purposes of the United States Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”); (iv) a purchaser of Shares for purposes of the Exchange Act (including, without limitation the anti-fraud rules thereunder); or (v) a holder of Shares who is an investor in a Plan.
17.Successors and Assigns.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns; provided that neither party shall be entitled to make any assignment of its rights hereunder without the prior consent of the other party.
18.Winding Up.
The Subscriber hereby agrees that it shall not take any action to present a petition or commence any case, proceeding, proposal or other action under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, U.S. or non-U.S., relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement in the nature of insolvency proceedings, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or analogous relief with respect to the Company or the debts of the Company unless and until an undisputed debt is immediately due and payable by the Company to the Subscriber.


- 22-


19.Third Party Rights.
A person who is not a party to this Agreement and who is granted rights pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement (each, a “Beneficiary”) may, in their own right enforce their rights subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, the consent of any person who is not a party to this Agreement (including without limitation any Beneficiary) is not required for any amendment to, or variation, release, rescission or termination of this Agreement. In addition, the Subscriber agrees that the lenders (and any administrative agent or collateral agent acting on behalf of the lenders) shall hereby be a third party beneficiary of the Agreement and shall, in accordance with the terms of the Borrowing Facility, have the right to enforce the obligations of the Subscriber to make Capital Contributions under the terms of this Agreement and to seek all available remedies against the Subscriber if the Subscriber fails to make such Capital Contributions.
20.Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the state of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act. To the extent the applicable laws of the state of Maryland, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the provisions of the Investment Company Act, the latter shall control. The parties agree that any action or proceeding arising, directly, indirectly or otherwise in connection, out of, related to or from this Agreement, any breach hereof, or any transaction covered hereby, may be resolved, whether by arbitration or otherwise, within the state of Maryland. Accordingly, the parties consent and submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the state of Maryland.
21.Further Assurances.
The parties agree that they shall execute and deliver any and all additional writings, instruments, and other documents contemplated hereby or referred to herein and shall take such further action as shall be reasonably required in order to effectuate the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
22.Article Headings.
The article headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
23.Reliance on Information.
The Subscriber understands and acknowledges that the Company will be relying on the accuracy and completeness of its responses to the questions contained herein. The Subscriber represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
(a)(the responses of the Subscriber are complete and correct and may be relied upon by the Company in determining whether the offering of Shares is exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and


- 23-


(b)the Subscriber will notify the Company immediately in writing of any material change in any response made herein after the date of this Agreement.
In addition, Subscriber agrees to provide the Company with such additional tax information as the Company or the Administrator may from time to time request.
24.Acceptance of Subscription.
The Subscriber understands that the Company or its agent will inform the Subscriber whether this subscription has been accepted. The Subscriber acknowledges that the Company reserves the right to reject in its discretion this and any other subscription only in whole.
25.Rejection of Subscription and Return of Subscription Amount.
If this subscription is not accepted, the Company shall as soon as practicable return any funds transferred by the Subscriber, without interest, at the expense and risk of the Subscriber, and this Agreement and any other documents delivered by the Subscriber may be destroyed by the Company.


- 24-


SIGNATURE PAGE
The Subscriber and the Company have executed and delivered this Subscription Agreement this ______ day of__________________, _____.
Commitment Amount:_______________________________
Executed by:
 
 
 
 
Name of Corporation, Trust, or Partnership
Subscriber (please type or print)
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name:
 
Title:
 
 
 
 
Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc.
 
 
 
 
By:
 
 
Name: Shaul Vichness
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer


- 25-
Exhibit 4.2

 
 
 
 
 


No.   *0*   
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
   *0*    Shares
 
Incorporated under the Laws of the State of Maryland
CUSIP NO.  [_______________]
 
Common Stock
Par Value $.01 Per Share
 
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS AND OTHER INFORMATION
 
THIS CERTIFIES THAT                     **Specimen**                          IS THE OWNER OF                **Zero (0)**                         FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, WITH A PAR VALUE OF $.01 PER SHARE, OF NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC. (the “Corporation”), transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate if properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.
 
WITNESS the seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
 
Dated:                     , 2020
 
 
 
 
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
CORPORATE SEAL
2020
MARYLAND
 
Secretary
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transfer Agent
 
 
 



The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
 
 
TEN COM
as tenants in common
Unif Gift Min Act -
 
Custodian
 
 
TEN ENT
tenants by the entireties
 
(Cust)
 
(Minor)
 
JT TEN
as joint tenants with right of
 
Under Uniform Gifts to Minors
 
 
survivorship and not as tenants
in common
 
Act:
 
 
 
 
(State)
 
Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The Corporation will furnish to any stockholder, on request and without charge, a full statement of the information required by Section 2-211(b) of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland with respect to the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends and other distributions, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation has authority to issue and, if the Corporation is authorized to issue any preferred or special class in series, (i) the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series to the extent set, and (ii) the authority of the Board of Directors to set such rights and preferences of subsequent series. This Certificate and the shares of Common Stock represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the charter and bylaws of the Corporation and all amendments thereto (copies of which may be obtained from the secretary of the Corporation), to all of which the holder of this certificate by acceptance hereof assents.
KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED, THE CORPORATION WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.
For Value Received,                              the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
 
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)



shares of the Common Stock represented by this Certificate, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      Attorney, to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated
 
 
By:
 
 
 
 
NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.
Signature(s) Guaranteed:
 
By:
 
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM) PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

Exhibit 10.1

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
AND
NUVEEN CHURCHILL ADVISORS LLC
AGREEMENT, dated as of December 31, 2019, between NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and NUVEEN CHURCHILL ADVISORS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”).
WHEREAS, the Company is a non-diversified, closed-end investment company that intends to elect to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (together with the rules promulgated thereunder, the “1940 Act”);
WHEREAS, the Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (together with the rules promulgated thereunder, the “Advisers Act”);
WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Adviser to provide investment advisory services to the Company in the manner and on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and
WHEREAS, the Adviser is willing to provide investment advisory services to the Company in the manner and on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Adviser hereby agree as follows:
1.
In General.
The Adviser agrees, all as more fully set forth herein, to act as investment adviser to the Company with respect to the investment of the Company’s assets and to supervise and arrange for the day-to-day operations of the Company and the purchase of assets for and the sale of assets held in the investment portfolio of the Company.
2.
Duties and Obligations of the Adviser with Respect to Investment of Assets of the Company.
(a)    Subject to the succeeding provisions of this paragraph and subject to the direction and control of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors”), the Adviser shall act as the investment adviser to the Company and shall manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Company.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Adviser shall, during the term and subject to the provisions of this Agreement, (i) determine the composition of the portfolio of the Company, the nature and timing of the changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes; (ii) identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments made by the Company; (iii) execute, close, service and monitor the investments that the Company makes; (iv) determine the securities and other assets that the Company will purchase, retain or sell; (v) perform due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; (vi) provide the Company with such other investment advisory, research and related services as the Company may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of its funds, and (vii), subject to the Company’s policies and procedures, manage the capital structure of the Company, including, but not limited to, asset and liability management. Subject to the supervision of the Board of Directors, Adviser shall have the power and authority on behalf of the Company to effectuate its investment decisions for the Company, including the execution and delivery of all documents relating to the Company’s investments and the placing of orders for other purchase or sale transactions on behalf of the Company.  In the event that the Company determines to acquire



debt financing or to refinance existing debt financing, the Adviser shall arrange for such financing on the Company’s behalf, subject to the oversight and approval of the Board of Directors. If it is necessary for the Adviser to make investments on behalf of the Company through a subsidiary or special purpose vehicle, the Adviser shall have authority to create or arrange for the creation of such subsidiary or special purpose vehicle and to make such investments through such subsidiary or special purpose vehicle (in accordance with the 1940 Act).  Nothing contained herein shall be construed to restrict the Company’s right to hire its own employees or to contract for administrative services to be performed by third parties, including but not limited to, the calculation of the net asset value of the Company’s shares.
(b)    In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Adviser shall at all times use all reasonable efforts to conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act, and of any rules or regulations in force thereunder, subject to the terms of any exemptive order applicable to the Company; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Company, as such documents may be amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives, policies and restrictions applicable to the Company as set forth in the reports and/or registration statements that the Company files with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as they may be amended from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Directors of the Company and provided in writing to the Adviser.
(c)    The Adviser shall cause significant managerial assistance to be offered to the Company’s portfolio companies to the extent required by the 1940 Act.
(d)    The Adviser may engage one or more investment advisers (each, a “Sub-Adviser”) which are registered under the Advisers Act to act as sub-advisers to provide the Company any of the services required to be performed by the Adviser under the Agreement, all as shall be set forth in a written contract (each, a “Sub-Advisory Agreement”) to which the Adviser and Sub-Adviser shall be parties, which Sub-Advisory Agreement shall be subject to approval by the vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who are not “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of the Adviser, any sub-adviser, or of the Company (each, a “Non-Interested Director”), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval and, to the extent required by the 1940 Act, by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company and otherwise consistent with the terms of the 1940 Act. The Adviser and not the Company shall be responsible for any compensation payable to any Sub-Adviser; provided, however, that the Adviser shall have the right to direct the Company to pay directly to any Sub-Adviser the amounts due and payable to such Sub-Adviser from the fees and expenses payable to the Adviser under this Agreement.
(e)    The Adviser will maintain all books and records with respect to the Company’s securities transactions required by sub-paragraphs (b)(5), (6), (9) and (10) and paragraph (f) of Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act (other than those records being maintained by the administrator to the Company (the “Administrator”) under the administration agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and the Administrator concurrent herewith (the “Administration Agreement”)), or by the Company’s custodian or transfer agent and preserve such records for the periods prescribed therefor by Rule 31a-2 of the 1940 Act. The Adviser shall have the right to retain copies, or originals where required by Rule 204-2 promulgated under the Advisers Act, of such records to the extent required by applicable law, subject to observance of its confidentiality obligations under this Agreement.
(f)    The expenses incurred by the Adviser and its officers, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services hereunder, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, shall be provided and paid for by the Adviser and not by the Company.  For avoidance of doubt, unless the Adviser elects to bear or waive any of the

2


following costs (in its sole and absolute discretion), the Company shall bear all other costs and expenses of its operations and transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to:
(i)         the organization of the Company;
(ii)        calculating net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);
(iii)      expenses, including travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, incurred by the Adviser, or members of its investment team, or payable to third parties, in evaluating, developing, negotiating, structuring and performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, including such expenses related to potential investments that were not consummated, and, if necessary, enforcing the Company’s rights;
(iv)      fees and expenses incurred by the Adviser payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for the Company and in conducting research and due diligence on prospective investments and equity sponsors, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring the Company’s investments and monitoring investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis;
(v)        any and all fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the incurrence of leverage and indebtedness of the Company, including borrowings, dollar rolls, reverse purchase agreements, credit facilities, securitizations, margin financing and derivatives and swaps, and including any principal or interest on the Company’s borrowings and indebtedness (including, without limitation, any fees, costs, and expenses incurred in obtaining lines of credit, loan commitments, and letters of credit for the account of the Company and in making, carrying, funding and/or otherwise resolving investment guarantees);
(vi)        offerings, sales, and repurchases of the Company’s common stock and other securities;
(vii)       fees and expenses payable under any dealer manager and placement agent agreements, if any;
(viii)      investment advisory fees payable under Section 6 of this Agreement;
(ix)        administration fees and expenses, if any, payable under the Administration Agreement (including payments under the Administration Agreement between us and the Administrator, based upon the Company’s allocable portion of the Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of the Company’s chief financial officer and chief compliance officer, and their respective staffs);
(x)         costs incurred in connection with investor relations, board of directors relations, and with preparing for and effectuating a listing of the Company’s securities on any securities exchange;
(xi)        any applicable administrative agent fees or loan arranging fees incurred with respect to the Company’s portfolio investments by the Adviser, the Administrator or an affiliate thereof;
(xii)      any and all fees, costs and expenses incurred in implementing or maintaining third-party or proprietary software tools, programs or other technology for the benefit of the Company (including, without limitation, any and all fees, costs and expenses of any investment, books and records, portfolio compliance and reporting systems, general ledger or portfolio accounting systems and similar systems and services, including, without limitation, consultant, software licensing, data management and recovery services fees and expenses);

3


(xiii)     transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses;
(xiv)     federal and state registration fees;
(xv)      all costs of registration and listing the Company’s securities on any securities exchange;
(xvi)     federal, state and local taxes;
(xvii)    fees and expenses of the Non-Interested Directors, including reasonable travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, and any legal counsel or other advisors retained by, or at the discretion or for the benefit of, the Non-Interested Directors;
(xviii)   costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required by the SEC or other regulators, and all fees, costs and expenses related to compliance-related matters (such as developing and implementing specific policies and procedures in order to comply with certain regulatory requirements) and regulatory filings related to the Company’s activities and/or other regulatory filings, notices or disclosures of the Adviser and its affiliates relating to the Company and its activities;
(xix)     costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to shareholders, including printing costs;
(xx)      fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;
(xxi)     direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors, tax preparers and outside legal costs;
(xxii)    proxy voting expenses;
(xxiii)   all expenses relating to payments of dividends or interest or distributions in cash or any other form made or caused to be made by the Board of Directors to or on account of holders of the securities of the Company, including in connection with any dividend reinvestment plan or direct stock purchase plan;
(xxiv)   costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold the Company’s assets for tax or other purposes;
(xxv)    the allocated costs incurred by the Adviser and/or the Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;
(xxvi)   allocable fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts on behalf of the Company;
(xxvii)  all fees, costs and expenses of any litigation involving the Company or its portfolio companies and the amount of any judgments or settlements paid in connection therewith, directors and officers, liability or other insurance (including costs of title insurance) and indemnification (including advancement of any fees, costs or expenses to persons entitled to indemnification) or extraordinary expense or liability relating to Company’s affairs;
(xxviii) fees, costs and expenses of winding up and liquidating the Company’s assets; and

4


(xxix)   all other expenses incurred by the Company or the Adviser in connection with administering the Company’s business.
(g)    The Adviser is hereby authorized, on behalf of the Company and at the direction of the Board of Directors pursuant to delegated authority, to possess, transfer, mortgage, pledge or otherwise deal in, and exercise all rights, powers, privileges and other incidents of ownership or possession with respect to, the Company’s investments and other property and funds held or owned by the Company, including voting and providing consents and waivers with respect to the Company’s investments and exercising and enforcing rights with respect to any claims relating to the Company’s investments and other property and funds, including with respect to litigation, bankruptcy or other reorganization.
(h)    The Adviser will not typically use a broker or dealer, but if a broker or dealer is required to effectuate a transaction on behalf of the Company, the Adviser will engage one as described below. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Adviser will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Adviser will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Adviser may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Company and other clients of the Adviser. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Adviser hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Adviser to the Company and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Company will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Company over the long term, subject to review by the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time with respect to the extent and continuation of such practice to determine whether the Company benefits, directly or indirectly, from such practice.
(i)    The Adviser will provide to the Board of Directors such periodic and special reports as it may reasonably request.
3.
Services Not Exclusive.
Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Adviser or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment adviser for any other person, firm or corporation, whether or not the investment objectives or policies of any such other person, firm, or corporation are similar to those of the Company, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Adviser or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting.
4.
Confidentiality.
The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto, including all “nonpublic personal information,” as defined under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (Public law 106-102, 113 Stat. 1138), shall be used by the other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party, without the prior consent of such providing party, except that such confidential information may be disclosed to an affiliate or agent of the disclosing party to be used for the sole purpose of providing the services set forth herein. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is requested by or required to be disclosed to any governmental or regulatory authority,

5


including in connection with any required regulatory filings or examinations, by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by applicable law or regulation.
5.
Expenses.
During the term of this Agreement, the Adviser will bear all compensation expense (including health insurance, pension benefits, payroll taxes and other compensation related matters) of its employees and shall bear the costs of any salaries of any officers or directors of the Company who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Adviser.
6.
Compensation of the Adviser.
The Company agrees to pay, and the Adviser agrees to accept, as compensation for the services provided by the Adviser hereunder, a base management fee (the “Management Fee”) and an incentive fee (the “Incentive Fee”) as hereinafter set forth.
(a)
The Management Fee will be payable quarterly in arrears and will commence with the initial drawdown from investors.
(i)
Prior to such time as the Company’s common stock is listed on a national securities exchange (an “Exchange Listing”), or any listing of its securities on any other public trading market, the Management Fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 0.75% of average total assets (which excludes cash and cash equivalents and undrawn capital commitments, but includes assets financed using leverage) at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters.
(ii)
Following an Exchange Listing, the base management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.25% of average total assets (which excludes cash and cash equivalents, but includes assets financed using leverage) at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters.
(b)
The Incentive Fee will be paid as follows:
(i)
Prior to an Exchange Listing, or any listing of its securities on any other public trading market, the Company will pay no Incentive Fee to the Adviser.
(ii)
Following an Exchange Listing, the Company will pay an Incentive Fee to the Adviser that will consist of two parts:
(A)
The first part will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated and shall be payable promptly following the filing of the Company’s financial statements for such quarter.
(a)
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income is defined as follows:
(i)
Pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that the Company receives from portfolio companies but excluding fees for providing managerial assistance) accrued during the relevant calendar quarter, minus the Company’s operating expenses for the quarter (including the Management Fee, any expenses payable under the Administration Agreement and any interest

6


expense and dividends paid on any outstanding preferred shares, but excluding the Incentive Fee) (“Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income”). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income will include, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature such as market discount, debt instruments with PIK interest, preferred shares with PIK dividends and zero-coupon securities, accrued income that the Company has not yet received in cash. The Adviser is not under any obligation to reimburse the Company for any part of the Incentive Fee it received that was based on accrued interest that the Company never actually receives.
(ii)
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income will not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital gains or losses.
(iii)
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets (defined as total assets less senior securities constituting indebtedness and before taking into account any Incentive Fees payable during the period) at the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter for which such fees are being calculated, will be compared to a “hurdle rate”, expressed as a rate of return on the value of the Company’s net assets at the end of the most recently completed calendar quarter, of 1.50% per quarter (6% annualized).
(b)
The Company will pay the Adviser an Incentive Fee with respect to Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in each calendar quarter as follows:
(i)
No Incentive Fee in any calendar quarter in which the Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the hurdle rate of 1.50% (6% annually);
(ii)
100% of the Company’s Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 1.76% in any calendar quarter following an Exchange Listing; and
(iii)
15% of the amount of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 1.76% in any calendar quarter.
(B)
The second part of the Incentive Fee is a capital gains Incentive Fee that will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each fiscal year (or upon termination of the Agreement, as of the termination date), and equals 15.0% of the Company’s realized capital gains as of the end of the fiscal year following an Exchange Listing.
(a)
At the end of the applicable year, the amount of capital gains that will serve as the basis for the calculation of the capital gains Incentive Fee equals the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains less cumulative aggregate realized capital losses, and less aggregate unrealized capital depreciation, with respect to the Company’s portfolio of investments. If this number is positive at the end of such year, then the capital gains Incentive Fee for such year equals 15.0% of such amount following an Exchange Listing, as applicable, less the aggregate amount of any capital gains Incentive Fees paid in respect of the Company’s portfolio in all prior years following an Exchange Listing.

7


(b)
In determining the capital gains Incentive Fee payable to the Adviser, the Company will calculate the cumulative aggregate realized capital gains and cumulative aggregate realized capital losses since the date of this Agreement, and the aggregate unrealized capital depreciation as of the date of the calculation, as applicable, with respect to each of the investments in the Company’s portfolio.
For purposes of this Section 6(b)(ii)(B):
(i)
The cumulative aggregate realized capital gains are calculated as the sum of the differences, if positive, between (a) the net sales price of each investment in the Company’s portfolio when sold and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.
(ii)
The cumulative aggregate realized capital losses are calculated as the sum of the differences, if negative, between (a) the net sales price of each investment in the Company’s portfolio when sold and (b) the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment.
(iii)
The accreted or amortized cost basis of an investment shall mean the accreted or amortized cost basis of such investment as reflected in the Company’s financial statements.
7.
Indemnification.
The Adviser assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to render the services called for hereunder in good faith and shall not be responsible for any action of the Board of Directors in following or declining to follow any advice or recommendations of the Adviser. The Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with the Adviser) shall not be liable to the Company for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Adviser in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Company (except to the extent specified in Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act concerning loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty (as the same is finally determined by judicial proceedings) with respect to the receipt of compensation for services), and the Company shall indemnify, defend and protect the Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with the Adviser) (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs, demands, charges, claims and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Company or its security holders) arising out of any actions or omissions or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Adviser’s duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Company. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Section 7 to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall protect or be deemed to protect the Indemnified Parties against or entitle or be deemed to entitle the Indemnified Parties to indemnification in respect of, any liability to the Company or its security holders to which the Indemnified Parties would otherwise be subject by reason of fraud, willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of the Adviser’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Adviser’s duties and obligations under this Agreement (as the same shall be determined in accordance with the 1940 Act and any interpretations or guidance by the SEC or its staff thereunder).

8


8.
Duration and Termination.
(a)    This Agreement shall become effective as of the first date above written. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice, (i) by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, (ii) by the vote of the Company’s Board of Directors, or (iii) by the Adviser. The provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Adviser shall remain entitled to the benefits thereof, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement. Further, notwithstanding the termination or expiration of this Agreement as aforesaid, the Adviser shall be entitled to any amounts owed under Section 6 through the date of termination or expiration.
(b)    Unless earlier terminated pursuant to clause (a) above, this Agreement shall continue in effect for two years from the date hereof and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive annual periods, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (A) the vote of the Board of Directors, or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, and (B) the vote of a majority of the Non-Interested Directors in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.
(c)    This Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined for purposes of Section 15(a)(4) of the 1940 Act).
9.
Notices.
Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.
10.
Amendment of this Agreement.
This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent of the parties, subject to the requirements of applicable law.
11.
Use of Name.
The Adviser has consented to the use by the Company of “Nuveen” and “Churchill” in the name of the Company. Such consent is conditioned upon the employment of the Adviser as the investment adviser to the Company. Either of “Nuveen” or “Churchill” may be used from time to time in other connections and for other purposes by the Adviser and any of its affiliates. The Adviser may require the Company to cease using either or both of “Nuveen” and/or “Churchill” in the name of the Company, if the Company ceases to employ, for any reason, the Adviser, any successor thereto or any affiliate thereof as investment adviser to the Company. If so required by the Adviser, the Company will cease using either or both of “Nuveen” and/or “Churchill” in its name as promptly as practicable and make all reasonable efforts to remove “Nuveen” and/or “Churchill” from its name.
12.
Entire Agreement; Governing Law.
This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. In such case, to the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.

9


13.
Miscellaneous.
The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
14.
Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date above written.
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
 
 
By:
/s/ John D. McCally
 
 
Name:
John D. McCally
Title:
Vice President and Secretary
 
 
 
 
NUVEEN CHURCHILL ADVISORS LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ John D. McCally
 
 
Name:
John D. McCally
Title:
Managing Director, Assistant Secretary

[Signature Page to Investment Advisory Agreement]
Exhibit 10.2

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN
NUVEEN CHURCHILL ADVISORS LLC
AND
CHURCHILL ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC
THIS INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISORY AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) made this 31st day of December, 2019, by and between NUVEEN CHURCHILL ADVISORS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”), and CHURCHILL ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sub-Adviser”).
WHEREAS, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser are investment advisers that are registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), and engage in the business of providing investment management services; and
WHEREAS, the Adviser has been retained to act as the investment adviser to Nuveen Churchill BDC, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), a closed-end management investment company that intends to elect to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement, dated December 31, 2019 (the “Advisory Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, the Advisory Agreement permits the Adviser, subject to the supervision and direction of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”), to delegate certain of its duties thereunder to other investment advisers, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act; and
WHEREAS, the Adviser desires to retain the Sub-Adviser to assist it in fulfilling certain of its obligations under the Advisory Agreement, and the Sub-Adviser is willing to render such services subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1.
Duties of the Sub-Adviser.
(a)    Retention of Sub-Adviser. The Adviser hereby engages the Sub-Adviser to manage the investment and reinvestment of the assets of the Company, subject to the terms set forth herein and subject to the supervision of the Adviser and the Board.
(b)    Responsibilities of Sub-Adviser. Subject always to the supervision of the Adviser and the Company’s Board, the Sub-Adviser will furnish an investment program in respect of, make investment decisions for, and place all orders for the purchase and sale of securities for the Company, all on behalf of the Adviser.
(c)    Acceptance of Engagement. The Sub-Adviser hereby agrees during the term hereof to render the services described herein for the compensation provided herein, subject to the limitations contained herein. The Sub-Adviser shall carry out its responsibilities under this Agreement in compliance with: (i) the Company’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions set forth in the Company’s Form 10 or any future



registration statement or prospectus; (ii) such policies, directives, regulatory restrictions and compliance policies as the Adviser may from time to time establish or issue and communicate to the Sub-Adviser in writing; and (iii) applicable law and related regulations.
(d)    Independent Contractor Status. The Sub-Adviser shall, for all purposes herein provided, be deemed to be an independent contractor and, except as expressly provided or authorized herein, shall have no authority to act for or represent the Adviser or the Company in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Adviser or the Company.
(e)    Brokerage Commissions. The Sub-Adviser will not typically use a broker or dealer, but if a broker or dealer is used, the Sub-Adviser will place orders with any broker or dealer in connection with making investments for the Company, on the Adviser’s behalf hereunder. Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Adviser will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders. In placing orders, the Sub-Adviser will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency. Consistent with this obligation, the Sub-Adviser may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Company and other clients of the Sub-Adviser. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Adviser hereunder. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Sub-Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Sub-Adviser to the Company and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Company will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Company over the long term, subject to review by the Board from time to time with respect to the extent and continuation of such practice to determine whether the Company benefits, directly or indirectly, from such practice.
(f)    Voting of Proxies. The Adviser hereby delegates to the Sub-Adviser the Adviser’s discretionary authority to exercise voting rights with respect to the securities and other assets of the Company (the “Sub-Adviser Assets”) and authorizes the Sub-Adviser to delegate further such discretionary authority to a designee identified in a notice given to the Company and the Adviser. The Sub-Adviser, including without limitation its designee, shall have the power to vote, either in person or by proxy, all securities and other investments in which the Sub-Adviser Assets may be invested from time to time, and shall not be required to seek or take instructions from, the Adviser or the Company or take any action with respect thereto. Such authorization shall include the ability to exercise authority with regard to corporate actions affecting investments in the Sub-Adviser Assets.
The Sub-Adviser has established a written procedure for proxy voting in compliance with current applicable rules and regulations, including but not limited to Rule 30b1-4 under the 1940 Act. The Sub-Adviser will provide the Adviser, or its designee, a copy of such procedure and establish a process for the timely distribution of the Sub-Adviser’s voting record with respect to the Company’s securities and other information necessary for the Company to complete information required by U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings under the 1940 Act, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, respectively.
(g)    Power and Authority. To facilitate the Sub-Adviser’s performance of its responsibilities, but subject to the restrictions contained herein, the Adviser, on behalf of the Company, hereby delegates to the Sub-Adviser, and the Sub-Adviser hereby accepts, the power and authority to act on behalf of the Company to effectuate investment decisions for the Company, including the execution and delivery of all documents relating to the Company’s investments, the placing of orders for other purchase or sale transactions on behalf

2


of the Company and the transfer of cash and other assets to facilitate the arrangement of the Company’s investments. If the Sub-Adviser deems it necessary or advisable to make, through a special purpose vehicle, any investment it is permitted hereunder to make on behalf of the Company, then the Sub-Adviser shall have authority to create, or arrange for the creation of, such special purpose vehicle and to make such investment through such special purpose vehicle. The Adviser, on behalf of the Company, but subject to the restrictions contained herein, also grants to the Sub-Adviser the power and authority to engage in all activities and transactions (and anything incidental thereto) that the Sub-Adviser reasonably deems appropriate, necessary or advisable to carry out its duties pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise not in conflict with the Charter and Bylaws of the Company. Any such actions taken by the Sub-Adviser on behalf of the Company shall be in the name of the Company.
2.
Expenses.
During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Adviser will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities under this Agreement. The Sub-Adviser, at its sole expense, shall employ or associate itself with such persons as it believes to be particularly fitted to assist it in the execution of its duties under this Agreement; provided however, that the Sub-Adviser may not sub-contract or assign its duties under this Agreement to third-parties. In addition, the Company or the Adviser, as the case may be, shall reimburse the Sub-Adviser for any expenses as may be reasonably incurred by the Sub-Adviser in connection with services provided by the Sub-Adviser outside of the scope of this Agreement, specifically at the request of and on behalf of the Company or the Adviser.  In such instances, the Sub-Adviser shall keep and supply to the Company and/or the Adviser, as applicable, reasonable records of all such expenses. For the avoidance of doubt, unless the Sub-Adviser elects to bear or waive any of the following costs (in its sole and absolute discretion), the Company shall bear all other costs and expenses of its operations and transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to:
(i)    the organization of the Company;
(ii)    calculating net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);
(iii)    expenses, including travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, incurred by the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, or members of their investment teams, or payable to third parties, in evaluating, developing, negotiating, structuring and performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, including such expenses related to potential investments that were not consummated, and, if necessary, enforcing the Company’s rights;
(iv)    fees and expenses incurred by the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, the Administrator (as defined herein) or an affiliate thereof, payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for the Company and in conducting research and due diligence on prospective investments and equity sponsors, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring the Company’s investments and monitoring investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis;
(v)    any and all fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the incurrence of leverage and indebtedness of the Company, including borrowings, dollar rolls, reverse purchase agreements, credit facilities, securitizations, margin financing and derivatives and swaps, and including any principal or interest on the Company’s borrowings and indebtedness (including, without limitation, any fees, costs, and expenses incurred in obtaining lines of credit, loan commitments, and letters of credit for the account of the Company and in making, carrying, funding and/or otherwise resolving investment guarantees);

3


(vi)    offerings, sales, and repurchases of the Company’s common stock and other securities;
(vii)    fees and expenses payable under any dealer manager and placement agent agreements, if any;
(viii)    investment advisory fees payable under Section 6 of the Advisory Agreement;
(ix)    administration fees and expenses, if any, payable under the Administration Agreement, by and between the Company and Nuveen Churchill Administration LLC (the “Administrator”), dated December 31, 2019 (the “Administration Agreement”), (including payments under the Administration Agreement between us and the Administrator, based upon the Company’s allocable portion of the Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of the Company’s chief financial officer and chief compliance officer, and their respective staffs);
(x)    costs incurred in connection with investor relations, board of directors relations, and with preparing for and effectuating a listing of the Company’s securities on any securities exchange;
(xii)    any applicable administrative agent fees or loan arranging fees incurred with respect to the Company’s portfolio investments by the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, the Administrator or an affiliate thereof;
(xii)    any and all fees, costs and expenses incurred in implementing or maintaining third-party or proprietary software tools, programs or other technology for the benefit of the Company (including, without limitation, any and all fees, costs and expenses of any investment, books and records, portfolio compliance and reporting systems, general ledger or portfolio accounting systems and similar systems and services, including, without limitation, consultant, software licensing, data management and recovery services fees and expenses);
(xiii)    transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses;
(xiv)    federal and state registration fees;
(xv)    all costs of registration and listing the Company’s securities on any securities exchange;
(xvi)    federal, state and local taxes;
(xvii)    fees and expenses of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors who are not “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser or of the Company (each, a “Non-Interested Director”), including reasonable travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, and any legal counsel or other advisors retained by, or at the discretion or for the benefit of, the Non-Interested Directors;
(xviii)    costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required by the SEC or other regulators, and all fees, costs and expenses related to compliance-related matters (such as developing and implementing specific policies and procedures in order to comply with certain regulatory requirements) and regulatory filings related to the Company’s activities and/or other regulatory filings, notices or disclosures of the Adviser and its affiliates relating to the Company and its activities;

4


(xix)    costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to shareholders, including printing costs;
(xx)    fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;
(xxi)    direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors, tax preparers and outside legal costs;
(xxii)    proxy voting expenses;
(xxiii)    all expenses relating to payments of dividends or interest or distributions in cash or any other form made or caused to be made by the Board of Directors to or on account of holders of the securities of the Company, including in connection with any dividend reinvestment plan or direct stock purchase plan;
(xxiv)    costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold the Company’s assets for tax or other purposes;
(xxv)    the allocated costs incurred by the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and/or the Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;
(xxvi)    allocable fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts on behalf of the Company;
(xxvii)    all fees, costs and expenses of any litigation involving the Company or its portfolio companies and the amount of any judgments or settlements paid in connection therewith, directors and officers, liability or other insurance (including costs of title insurance) and indemnification (including advancement of any fees, costs or expenses to persons entitled to indemnification) or extraordinary expense or liability relating to Company’s affairs;
(xxviii) fees, costs and expenses of winding up and liquidating the Company’s assets; and
(xxix) all other expenses incurred by the Company or the Sub-Adviser in connection with administering the Company’s business.
3.
Compensation.
(a)    For the services provided and the expenses assumed pursuant to this Agreement, the Adviser will pay the Sub-Adviser, and the Sub-Adviser agrees to accept as full compensation therefor, (i) [between 80-85%] of the aggregate amount of the Management Fee and the Incentive Fee, as defined in the Advisory Agreement between the Adviser and the Company, as amended from time to time.
(b)    The Management Fee and the Incentive Fee will be payable quarterly in arrears and will commence with the initial drawdown from investors.

5


4.
Liability and Indemnification.
(a)    The duties of the Sub-Adviser shall be confined to those expressly set forth herein. The Sub-Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, members (and their members, including the owners of their members), agents, employees, controlling persons and any other person or entity affiliated with the Sub-Adviser) shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Sub-Adviser or such other person in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations hereunder, except to the extent resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, except as may otherwise be provided under provisions of applicable state law which cannot be waived or modified hereby. As used in this Section 7(a), the term “Sub-Adviser” shall include, without limitation, the Sub-Adviser’s affiliates and the Sub-Adviser’s and its affiliates’ respective partners, shareholders, directors, members, principals, officers, employees and other agents of the Sub-Adviser.
(b)    (i) Except as set forth in clause (ii), the Adviser shall indemnify the Sub-Adviser (and its officers, managers, partners, members (and their members, including the owners of their members), agents, employees, controlling persons and any other person or entity affiliated with the Sub-Adviser) (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”), for any liability, losses, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement (“Losses”), howsoever arising from, or in connection with, the Sub-Adviser’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement and (ii) the Adviser shall indemnify the Indemnified Parties for any Losses arising from, or in connection with, the Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of the performance of its obligations under this Agreement or the Advisory Agreement; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) the Sub-Adviser shall not be indemnified for any Losses that may be sustained as a result of the Sub-Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder.
5.
Confidentiality
The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto, including all “nonpublic personal information,” as defined under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (Public law 106-102, 113 Stat. 1138), shall be used by the other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party, without the prior consent of such providing party, except that such confidential information may be disclosed to an affiliate or agent of the disclosing party to be used for the sole purpose of providing the services set forth herein. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is requested by or required to be disclosed to any governmental or regulatory authority, including in connection with any required regulatory filings or examinations, by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by applicable law or regulation.
6.
Responsibility of Dual Directors, Officers and/or Employees
If any person who is a director, officer, equityholder or employee of the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates is or becomes a director, officer, equityholder and/or employee of the Company and acts as such in any business of the Company, then such director, officer, equityholder and/or employee of the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates shall be deemed to be acting in such capacity solely for the Company, and not as a director,

6


officer, equityholder or employee of the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates or under the control or direction of the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates, even if paid by the Sub-Adviser.
7.
Duration and Termination of Agreement.
(a)    This Agreement shall become effective as of the first date above written. This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon 60 days’ written notice, by (i) the Adviser, if the Board or a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(42) of the 1940 Act) of the Company determines that this Agreement should be terminated, or (ii) the Sub-Adviser. The provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Sub-Adviser shall remain entitled to the benefits thereof, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement. Further, notwithstanding the termination or expiration of this Agreement as aforesaid, the Sub-Adviser shall be entitled to any amounts owed under Section 6 through the date of termination or expiration.
(b)    Unless earlier terminated pursuant to clause (a) above, this Agreement shall continue in effect for two years from the date hereof and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive annual periods, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the vote of the Board of Directors, or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Non-Interested Directors in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.
(c)    This Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as such term is defined for purposes of Section 15(a)(4) of the 1940 Act).
8.
Services Not Exclusive.
Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Sub-Adviser or any member, manager, officer, employee, agent or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment adviser for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Sub-Adviser or any of its members, managers, officers, employees, agents or other affiliates from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting. For the avoidance of doubt, the Adviser and the Sub-Adviser (or either of their respective affiliates) may enter into one or more agreements pursuant to which the Sub-Adviser and/or its affiliates and their personnel may be restricted in their investment management activities. The Sub-Adviser or any member, manager, officer, employee, agent or other affiliate thereof may allocate their time between advising the Company and managing other investment activities and business activities in which they may be involved.
9.
Notices.
Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.
10.
Amendments of this Agreement.
This Agreement may be amended by mutual consent of the parties, subject to the requirements of applicable law.

7


11.
Entire Agreement; Governing Law.
This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. In such case, to the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.
12.
Miscellaneous.
The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby. This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.
13.
Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the date above written.
NUVEEN CHURCHILL ADVISORS LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ John D. McCally
 
 
Name: John D, McCally
Title: Managing Director, Assistant Secretary
 
 
 
 
CHURCHILL ASSET MANAGEMENT LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ John D. McCally
 
 
Name: John D. McCally
Title: Assistant Secretary

[Signature Page to Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement]
Exhibit 10.3

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
AND
NUVEEN CHURCHILL ADMINISTRATION LLC
This Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of December 31, 2019 by and between NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and NUVEEN CHURCHILL ADMINISTRATION LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Administrator”).
WHEREAS, the Company is a closed-end management investment fund that intends to elect to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”);
WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Administrator to provide administrative services to the Company in the manner and on the terms hereinafter set forth; and
WHEREAS, the Administrator is willing to provide administrative services to the Company on the terms and conditions hereafter set forth;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants hereinafter contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Administrator hereby agree as follows:
1.
Duties of the Administrator
a.
Employment of Administrator. The Company hereby employs the Administrator to act as administrator of the Company, and to furnish, or arrange for others to furnish, the administrative services, personnel and facilities described below, subject to review by and the overall control of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), for the period and on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. The Administrator hereby accepts such employment and agrees during such period to render, or arrange for the rendering of, such services and to assume the obligations herein set forth subject to the reimbursement of costs and expenses provided for below. The Administrator and such third parties engaged by it to provide (directly or indirectly) the services contemplated herein shall for all purposes herein be deemed to be independent contractors and shall, unless otherwise expressly provided or authorized herein, have no authority to act for or represent the Company in any way or otherwise be deemed agents of the Company.
b.
Services. The Administrator shall perform (or oversee, or arrange for, the performance of) the administrative services necessary for the operation of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator shall provide the Company with office facilities, equipment, clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services and such other services as the Administrator, subject to review by the Board, shall from time to time determine to be necessary or useful to perform its obligations under this Agreement. The Administrator shall also, on behalf of the Company, conduct relations with custodians, depositories, transfer agents, dividend disbursing agents, other stockholder servicing agents, accountants, attorneys, underwriters, brokers and dealers, corporate fiduciaries, insurers, banks and such other persons in any such other capacity deemed to be necessary or desirable. The Administrator shall make reports to the Board of its performance of obligations hereunder and furnish advice and recommendations with respect to such other aspects of the business and affairs of the Company as it shall determine to be desirable; provided that nothing herein shall be construed to require the Administrator to, and the Administrator shall not, in its capacity as Administrator pursuant to this Agreement, provide any advice or recommendation relating to the securities and other assets that the Company should purchase, retain or sell or any other investment advisory services to the Company. The Administrator shall assist the Company with the preparation of the financial and other records that the Company is required to maintain and shall assist the Company with the preparation,



printing and dissemination of reports to stockholders, and reports and other materials filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). At the request of Nuveen Churchill Advisors LLC (the “Adviser”) or Churchill Asset Management LLC (the “Sub-Adviser”, together with the Adviser, the “Advisers”), the Administrator will provide on the Company’s behalf significant managerial assistance to the Company’s portfolio companies to the extent required by the 1940 Act. In addition, the Administrator will assist the Company in determining and publishing (as necessary or appropriate) the Company’s net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of the Company’s tax returns, and generally overseeing the payment of the Company’s expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to the Company by others.
2.
Records
The Administrator agrees to maintain and keep all books, accounts and other records of the Company that relate to activities performed by the Administrator hereunder and will maintain and keep such books, accounts and records in accordance with the 1940 Act. In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Administrator agrees that all records that it maintains for the Company shall at all times remain the property of the Company, shall be readily accessible during normal business hours, and shall be promptly surrendered upon the termination of the Agreement or otherwise on written request. The Administrator further agrees that all records which it maintains for the Company pursuant to Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act will be preserved for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act unless any such records are earlier surrendered as provided above. Records shall be surrendered in usable machine-readable form. The Administrator shall have the right to retain copies of such records subject to observance of its confidentiality obligations under this Agreement.
3.
Confidentiality
The parties hereto agree that each shall treat confidentially the terms and conditions of this Agreement and all information provided by each party to the other regarding its business and operations. All confidential information provided by a party hereto, including nonpublic personal information (regulated pursuant to Regulation S-P of the SEC), shall be used by any other party hereto solely for the purpose of rendering services pursuant to this Agreement and, except as may be required in carrying out this Agreement, shall not be disclosed to any third party, without the prior consent of such providing party. The foregoing shall not be applicable to any information that is publicly available when provided or thereafter becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, or that is required to be disclosed by any regulatory authority, any authority or legal counsel of the parties hereto, by judicial or administrative process or otherwise by applicable law or regulation.
4.
Compensation; Allocation of Costs and Expenses
a.
In full consideration of the provision of the services of the Administrator, the Company shall reimburse the Administrator for the costs and expenses incurred by the Administrator in performing its obligations hereunder, which shall be equal to an amount based on the Company’s allocable portion (subject to review and approval of the Board) of the Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under this Agreement, including allocable rent, and the allocable portion of the cost of the Company’s officers, including a chief financial officer and chief compliance officer, if any, and their respective staffs. To the extent the Administrator outsources any of its functions to third parties, the Company may pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis to such third parties without profit to the Administrator.

b.
Unless the Administrator, on the one hand, or the Advisers, on the other, elect to bear or waive any of the following costs (in their sole and absolute discretion), the Company will bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of its operations and transactions, including, without limitation:
(i)    the organization of the Company;

2


(ii)    calculating net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);
(iii)    expenses, including travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, incurred by the Advisers, or members of their investment teams, or payable to third parties, in evaluating, developing, negotiating, structuring and performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, including such expenses related to potential investments that were not consummated, and, if necessary, enforcing the Company’s rights;
(iv)    fees and expenses incurred by the Administrator (or its affiliates) or the Advisers (and their affiliates) payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for the Company and in conducting research and due diligence on prospective investments and equity sponsors, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring the Company’s investments and monitoring investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis;
(v)    any and all fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the incurrence of leverage and indebtedness of the Company, including borrowings, dollar rolls, reverse purchase agreements, credit facilities, securitizations, margin financing and derivatives and swaps, and including any principal or interest on the Company’s borrowings and indebtedness (including, without limitation, any fees, costs, and expenses incurred in obtaining lines of credit, loan commitments, and letters of credit for the account of the Company and in making, carrying, funding and/or otherwise resolving investment guarantees);
(vi)    offerings, sales, and repurchases of the Company’s common stock and other securities;
(vii)    fees and expenses payable under any underwriting, dealer manager or placement agent agreements, if any;
(viii)    investment advisory fees payable under Section 6 of the Investment Advisory Agreement, by and between the Company and Nuveen Churchill Advisors LLC, dated December 31, 2019 (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”);
(viv)    any applicable administrative agent fees or loan arranging fees incurred with respect to the Company’s portfolio investments by the Advisers, the Administrator or an affiliate thereof;
(x)    any and all fees, costs and expenses incurred in implementing or maintaining third-party or proprietary software tools, programs or other technology for the benefit of the Company (including, without limitation, any and all fees, costs and expenses of any investment, books and records, portfolio compliance and reporting systems, general ledger or portfolio accounting systems and similar systems and services, including, without limitation, consultant, software licensing, data management and recovery services fees and expenses);
(xi)    costs incurred in connection with investor relations, board of directors relations, and with preparing for and effectuating a listing of the Company’s securities on any securities exchange;
(xii)    transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses;
(xiii)    federal and state registration fees;
(xiv)    all costs of registration and listing the Company’s securities on any securities exchange;
(xv)    federal, state and local taxes;
(xvi)    fees and expenses of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors who are not “interested persons” (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of the Advisers or of the Company (each, a “Non-Interested Director”), including reasonable travel, entertainment, lodging and meal expenses, and any legal counsel or other advisors retained by, or at the discretion or for the benefit of, the Non-Interested Directors;

3


(xvii)    costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required by the SEC or other regulators, and all fees, costs and expenses related to compliance-related matters (such as developing and implementing specific policies and procedures in order to comply with certain regulatory requirements) and regulatory filings related to the Company’s activities and/or other regulatory filings, notices or disclosures of the Advisers and their affiliates relating to the Company and its activities;
(xviii)    costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to shareholders, including printing costs;
(xix)    fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;
(xx)    direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors, tax preparers and outside legal costs;
(xxi)    proxy voting expenses;
(xxii)    all expenses relating to payments of dividends or interest or distributions in cash or any other form made or caused to be made by the Board of Directors to or on account of holders of the securities of the Company, including in connection with any dividend reinvestment plan or direct stock purchase plan;
(xxiii)    costs incurred in connection with the formation or maintenance of entities or vehicles to hold the Company’s assets for tax or other purposes;
(xxiv)    the allocated costs incurred by the Advisers and/or the Administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;
(xxv)    allocable fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts on behalf of the Company;
(xxvi)    all fees, costs and expenses of any litigation involving the Company or its portfolio companies and the amount of any judgments or settlements paid in connection therewith, directors and officers, liability or other insurance (including costs of title insurance) and indemnification (including advancement of any fees, costs or expenses to persons entitled to indemnification) or extraordinary expense or liability relating to Company’s affairs;
(xxvii)    fees, costs and expenses of winding up and liquidating the Company’s assets; and
(xxviii)    all other expenses incurred by the Company or the Administrator in connection with administering the Company’s business.
5.
Limitation of Liability of the Administrator; Indemnification
The Administrator (and its members, managers, officers, employees, agents, controlling persons and any other person or entity affiliated with it) shall not be liable to the Company for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Administrator in connection with the performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Company and the Company shall indemnify, defend and protect the Administrator (and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons, members, and any other person or entity affiliated with the Administrator each of whom shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof) (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) and hold them harmless from and against all damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) incurred by the Indemnified Parties in or by reason of any pending, threatened or completed action, suit, investigation or other proceeding (including an action or suit by or in the right of the Company or its security holders) arising out of or otherwise based upon the performance of any of the Administrator’s duties or obligations under this Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Company.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence of this Section 5 to the

4


contrary, nothing contained herein shall protect or be deemed to protect the Indemnified Parties against or entitle or be deemed to entitle the Indemnified Parties to indemnification in respect of, any liability to the Company or its security holders to which the Indemnified Parties would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of the Administrator’s duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of the Administrator’s duties and obligations under this Agreement (to the extent applicable, as the same shall be determined in accordance with the 1940 Act and any interpretations or guidance by the SEC or its staff thereunder).
6.
Activities of the Administrator
The services of the Administrator to the Company are not to be deemed to be exclusive, and the Administrator and each affiliate is free to render services to others. It is understood that directors, officers, employees and stockholders of the Company are or may become interested in the Administrator and its affiliates, as directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners, stockholders or otherwise, and that the Administrator and directors, officers, members, managers, employees, partners and stockholders of the Administrator and its affiliates are or may become similarly interested in the Company as stockholders or otherwise.
7.
Duration and Termination of this Agreement
a.
This Agreement shall continue in effect for two years from the date hereof, and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive annual periods, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by:
i.               the vote of the Board, or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company; and
ii.            the vote of a majority of the Company’s Non-Interested Directors, in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.
b.
The Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on 60 days’ written notice, by the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, or by the vote of the Board or by the Administrator.
c.
This Agreement may not be assigned by a party without the consent of the other party; provided, however, that the rights and obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall not be deemed to be assigned to a newly formed entity in the event of the merger of the Company into, or conveyance of all of the assets of the Company to, such newly formed entity; provided, further, however, that the sole purpose of that merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the Company’s legal form into another limited liability entity. The provisions of Section 5 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, and the Administrator shall remain entitled to the benefits thereof, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement.
8.
Amendments of this Agreement
This Agreement may be amended pursuant to a written instrument by mutual consent of the parties.
9.
Governing Law
This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, if any. In such case, to the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control.
10.
Entire Agreement
This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

5


11.
Notices
Any notice under this Agreement shall be given in writing, addressed and delivered or mailed, postage prepaid, to the other party at its principal office.

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
 
 
By:
/s/ John D. McCally
 
 
Name: John D, McCally
Title: Vice President and Secretary
 
 
 
 
NUVEEN CHURCHILL ADMINISTRATION LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ John D. McCally
 
 
Name: John D. McCally
Title: Assistant Secretary

[Signature Page to Administration Agreement]
Exhibit 10.4










_____________________
CUSTODY AGREEMENT
_____________________
dated as of December 19, 2019
by and between
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
(“Company”)
and
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(“Custodian” and “Document Custodian”)










TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page

1.
DEFINITIONS
1

2.
APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN
7

3.
DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN
8

3A.
DUTIES OF DOCUMENT CUSTODIAN
17

4.
REPORTING
18

5.
DEPOSIT IN U.S. SECURITIES SYSTEMS
18

6.
SECURITIES HELD OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES
19

7.
CERTAIN GENERAL TERMS
22

8.
COMPENSATION OF CUSTODIAN
24

9.
RESPONSIBILITY OF CUSTODIAN
25

10.
SECURITY CODES
28

11.
TAX LAW
28

12.
EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND TERMINATION
29

13.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
30

14.
PARTIES IN INTEREST; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFIT
31

15.
NOTICES
31

16.
CHOICE OF LAW AND JURISDICTION
32

17.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT; COUNTERPARTS
32

18.
AMENDMENT; WAIVER
32

19.
SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS
32

20.
SEVERABILITY
33

21.
REQUEST FOR INSTRUCTIONS
33

22.
OTHER BUSINESS
33

23.
REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
33

24.
MISCELLANEOUS
34

 
 
 
SCHEDULES
 
 
SCHEDULE A – Trade Confirmation
 
 
SCHEDULE B – Initial Authorized Persons
 

i


THIS CUSTODY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of December 19, 2019 and is by and between NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC. (and any successor or permitted assign), a Maryland corporation, and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (or any successor or permitted assign acting hereunder), a national banking association, as custodian (in such capacity, along with any successor or permitted assign acting as custodian hereunder, the “Custodian”) and as document custodian (in such capacity, along with any successor or permitted assign acting as custodian hereunder, the “Document Custodian”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company is a closed-end management investment company, which intends to elect to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);
WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain U.S. Bank National Association to act as custodian and as document custodian for the Company and each Subsidiary hereafter identified to the Custodian and the Document Custodian;
WHEREAS, the Company desires that certain of the Company’s Securities (as defined below) and cash be held and administered by the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement in compliance with Section 17(f) of the 1940 Act;
WHEREAS, the Company desires that certain of the Company’s Loan Files (as defined below) be held by the Document Custodian pursuant to this Agreement; and
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.
DEFINITIONS
1.1    Defined Terms.   In addition to terms expressly defined elsewhere herein, the following words shall have the following meanings as used in this Agreement:
Account” or “Accounts” means the Cash Account, the Securities Account, any Subsidiary Cash Account and any Subsidiary Securities Account, collectively.
Agreement” means this Custody Agreement (as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof).
Asset List” means, in the case of each Loan File held by the Document Custodian for the benefit of the Company, a computer-readable transmission containing the following information (and such other data as may be mutually agreed upon in writing by the Company and the Document Custodian), which shall be delivered by the Document Custodian to the Company pursuant to this Agreement.
Authorized Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.

1


Business Day” means a day on which the Custodian or the relevant sub-custodian, including a Foreign Sub-custodian, is open for business in the market or country in which a transaction is to take place.
Cash Account” or “Cash Accounts” means the segregated accounts to be established at the Custodian to which the Custodian shall deposit and hold any cash Proceeds received by it from time to time from or with respect to the Securities or the sale of the common stock of the Company, as applicable, which accounts shall be designated the “Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc. Cash Interest Proceeds Account” and the “Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc. Cash Principal Proceeds Account.”
Company” means Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc., its successors or permitted assigns.
Confidential Information” means any databases, computer programs, screen formats, screen designs, report formats, interactive design techniques, and other similar or related information that may be furnished to the Company by the Custodian from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.
Custodian” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
Document Custodian” means the Custodian when acting in the role of a document custodian hereunder.
Eligible Investment” means any investment that at the time of its acquisition is one or more of the following:
(a)    United States government and agency obligations;
(b)    commercial paper having a rating assigned to such commercial paper by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. (or, if neither such organization shall rate such commercial paper at such time, by any nationally recognized rating organization in the United States of America) equal to one of the two highest ratings assigned by such organization, it being understood that as of the date hereof such ratings by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services are “A1+” and “A1” and such ratings by Moody’s Investor Service, Inc. are “P1” and “P2”;
(c)    interest bearing deposits in United States dollars in United States banks with an unrestricted surplus of at least U.S. $250,000,000, maturing within one year; and
(d)    money market funds (including funds of the bank serving as Custodian or its affiliates) or United States government securities funds designed to maintain a fixed share price and high liquidity.
Eligible Securities Depository” has the meaning set forth in Section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7 under the 1940 Act.

2


Federal Reserve Bank Book-Entry System” means a depository and securities transfer system operated by the Federal Reserve Bank of the United States on which are eligible to be held all United States Government direct obligation bills, notes and bonds.
Financing Documents” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b)(ii).
Foreign Intermediary” means a Foreign Sub-custodian and Eligible Securities Depository.
Foreign Sub-custodian” means and includes (i) any branch of a “U.S. Bank,” as that term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, (ii) any “Eligible Foreign Custodian,” as that term is defined in Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, having a contract with the Custodian in accordance with Section 6.6, which the Custodian has determined will provide reasonable care of assets of the Company based on the standards specified in Section 6.7 below.
Foreign Securities” means Securities for which the primary market is outside the United States.
Loan” means any U.S. dollar denominated commercial loan, or Participation therein, made by a bank or other financial institution that by its terms provides for payments of principal and/or interest, including discount obligations and payment-in-kind obligations, acquired by the Company from time to time.
Loan Assignment Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b)(ii).
Loan Checklist” means a list delivered to the Document Custodian in connection with delivery of each Loan to the Document Custodian by the Company that identifies the items contained in the related Loan File.
Loan File” means, with respect to each Loan delivered to the Document Custodian, each of the Required Loan Documents identified on the related Loan Checklist.
Noteless Loan” means a Loan with respect to which (i) the related loan agreement does not require the obligor to execute and deliver an Underlying Note to evidence the indebtedness created under such Loan and (ii) no Underlying Notes are outstanding with respect to the portion of the Loan transferred by the issuer or the prior holder of record.
Participation” means an interest in a Loan that is acquired indirectly by way of a participation from a selling institution.
Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof) unincorporated organization, or any government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

3


Proceeds” means, collectively, (i) the net cash proceeds to the Company of the initial public offering by the Company and any subsequent offering by the Company of any class of Securities issued by the Company, (ii) cash distributions, earnings, dividends, fees and other cash payments paid on the Securities (or, as applicable, Subsidiary Securities) by or on behalf of the issuer or obligor thereof, or applicable paying agent, (iii) the net cash proceeds of the sale or other disposition of the Securities (or, as applicable, Subsidiary Securities) pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (and any Reinvestment Earnings from investment of the foregoing, as defined in Section 3.6(b) hereof) and (iv) the net cash proceeds to the Company of any borrowing or other financing by the Company.
Proper Instructions” means instructions (including Trade Confirmations) received by the Custodian in form acceptable to it, from the Company, or any Person duly authorized by the Company in any of the following forms acceptable to the Custodian:
(a)    in writing signed by an Authorized Person (and delivered by hand, by mail, by overnight courier or by telecopier);
(b)    by electronic mail from an Authorized Person; or
(c)    such other means as may be agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and the party giving such instructions, including oral instructions.
provided that, for any transaction involving cash (e.g., withdrawals, transfers and disbursements) or assets, the Custodian shall confirm that the instruction is authorized by an Authorized Person by telephone call-back at the telephone number designated in Schedule C. The Authorized Person confirming the instruction shall be a person other than the Authorized Person from whom the Instruction was received; and
Reinvestment Earnings” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.
Request for Release” means a request for release of any Loan File, which request shall be either (i) delivered to the Document Custodian substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto or (ii) as otherwise agreed to between the Document Custodian and the Company.
Required Loan Documents” means, for each Loan:
(a)    other than in the case of a Participation, an executed copy of the Assignment for such Loan, as identified on the Loan Checklist;
(b)    with the exception of Noteless Loans and Participations, the original executed Underlying Note endorsed by the issuer or the prior holder of record in blank or to the Company, as identified on the Loan Checklist;
(c)    (i) if the Company is the sole lender or if the Company or an affiliate of the Company acts as agent for the lenders, (A) an executed copy of the Underlying Loan Agreement (which may be included in the Underlying Note if so indicated in the Loan

4


Checklist), together with a copy of all amendments and modifications thereto, as identified on the Loan Checklist, (B) a copy of each related security agreement (if any) signed by the applicable obligor(s), as identified on the Loan Checklist, and (C) a copy of each related guarantee (if any) then executed in connection with such Loan, as identified on the Loan Checklist, and (ii) in all other cases, such copies of the documents described in clauses (A), (B) and (C), which may not be executed copies, as are reasonably available to the Company, as identified on the Loan Checklist; and
(d)    a copy of the Loan Checklist.
Securities” means, collectively, the (i) investments, including Loans, acquired by the Company and delivered to the Custodian by the Company from time to time during the term of, and pursuant to the terms of, this Agreement and (ii) all dividends in kind (e.g., non-cash dividends) from the investments described in clause (i). For avoidance of doubt, the term “Securities” includes stocks, shares, bonds, debentures, notes, mortgages, or other obligations and any certificates, receipts, warrants or other instruments representing rights to receive, purchase, or subscribe for the same, or evidencing or representing any other rights or interests therein, or in any property or assets.
Securities Account” means the segregated account to be established at the Custodian to which the Custodian shall deposit or credit and hold the Securities (other than Loans) received by it pursuant to this Agreement, which account shall be designated the “Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc. Securities Custody Account”.
Securities Depository” means The Depository Trust Company and any other clearing agency registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), which acts as a system for the central handling of Securities where all Securities of any particular class or series of an issuer deposited within the system are treated as fungible and may be transferred or pledged by bookkeeping entry without physical delivery of the Securities.
Securities System” means the Federal Reserve Book-Entry System, a clearing agency which acts as a Securities Depository, or another book entry system for the central handling of securities (including an Eligible Securities Depository).
Street Delivery Custom” means a custom of the United States securities market to deliver securities which are being sold to the buying broker for examination to determine that the securities are in proper form.
Street Name” means the form of registration in which the securities are held by a broker who is delivering the securities to another broker for the purposes of sale, it being an accepted custom in the United States securities industry that a security in Street Name is in proper form for delivery to a buyer and that a security may be re-registered by a buyer in the ordinary course.

5


Subsidiary” means, collectively, any wholly owned subsidiary of the Company identified to the Custodian by the Company pursuant to Section 3.13(c).
Subsidiary Cash Account” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(b).
Subsidiary Securities” collectively, the (i) investments, including Loans, acquired by a Subsidiary and delivered to the Custodian from time to time during the term of, and pursuant to the terms of, this Agreement and (ii) all dividends in kind (e.g., non-cash dividends) from the investments described in clause (i).
Subsidiary Securities Account” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(a).
Trade Confirmation” means a confirmation to the Custodian from the Company of the Company’s acquisition of a Loan, and setting forth applicable information with respect to such Loan, which confirmation may be in the form of Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof, subject to such changes or additions as may be agreed to by, or in such other form as may be agreed to by, the Custodian and the Company from time to time.
UCC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a).
Underlying Loan Agreement” means, with respect to any Loan, the document or documents evidencing the commercial loan agreement or facility pursuant to which such Loan is made.
Underlying Loan Documents” means, with respect to any Loan, the related Underlying Loan Agreement together with any agreements and instruments (including any Underlying Note) executed or delivered in connection therewith.
Underlying Note” means the one or more promissory notes executed by an obligor to evidence a Loan.
1.2    Construction.   In this Agreement unless the contrary intention appears:
(a)
any reference to this Agreement or another agreement or instrument refers to such agreement or instrument as the same may be amended, modified or otherwise rewritten from time to time;
(b)
a reference to a statute, ordinance, code or other law includes regulations and other instruments under it and consolidations, amendments, re-enactments or replacements of any of them;
(c)
any term defined in the singular form may be used in, and shall include, the plural with the same meaning, and vice versa;
(d)
a reference to a Person includes a reference to the Person’s executors, successors and permitted assigns;

6


(e)
an agreement, representation or warranty in favor of two or more Persons is for the benefit of them jointly and severally;
(f)
an agreement, representation or warranty on the part of two or more Persons binds them jointly and severally;
(g)
a reference to the term “including” means “including, without limitation,” and
(h)
a reference to any accounting term is to be interpreted in accordance with generally accepted principles and practices in the United States, consistently applied, unless otherwise instructed by the Company.
1.3    Headings.   Headings are inserted for convenience and do not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
2.
APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN
2.1    Appointment and Acceptance.
(a)
The Company hereby appoints the Custodian as custodian of certain Securities and cash owned by the Company and the Subsidiaries (as applicable) and delivered to the Custodian from time to time during the period of this Agreement, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (which shall include any addendum hereto which is hereby incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement), and the Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the services and duties set forth in this Agreement with respect to it subject to and in accordance with the provisions hereof.
(b)
The Company hereby appoints the Document Custodian as custodian to hold the Loan Files and Required Loan Documents owned by the Company and the Subsidiaries (as applicable) and delivered to the Document Custodian from time to time during the period of this Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (which shall include any addendum hereto which is hereby incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement), and the Document Custodian hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the services and duties set forth in this Agreement with respect to it and subject to and in accordance with the provisions hereof.
2.2    Instructions.   The Company agrees that it shall from time to time provide, or cause to be provided, to the Custodian all necessary instructions and information, and shall respond promptly to all inquiries and requests of the Custodian, as may reasonably be necessary to enable the Custodian to perform its duties hereunder.
2.3    Company Responsible For Directions.   The Company is solely responsible for directing the Custodian with respect to deposits to, withdrawals from and transfers to or from the Account. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian has no

7


responsibility for the Company’s compliance with the 1940 Act, any restrictions, covenants, limitations or obligations to which the Company may be subject or for which it may have obligations to third-parties in respect of the Account, and the Custodian shall have no liability for the application of any funds made at the direction of the Company. The Company shall be solely responsible for properly instructing all applicable payors to make all appropriate payments to the Custodian for deposit to the Account, and for properly instructing the Custodian with respect to the allocation or application of all such deposits.
3.
DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN
3.1    Segregation.   All Securities and non-cash property held by the Custodian, as applicable, for the account of the Company (other than Securities maintained in a Securities Depository or Securities System) shall be physically segregated from other Securities and non-cash property in the possession of the Custodian and shall be identified as subject to this Agreement.
3.2    Accounts.
(a)
The Company directs the Custodian to open and maintain it its corporate trust department the Cash Accounts to which the Custodian shall deposit or credit and hold any cash or Proceeds received by it from time to time from or with respect to the Securities or the sale of the interest of the Company, as applicable.
(b)
The Custodian shall open and maintain in its corporate trust department a segregated account in the name of the Company, subject only to order of the Custodian, in which the Custodian shall enter and carry, subject to Section 3.6(b), all Securities (other than Loans) and other assets of the Company which are delivered to it in accordance with this Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, the Custodian shall not be required to credit or deposit Loans in the Securities Account but shall instead maintain a register (in book-entry form or in such other form as it shall deem necessary or desirable) of such Loans, containing such information as the Company and the Custodian may reasonably agree; provided that, with respect to such Loans, all Required Loan Documents shall be held in safekeeping by the Document Custodian, individually segregated from the securities and investments of any other Person and marked so as to clearly identify them as the property of the Company in a manner consistent with Rule 17f-1 under the 1940 Act and as set forth in this Agreement.
The Custodian shall have no power or authority to assign, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise dispose of any such Securities and investments except pursuant to the direction of the Company under terms of the Agreement.

8


3.3    Delivery of Cash and Securities to Custodian.
(a)
The Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Custodian certain of the Company’s Securities, cash and other investment assets, including (i) payments of income, payments of principal and capital distributions received by the Company with respect to such Securities, cash or other assets owned by the Company at any time during the period of this Agreement, and (ii) cash received by the Company for the issuance, at any time during such period, of Securities or in connection with a borrowing by the Company. With respect to Loans, Required Loan Documents and other Underlying Loan Documents shall be delivered to the Document Custodian and at the address identified in Section 15(c). With respect to assets other than Loans, such assets shall be delivered to the Custodian in its role as, and (where relevant) at the address identified for, the Custodian.  Except to the extent otherwise expressly provided herein, delivery of Securities to the Custodian shall be in Street Name or other good delivery form. The Custodian shall not be responsible for such Securities, cash or other assets until actually delivered to, and received by it. With respect to Securities (other than Loan Assets and assets in the nature of “general intangibles” (as hereinafter defined)) held by the Custodian in its capacity as a “securities intermediary” (as defined in Section 8-102 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York (the “UCC”)), the Custodian shall be obligated to exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duties as a securities intermediary to hold such Securities.
(b)
(i)    In connection with its acquisition of a Loan or other delivery of a Security constituting a Loan, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Custodian a properly completed Trade Confirmation containing such information in respect of such Loan as the Custodian may reasonably require in order to enable the Custodian to perform its duties hereunder in respect of such Loan on which the Custodian may conclusively rely without further inquiry or investigation, in such form and format as the Custodian reasonably may require.
(ii)
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, delivery of Loans acquired by the Company (or, if applicable, a Subsidiary thereof) which constitute Noteless Loans or Participations or which are otherwise not evidenced by a “security” or “instrument” as defined in Section 8-102 and Section 9-102(a)(47) of the UCC, respectively, shall be made by delivery to the Document Custodian of (i) in the case of a Noteless Loan, a copy of the loan register with respect to such Noteless Loan evidencing registration of such Loan on the books and records of the applicable obligor or bank agent to the name of the Company or, if applicable, a Subsidiary thereof (or, in either case, its nominee) or a copy (which may be a facsimile copy) of an assignment agreement in favor of the Company (or, if applicable, a Subsidiary) as assignee, and (ii) in the case of a Participation, a copy of the related participation agreement. Any duty on the part of the Custodian with respect to the custody of such Loans shall be limited to the exercise of reasonable

9


care by the Custodian in the physical custody of any such documents delivered to it, and any related instrument, security, credit agreement, assignment agreement and/or other agreements or documents, if any (collectively, “Financing Documents”), that may be delivered to it. Nothing herein shall require the Custodian to credit to the Securities Account or to treat as a financial asset (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC) any such Loan or other asset in the nature of a general intangible (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(42) of the UCC) or to “maintain” a sufficient quantity thereof.
(iii)    The Custodian may assume the genuineness of any such Financing Document it may receive and the genuineness and due authority of any signatures appearing thereon, and shall be entitled to assume that each such Financing Document it may receive is what it purports to be. If an original “security” or “instrument” as defined in Section 8-102 and Section 9-102(a)(47) of the UCC, respectively, is or shall be or become available with respect to any Loan to be held by the Custodian under this Agreement, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Company to make or cause delivery thereof to the Document Custodian, and the Custodian shall not be under any obligation at any time to determine whether any such original security or instrument has been or is required to be issued or made available in respect of any Loan or to compel or cause delivery thereof to the Custodian.
(iv)    Contemporaneously with the acquisition of any Loan, the Company shall (1) cause any appropriate Financing Documents evidencing such Loan to be delivered to the Custodian; (2) if requested by the Custodian, provide to the Custodian an amortization schedule of principal payments and a schedule of the interest payable date(s) identifying the amount and due dates of all scheduled principal and interest payments for such Loan, (3) a properly completed Trade Confirmation containing such information in respect of such Loan as the Custodian may reasonably require in order to enable the Custodian to perform its duties hereunder in respect of such Loan on which the Custodian may conclusively rely without further inquiry or investigation, in such form and format as the Custodian reasonably may require; (4) take all actions necessary for the Company to acquire good title to such Loan; and (5) take all actions as may be necessary (including appropriate payment notices and instructions to bank agents or other applicable paying agents) to cause (A) all payments in respect of the Loan to be made to the Custodian and (B) all notices, solicitations and other communications in respect of such Loan to be directed to the Company. The Custodian shall have no liability for any delay or failure on the part of the Company to provide necessary information to the Custodian, or for any inaccuracy therein or incompleteness thereof, or for any delay or failure on the part of the Company to give such effective payment instruction to bank agents and other paying agents, in respect of the Loans. With respect to each such Loan, the Custodian shall be entitled to rely on any information and notices it may receive from time to time from the related bank agent, obligor or similar party

10


with respect to the related Loan, and shall be entitled to update its records (as it may deem necessary or appropriate), or from the Company, on the basis of such information or notices received, without any obligation on its part independently to verify, investigate or recalculate such information.
3.4    Release of Securities.
(a)
The Custodian or the Document Custodian, as applicable, shall release and ship for delivery, or direct its agents or sub-custodian to release and ship for delivery, as the case may be, Securities or Required Loan Documents (or other Underlying Loan Documents) of the Company held by the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian from time to time upon receipt of Proper Instructions (which shall, among other things, specify the Securities or Required Loan Documents (or other Underlying Loan Documents) to be released, with such delivery and other information as may be necessary to enable the Custodian or Document Custodian to perform), which may be standing instructions (in form acceptable to the Custodian) in the following cases:
(i)
upon sale of such Securities by or on behalf of the Company, and such sale may, unless and except to the extent otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, be carried out by the Custodian or the Document Custodian, as applicable:
(A)
in accordance with the customary or established practices and procedures in the jurisdiction or market where the transactions occur, including delivery to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent of such purchaser or dealer) against expectation of receiving later payment; or
(B)
in the case of a sale effected through a Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operations of the Securities System;
(ii)
upon the receipt of payment in connection with any repurchase agreement related to such Securities;
(iii)
to a depositary agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for Securities;
(iv)
to the issuer thereof or its agent when such Securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable (unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian);
(v)
to an issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Custodian or of any nominee of the Custodian or into the name of any of

11


its agents or sub-custodian or their nominees or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units;
(vi)
to brokers clearing banks or other clearing agents for examination in accordance with the Street Delivery Custom;
(vii)
for exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the Securities of the issuer of such Securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement (unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, the new Securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian, the Document Custodian, their agents or sub-custodian);
(viii)
in the case of warrants, rights or similar Securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar Securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary Securities for definitive securities (unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, the new Securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian, the Document Custodian, their agents or sub-custodian); and/or
(ix)
for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions and an officer’s certificate signed by any two officers of the Company (which officers shall not have been the Authorized Person providing the Proper Instructions) stating (i) the specified Securities to be delivered, (ii) the purpose for such delivery, (iii) that such purpose is a proper corporate purpose and (iv) naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such Securities shall be made and attaching a certified copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Company or an authorized committee thereof approving the delivery of such Proper Instructions.
3.5    Registration of Securities.   Securities held by the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian (other than bearer securities, securities held in a Securities System or Securities that are Noteless Loans or Participations) shall be registered in the name of the Company or its nominee; or, at the option of the Custodian (if the Custodian determines it cannot hold such security in the name of the Company), in the name of the Custodian or in the name of any nominee of the Custodian, or in the name of its agents or its sub-custodian or their nominees; or if directed by the Company by Proper Instruction, may be maintained in Street Name. The Custodian, its agents and its sub-custodian shall not be obligated to accept Securities on behalf of the Company under the terms of this Agreement unless such Securities are in Street Name or other good deliverable form.
3.6    Bank Accounts, and Management of Cash.
(a)
Proceeds from the Securities and other cash received by the Custodian from time to time shall be credited to the Cash Account. All amounts credited to the Cash

12


Account shall be subject to clearance and receipt of final payment by the Custodian.
(b)
Amounts held in the respective Cash Account from time to time may be invested in Eligible Investments pursuant to specific written Proper Instructions (which may be standing instructions) received by the Custodian from an Authorized Person acting on behalf of the Company. Such investments shall be subject to availability and the Custodian’s then applicable transaction charges (which shall be at the Company’s expense). The Custodian shall have no liability for any loss incurred on any such investment. Absent receipt of such written instruction from the Company, the Custodian shall have no obligation to invest (or otherwise pay interest on) amounts on deposit in the Cash Account. In no instance will the Custodian have any obligation to provide investment advice to the Company. Any earnings from such investment of amounts held in the Cash Account from time to time (collectively, “Reinvestment Earnings”) shall be redeposited in the Cash Account (and may be reinvested at the written direction of the Company).
(c)
In the event that the Company shall at any time request a withdrawal of amounts from the Cash Accounts, the Custodian shall be entitled to liquidate, and shall have no liability for any loss incurred as a result of the liquidation of, any investment of the funds credited to such Cash Account as needed to provide necessary liquidity, unless such losses are directly resulting from the Custodian’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith and breach of the terms of this Agreement.
(d)
The Company acknowledges that cash deposited or invested with any bank (including the bank acting as Custodian) may make a margin or generate banking income for which such bank shall not be required to account to the Company.
(e)
The Custodian shall be authorized to open such additional accounts as may be necessary or convenient for administration of its duties hereunder, with notice to be provided to the Company.
3.7    Foreign Exchange.
(a)
Upon the receipt of Proper Instructions, the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian may (but shall not be obligated to) enter into all types of contracts for foreign exchange on behalf of the Company, upon terms acceptable to the Custodian and the Company (in each case at the Company’s expense), including transactions entered into with the Custodian, its sub-custodian or any affiliates of the Custodian or the sub-custodian. The Custodian shall have no liability for any losses incurred in or resulting from the rates obtained in such foreign exchange transactions; and absent specific and acceptable Proper Instructions, the Custodian shall not be deemed to have any duty to carry out any foreign exchange on behalf of the Company. The Custodian shall be entitled at all times to comply with any

13


legal or regulatory requirements applicable to currency or foreign exchange transactions.
(b)
The Company acknowledges that the Custodian, any sub-custodian or any affiliates of the Custodian or any sub-custodian, involved in any such foreign exchange transactions may make a margin or generate banking income from foreign exchange transactions entered into pursuant to this section for which they shall not be required to account to the Company.
3.8    Collection of Income.   The Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian shall use reasonable efforts to collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to the Securities held hereunder to which the Company shall be entitled, to the extent consistent with usual custom in the securities custodian business in the United States. Such efforts shall include collection of interest income, dividends and other payments with respect to registered domestic securities if on the record date with respect to the date of payment by the issuer the Security is registered in the name of the Custodian or its nominee (or in the name of its agent or sub-custodian, or their nominee); and interest income, dividends and other payments with respect to bearer domestic securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer such Securities are held by the Custodian or its sub-custodian or agent; provided, however, that in the case of Securities held in Street Name, the Custodian shall use commercially reasonable efforts only to timely collect income. In no event shall the Custodian’s agreement herein to collect income be construed to obligate the Custodian to commence, undertake or prosecute any legal proceedings.
3.9    Payment of Moneys.
(a)
Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be standing instructions, the Custodian shall pay out from the respective Cash Account designated by the Company (or remit to its agents or its sub-custodian, and direct them to pay out) moneys of the Company on deposit therein in the following cases:
(i)
upon the purchase of Securities for the Company pursuant to such Proper Instruction; and such purchase may, unless and except to the extent otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, be carried out by the Custodian:
(A)
in accordance with the customary or established practices and procedures in the jurisdiction or market where the transactions occur, including delivering money to the seller thereof or to a dealer therefor (or any agent for such seller or dealer) against expectation of receiving later delivery of such Securities; or
(B)
in the case of a purchase effected through a Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of such Securities System;

14


(ii)
for the purchase or sale of foreign exchange or foreign exchange agreements for the accounts of the Company, including transactions executed with or through the Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian, as contemplated by Section 3.7 above; and
(iii)
for any other purpose directed by the Company, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment, and naming the Person or Persons to whom such payment is to be made.
(b)
At any time or times, the Custodian shall be entitled to pay (i) itself and the Document Custodian from the Cash Account, whether or not in receipt of express direction or instruction from the Company, any amounts due and payable to it pursuant to Section 8 hereof, and (ii) as otherwise permitted by Section 7.5, 9.4 or Section 12.5 below, provided, however, that in each case (i) the Custodian or Document Custodian, as applicable, shall have first invoiced or billed the Company for such amounts and the Company shall have failed to pay such amounts within thirty (30) days after the date of such invoice or bill, and (ii) all such payments shall be accounted for to the Company.
3.10    Proxies.   The Custodian will, with respect to the Securities held hereunder, use reasonable efforts to cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such Securities proxies received by the Custodian from its agents or its sub-custodian or from issuers of the Securities being held for the Company, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, and upon receipt of Proper Instructions shall promptly deliver to the applicable issuer such proxies, proxy soliciting materials and notices relating to such Securities. In the absence of such Proper Instructions, or in the event that such Proper Instructions are not received in a timely fashion, the Custodian shall be under no duty to act with regard to such proxies. Notwithstanding the above, neither Custodian nor any nominee of Custodian shall vote any of the Securities held hereunder by or for the account of the Company, except in accordance with Proper Instructions.
3.11    Communications Relating to Securities.   The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Company all written information (including proxies, proxy soliciting materials, notices, pendency of calls and maturities of Securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith) received by the Custodian, from its agents or its sub-custodian or from issuers of the Securities being held for the Company. The Custodian shall have no obligation or duty to exercise any right or power, or otherwise to preserve rights, in or under any Securities unless and except to the extent it has received timely Proper Instruction from the Company in accordance with the next sentence. The Custodian will not be liable for any untimely exercise of any right or power in connection with Securities at any time held by the Custodian, its agents or sub-custodian unless:
(i)
the Custodian has received Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power; and

15


(ii)
the Custodian, or its agents or sub-custodian are in actual possession of such Securities,
in each case, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which such right or power is to be exercised. It will be the responsibility of the Company to notify the Custodian of the Person to whom such communications must be forwarded under this Section.
3.12    Records.   The Custodian shall create and maintain complete and accurate records relating to its activities under this Agreement with respect to the Securities, cash or other property held for the Company under this Agreement, as required by Section 31 of the 1940 Act, and Rules 31a-1 and 32a-2 thereunder. To the extent that the Custodian, in its sole opinion, is able to do so, the Custodian shall provide assistance to the Company (at the Company’s reasonable request made from time to time) by providing sub-certifications regarding certain of its services performed hereunder to the Company in connection with the Company’s certification requirements pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended. All such records shall be the property of the Company and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Company (including its independent public accountants) and employees and agents of the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon reasonable request and at least five Business Days’ prior written notice and at the Company’s expense. The Custodian shall, at the Company’s request, supply the Company with a tabulation of Securities owned by the Company and held by the Custodian and shall, when requested to do so by the Company and for such compensation as shall be agreed upon between the Company and the Custodian, include, to the extent applicable, the certificate numbers in such tabulations, to the extent such information is available to the Custodian.
3.13    Custody of Subsidiary Securities.
(a)
With respect to each Subsidiary identified to the Custodian by the Company, there shall be established at the Custodian a segregated account to which the Custodian shall deposit and hold any Subsidiary Securities (other than Loans) received by it (and any Proceeds received by it in the form of dividends in kind) pursuant to this Agreement, which account shall be designated the “[INSERT NAME OF SUBSIDIARY] Securities Account” (the “Subsidiary Securities Account”).
(b)
With respect to each Subsidiary identified to the Custodian by the Company, there shall be established at the Custodian a segregated account to which the Custodian shall deposit and hold any cash Proceeds received by it from time to time from or with respect to Subsidiary Securities or other Proceeds, which account shall be designated the “[INSERT NAME OF SUBSIDIARY] Cash Proceeds Account” (the “Subsidiary Cash Account”).
(c)
To the maximum extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement regarding Securities of the Company, the Securities Account and the Cash Account shall be

16


applicable to any Subsidiary Securities, cash and other investment assets, Subsidiary Securities Account and Subsidiary Cash Account, respectively. The parties hereto agree that the Company shall notify the Custodian in writing as to the establishment of any Subsidiary as to which the Custodian is to serve as custodian pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; and identify in writing any accounts the Custodian shall be required to establish for such Subsidiary as herein provided.
3.14    Responsibility for Property Held by Sub-custodians.   The Custodian’s responsibility with respect to the selection or appointment of a sub-custodian shall be limited to a duty to exercise reasonable care in the selection of such sub-custodian in light of prevailing settlement and securities handling practices, procedures and controls in the relevant market. With respect to any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities, or claims (including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees) incurred as a result of the acts or the failure to act by any sub-custodian, the Custodian shall take reasonable action to recover such costs, expenses, damages, liabilities, or claims from such sub-custodian; provided that the Custodian’s sole liability in that regard shall be limited to amounts actually received by it from such sub-custodian (exclusive of related costs and expenses incurred by the Custodian).
3A.
DUTIES OF DOCUMENT CUSTODIAN
(a)
With respect to Loans, Required Loan Documents and other Underlying Loan Documents shall be delivered to the Custodian in its role as, and at the address identified for, the Document Custodian. All Required Loan Documents shall be held in safekeeping by the Document Custodian, individually segregated from the Securities and investments of any other Person and marked so as to clearly identify them as the property of the Company.
(b)
In connection with its acquisition of a Loan or other delivery of a Security constituting a Loan, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Document Custodian the Required Loan Documents, including the Loan Checklist.
(c)
The Document Custodian shall release and ship for delivery, or direct its agents or sub-custodian to release and ship for delivery, as the case may be, Required Loan Documents (or other Underlying Loan Documents) of the Company held by the Document Custodian, its agents or its sub-custodian from time to time upon receipt of a Request for Release (which shall, among other things, specify the Required Loan Documents (or other Underlying Loan Documents) to be released, with such delivery and other information as may be necessary to enable the Document Custodian to perform (including the delivery method). Any request for release by the Company shall be in the form of the Request for Release. The Company is authorized to transmit and the Document Custodian is authorized to accept signed facsimile or email copies of Requests for Release submitted in the form attached hereto ad Exhibit A (or as otherwise agreed between the Document Custodian and the Company.

17


(d)
For the avoidance of doubt, the Document Custodian shall have no obligation to review or monitor any Required Loan Documents or other Underlying Loan Documents but shall only be required to hold those Required Loan Documents or other Underlying Loan Documents received by it in accordance with this Agreement. All rights, protections, indemnities and immunities provided in this Agreement in favor of the Custodian under this Agreement shall also apply to the Document Custodian.
4.
REPORTING
(a)
The Custodian shall render to the Company a monthly report of (i) all deposits to and withdrawals from the Cash Account during the month, and the outstanding balance (as of the last day of the preceding monthly report and as of the last day of the subject month) and (ii) an itemized statement of the Securities held pursuant to this Agreement as of the end of each month, all transactions in the Securities during the month, as well as a list of all Securities transactions that remain unsettled at that time, and (iii) such other matters as the parties may agree from time to time.
(b)
For each Business Day, the Custodian shall render to the Company a daily report of (i) all deposits to and withdrawals from the Cash Account for such Business Day and the outstanding balance as of the end of such Business Day, and (ii) a report of settled trades of Securities for such Business Day.
(c)
The Custodian shall have no duty or obligation to undertake any market valuation of the Securities under any circumstance.
(d)
The Custodian shall provide the Company, promptly upon request, with such reports as are reasonably available to it and as the Company may reasonably request from time to time on the internal accounting controls and procedures for safeguarding Securities, which are employed by the Custodian or any Foreign Sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 6.1.
5.
DEPOSIT IN U.S. SECURITIES SYSTEMS
The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain Securities in a Securities System within the United States in accordance with applicable Federal Reserve Board and Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations, including Rule 17f-4 and subject to the following provisions:
(a)
The Custodian may keep domestic Securities in a U.S. Securities System provided that such Securities are represented in an account of the Custodian in the U.S. Securities System which shall not include any assets of the Custodian other than assets held by it as a fiduciary, custodian or otherwise for customers;

18


(b)
The records of the Custodian with respect to Securities which are maintained in a U.S. Securities System shall identify by book-entry those Securities belonging to the Company;
(c)
The Custodian shall provide to the Company copies of all notices received from the U.S. Securities System of transfers of Securities for the account of the Company; and
(d)
Anything to the contrary in this Agreement notwithstanding, the Custodian shall not be liable to the Company for any direct loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim to the Company resulting from use of any Securities System (other than to the extent resulting from the gross negligence, misfeasance or willful misconduct of the Custodian itself, or from failure of the Custodian to enforce effectively such rights as it may have against the U.S. Securities System) provided however that to the extent it places and maintains financial assets, corresponding to the Company’s security entitlements, with a Securities Depository, nothing in this paragraph (d) shall relieve the Custodian from its obligation to exercise due care in accordance with reasonable commercial standards in discharging its duty as a securities intermediary to obtain and thereafter maintain such financial assets.
6.
SECURITIES HELD OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES
6.1    Appointment of Foreign Sub-custodian.   The Company hereby authorizes and instructs the Custodian in its sole discretion to employ one or more Foreign Sub-custodians to act as Eligible Securities Depositories or as sub-custodian to hold the Securities and other assets of the Company maintained outside the United States, subject to the Company’s approval in accordance with this Section. If the Custodian wishes to appoint a Foreign Sub-custodian to hold property of the Company subject to this Agreement, it will so notify the Company and provide it with information reasonably necessary to determine any such new Foreign Sub-custodian’s eligibility under Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act, including a copy of the proposed agreement with such Foreign Sub-custodian. The Company shall at the meeting of its board of directors next following receipt of such notice and information give a written approval or disapproval of the proposed action.
6.2    Assets to be Held.   The Custodian shall limit the Securities and other assets maintained in the custody of the Foreign Sub-custodian to: (a) Foreign Securities and (b) cash and cash equivalents in such amounts as the Company (through Proper Instructions) may determine to be reasonably necessary to effect the Company’s transactions in such investments.
6.3    Omnibus Accounts.   The Custodian may hold Foreign Securities and related Proceeds with one or more Foreign Sub-custodians or Eligible Securities Depositories in each case in a single account with such Sub-custodian or Securities Depository that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers; provided however, that the records of the Custodian with respect to Securities and related Proceeds

19


that are property of the Company maintained in such account(s) shall identify by book-entry those Securities and other property as belonging to the Company.
6.4    Reports Concerning Foreign Sub-custodian.   The Custodian will supply to the Company, upon request from time to time, statements in respect of the Securities held by Foreign Sub-custodians or Eligible Securities Depositories, including an identification of the Foreign Sub-custodians and Eligible Securities Depositories having physical possession of the Foreign Securities.
6.5    Transactions in Foreign Custody Account.   Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, settlement and payment for Securities received by a Foreign Intermediary for the account of the Company may be effected in accordance with the customary established securities trading or securities processing practices and procedures in the jurisdiction or market in which the transaction occurs, including delivering Securities to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such purchaser or dealer) against a receipt with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Securities from such purchaser or dealer.
6.6    Foreign Sub-custodian.   Each contract or agreement pursuant to which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-custodian shall include provisions that provide: (i) for indemnification or insurance arrangements (or any combination of the foregoing) such that the Company will be adequately protected against the risk of loss of assets held in accordance with such contract; (ii) that the Company’s assets will not be subject to any right, charge, security interest, lien or claim of any kind in favor of the Sub-custodian or its creditors (except a claim of payment for their safe custody or administration) or, in the case of cash deposits, liens or rights in favor of creditors of the Sub-custodian arising under bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws; (iii) that beneficial ownership for the Company’s assets will be freely transferable without the payment of money or value other than for safe custody or administration; (iv) that adequate records will be maintained identifying the assets as belonging to the Company or as being held by a third party for the benefit of the Company; (v) that the Company’s independent public accountants will be given access to those records or confirmation of the contents of those records; and (vi) that the Company will receive periodic reports with respect to the safekeeping of the Company’s assets, including notification of any transfer to or from a Company’s account or a third party account containing assets held for the benefit of the Company. Such contract may contain, in lieu of any or all of the provisions specified above, such other provisions that the Custodian determines will provide, in their entirety, the same or a greater level of care and protection for Company assets as the specified provisions, in their entirety.
6.7    Custodian’s Responsibility for Foreign Sub-custodian.
(a)
With respect to its responsibilities under this Section 6, the Custodian agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of property of the Company would exercise. The Custodian further agrees that the Foreign Securities will be subject to

20


reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to the Custodian in the relevant market, if maintained with each Foreign Sub-custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including: (i) the Foreign Sub-custodian’s practices, procedures, and internal controls, including the physical protections available for certificated securities (if applicable), the method of keeping custodial records, and the security and data protection practices; (ii) whether the Foreign Sub-custodian has the requisite financial strength to provide reasonable care for Company assets; (iii) the Foreign Sub-custodian’s general reputation and standing and, in the case of Eligible Securities Depository, the Eligible Securities Depository’s operating history and number of participants; and (iv) whether the Company will have jurisdiction over and be able to enforce judgments against the Foreign Sub-custodian, such as by virtue of the existence of any offices of the Foreign Sub-custodian in the United States or the Sub-custodian’s consent to service of process in the United States.
(b)
At the end of each calendar quarter or at such other times as the Company’s board of directors deems reasonable and appropriate based on the circumstances of the Company’s foreign custody arrangements, the Custodian shall provide written reports notifying the board of directors of the Company as to the placement of the Foreign Securities and cash of the Company with a particular Foreign Sub-custodian and of any material changes in the Company’s foreign custody arrangements. The Custodian shall promptly take such steps as may be required to withdraw assets of the Company from any Foreign Sub-custodian that has ceased to meet the requirements of Rule 17f-5 under the 1940 Act.
(c)
The Custodian shall establish a system to monitor the appropriateness of maintaining the Company’s assets with a particular Foreign Sub-custodian and the performance of the contract governing the Company’s arrangements with such Foreign Sub-custodian. To the extent the Custodian holds Foreign Securities and related Proceeds with one or more Eligible Securities Depositories, the Custodian shall provide the Company with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with such Eligible Securities Depository and shall monitor such custody risks on a continuing basis and promptly notify the Company of any material change in these risks. The Custodian agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing its obligations under this clause (c). If the Custodian determines that a custody arrangement with an Eligible Securities Depository no longer meets the requirements of this Section, the Company’s Foreign Securities must be withdrawn from such depository as soon as reasonably practicable.
(d)
The Custodian’s responsibility with respect to the selection or appointment of a Foreign Sub-custodian shall be limited to a duty to exercise reasonable care in the selection or retention of such Foreign Intermediaries in light of prevailing settlement and securities handling practices, procedures and controls in the relevant market. With respect to any costs, expenses, damages, liabilities, or

21


claims (including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees) incurred as a result of the acts or the failure to act by any Foreign Sub-custodian, the Custodian shall take reasonable action to recover such costs, expenses, damages, liabilities, or claims from such Foreign Sub-custodian; provided that the Custodian’s sole liability in that regard shall be limited to amounts actually received by it from such Foreign Intermediaries (exclusive of related costs and expenses incurred by the Custodian). The Custodian shall have no responsibility for any act or omission (or the insolvency of) any Securities System (including an Eligible Securities Depository). In the event the Company incurs a loss due to the negligence, willful misconduct, or insolvency of a Securities System (including an Eligible Securities Depository), the Custodian shall make reasonable endeavors, in its discretion, to seek recovery from the Eligible Securities Depository.
7.
CERTAIN GENERAL TERMS
7.1    No Duty to Examine Financing Documents.   Nothing herein shall obligate the Custodian to review or examine the terms of any underlying instrument, certificate, credit agreement, indenture, loan agreement, promissory note, or other financing document evidencing or governing any Security to determine the validity, sufficiency, marketability or enforceability of any Security or Loan (and shall have no responsibility for the genuineness or completeness thereof), or otherwise.
7.2    Resolution of Discrepancies.   In the event of any discrepancy between the information set forth in any report provided by the Custodian to the Company and any information contained in the books or records of the Company, the Company shall promptly notify the Custodian thereof and the parties shall cooperate to diligently resolve the discrepancy.
7.3    Improper Instructions.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Custodian shall not be obligated to take any action (or forebear from taking any action), which it reasonably determines (at its sole option) to be contrary to the terms of this Agreement or applicable law. In no instance shall the Custodian be obligated to provide services on any day that is not a Business Day.
7.4    Proper Instructions.
(a)
The Company will give a notice to the Custodian, in form acceptable to the Custodian, specifying the names and specimen signatures of persons authorized to give Proper Instructions (collectively, “Authorized Persons” and each is an “Authorized Person”) which notice shall be signed by an Authorized Person previously certified to the Custodian. The Custodian shall be entitled to rely upon the identity and authority of such persons until it receives written notice from an Authorized Person of the Company to the contrary. The initial Authorized Persons are set forth on Schedule B attached hereto and made a part hereof (as such Schedule B may be modified from time to time by written notice from the Company to the Custodian). If such person elects to give the Custodian email or

22


facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and the Custodian in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, the Custodian’s reasonable understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Custodian shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Custodian’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflicting with or being inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. Any person providing such instructions or directions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Custodian, including without limitation the risk of the Custodian acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.
(b)
The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company (or any other person or entity), and shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company, in the event that a subsequent written confirmation of an oral instruction fails to conform to the oral instructions received by the Custodian. The Custodian shall not have an obligation to act in accordance with purported instructions to the extent that they conflict with applicable law or regulations, local market practice or the Custodian’s operating policies and practices. The Custodian shall not be liable for any loss resulting from a delay while it obtains clarification of any Proper Instructions.
7.5    Actions Permitted Without Express Authority.   The Custodian may, at its discretion, without express authority from the Company:
(a)
make payments to itself as described in or pursuant to Section 3.6(b), or to make payments to itself or others for minor expenses of handling Securities or other similar items relating to its duties under this Agreement, provided that (i) the Custodian shall have first invoiced or billed the Company for such amounts and the Company shall have failed to pay such amounts within thirty (30) days after the date of such invoice or bill, and (ii) all such payments shall be regularly accounted for to the Company;
(b)
surrender Securities in temporary form for Securities in definitive form;
(c)
endorse for collection cheques, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and
(d)
in general, attend to all nondiscretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with the Securities and property of the Company.

23


7.6    Evidence of Authority.   The Custodian shall be protected in acting upon any instructions, notice, request, consent, certificate instrument or paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed or otherwise given by or on behalf of the Company by an Authorized Person. The Custodian may receive and accept a certificate signed by any Authorized Person as conclusive evidence of:
(a)    the authority of any person to act in accordance with such certificate; or
(b)    any determination or of any action by the Company as described in such certificate,
and such certificate may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of written notice to the contrary from an Authorized Person of the Company.
7.7    Receipt of Communications.   Any communication received by the Custodian on a day which is not a Business Day or after 3:30 p.m., Eastern time (or such other time as is agreed by the Company and the Custodian from time to time), on a Business Day will be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day (but in the case of communications so received after 3:30 p.m., Eastern time, on a Business Day the Custodian will use its best efforts to process such communications as soon as possible after receipt).
7.8    Actions on the Loans.   The Custodian shall have no duty or obligation hereunder to take any action on behalf of the Company, to communicate on behalf of the Company, to collect amounts or proceeds in respect of, or otherwise to interact or exercise rights or remedies on behalf of the Company, with respect to any of the Loans. All such actions and communications are the responsibility of the Company.
8.
COMPENSATION OF CUSTODIAN
8.1    Fees.   The Custodian and the Document Custodian shall be entitled to compensation for their services in accordance with the terms of that certain fee letter dated December 3, 2019, between the Company and the Custodian.
8.2    Expenses.   The Company agrees to pay or reimburse to the Custodian and the Document Custodian upon its request from time to time all costs, disbursements, advances, and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) incurred, and any disbursements and advances made (including any account overdraft resulting from any settlement or assumed settlement, provisional credit, chargeback, returned deposit item, reclaimed payment or claw-back, or the like), in connection with the preparation or execution of this Agreement, or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or the administration of this Agreement or performance by the Custodian or the Document Custodian, as applicable, of its duties and services under this Agreement, from time to time (including costs and expenses of any action deemed necessary by the Custodian or the Document Custodian to collect any amounts owing to it under this Agreement).

24


9.
RESPONSIBILITY OF CUSTODIAN
9.1    General Duties.   The Custodian shall have no duties, obligations or responsibilities under this Agreement or with respect to the Securities or Proceeds except for such duties as are expressly and specifically set forth in this Agreement, and the duties and obligations of the Custodian shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Agreement. No implied duties, obligations or responsibilities shall be read into this Agreement against, or on the part of, the Custodian.
9.2    Instructions.
(a)
The Custodian shall be entitled to refrain from taking any action unless it has such instruction (in the form of Proper Instructions) from the Company as it reasonably deems necessary, and shall be entitled to require, upon notice to the Company, that Proper Instructions to it be in writing. The Custodian shall have no liability for any action (or forbearance from action) taken pursuant to the Proper Instruction of the Company.
(b)
Whenever the Custodian is entitled or required to receive or obtain any communications or information pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement, it shall be entitled to receive the same in writing, in form, content and medium reasonably acceptable to it and otherwise in accordance with any applicable terms of this Agreement; and whenever any report or other information is required to be produced or distributed by the Custodian it shall be in form, content and medium reasonably acceptable to it and the Company, and otherwise in accordance with any applicable terms of this Agreement.
9.3    General Standards of Care.   Notwithstanding any terms herein contained to the contrary, the acceptance by the Document Custodian and the Custodian of each of their appointments hereunder is expressly subject to the following terms, which shall govern and apply to each of the terms and provisions of this Agreement (whether or not so stated therein):
(a)
Each of the Custodian and the Document Custodian may rely on and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any written notice, instruction, statement, certificate, request, waiver, consent, opinion, report, receipt or other paper or document furnished to it (including any of the foregoing provided to it by telecopier or electronic means), not only as to its due execution and validity, but also as to the truth and accuracy of any information therein contained, which it in good faith believes to be genuine and signed or presented by the proper person (which in the case of any instruction from or on behalf of the Company shall be an Authorized Person); and the Custodian and the Document Custodian shall be entitled to presume the genuineness and due authority of any signature appearing thereon. Neither the Custodian nor the Document Custodian shall be bound to make any independent investigation into the facts or matters stated in any such notice, instruction, statement, certificate, request, waiver, consent, opinion, report,

25


receipt or other paper or document, provided, however, that if the form thereof is specifically prescribed by the terms of this Agreement, the Custodian or Document Custodian, as applicable, shall examine the same to determine whether it substantially conforms on its face to such requirements hereof.
(b)
Neither the Custodian, the Document Custodian. nor any of their directors, officers or employees shall be liable to anyone for any error of judgment, or for any act done or step taken or omitted to be taken by it (or any of its directors, officers of employees), or for any mistake of fact or law, or for anything which it may do or refrain from doing in connection herewith, unless such action or inaction constitutes gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part and in breach of the terms of this Agreement. Neither the Custodian nor the Document Custodian shall be liable for any action taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be within powers conferred upon it, or taken by it pursuant to any direction or instruction by which it is governed hereunder, or omitted to be taken by it by reason of the lack of direction or instruction required hereby for such action. Neither the Custodian nor the Document Custodian shall be under any obligation at any time to ascertain whether the Company is in compliance with the 1940 Act, the regulations thereunder, or the Company’s investment objectives and policies then in effect.
(c)
In no event shall the Document Custodian or the Custodian be liable for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages (including lost profits) whether or not it has been advised of the likelihood of such damages.
(d)
The Custodian and the Document Custodian may consult with, and obtain advice from, legal counsel selected in good faith with respect to any question as to any of the provisions hereof or its duties hereunder, or any matter relating hereto, and the written opinion or advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Custodian or the Document Custodian in good faith in accordance with the opinion and directions of such counsel; the reasonable cost of such services shall be reimbursed pursuant to Section 8.2 above.
(e)
Neither the Custodian nor the Document Custodian shall be deemed to have notice of any fact, claim or demand with respect hereto unless actually known by an officer working in its Corporate Trust Services group and charged with responsibility for administering this Agreement or unless (and then only to the extent received) in writing by the Custodian or the Document Custodian at the applicable address(es) as set forth in Section 15 and specifically referencing this Agreement.
(f)
No provision of this Agreement shall require the Custodian or the Document Custodian to expend or risk its own funds, or to take any action (or forbear from action) hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or any financial or other liability unless it shall be furnished with acceptable

26


indemnification. Nothing herein shall obligate the Custodian or the Document Custodian to commence, prosecute or defend legal proceedings in any instance, whether on behalf of the Company or on its own behalf or otherwise, with respect to any matter arising hereunder, or relating to this Agreement or the services contemplated hereby.
(g)
The permissive rights of the Custodian and the Document Custodian to take any action hereunder shall not be construed as duty.
(h)
The Custodian and the Document Custodian may each act or exercise duties or powers hereunder through agents (including for the avoidance of doubt, sub-custodians) or attorneys, and the Custodian and Document Custodian, as applicable, shall not be liable or responsible for the actions or omissions of any such agent or attorney appointed and maintained with reasonable due care.
(i)
All indemnifications contained in this Agreement in favor of the Custodian and the Document Custodian shall survive the termination of this Agreement or earlier resignation of the Custodian or the Document Custodian, as applicable.
9.4    Indemnification.
(a)
The Company shall and does hereby indemnify and hold harmless each of the Custodian, the Document Custodian and any Foreign Sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 6.1 above, for and from any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses) and any and all losses, damages, claims and liabilities, that may arise, be brought against or incurred by the Custodian or the Document Custodian, whether direct, indirect or consequential, as a result of or arising from or in any way relating to any claim, demand, suit, action or proceeding (including any inquiry or investigation) by any person, including without limitation the Company or any Subsidiary, and any advances or disbursements made by the Custodian or the Document Custodian (including in respect of any Account overdraft, returned deposit item, chargeback, provisional credit, settlement or assumed settlement, reclaimed payment, claw-back or the like), as a result of, relating to, or arising out of this Agreement, or the administration or performance of the duties of the Custodian and the Document Custodian hereunder, or the relationship between the Company (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Subsidiary), the Custodian and the Document Custodian created hereby, including the enforcement of any indemnification rights hereunder, other than such liabilities, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses as are directly caused by the Custodian’s or the Document Custodian’s, as applicable, own action or inaction constituting bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct on its part.
(b)
If the Company requires the Custodian, its affiliates, subsidiaries or agents, to advance cash or Securities for any purpose (including but not limited to securities settlements, foreign exchange contracts and assumed settlement) or in the event

27


that the Custodian or its nominee shall incur or be assessed any taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except such as may arise from its or its nominee’s own gross negligent action, grossly negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, or if the Company fails to compensate or pay the Custodian pursuant to Section 8.1 or Section 9.4 hereof, any cash at any time held for the account of the Company shall be security therefor and should the Company fail to repay the Custodian promptly (or, if specified, within the time frame provided herein), the Custodian shall be entitled to utilize available cash to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement.
9.5    Force Majeure.   Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, neither the Custodian nor the Document Custodian shall be liable to the Company for any damage or loss resulting from or caused by events or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Custodian or Document Custodian, including nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, the interruption, disruption or suspension of the normal procedures and practices of any securities market, power, mechanical, communications or other technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses or the like, fires, floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters, civil and military disturbance, acts of war or terrorism, riots, revolution, acts of God, work stoppages, strikes, national disasters of any kind, or other similar events or acts; errors by the Company (including any Authorized Person) in its instructions to the Custodian or the Document Custodian; or changes in applicable law, regulation or orders.
10.
SECURITY CODES
If the Custodian or Document Custodian issue to the Company security codes, passwords or test keys in order that it may verify that certain transmissions of information, including Proper Instructions, have been originated by the Company, the Company shall take all commercially reasonable steps to safeguard any security codes, passwords, test keys or other security devices which the Custodian or Document Custodian shall make available.
11.
TAX LAW
11.1    Domestic Tax Law.   The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Company or the Custodian as custodian of the Securities or the Proceeds, by the tax law of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof. The Custodian shall be kept indemnified by and be without liability to the Company for such obligations including taxes, (but excluding any income taxes assessable in respect of compensation paid to the Custodian pursuant to this Agreement) withholding, certification and reporting requirements, claims for exemption or refund, additions for late payment interest, penalties and other expenses (including legal expenses) that may be assessed against the Company, or the Custodian as custodian of the Securities or Proceeds.

28


11.2    Foreign Tax Law.   It shall be the responsibility of the Company to notify the Custodian of the obligations imposed on the Company by the tax law of foreign (e.g., non-U.S.) jurisdictions, including responsibility for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other government charges, certifications and government reporting. The sole responsibility of the Custodian with regard to such tax law shall be to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Company with respect to any claims for exemption or refund under the tax law of the jurisdictions for which the Company has provided such information.
12.
EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND TERMINATION
12.1    Effective Date.   This Agreement shall become effective as of its due execution and delivery by each of the parties. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter provided. This Agreement may be terminated by the Document Custodian, the Custodian or the Company pursuant to Section 12.2.
12.2    Termination.   This Agreement shall terminate upon the earliest of (a) occurrence of the effective date of termination specified in any written notice of termination given by any party to the other parties not later than sixty (60) days prior to the effective date of termination specified therein, (b) such other date of termination as may be mutually agreed upon by the parties in writing.
12.3    Resignation.   The Custodian may at any time resign under this Agreement by giving not less than sixty (60) days advance written notice thereof to the Company. The Company may at any time remove the Custodian under this Agreement by giving not less than sixty (60) days advance written notice to the Custodian.
12.4    Successor.   Prior to the effective date of termination of this Agreement, or the effective date of the resignation or removal of the Custodian, as the case may be, the Company shall give Proper Instruction to the Custodian designating a successor Custodian, if applicable. The Custodian shall, upon receipt of Proper Instruction from the Company (i) deliver directly to the successor Custodian all Securities (other than Securities held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository) and cash then owned by the Company and held by the Custodian as custodian, and (ii) transfer any Securities held in a Book-Entry System or Securities Depository to an account of or for the benefit of the Company at the successor Custodian, provided that the Company shall have paid to the Custodian all fees, expenses and other amounts to the payment or reimbursement of which it shall then be entitled. In addition, the Custodian shall, at the expense of the Company, transfer to such successor all relevant books, records, correspondence, and other data established or maintained by the Custodian under this Agreement (if such form differs from the form in which the Custodian has maintained the same, the Company shall pay any expenses associated with transferring the data to such form), and will cooperate in the transfer of such duties and responsibilities. Upon such delivery and transfer, the Custodian shall be relieved of all obligations under this Agreement.

29


12.5    Payment of Fees, etc.   Upon termination of this Agreement or resignation of the Custodian, the Company shall pay to each of the Custodian and the Document Custodian such compensation, and shall likewise reimburse each of the Custodian and the Document Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements, as may be due as of the date of such termination or resignation. All indemnifications in favor of the Custodian and the Document Custodian under this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement or any resignation of the Custodian or the Document Custodian, as applicable.
12.6    Final Report.   In the event of any resignation or removal of the Custodian, the Custodian shall provide to the Company a complete final report or data file transfer of any Confidential Information as of the date of such resignation or removal.
13.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
13.1    Representations of the Company.   The Company represents and warrants to the Custodian that:
(a)
it has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and it has duly authorized, executed and delivered this Agreement so as to constitute its valid and binding obligation;
(b)
in giving any instructions which purport to be “Proper Instructions” under this Agreement, the Company will act in accordance with the provisions of its certificate of incorporation and bylaws and any applicable laws and regulations; and
(c)
it shall not, without the prior written consent of the Custodian, permit the assets of the Account to be deemed assets of an employee benefit plan which is subject to ERISA. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Custodian shall not grant its consent in the foregoing circumstance unless and until the Company has entered into such amendments to this Agreement and has provided such assurances and indemnities to the Custodian, as the Custodian reasonably may require to be assured that it will not be subject to the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) liability.
13.2    Representations of the Custodian.   The Custodian hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:
(a)
it is qualified to act as a custodian pursuant to Sections 17(f) and 26(a)(1) of the 1940 Act;
(b)
it has the power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement;
(c)
it has duly authorized, executed and delivered this Agreement so as to constitute its valid and binding obligations; and

30


(d)
it maintains business continuity policies and standards that include data file backup and recovery procedures that comply with all applicable regulatory requirements.
14.
PARTIES IN INTEREST; NO THIRD PARTY BENEFIT
This Agreement is not intended for, and shall not be construed to be intended for, the benefit of any third parties and may not be relied upon or enforced by any third parties (other than successors and permitted assigns pursuant to Section 19).
15.
NOTICES
Any Proper Instructions shall be given to the following address (or such other address as either party may designate by written notice to the other party), and otherwise any notices, approvals and other communications hereunder shall be sufficient if made in writing and given to the parties at the following address (or such other address as either of them may subsequently designate by notice to the other), given by (i) certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, (ii) recognized courier or delivery service, or (iii) confirmed telecopier or telex, with a duplicate sent by first class mail, postage prepaid:
(a)
if to the Company or any Subsidiary, to
Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc.
c/o Churchill Asset Management LLC
430 Park Avenue, 14th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Heather McNally, Principal and Head of Operations
Email: heather.mcnally@churchillam.com
Phone: (212) 478-9216
(b)
if to the Custodian, to
U.S. Bank National Association
Global Corporate Trust
214 N. Tryon Street
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202
Ref: Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc.
Attention: Amanda Snippert
Telephone: (704) 335-2417
E-mail: amanda.snippert@usbank.com
(c)
if to the Document Custodian, to
U.S. Bank National Association
1719 Otis Way
Florence, South Carolina 29501

31


Mail Code: EX-SC-FLOR
Ref: Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc.
Attention: Steven Garrett
Telephone: (843) 676-8901
E-mail: steven.garrett@usbank.com
16.
CHOICE OF LAW AND JURISDICTION
This Agreement shall be construed, and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York for all purposes (without regard to its choice of law provisions); except to the extent such laws are inconsistent with federal securities laws, including the 1940 Act, in which case such federal securities laws shall govern.
17.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT; COUNTERPARTS
17.1    Complete Agreement.   This Agreement constitutes the complete and exclusive agreement of the parties with regard to the matters addressed herein and supersedes and terminates as of the date hereof, all prior agreements or understandings, oral or written, between the parties to this Agreement relating to such matters.
17.2    Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
17.3    Facsimile Signatures.   The exchange of copies of this Agreement and of signature pages by facsimile transmission or pdf shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Agreement as to the parties and may be used in lieu of the original Agreement for all purposes. Signatures of the parties transmitted by facsimile shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.
18.
AMENDMENT; WAIVER
18.1    Amendment.   This Agreement may not be amended except by an express written instrument duly executed by the Company and the Custodian.
18.2    Waiver.   In no instance shall any delay or failure to act be deemed to be or effective as a waiver of any right, power or term hereunder, unless and except to the extent such waiver is set forth in an expressly written instrument signed by the party against whom it is to be charged.
19.
SUCCESSOR AND ASSIGNS
19.1    Successors Bound.   The covenants and agreements set forth herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither party shall be permitted to assign their rights under this Agreement without the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the ability of the Custodian to delegate certain duties or

32


services to or perform them through agents or attorneys appointed with due care as expressly provided in this Agreement.
19.2    Merger and Consolidation.   Any corporation or association into which the Custodian may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or association resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Custodian or the Document Custodian shall be a party, or any corporation or association to which the Custodian or Document Custodian transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business, shall be the successor of the Custodian or Document Custodian, as applicable hereunder, and shall succeed to all of the rights, powers and duties of the Custodian or Document Custodian, as applicable, hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.
20.
SEVERABILITY
The terms of this Agreement are hereby declared to be severable, such that if any term hereof is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect the remaining terms.
21.
REQUEST FOR INSTRUCTIONS
If, in performing its duties under this Agreement, the Custodian is required to decide between alternative courses of action, the Custodian may (but shall not be obliged to) request written instructions from the Company as to the course of action desired by it. If the Custodian does not receive such instructions within two (2) Business Days after it has requested them, the Custodian may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking any such courses of action. The Custodian shall act in accordance with instructions received from the Company in response to such request after such two-Business Day period except to the extent it has already taken, or committed itself to take, action inconsistent with such instructions.
22.
OTHER BUSINESS
Nothing herein shall prevent the Custodian, the Document Custodian or any of their affiliates from engaging in other business, or from entering into any other transaction or financial or other relationship with, or receiving fees from or from rendering services of any kind to the Company or any other Person. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall constitute the Company and/or the Custodian or the Document Custodian (and/or any other Person) as members of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate, unincorporated business or similar assignment as a result of or by virtue of the engagement or relationship established by this Agreement.
23.
REPRODUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
This Agreement and all schedules, exhibits, attachments and amendment hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether

33


or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further production shall likewise be admissible in evidence.
24.
MISCELLANEOUS
The Company acknowledges receipt of the following notice:
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT.
To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. For a non-individual person such as a business entity, a charity, a trust or other legal entity the Custodian will ask for documentation to verify its formation and existence as a legal entity. The Custodian may also ask to see financial statements, licenses, identification and authorization documents from individuals claiming authority to represent the entity or other relevant documentation.”
[PAGE INTENTIONALLY ENDS HERE. SIGNATURES APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE.]

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer, intending the same to take effect as of the 19th day of December, 2019.
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Shaul Vichness
 
Name:
Shaul Vichness
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Custodian
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Scott D. DeRoss
 
Name:
Scott D. DeRoss
 
Title:
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Document Custodian
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kenneth Brandt
 
Name:
Kenneth Brandt
 
Title:
Assistant Vice President

Exhibit 10.5

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN
OF
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company), hereby adopts the following plan (the “Plan) with respect to distributions declared by its Board of Directors (the “Board”) with respect to shares of the Company’s common stock (“Shares”).
1. Unless a stockholder specifically elects to have any portion of its distributions reinvested by the Company in the Shares pursuant to paragraph 3 below, all distributions hereafter declared by the Board shall be paid in cash to each stockholder, and no action shall be required on such stockholder’s part to receive such cash.
2. Such distributions shall be payable on such date or dates (each, a “Payment Date”) as may be fixed from time to time by the Board to stockholders of record at the close of business on the record date(s) established by the Board for the distribution involved.
3. To exercise the option of having its distributions reinvested in Shares, a stockholder shall notify the Company and U.S. Bank National Association (referred to as the Plan Administrator”), in writing using the form of notice set forth as an appendix to the Subscription Agreement signed by such stockholder or any other form of notice as distributed to such stockholder by the Company. Such election shall remain in effect until the stockholder notifies the Plan Administrator in writing of its desire to change its election. In order to be effective with respect to a particular distribution, notices must be received by the Plan Administrator no later than ten (10) days prior to the record date fixed by the Board for such distribution.
4. The number of Shares to be issued to a stockholder that has elected to have its distributions reinvested in accordance with paragraph 3 (each, a “Participant”) shall be determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such Participant by the net asset value per share as of the last day of the Company’s fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date such distribution was declared (the “Reference NAV”); provided that in the event a distribution is declared on the last day of a fiscal quarter, the Reference NAV shall be deemed to be the net asset value per share as of such day; provided further that the number of Shares to be issued to a Participant pursuant to the foregoing shall not include fractional Shares. All Shares issued pursuant to the Plan shall be issued in non-certificated form and shall be credited to such Participant on the books and records of the Company. Cash payable to a Participant in lieu of fractional Shares pursuant to paragraph 3 shall be paid contemporaneously with the issuance of such Shares in connection with such distribution.
5. The Plan Administrator will confirm to each Participant each issuance of Shares made to such Participant pursuant to the Plan as soon as practicable following the date of such issuance.
6. The Plan Administrator’s service fee, if any, and expenses for administering the Plan will be paid for by the Company. There will be no brokerage charges or other charges to stockholders who participate in the Plan.
7. The Plan may be terminated by the Company upon notice in writing mailed to each Participant at least 30 days prior to the effectiveness of such termination.
8. These terms and conditions may be amended or supplemented by the Company at any time. Any such amendment or supplement may include an appointment by the Plan Administrator in its place and stead of a successor agent under the terms and conditions agreed upon by the Company, with full power and authority to perform all or any of the acts to be performed by the Plan Administrator as agreed to by the Company.



9. The Plan Administrator will at all times act in good faith and use its best efforts within reasonable limits to ensure its full and timely performance of all services to be performed by it under this Plan and to comply with applicable law, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors.
10. These terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof, to the extent such principles would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

2
Exhibit 10.6

EXPENSE SUPPORT AND CONDITIONAL REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT
This Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made this 31st day of December, 2019, by and between NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and NUVEEN CHURCHILL ADVISORS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”).
WHEREAS, the Company is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that intends to elect to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);
WHEREAS, the Company has retained the Adviser to furnish investment advisory services to the Company on the terms and conditions set forth in the investment advisory agreement, dated December 31, 2019, entered between the Company and the Adviser, as may be amended or restated (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”);
WHEREAS, the Company and the Adviser have determined that it is appropriate and in the best interests of the Company that the Adviser may elect to pay a portion of the Company’s expenses from time to time, which the Company will be obligated to reimburse to the Adviser at a later date if certain conditions are met.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1.
Adviser Expense Payments to the Company
(a) At such times as the Adviser determines, the Adviser may elect to pay certain expenses of the Company on the Company’s behalf (each such payment, an “Expense Payment”). In making an Expense Payment, the Adviser will designate, as it deems necessary or advisable, what type of Expense it is paying (including, whether it is paying organizational or offering expenses); provided that no portion of an Expense Payment will be used to pay any interest expense of the Company.
(b) The Company’s right to receive an Expense Payment shall be an asset of the Company upon the Adviser committing in writing to pay the Expense Payment pursuant to a notice substantially in the form of Appendix A. Any Expense Payment that the Adviser has committed to pay shall be paid by the Adviser to the Company in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds no later than forty-five days after such commitment was made in writing, and/or offset against amounts due from the Company to the Adviser or its affiliates.
2.
Reimbursement of Expense Payments by the Company
(a) Following any calendar quarter in which Available Operating Funds (as defined below) exceed the cumulative distributions accrued to the Company’s shareholders based on distributions declared with respect to record dates occurring in such calendar quarter (the amount of such excess being hereinafter referred to as “Excess Operating Funds”), the Company shall pay such Excess Operating Funds, or a portion thereof in accordance with Sections 2(b) and 2(c), as applicable, to the Adviser until such time as all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar quarter have been reimbursed. Any payments required to be made by the Company pursuant to this Section 2(a) shall be referred to herein as a “Reimbursement Payment.” For purposes of this Agreement, “Available Operating Funds” means the sum of (i) the Company’s net investment income determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (including net realized short-term capital gains reduced by net realized long-term capital losses), (ii) the Company’s net capital gains (including the excess of net realized long-term capital gains over net realized short-term capital losses) and (iii) dividends and other distributions paid to the Company on account of investments in portfolio companies (to the extent such amounts listed in clause (iii) are not included under clauses (i) and (ii) above).
(b) Subject to Section 2(c), the amount of the Reimbursement Payment for any calendar quarter shall equal the lesser of (i) the Excess Operating Funds in such quarter and (ii) the aggregate amount of all Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of such calendar quarter that have not been previously reimbursed by the Company to the Adviser; provided that the Adviser may waive its right



to receive all or a portion of any Reimbursement Payment in any particular calendar quarter, in which case such waived amount will remain unreimbursed Expense Payments reimbursable in future quarters pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Reimbursement Payment for any quarter shall be made if: (1) the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share (as defined below) declared by the Company at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is less than the Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates, or (2) the Company’s Operating Expense Ratio (as defined below) at the time of such Reimbursement Payment is greater than the Operating Expense Ratio at the time the Expense Payment was made to which such Reimbursement Payment relates. For purposes of this Agreement, “Effective Rate of Distributions Per Share” means the annualized rate (based on a 365 day year) of regular cash distributions per share of common stock declared by the Company’s Board of Directors exclusive of returns of capital, distribution rate reductions due to any fees (including to a transfer agent) payable in connection with distributions, and any declared special dividends or distributions. The “Operating Expense Ratio” is calculated by dividing Operating Expenses (as defined below), less organizational and offering expenses, base management and incentive fees owed to the Adviser, and interest expense, by the Company’s net assets. “Operating Expenses” means all of the Company’s operating costs and expenses incurred, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for investment companies.
(d) The Company’s obligation to make a Reimbursement Payment shall automatically become a liability of the Company on the last business day of the applicable calendar quarter, except to the extent the Adviser has waived its right to receive such payment for the applicable quarter. In connection with any Reimbursement Payment, the Company may deliver a notice substantially in the form of Appendix A. The Reimbursement Payment for any calendar quarter shall be paid by the Company to the Adviser in any combination of cash or other immediately available funds as promptly as possible following such calendar quarter and in no event later than forty-five days after the end of such calendar quarter.
(e) All Reimbursement Payments hereunder shall be deemed to relate to the earliest unreimbursed Expense Payments made by the Adviser to the Company within three years prior to the last business day of the calendar quarter in which such Reimbursement Payment obligation is accrued.
3.
Termination and Survival
(a) This Agreement shall become effective as of the date of this Agreement.
(b) This Agreement may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, by the Company or the Adviser, with or without notice.
(c) This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of (i) the termination by the Company of the Investment Advisory Agreement; (ii) the board of directors of the Company making a determination to dissolve or liquidate the Company; or (iii) a quotation or listing of the Company’s securities on a national securities exchange (including through an initial public offering) or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to, or a merger or other liquidity transaction with, an entity in which the Company’s shareholders receive shares of a publicly-traded company which continues to be managed by the Adviser or an affiliate thereof.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Section 2 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement with respect to any Expense Payments that have not been reimbursed by the Company to the Adviser.
4.
Miscellaneous
(a) The captions of this Agreement are included for convenience only and in no way define or limit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.
(b) This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

2


(c) Notwithstanding the place where this Agreement may be executed by any of the parties hereto, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. For so long as the Company is regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act, this Agreement shall also be construed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act. In such case, to the extent the applicable laws of the State of New York or any of the provisions herein conflict with the provisions of the 1940 Act, the latter shall control. Further, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to require the Company to take any action contrary to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as each may be amended or restated, or to relieve or deprive the board of directors of the Company of its responsibility for and control of the conduct of the affairs of the Company.
(d) If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby and, to this extent, the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be severable.
(e) The Company shall not assign this Agreement or any right, interest or benefit under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Adviser.
(f) This Agreement may be amended in writing by mutual consent of the parties. This Agreement may be executed by the parties on any number of counterparts, delivery of which may occur by facsimile or as an attachment to an electronic communication, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC, INC.
 
 
By:
/s/ John D. McCally
Name:
John D. McCally
Title:
Vice President and Secretary
 
NUVEEN CHURCHILL ADVISORS LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ Keith Jones
Name:
Keith Jones
Title:
Senior Managing Director

[Signature Page to Expense Support and Conditional Reimbursement Agreement]



Appendix A
Form of Notice of Expense Payment or Reimbursement Payment
Expense Payment
 
 
 
 
Expense Payment Effective Date:
 
 
 
 
Expense Payment Amount:
 
Organizational Expense:
 
Offering Expense:
 
Management Fee:
 
Incentive Fee:
 
Other:
 
Total:
 
All Expense Payments are subject to reimbursement pursuant to the terms of the Agreement.
Reimbursement Payment
 
 
 
 
Reimbursement Payment Effective Date:
 
 
 
 
Reimbursement Payment Amount:
 
Organizational Expense:
 
Offering Expense:
 
Management Fee:
 
Incentive Fee:
 
Other:
 
Total:
 

Exhibit 10.7

TRANSFER AGENT SERVICING AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the last date on the signature block, by and Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Fund”), and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, d/b/a/ U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, a Wisconsin limited liability company (“Fund Services”).
WHEREAS, the Fund is a closed-end management investment fund that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act” or the “Act”);
WHEREAS, the Fund is authorized to offer and sell shares of the Fund’s common stock, par value $0.01 (collectively, the “Shares”);
WHEREAS, Fund Services is, among other things, in the business of administering transfer agent functions for the benefit of its customers; and
WHEREAS, the Fund desires to retain Fund Services to provide transfer agent services.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:
1.    Appointment of Fund Services as Transfer Agent
The Fund hereby appoints Fund Services as transfer agent of the Fund on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and Fund Services hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the services and duties set forth in this Agreement. The services and duties of Fund Services shall be confined to those matters expressly set forth herein, and no implied duties are assumed by or may be asserted against Fund Services hereunder.
2.    Services and Duties of Fund Services
Fund Services shall provide the following transfer agent services to the Fund:
(1)
Receive and process orders for the purchase of Shares in accordance with applicable rules under the 1940 Act and other applicable regulations, and as specified in the Fund’s registration statement and other operative documents.
(2)
Process subscription agreements received from prospective holders of Shares (such holders of Shares, “Shareholders”).
(3)
Process purchase orders with prompt delivery, where appropriate, of payment and supporting documentation to the Fund’s custodian(s), and



issue the appropriate number of uncertificated Shares with such uncertificated Shares being held in the appropriate Shareholder account.
(4)
Arrange for issuance of Shares obtained through transfers of funds from Shareholders’ accounts at financial institutions.
(5)
Process tender offers and related repurchase requests received in good order and, where relevant, deliver appropriate documentation to the Fund.
(6)
Pay monies upon receipt from the Fund where relevant, in accordance with the instructions of redeeming Shareholders.
(7)
Process transfers of Shares in accordance with the Shareholder’s instructions and as permitted by the Fund’s registration statement and other operative documents.
(8)
Prepare and transmit payments for distributions declared by the Fund, after deducting any amount required to be withheld by any applicable laws, rules and regulations and in accordance with Shareholder instructions.
(9)
Make changes to Shareholder records, including, but not limited to, address changes.
(10)
Prepare ad-hoc reports as necessary at prevailing rates. Any such ad-hoc reporting to exceed $500 in cost to be explicitly approved by the Fund.
(11)
Provide Shareholder account information upon Shareholder or Fund request and prepare and mail confirmations and statements of account to Shareholders for all purchases, redemptions, and other confirmable transactions as agreed upon with the Fund.
(12)
Mail account statements and performance reports in a form approved by the Fund to Shareholders on a monthly basis and shareholder reports on annual basis.
(13)
Prepare and file U.S. Treasury Department Forms 1099 and other appropriate information required with respect to dividends, distributions and repurchases for all shareholders.
(14)
Reimburse the Fund each month for all material losses resulting from “as of” processing errors for which Fund Services is responsible in accordance with the “as of” processing guidelines set forth on Exhibit A hereto.
(16)
Answer correspondence from shareholders, securities brokers and others relating to Fund Services duties hereunder within required time periods established by applicable regulation.

2


(17)
Provide service and support to financial intermediaries including but not limited to trade placements, settlements and corrections.
(18)
Perform its duties hereunder in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and provide any sub-certifications reasonably requested by the Fund in connection with any certification required of the Fund pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX Act”) or any rules or regulations promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) thereunder, provided the same shall not be deemed to change Fund Services’ standard of care as set forth herein.
(19)
In order to assist the Fund in satisfying the requirements of Rule 38a-1 under the 1940 Act, Fund Services will provide the Fund’s Chief Compliance Officer with reasonable access to Fund Services’ Fund records relating to the services provided by it under this Agreement, and will provide quarterly compliance reports and related certifications regarding any Material Compliance Matter (as defined in the 1940 Act) involving Fund Services that affect or could affect the Fund.
3.    Lost Shareholder Due Diligence Searches and Servicing
The Fund hereby acknowledges that Fund Services has an arrangement with an outside vendor to conduct lost shareholder searches required by Rule 17Ad-17 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Costs associated with such searches will be passed through to the Fund as a miscellaneous expense in accordance with the fee schedule set forth in Exhibit B hereto. If a shareholder remains lost and the shareholder’s account unresolved after completion of the mandatory Rule 17Ad-17 search, the Fund hereby authorizes vendor to enter, at its discretion, into fee sharing arrangements with the lost shareholder (or such lost shareholder’s representative or executor) to conduct a more in-depth search in order to locate the lost shareholder before the shareholder’s assets escheat to the applicable state. The Fund hereby acknowledges that Fund Services is not a party to these arrangements and does not receive any revenue sharing or other fees relating to these arrangements. Furthermore, the Fund hereby acknowledges that vendor may receive up to 35% of the lost shareholder’s assets as compensation for its efforts in locating the lost shareholder. Fund Services shall report, or arrange to have reported, to the Fund shareholder account information where such accounts or funds have been turned over to applicable state authorities.
4.    Anti-Money Laundering and Red Flag Identity Theft Prevention Programs
The Fund acknowledges that it has had an opportunity to review, consider and comment upon the written procedures provided by Fund Services describing various tools used by Fund Services which are designed to promote the detection and reporting of potential money laundering activity and identity theft by monitoring certain aspects of shareholder activity as well as written procedures for verifying a customer’s identity (collectively, the

3


“Procedures”). Further, the Fund and Fund Services have determined that the Procedures, as part of the Fund’s overall anti-money laundering program and Red Flag Identity Theft Prevention program, are reasonably designed to: (i) prevent the Fund from being used for money laundering or the financing of terrorist activities; (ii) prevent identity theft; and (iii) to achieve compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bank Secrecy Act and the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the implementing regulations thereunder.
Based on this determination, the Fund hereby instructs and directs Fund Services to implement the Procedures on the Fund’s behalf, as such may be amended or revised from time to time. It is contemplated that these Procedures will be amended from time to time by the parties as additional regulations are adopted and/or regulatory guidance is provided relating to the Fund’s anti-money laundering and identity theft responsibilities.
Fund Services agrees to provide to the Fund:
(a)
Prompt written notification of any transaction or combination of transactions that Fund Services believes, based on the Procedures, evidence money laundering, activity that may warrant a suspicious activity report or identity theft activities in connection with the Fund or any shareholder of the Fund;
(b)
Prompt written notification of any customer(s) that Fund Services reasonably believes, based upon the Procedures, to be engaged in money laundering, activity that may warrant a suspicious activity report or identity theft activities, provided that the Fund agrees not to communicate this information to such customer;
(c)
Any reports received by Fund Services from any government agency or applicable industry self-regulatory organization pertaining to Fund Services anti-money laundering monitoring or the Red Flag Identity Theft Prevention Program on behalf of the Fund;
(d)
Prompt written notification of any action taken in response to anti-money laundering violations or identity theft activity as described in (a), (b) or (c); and
(e)
Certified quarterly reports of its monitoring and customer identification activities on behalf of the Fund, including an annual certification that Fund Services has applied and followed the Procedures during the relevant reporting period;
The Fund hereby directs, and Fund Services acknowledges, that Fund Services shall (i) permit federal regulators access to such information and records maintained by Fund Services and relating to Fund Services implementation of the Procedures on behalf of the Fund, as it may request, and (ii) permit such federal regulators to inspect Fund Services implementation of the Procedures on behalf of the Fund.

4


5.    Compensation
Fund Services shall be compensated for providing the services set forth in this Agreement in accordance with the fee schedule set forth on Exhibit B hereto (as amended from time to time by consent of both parties to this agreement). Fund Services shall be compensated for such miscellaneous expenses as are reasonably incurred by Fund Services in performing its duties hereunder and as are described in Exhibit B hereto. Fund Services shall also be compensated for any increases in costs due to the adoption of any new or amended industry, regulatory or other applicable rules. The Fund shall pay all such fees and reimbursable expenses within 30 calendar days following receipt of the billing notice, except for any fee or expense subject to a good faith dispute. The Fund shall notify Fund Services in writing within 30 calendar days following receipt of each invoice if the Fund is disputing any amounts in good faith. The Fund shall pay such disputed amounts within thirty (30) calendar days of the day on which the parties agree to the amount to be paid. With the exception of any fee or expense the Fund is disputing in good faith as set forth above, unpaid invoices shall accrue a finance charge of 1½% per month after the due date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, amounts owed by the Fund to Fund Services shall only be paid out of assets and property of the Fund involved.
6.    Representations and Warranties
A.
The Fund hereby represents and warrants to Fund Services, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, that:
(1)
The Fund is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;
(2)
This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund in accordance with all requisite action and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties; and
(3)
It is conducting its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on its business as now conducted; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on it and no provision of its charter, bylaws or any contract binding it or affecting its property which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement.

5


B.
Fund Services hereby represents and warrants to the Fund, which representations and warranties shall be deemed to be continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, that:
(1)
It is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, with full power to carry on its business as now conducted, to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder;
(2)
This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Fund Services in accordance with all requisite action and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of Fund Services, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties;
(3)
It is conducting its business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations, both state and federal, and has obtained all regulatory approvals necessary to carry on its business as now conducted; there is no statute, rule, regulation, order or judgment binding on it and no provision of its charter, bylaws or any contract binding it or affecting its property which would prohibit its execution or performance of this Agreement; and
(4)
It is a registered transfer agent under the Exchange Act.
7.    Standard of Care; Indemnification; Limitation of Liability
A.
Fund Services shall exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. Fund Services shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund in connection with its duties under this Agreement, including losses resulting from mechanical breakdowns or the failure of communication or power supplies beyond Fund Services’ control, except a loss arising out of or relating to Fund Services’ refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence, or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Fund Services has exercised reasonable care in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Fund shall indemnify and hold harmless Fund Services from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, expenses, and liabilities of any and every nature (including reasonable and documented attorneys' fees) that Fund Services may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against Fund Services by any person arising out of any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in performing the services hereunder (i) in accordance with the foregoing standards, (ii) in reliance upon any written or oral instruction provided to Fund Services by the Fund’s investment adviser or by any duly authorized officer of the Fund, as approved by the Board of Directors, except for any and all claims, demands,

6


losses, expenses, and liabilities arising out of or relating to Fund Services’ refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement or from its bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of the Fund, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement. As used in this paragraph, the term “Fund Services” shall include Fund Services’ directors, officers and employees.
Fund Services shall indemnify and hold the Fund harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, expenses, and liabilities of any and every nature (including reasonable attorneys' fees) that the Fund may sustain or incur or that may be asserted against the Fund by any person arising out of any action taken or omitted to be taken by Fund Services as a result of Fund Services’ refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, bad faith, negligence, or willful misconduct in the performance of its duties under this Agreement. This indemnity shall be a continuing obligation of Fund Services, its successors and assigns, notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement. As used in this paragraph, the term “Fund” shall include the Fund’s directors, officers and employees.
Neither party to this Agreement shall be liable to the other party for consequential, special or punitive damages under any provision of this Agreement.
In the event of a mechanical breakdown or failure of communication or power supplies beyond its control, Fund Services shall take all reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions for any period that such interruption continues. Fund Services shall as promptly as possible under the circumstances notify the Fund in the event of any service interruption that materially impacts Fund Services’ services under this Agreement. Fund Services will make every reasonable effort to restore any lost or damaged data and correct any errors resulting from such a breakdown at the expense of Fund Services as soon as practicable. Fund Services agrees that it shall, at all times, have reasonable business continuity and disaster recovery contingency plans with appropriate parties, making reasonable provision for emergency use of electrical data processing equipment to the extent appropriate equipment is available. Representatives of the Fund shall be entitled to inspect Fund Services’ premises and operating capabilities, books and records maintained on behalf of the Fund at any time during regular business hours of Fund Services, upon reasonable notice to Fund Services. Fund Services shall promptly notify the Fund upon discovery of any material administrative error, and shall consult with the Fund about the actions it intends to take to correct the error prior to taking such actions. A “material administrative error” means any error which the Fund’s management, including its Chief Compliance Officer, would reasonably need to know to oversee Fund compliance. Moreover, Fund Services shall obtain and provide the Fund, at such times as the Fund may reasonably require, copies of reports

7


rendered by independent accountants on the internal controls and procedures of Fund Services relating to the services provided by Fund Services under this Agreement.
Notwithstanding the above, Fund Services reserves the right to reprocess and correct administrative errors at its own expense.
B.
In order that the indemnification provisions contained in this section shall apply, it is understood that if in any case the indemnitor may be asked to indemnify or hold the indemnitee harmless, the indemnitor shall be fully and promptly advised of all pertinent facts concerning the situation in question, and it is further understood that the indemnitee will use all reasonable care to notify the indemnitor promptly concerning any situation that presents or appears likely to present the probability of a claim for indemnification. The indemnitor shall have the option to defend the indemnitee against any claim that may be the subject of this indemnification. In the event that the indemnitor so elects, it will so notify the indemnitee and thereupon the indemnitor shall take over complete defense of the claim, and the indemnitee shall in such situation initiate no further legal or other expenses for which it shall seek indemnification under this section. The indemnitee shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the indemnitor will be asked to indemnify the indemnitee except with the indemnitor’s prior written consent.
C.
The indemnity and defense provisions set forth in this Section 7 shall indefinitely survive the termination and/or assignment of this Agreement.
D.
If Fund Services is acting in another capacity for the Fund pursuant to a separate agreement, nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve Fund Services of any of its obligations in such other capacity.
8.    Data Necessary to Perform Services
The Fund or its agent shall furnish to Fund Services the data necessary to perform the services described herein at such times and in such form as mutually agreed upon. For the avoidance of doubt, Fund Services agrees that, to the extent required in order to carry out any of its obligations hereunder, Fund Services will coordinate with all other service providers of the Fund as may be requested and authorized by the Fund, including each custodian of the Fund, as appropriate. If Fund Services is also acting in another capacity for the Fund, nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve Fund Services of any of its obligations in such capacity.
9.    Proprietary and Confidential Information
Fund Services agrees on behalf of itself and its directors, officers, and employees to treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Fund, all records and other information relative to the Fund and prior, present, or potential shareholders of the Fund (and clients of said shareholders) including all shareholder trading information, and not to

8


use such records and information for any purpose other than the performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except (i) after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Fund, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where Fund Services may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, (ii) when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities provided that to the extent permitted by law, Fund Services shall provide the Fund notice prior to such disclosures, or (iii) when so requested by the Fund. Records and other information which have become known to the public through no wrongful act of Fund Services or any of its employees, agents or representatives, and information that was already in the possession of Fund Services prior to receipt thereof from the Fund or its agent, shall not be subject to this paragraph. Further, Fund Services will adhere to the privacy policies adopted by the Fund pursuant to Title V of the Gramm Leach Bliley Act, as may be modified from time to time. In this regard, Fund Services shall have in place and maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, and to prevent unauthorized access to or use of, records and information relating to the Fund and its shareholders. In addition, Fund Services has implemented and will maintain an effective information security program reasonably designed to protect information relating to Shareholders (such information, “Personal Information”), which program includes sufficient administrative, technical and physical safeguards and written policies and procedures reasonably designed to (a) insure the security and confidentiality of such Personal Information; (b) protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such Personal Information, including identity theft; and (c) protect against unauthorized access to or use of such Personal Information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to the Fund or any Shareholder (the “Information Security Program”). The Information Security Program complies and shall comply with reasonable information security practices within the industry. Fund Services shall promptly notify the Fund in writing of any breach of security, misuse or misappropriation of, or unauthorized access to, (in each case, whether actual or alleged) any Personal Information (any or all of the foregoing referred to individually and collectively for purposes of this provision as a “Security Breach”). Fund Services shall promptly investigate and remedy, and bear the cost of the measures (including notification to any affected parties), if any, to address any Security Breach. Fund Services shall bear the cost of the Security Breach only if Fund Services is determined to be responsible for such Security Breach.
In addition to, and without limiting the foregoing, Fund Services will promptly cooperate with the Fund or any of their affiliates’ regulators at Fund Services expense (only if Fund Services is determined to be responsible for such Security Breach) to prevent, investigate, cease or mitigate any Security Breach, including but not limited to investigating, bringing claims or actions and giving information and testimony. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the obligations set forth in this paragraph shall survive termination of this Agreement.

9


Fund Services will provide the Transfer Agent with certain copies of third party audit reports (e.g., SSAE 16 or SOC 1) through access to Fund Services CCO Portal (limited to two persons) to the extent such reports are available and related to services performed or made available by Fund Services under this Agreement. The Transfer Agent acknowledges and agrees that such reports are confidential and that it will not disclose such reports except to its employees and service providers who have a need to know and have agreed to obligations of confidentiality applicable to such reports.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Fund Services will not share any nonpublic personal information concerning any of the Fund’s shareholders to any third party unless specifically directed by the Transfer Agent or allowed under one of the exceptions noted under the Gramm Leach Bliley Act.
10.    Records
Fund Services shall keep records relating to the services to be performed hereunder in the form and manner, and for such period, as it may deem advisable and is agreeable to the Fund, but not inconsistent with the rules and regulations of appropriate government authorities, in particular, Section 31 of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. Fund Services agrees that all such records prepared or maintained by Fund Services relating to the services to be performed by Fund Services hereunder are the property of the Fund and will be preserved, maintained, and made available in accordance with such applicable sections and rules of the 1940 Act and will be promptly surrendered to the Fund or their designee on and in accordance with its request. Fund Services agrees to provide any records necessary to the Fund to comply with the Fund’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting adopted in accordance with the SOX Act. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Fund Services shall cooperate with the Transfer Agent and assist the Fund, as necessary, by providing information to enable the appropriate officers of the Fund to (i) execute any required certifications and (ii) provide a report of management on the Fund’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Sections 13a-15(f) or 15a-15(f) of the Exchange Act).
11.    Compliance with Laws
The Fund has and retains primary responsibility for all compliance matters relating to the Fund, including but not limited to compliance with the Act, the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the SOX Act, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 and the policies and limitations of the Fund relating to its portfolio investments as set forth in its registration statement and other operative documents. Fund Services’ services hereunder shall not relieve the Fund of its responsibilities for assuring such compliance and oversight responsibility with respect thereto.
The foregoing shall not affect Fund Services’ responsibilities for compliance and related matters delegated to Fund Services by the Fund as expressly provided herein. Fund Services shall comply with changes to all regulatory requirements affecting its services hereunder to the Fund and shall implement any necessary modifications to the services

10


prior to the deadline imposed, or extensions authorized by, the regulatory or other governmental body having jurisdiction for such regulatory requirements.
12.    Term of Agreement; Amendment
This Agreement shall become effective as of the date last written in the signature block and will continue in effect for a period of two (2) years. This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon giving sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other party or such shorter period as is mutually agreed upon by the parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by any party upon the breach of the other party of any material term of this Agreement if such breach is not cured within fifteen (15) days of notice of such breach to the breaching party. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner except by written agreement executed by Fund Services and the Fund, and authorized or approved by the Board of Directors.
13.    Duties in the Event of Termination
In the event that, in connection with termination, a successor to any of Fund Services’ duties or responsibilities hereunder is designated by the Fund by written notice to Fund Services, Fund Services will promptly, upon such termination and, except in the case of a material breach by Fund Services, in which case all expenses shall be borne by Fund Services, at the expense of the Fund, transfer to such successor all relevant books, records, correspondence, and other data established or maintained by Fund Services under this Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Fund (if such form differs from the form in which Fund Services has maintained the same, the Fund shall pay any reasonable and documented expenses associated with transferring the data to such form), and will cooperate in the transfer of such duties and responsibilities, including provision for assistance from Fund Services’ personnel in the establishment of books, records, and other data by such successor. If no such successor is designated, then such books, records and other data shall be returned to the Fund.
14.    Assignment
This Agreement shall extend to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by the Fund without the written consent of Fund Services, or by Fund Services without the written consent of the Fund accompanied by the authorization or approval of the Board of Directors.
15.    Governing Law
This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles. To the extent that the applicable laws of the State of New York, or any of the provisions herein, conflict with the applicable provisions of the Act, the latter shall control, and nothing herein shall be construed in a manner inconsistent with the Act or any rule or order of the SEC thereunder.

11


16.    Services not Exclusive
Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or restrict Fund Services from providing services to other parties that are similar or identical to some or all of the services provided hereunder.
17.    No Agency Relationship
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or empower either party to act as agent for the other party to this Agreement, or to conduct business in the name, or for the account, of the other party to this Agreement.
18.    Invalidity
Any provision of this Agreement which may be determined by competent authority to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. In such case, the parties shall in good faith modify or substitute such provision consistent with the original intent of the parties.
19.    Notices
Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the other shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given on the date delivered personally or by courier service, or three days after sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or on the date sent and confirmed received by facsimile transmission to the other party’s address set forth below:
Notice to Fund Services shall be sent to:
U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
615 East Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI 53202
and notice to the Fund shall be sent to:
c/o Churchill Asset Management LLC
430 Park Avenue 14th Floor
New York, NY 10022
20.    Multiple Originals
This Agreement may be executed on two or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

12


21.    Entire Agreement
This Agreement, together with any exhibits, attachments, appendices or schedules expressly referenced herein, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, whether written or oral.
[Signature Page Follows]

13


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer on one or more counterparts as of the date last written below.
Churchill Asset Management LLC
 
U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Shaul Vichness
 
By:
/s/ Anita M. Zagrodnik
 
 
 
 
 
Name:
Shaul Vichness
 
Name:
Anita M. Zagrodnik
 
 
 
 
 
Title:
Chief Financial Officer
 
Title:
Senior Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
12/19/19
 
Date:
12/20/19

14
Exhibit 10.8

The Companies Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands
Plan of Merger
This plan of merger (the "Plan of Merger") is made on 31 December 2019 between Nuveen Churchill BDC SPV I, LLC (the "Surviving Company") and Churchill Middle Market CLO V Ltd. (the "Merging Company").
Whereas the Merging Company is a Cayman Islands exempted company and is entering into this Plan of Merger pursuant to the provisions of Part XVI of the Companies Law (2018 Revision) (the "Statute").
Whereas the Surviving Company is a limited liability company formed under the laws of Delaware and is entering into this Plan of Merger pursuant to the provisions of Part XVI of the Statute.
Whereas the directors of the Merging Company and the directors of the Surviving Company deem it desirable and in the commercial interests of the Merging Company and the Surviving Company, respectively, that the Merging Company be merged with and into the Surviving Company and that the undertaking, property and liabilities of the Merging Company vest in the Surviving Company (the "Merger").
Terms not otherwise defined in this Plan of Merger shall have the meanings given to them under the Statute.
Now therefore this Plan of Merger provides as follows:
1
The constituent companies to this Merger are the Surviving Company and the Merging Company.
2
The surviving company is the Surviving Company.
3
The registered office of the Surviving Company is c/o Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, Delaware, 19808, USA and the registered office of the Merging Company is c/o MaplesFS Limited of PO Box 1093, Queensgate House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1102, Cayman Islands.
4
Immediately prior to the Effective Date (as defined below) 100% of the membership interests of the Surviving Company are held by Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc.
5
Immediately prior to the Effective Date (as defined below), the share capital of the Merging Company will be US$50,000 divided into 250 ordinary shares of a par value of US$1.00 each and 497,500,000 preference shares of a par value of US$0.0001 each and the Merging Company will have 250 ordinary shares and 70,200,000 preference shares in issue.
6
In accordance with section 234 of the Statute, the date on which it is intended that the Merger is to take effect (the "Effective Date") is the date specified as such in a notice to the Registrar of Companies signed by a director of each of the Surviving Company and Merging Company.
The terms and conditions of the Merger are such that, on the Effective Date:
6.1
the preference shares in the Merging Company issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be converted and exchanged for shares of common



stock, par value $0.01, of Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc. in accordance with a subscription agreement entered into concurrently herewith by and between Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc. and the current owner of the preference shares in the Merging Company; and
6.2
the limited liability company interests in the Surviving Company issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Date shall continue to be issued and outstanding and remain unchanged.
In connection with such conversion and exchange, the values of the net assets of the Merging Company and the Surviving Company involved in the exchange shall be determined using the Surviving Company's procedures for valuing its assets and liabilities.
7
The terms and conditions of the Merger, including the manner and basis of converting shares in each constituent company into shares in the Surviving Company, are set out in the Clause 6 above.
8
The rights and restrictions attaching to the shares in the Surviving Company are set out in the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Surviving Company in the form annexed at Annexure 1 hereto.
9
The Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Surviving Company immediately prior to the Merger shall be its Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement after the Merger.
10
There are no amounts or benefits which are or shall be paid or payable to any director of either constituent company or the Surviving Company consequent upon the Merger.
11
The Merging Company has granted no fixed or floating security interests that are outstanding as at the date of this Plan of Merger other than the security granted pursuant to loan and security agreement dated as of 28 October 2015 (as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time) among, inter alia, the Merging Company, as borrower and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent (the "Collateral Agent"). The Merging Company has obtained the consent to the Merger of the Collateral Agent, as holder of such security interests, pursuant to section 233(8) of the Statute.
12
The names and addresses of each director of the surviving company are:
12.1
Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc., as managing member, of c/o Churchill Asset Management LLC, 430 Park Avenue, 14th Floor, New York, New York, 10022, USA;
12.2
Don Puglisi, as independent manager, of Puglisi & Associates, 850 Library Avenue, Suite 204, Newark, Delaware 19711; and
13
This Plan of Merger has been approved by the board of directors of the Merging Company pursuant to section 233(3) of the Statute.
14
This Plan of Merger has been authorised by the sole shareholder of the Merging Company pursuant to section 233(6) of the Statute.

2



15
At any time prior to the Effective Date, this Plan of Merger may be:
15.1
terminated by the board of directors of either the Surviving Company or the Merging Company;
15.2
amended by the board of directors of both the Surviving Company and the Merging Company to:
(a)
change the Effective Date provided that such changed date shall not be a date later than the ninetieth day after the date of registration of this Plan of Merger with the Registrar of Companies; and
(b)
effect any other changes to this Plan of Merger which the directors of both the Surviving Company and the Merging Company deem advisable, provided that such changes do not materially adversely affect any rights of the shareholders of the Surviving Company or the Merging Company, as determined by the directors of both the Surviving Company and the Merging Company, respectively.
16
This Plan of Merger may be executed in counterparts.
17
This Plan of Merger shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.


3



In witness whereof the parties hereto have caused this Plan of Merger to be executed on the day and year first above written.
SIGNED by Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc.,
)
 
 
 
 
as member, Duly authorised for
)
/s/ Shaul Vichness
 
 
 
and on behalf of
)
Name: Shaul Vichness
 
 
 
Nuveen Churchill BDC SPV I, LLC
)
Title: Chief Financial Officer



SIGNED by Wendy Ebanks
)
 
 
 
 
Duly authorised for
)
/s/ Wendy Ebanks
 
 
 
and on behalf of
)
Name: Wendy Ebanks
 
 
 
Churchill Middle Market CLO V Ltd.
)
Title: Director

2

Exhibit 10.9

 

$175,000,000
AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
by and among
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.,
(Collateral Manager)
EACH OF THE BORROWERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
(Borrower)
EACH OF THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO,
(Lenders)
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
(Administrative Agent)
and
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
(Collateral Agent and Custodian)
Dated as of December 31, 2019
 



TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
ARTICLE I
 
 
 
DEFINITIONS
 
 
 
Section 1.1
Certain Defined Terms
2

Section 1.2
Other Terms
45

Section 1.3
Computation of Time Periods
45

Section 1.4
Interpretation
45

 
 
 
ARTICLE II
 
 
 
THE VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE
 
 
 
Section 2.1
The Variable Funding Notes
47

Section 2.2
Procedures for Advances by the Lenders
48

Section 2.3
Reduction of the Facility Amount; Principal Repayments
49

Section 2.4
Determination of Interest
50

Section 2.5
Notations on Variable Funding Notes
50

Section 2.6
Borrowing Base Deficiency Cures
51

Section 2.7
Priority of Payments
52

Section 2.8
Alternate Priority of Payments
54

Section 2.9
Collections and Allocations
55

Section 2.10
Payments, Computations, etc
56

Section 2.11
Fees
57

Section 2.12
Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy; Illegality
57

Section 2.13
Taxes
59

Section 2.14
Reinvestment; Discretionary Sales, Substitution and Optional Sales of Loans
63

Section 2.15
[Reserved]
67

Section 2.16
Capital Contributions
67

Section 2.17
Defaulting Lenders
67

Section 2.18
Replacement of Lenders
68

Section 2.19
New Borrowers; Borrower Joinder Agreements
69

 
 
 
ARTICLE III
 
 
 
CONDITIONS TO AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AND ADVANCES
 
 
 

-i-


Section 3.1
Conditions to Amendment and Restatement
70

Section 3.2
Conditions Precedent to All Advances and Acquisitions of Loans
73

Section 3.3
Custodianship; Transfer of Loans and Permitted Investments
76

 
 
 
ARTICLE IV
 
 
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
 
 
Section 4.1
Representations and Warranties of the Borrower
77

Section 4.2
Representations and Warranties of the Borrower Relating to this Agreement and the Collateral
86

Section 4.3
Representations and Warranties of the Collateral Manager
86

Section 4.4
Representations and Warranties of the Collateral Agent
88

 
 
 
ARTICLE V
 
 
 
GENERAL COVENANTS
 
 
 
Section 5.1
Affirmative Covenants of the Borrower
89

Section 5.2
Negative Covenants of the Borrower
95

Section 5.3
Affirmative Covenants of the Collateral Manager
98

Section 5.4
Negative Covenants of the Collateral Manager
100

Section 5.5
Affirmative Covenants of the Collateral Agent
101

Section 5.6
Negative Covenants of the Collateral Agent
102

 
 
 
ARTICLE VI
 
 
 
COLLATERAL ADMINISTRATION
 
 
 
Section 6.1
Appointment of the Collateral Manager
102

Section 6.2
Duties of the Collateral Manager
103

Section 6.3
Authorization of the Collateral Manager
112

Section 6.4
Collection of Payments; Accounts
112

Section 6.5
Realization Upon Loans
113

Section 6.6
Collateral Manager Compensation
114

Section 6.7
Expense Reimbursement
114

Section 6.8
Reports; Information
115

Section 6.9
Annual Statement as to Compliance
116

Section 6.10
The Collateral Manager Not to Resign
116

Section 6.11
Collateral Manager Termination Events
117

 
 
 

-ii-


ARTICLE VII
 
 
 
THE COLLATERAL AGENT
 
 
 
Section 7.1
Designation of Collateral Agent
117

Section 7.2
Duties of Collateral Agent
117

Section 7.3
Merger or Consolidation
120

Section 7.4
Collateral Agent Compensation
120

Section 7.5
Collateral Agent Removal
121

Section 7.6
Limitation on Liability
121

Section 7.7
Resignation of the Collateral Agent
125

Section 7.8
[Reserved]
125

Section 7.9
[Reserved]
125

Section 7.10
Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the Collateral; Audits
125

 
 
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
 
 
SECURITY INTEREST
 
 
 
Section 8.1
Grant of Security Interest
126

Section 8.2
Release of Lien on Collateral
127

 
 
 
ARTICLE IX
 
 
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
 
 
Section 9.1
Events of Default
128

Section 9.2
Remedies
130

Section 9.3
Collateral Agent May Enforce Claims Without Possession of VFNs
132

Section 9.4
Application of Cash Collected
132

Section 9.5
Rights of Action
132

Section 9.6
Unconditional Rights of Lenders to Receive Principal and Interest
133

Section 9.7
Restoration of Rights and Remedies
133

Section 9.8
Rights and Remedies Cumulative
133

Section 9.9
Delay or Omission Not Waiver
133

Section 9.10
Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
134

Section 9.11
Power of Attorney
134

 
 
 

-iii-


ARTICLE X
 
 
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
 
 
Section 10.1
Indemnities by the Borrower
134

Section 10.2
Indemnities by the Collateral Manager
137

 
 
 
ARTICLE XI
 
 
 
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
 
 
 
Section 11.1
Appointment
138

Section 11.2
Standard of Care
139

Section 11.3
Administrative Agent’s Reliance, etc
139

Section 11.4
Credit Decision with Respect to the Administrative Agent
140

Section 11.5
Indemnification of the Administrative Agent
140

Section 11.6
Successor Administrative Agent
141

Section 11.7
Payments by the Administrative Agent
141

 
 
 
ARTICLE XII
 
 
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
 
 
Section 12.1
Amendments and Waivers
141

Section 12.2
Notices, etc
144

Section 12.3
Ratable Payments
144

Section 12.4
No Waiver; Remedies
145

Section 12.5
Binding Effect; Benefit of Agreement
145

Section 12.6
Term of this Agreement
145

Section 12.7
Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Objection to Venue
146

Section 12.8
Waivers
146

Section 12.9
Costs and Expenses
146

Section 12.10
No Proceedings
147

Section 12.11
Recourse Against Certain Parties
147

Section 12.12
Protection of Right, Title and Interest in the Collateral; Further Action Evidencing Advances
150

Section 12.13
Confidentiality
151

Section 12.14
Execution in Counterparts; Severability; Integration
153

Section 12.15
Waiver of Setoff
153

Section 12.16
Assignments by the Lenders
154


-iv-


Section 12.17
Heading and Exhibits
155

Section 12.18
Intent of the Parties
156

Section 12.19
Cooperation with Collateral Agent and Collateral Manager
156

 
 
 
ARTICLE XIII
 
 
 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND RESTATEMENT
 
 
 
Section 13.1
Restatement
156

Section 13.2
Acknowledgement of Security Interests
156

Section 13.3
Transaction Documents
156

Section 13.4
Restatement
157

 
 
 
ARTICLE XIV
 
 
 
THE DOCUMENT CUSTODIAN
 
 
 
Section 14.1
Designation of Custodian
158

Section 14.2
Duties of the Custodian
158

Section 14.3
Concerning the Custodian
160

Section 14.4
Release of Documents
163

Section 14.5
Return of Required Loan Documents
163

Section 14.6
Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the Collateral; Audits
164

Section 14.7
Merger or Consolidation
164

Section 14.8
Custodian Compensation
164

Section 14.9
Custodian Removal
165

Section 14.10
Resignation
165

Section 14.11
Limitations on Liability
165

Section 14.12
Custodian as Agent of Collateral Agent
166


-v-


EXHIBITS
 
 
 
EXHIBIT A‑1
 
Form of Funding Notice
EXHIBIT A‑2
 
Form of Repayment Notice
EXHIBIT A‑3
 
Form of Reinvestment Notice
EXHIBIT A-4
 
Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
EXHIBIT A‑5
 
Form of Approval Notice
EXHIBIT B
 
Form of Variable Funding Note
EXHIBIT C
 
Form of Officer’s Certificate as to Solvency
EXHIBIT D
 
Form of Officer’s Closing Certificate
EXHIBIT E
 
Form of Release of Underlying Instruments
EXHIBIT F
 
Form of Assignment of Underlying Instruments
EXHIBIT G
 
Form of Transferee Letter
EXHIBIT H
 
Form of Joinder Supplement
EXHIBIT I
 
Form of Section 2.13 Certificate
EXHIBIT J
 
Form of Loan Checklist
EXHIBIT K
 
Form of Collateral Management Report
EXHIBIT L
 
Form of Borrower Joinder Agreement
EXHIBIT M
 
Form of Custodian Report
 
 
 
SCHEDULES
 
 
 
SCHEDULE I
 
Legal Names
SCHEDULE II
 
Approved Valuation Firms
SCHEDULE III
 
Agreed-Upon Procedures
SCHEDULE IV
 
Moody’s Industry Classification Group List
 
 
 
ANNEXES
 
 
 
ANNEX A
 
Addresses for Notices
ANNEX B
 
Commitments

-vi-


AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (as amended, modified, waived, supplemented, restated or replaced from time to time, this “Agreement”) is made as of December 31, 2019, by and among:
(1)NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC., a Maryland corporation, as Collateral Manager (the “Collateral Manager”);
(2)    EACH OF THE BORROWERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO (collectively, the “Borrower” or, if referred to individually, each a “Borrower”);
(3)    EACH OF THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO (together with its respective successors and assigns in such capacity, each a “Lender,” collectively, the “Lenders”);
(4)    WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (“WF”), as the administrative agent hereunder (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”); and
(5)    U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (“U.S. Bank”), not in its individual capacity but as the collateral agent (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) and as the document custodian (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “Custodian”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, on the date hereof, Churchill Middle Market CLO V Ltd. (the “Existing Borrower”) shall merge with and into Nuveen Churchill BDC SPV I, LLC (the “Successor Borrower”), with the Successor Borrower as the surviving company (such merger, the “Permitted Merger”);
WHEREAS, in connection with the Permitted Merger, the Successor Borrower shall assume all interests, rights and obligations of the Existing Borrower under the Existing Loan and Security Agreement (as defined below) and each other Transaction Document and shall be the “Borrower” for all purposes under the Existing Loan and Security Agreement, this Agreement and each other Transaction Documents on and after the date hereof;
WHEREAS, the Borrower (as successor by merger to the Existing Borrower), the Collateral Manager, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Collateral Agent are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 28, 2015 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Existing Loan and Security Agreement”), pursuant to which the Lenders purchased the Variable Funding Notes (as defined below) and extended credit thereunder by providing Commitments and making Advances (each as defined below) under the Variable Funding Notes from time to time prior to the Reinvestment Period End Date (as defined below) for the general business purposes of the Borrower;

-1-


WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Lenders have requested that U.S. Bank continue to act as Collateral Agent and as Custodian hereunder, with all covenants and agreements made by the Borrower herein being for the benefit and security of the Secured Parties; and the Collateral Agent and the Custodian accept such appointments and agree to perform the duties and obligations of Collateral Agent and Custodian, respectively, pursuant to the terms hereof; and
WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders amend and restate the Existing Loan and Security Agreement as set forth herein; and
WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to agree to this amendment and restatement and to extend such credit to the Borrower on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, based upon the foregoing Recitals, the mutual premises and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1    Certain Defined Terms.
Certain capitalized terms used throughout this Agreement are defined in this Section 1.1.  As used in this Agreement and its schedules, exhibits and other attachments, unless the context requires a different meaning, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
1940 Act”:  The United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
A&R Effective Date”: December 31, 2019.
Account”:  Any of the Collateral Account, the Collection Account, the Principal Collection Account, the Interest Collection Account, the Expense Reserve Account, the Unfunded Exposure Account and any sub‑accounts thereof deemed appropriate or necessary by the Collateral Agent or Securities Intermediary for convenience in administering such accounts.
Account Bank”:  (i) The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, (ii) U.S. Bank National Association or (iii) another institution reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
Accreted Interest”:  Interest accrued on a Loan that is added to the principal amount of such Loan instead of being paid as it accrues.
Accrual Period”: With respect to (a) the first Payment Date, the period from and including the Original Closing Date to and including the Determination Date preceding the first Payment Date, and (b) each subsequent Payment Date, the period from and including the day

-2-


immediately following the Determination Date with respect to the immediately preceding Payment Date to and including the Determination Date with respect to such subsequent Payment Date (or, in the case of the final Payment Date, to and including such Payment Date).
Adjusted Borrowing Value”: For any Eligible Loan, on any date, an amount equal to the Assigned Value for such Eligible Loan on such date multiplied by the Outstanding Balance of such Eligible Loan; provided that, the parties hereby agree that the Adjusted Borrowing Value of any Loan that is no longer an Eligible Loan shall be zero.
Administrative Agent”:  WF, in its capacity as administrative agent, together with its successors and assigns, including any successor appointed pursuant to Section 11.6.
Administrative Expenses”:  All fees, expenses and indemnification payments (other than such amounts described by Section 2.7(a)(1), (a)(2)(A), (a)(3) and (a)(9), Section 2.7(b)(1), (b)(2)(A), (b)(3) and (b)(10) and Section 2.8(1), (2)(A), (3) and (9)) due or accrued and payable by the Borrower to any Person pursuant to any provision of any Transaction Document.
Advance”:  The meaning specified in Section 2.1(b).
Advance Date”: With respect to any Advance, the date on which such Advance is made.
Advances Outstanding”:  On any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Advances outstanding on such day, after giving effect to all repayments of Advances and the making of new Advances on such day.
Advisers Act”:  The United States Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.
Affected Party”: The Administrative Agent, the Lenders and each of their respective assigns.
Affiliate”:  With respect to a Person, means any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, or is a director or officer of such Person; provided that, for purposes of determining whether any Loan is an Eligible Loan or any Obligor is an Eligible Obligor, the term Affiliate shall not include any Affiliate relationship which may exist solely as a result of direct or indirect ownership of, or control by, (x) a common Financial Sponsor or (y) a Financial Sponsor that is under common control with such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to vote (1) solely with respect to Section 2.14(e)(viii), Section 2.14(f) and clause (cc) of the definition of “Eligible Loan”, 20% or more and (2) otherwise, at least a majority, in each case, of the voting securities of such Person or to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall TIAA or any direct or indirect Subsidiary thereof be deemed an “Affiliate” of the Borrower for any purpose hereunder.

-3-


Agreement”: The meaning specified in the Preamble.
Anti‑Corruption Laws”:  (a) the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; (b) the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, as amended; and (c) any other anti-bribery or anti‑corruption laws, regulations or ordinances in any jurisdiction in which the Borrower, the Collateral Manager, or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Related Parties is located or doing business.
Anti‑Money Laundering Laws”:  Applicable Laws in any jurisdiction in which the Borrower, the Collateral Manager, or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Related Parties are located or doing business that relates to money laundering or terrorism financing, any predicate crime to money laundering, or any financial record keeping and reporting requirements related thereto.
Applicable Law”:  For any Person or property of such Person, all existing and future laws, rules, regulations (including temporary and final income tax regulations), statutes, treaties, codes, ordinances, permits, certificates, orders and licenses of and interpretations by any Governmental Authority which are applicable to such Person or property (including, without limitation, predatory lending laws, usury laws, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Federal Truth in Lending Act, and Regulation Z and Regulation B of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and applicable judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, awards or orders of any court, arbitrator or other administrative, judicial, or quasi‑judicial tribunal or agency of competent jurisdiction.
Applicable Percentage”:  (a) With respect to any Eligible Loan that is a Large Middle Market Loan, 72.5%, (b) with respect to any Eligible Loan that is a Traditional Middle Market Loan, 70.0% and (c) with respect to any Eligible Loan that is a Second Lien Loan, 25.0%.
Applicable Spread”:  The rate per annum set forth in the applicable Fee Letter.
Approval Notice”:  An approval notice signed by the Administrative Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit A-5 hereto.
Approved Valuation Firm”: Each valuation firm listed on Schedule II hereto or otherwise mutually agreeable to the Borrower and the Lenders.
Assigned Value”:  With respect to each Loan:
(a)    the lower of (i) the Purchase Price of such Loan and (ii) the value of such Loan (expressed as a percentage of par) as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion as of the date upon which such Loan is acquired by the Borrower;
(b)    on any date following the occurrence of an Assigned Value Adjustment Event (other than as described in clause (d) below) with respect to such Loan, the value of such Loan (expressed as a percentage of par) as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion; provided that solely with respect to the occurrence of an Assigned Value Adjustment Event of the

-4-


type described in clause (a)(ii) of the definition thereof, immediately after giving effect to any such reevaluation, the Assigned Value shall, to the extent applicable, be increased to the lower of (x) the original Assigned Value and (y) such value that would result in the Facility Attachment Ratio for such Loan being lower than the “Minimum Facility Attachment Ratio” specified therefore in accordance with the grid below:
Large Middle Market Loans and Traditional Middle Market Loans
Net Senior Leverage Ratio
Minimum Facility Attachment Ratio
Less than 4.25x
2.90x
Greater than or equal to 4.25 and less than 5.00x
2.80x
Greater than or equal to 5.00 and less than 6.00x
2.70x
Greater than or equal to 6.00 and less than 7.00x
2.60x
Greater than or equal to 7.00 and less than 8.00x
2.40x
Greater than or equal to 8.00x
0.00x
Second Lien Loans
Total Net Leverage Ratio
Minimum Facility Attachment Ratio
Less than 5.00x
Facility Attachment Ratio as of the date of acquisition of such Loan
Greater than or equal to 5.00 and less than 6.00x
Facility Attachment Ratio as of the date of acquisition of such Loan less 0.25x
Greater than or equal to 6.00 and less than 7.00x
Facility Attachment Ratio as of the date of acquisition of such Loan less 0.50x
Greater than or equal to 7.00x
0.00x
Designated Loans
Total Net Leverage Ratio
Minimum Facility Attachment Ratio
Less than 6.00x
Lesser of (x) the Facility Attachment Ratio as of the date of acquisition of such Loan and (y) 2.00x
Greater than or equal to 6.00x
0.00x
(c)    on any date on which the Administrative Agent assigns a new value to such Loan in its sole discretion in accordance with its receipt of a written request from the Borrower following an Assigned Value Adjustment Event that has been remedied or is no longer in existence, such higher Assigned Value as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion;
(d)    the Assigned Value shall automatically be deemed to be zero (unless otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent) following the occurrence of an Assigned Value

-5-


Adjustment Event described in clause (b), (c), (d) (solely with respect to a Material Modification described in clause (a) of the definition thereof) or (f) of the definition thereof; and
(e)    the Assigned Value shall be zero for any Loan that is not an Eligible Loan.
Any Assigned Value determined hereunder with respect to any Loan on any date after the date such Loan is transferred to the Borrower shall be communicated by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, the Collateral Manager, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders.
Assigned Value Adjustment Event”:  With respect to any Eligible Loan, the occurrence of any one or more of the following events after the related Funding Date:
(a)    (i) the Interest Coverage Ratio for any Relevant Test Period of the related Obligor with respect to such Loan is both (A) 85% or less of the Interest Coverage Ratio on the date such Loan was acquired by the Borrower and (B) less than 1.50 to 1.00, or (ii)(x) if such Eligible Loan is a Second Lien Loan or Designated Loan, the Total Net Leverage Ratio for any Relevant Test Period of the related Obligor with respect to such Loan is both (A) greater than 0.50 higher than the Total Net Leverage Ratio on the date such Loan was acquired by the Borrower and (B) greater than 3.50 to 1.00 or (y) otherwise, the Net Senior Leverage Ratio for any Relevant Test Period of the related Obligor with respect to such Loan is both (A) greater than 0.50 higher than the Net Senior Leverage Ratio on the date such Loan was acquired by the Borrower and (B) greater than 3.50 to 1.00; provided that in connection with any Revenue Recognition Implementation or any Operating Lease Implementation, the Administrative Agent (with the consent of the Collateral Manager (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned)) may retroactively adjust the Interest Coverage Ratio, Total Net Leverage Ratio or Net Senior Leverage Ratio, as applicable, for any Loan as determined on the date on which such Loan was pledged hereunder;
(b)    an Obligor payment default in the payment of principal or interest in an aggregate amount of greater than $5,000 under such Loan (after giving effect to the shorter of (x) any applicable grace period and (y) five (5) Business Days or if such default is solely the result of administrative error or discrepancy on the part of the administrative agent with respect to such Loan, seven (7) Business Days);
(c)    an Obligor default under such Loan, together with the election by any agent or lender (including, without limitation, the Borrower) to accelerate such Loan or to enforce any of their respective rights or remedies under the applicable UCC or by other institution of legal or equitable proceedings, in each case pursuant to the applicable Underlying Instruments; provided that, the imposition of a default rate of interest shall not, absent acceleration or the enforcement of any other rights or remedies, constitute an Assigned Value Adjustment Event under this clause (c);
(d)    the occurrence of a Material Modification with respect to such Loan;
(e)    the failure to deliver any monthly reports, quarterly reports, annual reports or other financial statements (including unaudited financial statements) provided by the related Obligor by the earlier of (i) two (2) Business Days of the Borrower’s or Collateral Manager’s receipt thereof (after giving effect to any applicable grace period thereunder, such period not to exceed ten

-6-


(10) days) and (ii) with respect to any (A) quarterly report or statement, within sixty (60) days after the end of the applicable quarter and (B) annual report or statement within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the applicable fiscal year (in each case, unless waived or otherwise agreed to by the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders in their respective sole discretion) which failure has a material adverse effect on the ability to calculate the Net Senior Leverage Ratio or the Interest Coverage Ratio of the related Obligor; or
(f)    the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to a related Obligor (unless such Obligor was immaterial, as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion).
Available Funds”:  With respect to any Payment Date, all amounts on deposit in the Collection Account (including, without limitation, any Collections) as of the last day of the related Accrual Period, other than (x) Excluded Amounts and (y) amounts designated for the purchase of Eligible Loans pursuant to Section 2.14 with respect to which the related trade date (but not settlement date) has occurred.
Bankruptcy Code”:  The United States Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. § 101, et seq.), as amended from time to time.
Base Rate”: For any day, the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1% and (b) the Prime Rate in effect on such day.
BDC Advisor”:  Nuveen Churchill Advisors LLC, in its role as investment adviser to the Equity Investor, or any permitted successor thereto.
Benchmark Replacement”:  The sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate (which may include Term SOFR) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest as a replacement to the LIBOR Rate for Dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities and (b) the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; provided that, if the Benchmark Replacement as so determined would be less than zero, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.
Benchmark Replacement Adjustment”:  With respect to any replacement of the LIBOR Rate with a Benchmark Replacement for each applicable Accrual Period, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero), that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the LIBOR Rate with the applicable Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the LIBOR Rate with

-7-


the applicable Benchmark Replacement for Dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time.
Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes”:  With respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Base Rate,” the definition of “Accrual Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters) that the Administrative Agent decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of the Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement).
Benchmark Replacement Date”:  The earlier to occur of the following events with respect to the LIBOR Rate: (i) in the case of clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (x) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (y) the date on which the administrator of the LIBOR Rate permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide the LIBOR Rate; or (ii) in the case of clause (c) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein.
Benchmark Transition Event”:  The occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the LIBOR Rate: (a) public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of the LIBOR Rate announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide the LIBOR Rate, permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the LIBOR Rate; (b) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the LIBOR Rate, the U.S. Federal Reserve System, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for the LIBOR Rate, a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for the LIBOR Rate or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for the LIBOR Rate, which states that the administrator of the LIBOR Rate has ceased or will cease to provide the LIBOR Rate permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the LIBOR Rate; or (c) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the LIBOR Rate announcing that the LIBOR Rate is no longer representative.
Benchmark Transition Start Date”:  (a) in the case of a Benchmark Transition Event, the earlier of (i) the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date and (ii) if such Benchmark Transition Event is a public statement or publication of information of a prospective event, the 90th day prior to the expected date of such event as of such public statement or publication of information (or if the expected date of such prospective event is fewer than 90 days after such statement or publication, the date of such statement or publication) and (b) in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the date

-8-


specified by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as applicable, by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (in the case of such notice by the Required Lenders) and the Lenders.
Benchmark Unavailability Period”:  If a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to the LIBOR Rate and solely to the extent that the LIBOR Rate has not been replaced with a Benchmark Replacement, the period (x) beginning at the time that such Benchmark Replacement Date has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the LIBOR Rate for all purposes hereunder in accordance with Section 12.1)and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the LIBOR Rate for all purposes hereunder pursuant to Section 12.1.
Beneficial Ownership Certification”: A certification regarding beneficial ownership required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, which certification shall be substantially similar in form and substance to the form of Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners of Legal Entity Customers published jointly, in May 2018, by the Loan Syndications and Trading Association and Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association.
Beneficial Ownership Regulation”: 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.
Borrower”: The meaning specified in the Preamble.
Borrower Joinder Agreement”: The meaning given in Section 2.19(c).
Borrower’s Notice”:  Any (a) Funding Notice or (b) Reinvestment Notice.
Borrowing Base”: As of any Measurement Date, an amount equal to the least of:
(a)    the aggregate sum of (i) the sum of the products, for each Eligible Loan as of such date, of (A) the Applicable Percentage for each such Eligible Loan as of such date and (B) the Adjusted Borrowing Value of each such Eligible Loan as of such date, plus (ii) the amount on deposit in the Principal Collection Account as of such date, minus (iii) the Unfunded Exposure Equity Amount, plus (iv) the amount on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account;
(b)    (i) the aggregate Adjusted Borrowing Value of all Eligible Loans as of such date minus (ii) the Minimum Equity Amount plus (iii) the amount on deposit in the Principal Collection Account as of such date, minus (iv) the Unfunded Exposure Equity Amount, plus (v) the amount on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account; and
(c)    (i) the Facility Amount, minus (ii) the Unfunded Exposure Amount, plus (iii) the amount on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account.
Borrowing Base Certificate”:  A certificate in the form of Exhibit A‑4, prepared by the Collateral Manager.
Borrowing Base Deficiency”:  A condition occurring on any date on which the Advances Outstanding exceed the Borrowing Base.

-9-


Breakage Costs”:  With respect to any Lender and to the extent requested by such Lender in writing (which writing shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting any such amounts), any amount or amounts as shall compensate such Lender for any loss (excluding loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense actually incurred by such Lender as a result of the liquidation or re-employment of deposits or other funds required by the Lender if any payment by the Borrower of Advances Outstanding or Interest occurs on a date other than a Payment Date (for avoidance of doubt, the Breakage Costs in respect of any such payment by the Borrower on any Payment Date shall be deemed to be zero). All Breakage Costs shall be due and payable hereunder on each Payment Date in accordance with Section 2.7 and Section 2.8. The determination by the applicable Lender of the amount of any such loss, cost or expense shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
Business Day”:  Any day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are not required or authorized to be closed in New York, New York; Charlotte, North Carolina; or the United States location of the Collateral Agent’s Corporate Trust Office; provided that, if any determination of a Business Day shall relate to an Advance bearing interest at LIBOR, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market. For avoidance of doubt, if the offices of the Collateral Agent are authorized by applicable law, regulation or executive order to close on any day but such offices remain open on such day, such day shall not be a “Business Day.”
Capital Stock”:  Any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, limited liability company, any and all similar ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation), and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.
Cash”: Cash or legal currency of the United States of America as at the time shall be legal tender for payment of all public and private debts.
Cash Interest Expense”: With respect to any Obligor for any period, the amount which, in conformity with GAAP, would be set forth opposite the caption “interest expense” (exclusive of any Accreted Interest that, according to the term of the Underlying Instruments, can never be converted to cash interest that is due and payable prior to maturity) or any like caption reflected on the most recent financial statements delivered by such Obligor to the Borrower for such period.
Certificated Security”:  The meaning specified in Section 8‑102(a)(4) of the UCC.
Change of Control”:  The Equity Investor ceases to own, of record, beneficially and directly, 100% of the Capital Stock of the Borrower.
Clearing Agency”:  An organization registered as a “clearing agency” pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.
Clearing Corporation”:  The meaning specified in Section 8‑102(a)(5) of the UCC.

-10-


Code”:  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
Collateral”:  All of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under (in each case, whether now owned or existing, or hereafter acquired or arising) all “Accounts” (as defined in the UCC), General Intangibles, Instruments and Investment Property and any and all other property of any type or nature owned by it, including but not limited to:
(a)    all Loans, Permitted Investments and Equity Securities, all payments thereon or with respect thereto and all contracts to purchase, commitment letters, confirmations and due bills relating to any Loans, Permitted Investments or Equity Securities;
(b)    the Accounts and all Cash and Financial Assets credited thereto and all income from the investment of funds therein;
(c)    all Transaction Documents to which the Borrower is a party;
(d)    all funds delivered to the Collateral Agent (directly or through an Intermediary or custodian) (other than funds determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion to be Excluded Amounts); and
(e)    all accounts, accessions, profits, income benefits, proceeds, substitutions and replacements, whether voluntary or involuntary, of and to any of the property of the Borrower described in the preceding clauses.
Collateral Account”: A Securities Account created and maintained on the books and records of the Securities Intermediary entitled “Collateral Account” in the name of one Borrower and subject to the Lien of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
Collateral Agent”:  U.S. Bank, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Collateral Agent, its successor in interest pursuant to Section 7.3 or such Person as shall have been appointed Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 7.5.
Collateral Agent and Custodian Fee Letter”:  The fee schedule of the Collateral Agent and the Custodian as accepted and acknowledged by the Borrower.
Collateral Agent Fee”:  The fees, expenses and indemnities set forth as such in the Collateral Agent and Custodian Fee Letter and as provided for in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.
Collateral Agent Termination Notice”:  The meaning specified in Section 7.5.
Collateral Management Fee”:  The fee payable to the Collateral Manager on each Payment Date in arrears in respect of each Accrual Period pursuant to Sections 2.7(a)(2) and (b)(2) or Section 2.8(2), as applicable, unless waived pursuant to Section 6.6, which fee shall be equal to the product of (a) the result obtained by dividing (x) the sum of the Outstanding Balances of all Loans owned by the Borrower on each day during such Accrual Period by (y) the number of days in such Accrual Period and (b) a rate equal to 0.75% per annum.

-11-


Collateral Management Report”:  A statement substantially in the form of Exhibit K and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Collateral Manager including (A) for each such statement delivered on a Reporting Date, (a) a calculation of the Borrowing Base as of the immediately prior Determination Date, (b) the Loan Tape calculated as of the most recent Determination Date, (c) in any month in which a Payment Date occurs, amounts to be remitted pursuant to Section 2.7 or Section 2.8, as applicable, to the applicable parties (which shall include any applicable wiring instructions of the parties receiving payment), and (d) each other section of the Collateral Management Report as of the immediately prior Determination Date, and (B) for each other statement, (a) a calculation of the Borrowing Base as of such date of determination, (b) the Loan Tape calculated as of such date of determination, provided that it is understood that other sections of the Loan Tape shall be current only as of the last Determination Date.
Collateral Manager”: Prior to the A&R Effective Date, Nuveen Alternatives Advisors LLC, and from and after the A&R Effective Date, the meaning specified in the Preamble.
Collateral Manager Indemnified Party”: The meaning specified in Section 10.2.
Collateral Manager Reimbursable Expenses”:  The meaning specified in Section 6.7.
Collateral Manager Standard”:  The meaning specified in Section 6.2(e).
Collateral Manager Termination Event”: The occurrence of any one of the following:
(a)    any failure on the part of the Collateral Manager to duly observe or perform in any material respect the covenants or agreements of the Collateral Manager set forth in any Transaction Document to which the Collateral Manager is a party, which failure continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which written notice of such failure shall have been delivered to the Collateral Manager by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, and (ii) the date on which a Responsible Officer of the Collateral Manager acquires actual knowledge thereof;
(b)    an Insolvency Event shall occur with respect to the Collateral Manager;
(c)    the occurrence of a Change of Control with respect to the Collateral Manager;
(d)    the occurrence of an Event of Default;
(e)    any representation, warranty or certification made by the Collateral Manager in any Transaction Document or in any certificate delivered pursuant to any Transaction Document shall prove to have been incorrect when made, which inaccuracy has a Material Adverse Effect on the Lenders and which continues to be unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which written notice of such inaccuracy shall have been given to the Collateral Manager by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower and (ii) the date on which a Responsible Officer of the Collateral Manager acquires actual knowledge thereof;

-12-


(f)    the occurrence or existence of any change with respect to the Collateral Manager which has a material and adverse effect on the Collateral Manager’s ability to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents;
(g)    any failure by the Collateral Manager to deliver any Required Reports (other than any Required Reports not yet received by the Collateral Manager) required to be delivered by the Collateral Manager hereunder on or before the date occurring ten (10) Business Days after written notice of such failure or such request is delivered to the Collateral Manager by the Administrative Agent;
(h)    the failure of the Collateral Manager to make any payment when due (after giving effect to any related grace period) with respect to any borrowed money which exceeds $5,000,000 in the aggregate, or the occurrence of any event or condition that has resulted in the acceleration of such borrowed money, whether or not waived;
(i)    the rendering against the Collateral Manager of one or more final judgments, decrees or orders for the payment of money in excess of $5,000,000, individually or in the aggregate, and the Collateral Manager shall not have, within forty-five (45) days of the rendering thereof, (i) had any such judgment, decree or order dismissed, (ii) perfected a timely appeal of such judgment, decree or order and caused the execution of such judgment, decree or order to be stayed during the pendency of the appeal or (iii) satisfied or provided for the satisfaction of any such judgment, decree or order in accordance with its terms;
(j)    the Equity Investor shall fail to maintain (x) at least $10,500,000 of unencumbered liquidity (calculated as the sum of (i) cash or cash equivalents, (ii) advances or the equivalent thereof available under any revolving credit facility and (iii) uncalled capital commitments, in each case which are not subject to any Liens (other than all asset liens) or which otherwise would be considered available for general corporate purposes in the reasonable determination of the Collateral Manager) and (y) its status as a “business development company” under the 1940 Act;
(k)    Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc. or an Affiliate thereof shall cease to be Collateral Manager hereunder; or
(l)    any failure by the Collateral Manager to deposit (or caused to be deposited) into the Collection Account any Collections received by it within two (2) Business Days of the date required in accordance with Section 2.9(a) (or, if such failure is solely due to administrative error by the Collateral Agent within two (2) Business Days following the earlier of notice to the Collateral Manager or actual knowledge of the Collateral Manager).
Collateral Manager Termination Notice”: The meaning specified in Section 6.11.
Collection Account”:  A Securities Account created and maintained on the books and records of the Securities Intermediary entitled “Collection Account” in the name of one Borrower and subject to the Lien of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.  The Collection

-13-


Account shall have at least two sub-accounts, the Interest Collection Account and the Principal Collection Account.
Collection Date”:  The date on which the Obligations have been irrevocably paid in full in accordance with Section 2.3(b) and Section 2.7 or 2.8, as applicable, and the Commitments have been irrevocably terminated in full pursuant to Section 2.3(a) or as a result of the end of the Reinvestment Period.
Collections”:  (a) All Cash collections and other Cash proceeds of any Loan, including, without limitation or duplication, any Interest Collections, Principal Collections, amendment fees, late fees, prepayment fees, waiver fees or other amounts received in respect thereof (but excluding any Excluded Amounts) and (b) earnings on Permitted Investments or otherwise in any Account. For the avoidance of doubt, Advances shall not constitute Collections.
Commitment”:  With respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Advances in accordance herewith prior to the Reinvestment Period End Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Facility Amount and, for each Lender, the amount opposite such Lender’s name set forth on Annex B hereto or on Schedule I to the Joinder Supplement relating to each such Lender.
Contractual Obligation”:  With respect to any Person, any provision of any securities issued by such Person or any mortgage, deed of trust, contract, undertaking, agreement, instrument or other material document to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound or to which either is subject.
Corporate Trust Office”: The applicable designated corporate trust office of the Collateral Agent specified on Annex A hereto, or such other address within the United States as the Collateral Agent may designate from time to time by at least 30 days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent.
Custodian”:  U.S. Bank, not in its individual capacity, but solely as Custodian, its successor in interest pursuant to Section 7.3 or such Person as shall have been appointed Custodian pursuant to Section 7.5.
Custodian Fee”:  The fees, expenses and indemnities set forth as such in the Collateral Agent and Custodian Fee Letter and as provided for in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.
Default”:  Any event that, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would (unless cured or waived in accordance with Section 12.1) become an Event of Default.
Defaulting Lender”:  Any Lender that (i) has failed to fund any portion of the Advances required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (ii) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within three Business Days of the date when due, unless such amount is the subject of a good faith dispute, (iii) has notified the Borrower,

-14-


the Administrative Agent or any other Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement or has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply or has failed to comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement or generally under other agreements in which it commits or is obligated to extend credit, or (iv) has become or is insolvent or has become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.
Delayed Draw Loan”:  A Loan that is (x) fully committed on the initial funding date of such Loan and (y) requires one or more future advances to be made by the Borrower and which does not permit the re-borrowing of any amount previously repaid by the related Obligor; provided that such loan shall only be considered a Delayed Draw Loan for so long as any future funding obligations remain in effect and only with respect to any portion which constitutes a future funding obligation.
Designated Loan”:  Any Loan that the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, designates on the related Approval Notice as a “Designated Loan”.
Determination Date”:  The 15th of each calendar month.
Discretionary Sale”:  The meaning specified in Section 2.14(c).
Dollars”: Means, and the conventional “$” signifies, the lawful currency of the United States.
Domiciled”:  With respect to any Obligor:  (a) except as provided in clause (b) below, its country of organization; or (b) solely to the extent (x) designated by the Collateral Manager to the Administrative Agent prior to delivery of the related Approval Notice or (y) otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, the country in which, in the Collateral Manager’s good faith estimate, a substantial portion of its operations are located or from which a substantial portion of its revenue is derived, in each case directly or through subsidiaries (which shall be any jurisdiction and country known at the time of designation by the Collateral Manager to be the source of the majority of revenues, if any, of such Obligor).
Early Opt-in Election”:  The occurrence of: (a) (i) a determination by the Administrative Agent or (ii) a notification by the Required Lenders to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Borrower) that the Required Lenders have determined that Dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities being executed at such time, or that include language similar to that contained in Section 12.1 are being executed or amended, as applicable, to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace the LIBOR Rate, and (b) (i) the election by the Administrative Agent or (ii) the election by the Required Lenders to declare that an Early Opt-in Election has occurred and the provision, as applicable, by the Administrative Agent of written notice of such election to the Borrower and the Lenders or by the Required Lenders of written notice of such election to the Administrative Agent.

-15-


EBITDA”:  With respect to the Relevant Test Period with respect to the related Loan, the meaning of “EBITDA,” “Adjusted EBITDA” or any comparable definition in the Underlying Instruments for such Loan, and in any case that “EBITDA,” “Adjusted EBITDA” or such comparable definition is not defined in such Underlying Instruments, an amount, for the Obligors on such Loan (determined on a consolidated basis without duplication in accordance with GAAP) equal to earnings from continuing operations for such period plus (a) interest expense, (b) income taxes, (c) depreciation and amortization for such Relevant Test Period (to the extent deducted in determining earnings from continuing operations for such period), (d) amortization of intangibles (including, but not limited to, goodwill, financing fees and other capitalized costs), other non‑cash charges and organization costs, (e) extraordinary losses in accordance with GAAP, (f) one‑time, non‑recurring non‑cash charges consistent with the compliance statements and financial reporting packages provided by the Obligors, and (g) any other item the Borrower and the Administrative Agent mutually deem to be appropriate.
Effective Equity”:  As of any day, the greater of (a) the sum of (i) the products, for each Eligible Loan as of such date, of the Adjusted Borrowing Value of each such Eligible Loan as of such date, plus (ii) the amount on deposit in the Principal Collection Account, plus (iii) the amount on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account minus (iv) the Unfunded Exposure Equity Amount minus (v) the aggregate principal amount of all Advances Outstanding and (b) $0.
Eligible Loan”:  Each Loan which complies with each of the following eligibility requirements (unless, at the written request of the Borrower or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders in their respective sole discretion agree to waive any such eligibility requirement with respect to such Loan):
(a)    such Loan has been approved by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion as evidenced by an Approval Notice delivered by the Administrative Agent with respect to such Loan;
(b)    such Loan is a Large Middle Market Loan, a Traditional Middle Market Loan or a Second Lien Loan which has been assigned to the Borrower pursuant to an assignment agreement either (i) complying with the related Underlying Instruments or (ii) on the LSTA standard assignment form;
(c)    [reserved];
(d)    after giving effect to the Borrower’s acquisition thereof, the Borrower has good and marketable title to, and is the sole owner of, such Loan, and the Borrower has granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a valid and perfected first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) security interest in such Loan and the related Collections and Underlying Instruments;
(e)    each Obligor with respect to such Loan is an Eligible Obligor;
(f)    such Loan is payable in Dollars and does not permit the currency in which such Loan is payable to be changed;

-16-


(g)    such Loan complies with each of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower and the Collateral Manager in the Transaction Documents with respect thereto and all written factual information (other than projections, forward-looking information, general economic data or industry information and with respect to any information or documentation prepared by the Collateral Manager or one of its Affiliates for internal use or consideration, statements as to (or the failure to make a statement as to) the value of, collectability of, prospects of or potential risks or benefits associated with a Loan or Obligor) provided by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager with respect to such Loan is true and correct in all material respects after giving effect to any updates thereto (or, with respect to information relating to third parties, is true and correct in all material respects to the actual knowledge of the Collateral Manager) as of the date such information is provided;
(h)    such Loan and any Underlying Assets (and, with respect to clause (i), the acquisition thereof and granting of a security interest to the Collateral Agent therein) (i) will comply with and will not violate in any material respect any Applicable Law or (ii) will not cause any Lender (as notified to the Borrower and the Collateral Manager by such Lender in its commercially reasonable judgment) to fail to comply with any request or directive from any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over such Lender;
(i)    such Loan and the Underlying Instruments related thereto, are eligible (after giving effect to the provisions of Sections 9-406 and 9-408 of the UCC) to be sold, assigned or transferred to the Borrower and to have a security interest therein granted to the Collateral Agent, as agent for the Secured Parties, and neither the sale, transfer or assignment of such Loan to the Borrower, nor the granting of a security interest hereunder to the Collateral Agent, violates, conflicts with or contravenes (and are permitted by) any contractual or other restriction, limitation or encumbrance or materially violates, conflicts with or contravenes any Applicable Law;
(j)    as of the date the Borrower acquired such Loan, it is not the subject of an offer of exchange or tender by the related Obligor for Cash, securities or any other type of consideration, and has not been called for redemption or tender into any other security or property that is not, on the date of such investment, a Loan;
(k)    as of the date the Borrower acquired such Loan, it (A) is not an Equity Security and (B) does not provide by its terms for the conversion or exchange into an Equity Security at any time on or after the date it is included as part of the Collateral;
(l)    unless agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, no interest required by the related Underlying Instruments to be paid in Cash has previously been deferred or capitalized as principal and not subsequently paid in full;
(m)    the repayment of such Loan is not subject to material non-credit related risk (for example no payment is expressly contingent upon the nonoccurrence of a catastrophe), as reasonably determined by the Collateral Manager in accordance with the Collateral Manager Standard on the date the Borrower acquired such Loan;

-17-


(n)    the acquisition of such Loan will not cause the Borrower or the pool of Collateral to be required to register as an investment company under the 1940 Act;
(o)    such Loan is not principally secured by Margin Stock;
(p)    such Loan provides for a fixed amount of principal payable in Cash no later than its stated maturity;
(q)    such Loan provides for periodic payments of interest in Cash (x) at a rate of at least 2.00% per annum and (y) no less frequently than semi-annually;
(r)    such Loan gives rise only to payments that are not subject to any tax (other than income taxes) unless the Obligor thereon is required under the terms of the related Underlying Instrument to make “gross up” payments that cover the full amount of such withholding tax on an after tax basis;
(s)    the primary Underlying Asset for such Loan is not real property and such Loan was not underwritten as a mortgage loan;
(t)    such Loan and the related Underlying Instruments, (i) are in full force and effect and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor and each material guarantor of such Obligor’s obligations thereunder and enforceable against such Obligor and each such material guarantor in accordance with their terms, subject to usual and customary bankruptcy, insolvency and equity limitations and (ii) contain provisions substantially to the effect that the Obligor’s and each material guarantor’s payment obligations thereunder are absolute and unconditional without any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense for any reason against the Borrower or any assignee;
(u)    as of the related trade date, such Loan has an original term to stated maturity that does not exceed ninety-six (96) months;
(v)    (i) the Custodian has received (or, in accordance with Section 14.2(a), will receive) the related Required Loan Documents and (ii) a servicing and management files are held at the Collateral Manager’s principal place of business;
(w)    as of the date the Borrower acquired such Loan, it was not in default in payment of principal or interest after giving effect to any applicable cure periods;
(x)    as of the date the Borrower acquired such Loan, there is no default, breach, violation or event or condition which would give rise to a right of acceleration existing under the related Underlying Instruments and no event which, with the passage of time or with notice and the expiration of any grace or cure period, would constitute a default, breach, violation or event or condition which would give rise to a right of acceleration;
(y)    the Underlying Instruments for such Loan do not contain a confidentiality provision that would prohibit the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender from accessing all necessary information (as required to be provided pursuant to the Transaction

-18-


Documents) with regard to such Loan if such Persons agree to comply with customary and market confidentiality provisions;
(z)    as of the date the Borrower acquired such Loan, if such Loan is one of a number of loans made to the same Obligor at the same seniority in such Obligor’s capital structure, such Loan and all such other loans contain standard cross-collateralization and cross-default or cross-acceleration provisions;
(aa)    the rights to service, administer and enforce all rights and remedies under the related Underlying Instruments inure to the benefit of the holder of such Loan or its designee (including the administrative agent for such Loan);
(bb)    no related Obligor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding;
(cc)    as of the related trade date, the sum of the Adjusted Borrowing Value of all Eligible Loans made to the related Obligor and its Affiliates do not exceed $7,000,000, except that (i) the sum of the Adjusted Borrowing Value of all Eligible Loans to one (1) Obligor and its Affiliates may be up to $10,500,000 and (ii) the sum of the Adjusted Borrowing Value of all Eligible Loans to five (5) Obligors and their respective Affiliates (not including the Obligor specified in clause (i)) may each be up to $8,750,000;
(dd)    as of the related trade date, the sum of the Adjusted Borrowing Value of all Eligible Loans that are fixed-rate Loans does not exceed the greater of (i) 10% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Loans plus the amount on deposit (including Permitted Investments) in the Principal Collection Account and (ii) $7,000,000;
(ee)    as of the related trade date, the Unfunded Exposure Amount (plus the aggregate funded principal balance of all revolving loans) does not exceed the greater of (i) 10% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Loans plus the amount on deposit (including Permitted Investments) in the Principal Collection Account and (ii) $7,000,000;
(ff)    as of the related trade date, the sum of the Adjusted Borrowing Value of all Eligible Loans that are Second Lien Loans does not exceed the greater of (i) 10% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Loans plus the amount on deposit (including Permitted Investments) in the Principal Collection Account and (ii) $7,000,000;
(gg)    as of the related trade date, the sum of the Adjusted Borrowing Value of all Eligible Loans which pay interest less frequently than quarterly does not exceed the greater of (i) 5% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Loans plus the amount on deposit (including Permitted Investments) in the Principal Collection Account and (ii) $3,500,000;
(hh)    such Loan, together with the Underlying Instruments related thereto, (i) is not subject to, or the subject of any written assertions in respect of, any material litigation, dispute or offset;

-19-


(ii)    to the knowledge of the Borrower, the Obligor with respect to such Loan (and each other material guarantor of such Obligor’s obligations thereunder) had full legal capacity to execute and deliver the related Underlying Instruments;
(jj)    the Borrower has all necessary licenses and permits to purchase and own such Loan and enter into the applicable Underlying Instruments as a lender in the State where such Obligor is located except where the failure to have such licenses or permits would not have a material adverse effect on the Borrower or any Secured Party;
(kk)    neither the related Obligor, any other party obligated with respect to such Loan or any Governmental Authority has alleged in writing that such Loan or any related Underlying Instrument is illegal or unenforceable;
(ll)    such Loan requires the related Obligor to maintain the Underlying Assets for such Loan in good repair and to maintain adequate insurance with respect thereto;
(mm)    such Loan and any Underlying Assets have not, and will not, be used by the related Obligor in any manner or for any purpose that would result in any material risk of liability being imposed upon the Borrower or any Secured Party under any Applicable Law; and
(nn)    if such Loan is a Traditional Middle Market Loan, such Loan contains a covenant by the Obligor thereunder to comply with one or more financial covenants that test for either a cash component (interest coverage ratio, fixed charge coverage ratio, etc.) or a leverage covenant (net debt ratio, total debt ratio, etc.) during each reporting period regardless of whether or not the borrower has taken any specific action.
Eligible Obligor”: On any date of determination, any Obligor that:
(a)    is (i) a business organization (and not a natural person) duly organized and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction and (ii) Domiciled in the United States or any State thereof or Canada or any territory thereof;
(b)    is a legal operating entity or holding company;
(c)    has not entered into the Loan primarily for personal, family or household purposes;
(d)    if such Obligor is the primary Obligor, is not a Governmental Authority;
(e)    is not an Affiliate of, or controlled by, the Borrower;
(f)    as of the date the Borrower acquired the related Loan, the Obligor has evidenced EBITDA for the most recent twelve month reporting period of not less than $5,000,000 for the twelve month period then ending; and
(g)    is not (and has not been for at least three years) the subject of an Insolvency Event, and, as of the date the Borrower acquired such Loans, such Obligor is not in financial distress

-20-


and has not experienced a material adverse change in its condition, financial or otherwise (as determined by the Collateral Manager).
Employee Plan”:  At any time, an “employee pension benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan).
Equity Investor”:  Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc.
Equity Security”:  Any stock or similar security, certificate of interest or participation in any profit sharing agreement, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, voting trust certificate or certificate of deposit for an equity security, limited partnership interest, interest in a joint venture, or certificate of interest in a business trust; any security future on any such security; or any security convertible, with or without consideration into such a security, or carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase such a security; or any such warrant or right; or any put, call, straddle, or other option or privilege of buying such a security from or selling such a security to another without being bound to do so.
ERISA”:  The United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated or issued thereunder.
ERISA Affiliate”: Each person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) that is a member of a controlled group that includes or is under common control with, the Borrower, within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.
Eurodollar Disruption Event”:  The occurrence of any of the following:  (a) any Lender shall have notified the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Manager and the Borrower of a determination by such Lender that it would be contrary to law or to the directive of any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law) to obtain Dollars in the London interbank market to fund any Advance, (b) any Lender shall have notified the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Manager and the Borrower of a determination by such Lender that the rate at which Dollars are being offered to such Lender in the London interbank market does not accurately reflect the cost to such Lender of making, funding or maintaining any Advance or (c) any Lender shall have notified the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Manager and the Borrower of the inability of such Lender, as applicable, to obtain Dollars in the London interbank market to make, fund or maintain any Advance.
Events of Default”:  The meaning specified in Section 9.1.
Excepted Persons”:  The meaning specified in Section 12.13(a).
Exchange Act”:  The United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Excluded Amounts”:  (i) Any amount received in the Collection Account with respect to any Loan included as part of the Collateral, which amount is attributable to the

-21-


reimbursement of payment by the Borrower of any Tax, fee or other charge imposed by any Governmental Authority on such Loan or on any Underlying Assets, (ii) any interest or fees (including origination, agency, structuring, management or other up-front fees) that are for the account of any Person from whom the Borrower purchased such Loan (including, without limitation, interest accruing prior to the date such Loan is purchased by the Borrower), (iii) solely to the extent originally paid from amounts other than Collections, any reimbursement of insurance premiums or other reasonable and customary expenses paid by the Borrower in connection with such Loan, (iv) any escrows relating to Taxes, insurance and other amounts in connection with Loans which are held in an escrow account for the benefit of the Obligor and the secured party pursuant to escrow arrangements under Underlying Instruments or (v) any amount deposited into the Collection Account in error, in each case as determined by the Administrative Agent.
Excluded Taxes”:  Any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in the Obligations or Commitments pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest (other than pursuant to an assignment effected in accordance with Section 2.18 or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.13, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.13(f) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.
Existing Borrower”: The meaning specified in the Preamble.
Existing Loan and Security Agreement”: The meaning specified in the Preamble.
Expense Reserve Account”:  A Securities Account created and maintained on the books and records of the Securities Intermediary entitled “Expense Reserve Account” in the name of one Borrower and subject to the Lien of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
Expense Reserve Account Amount”:  At any time, an amount equal to $50,000 minus the available balance of each Expense Reserve Account at such time.
Facility Amount”:  $175,000,000, as such amount may vary from time to time pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof; provided that on or after the Reinvestment Period End Date, the Facility Amount shall mean the Advances Outstanding.
Facility Attachment Ratio”:  As of any date of determination, with respect to (a) any Designated Loan an amount equal to the product of (i) its Total Net Leverage Ratio, (ii) its Applicable Percentage and (iii) its Assigned Value, (b) any Second Lien Loan, the sum of (i) its Net

-22-


Senior Leverage Ratio and (ii) the product of (A) its Total Net Leverage Ratio less its Net Senior Leverage Ratio, (B) its Applicable Percentage and (C) its Assigned Value, or (c) any other Loan, an amount equal to the product of (i) its Net Senior Leverage Ratio, (ii) its Applicable Percentage and (iii) its Assigned Value.
Facility Maturity Date”:  October 28, 2022.
FATCA”:  Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, any applicable intergovernmental agreements and any law or regulations implementing any intergovernmental agreement or approach thereto.
FDIC”:  The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and any successor thereto.
Federal Funds Rate”:  For any period, a fluctuating interest per annum rate equal, for each day during such period, to the weighted average of the overnight federal funds rates as reported in Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release H.15(519) or any successor or substitute publication selected by the Administrative Agent (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day), or, if for any reason such rate is not available on any day, the rate determined, in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, to be the rate at which overnight federal funds are being offered in the national federal funds market at 9:00 a.m. on such day.
Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website”:  The website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.
Fee Letter”:  Each fee letter entered into from time to time between the Borrower and one or more Lenders and/or the Administrative Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time.
Fees”:  All fees required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and the Fee Letter.
Financial Asset”:  The meaning specified in Section 8‑102(a)(9) of the UCC.
Financial Sponsor”:  Any Person, including any Subsidiary of such Person, whose principal business activity is acquiring, holding, and selling investments (including controlling interests) in otherwise unrelated companies that each are distinct legal entities with separate management, books and records and bank accounts, whose operations are not integrated with one another and whose financial condition and creditworthiness are independent of the other companies so owned by such Person.
Fitch”:  Fitch Ratings, Inc. or any successor thereto.
Foreign Lender”:  A Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

-23-


Funding Date”:  With respect to any Advance, the Business Day of receipt by the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent of a Funding Notice and other required deliveries in accordance with Section 2.2.
Funding Notice”:  A notice in the form of Exhibit A‑1 requesting an Advance, including the items required by Section 2.2.
GAAP”:  Generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States.
General Intangible”:  The meaning specified in Section 9‑102(a)(42) of the UCC.
Governing Documents”:  (a) With respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non‑U.S. jurisdiction), (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement, and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and, if applicable, any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
Governmental Authority”:  With respect to any Person, any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any body or entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government and any court or arbitrator having jurisdiction over such Person.
Guarantee Obligation”:  As to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation of such guaranteeing person guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any Property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1)  for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase Property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term “Guarantee Obligation” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.  The terms “Guarantee” and “Guaranteed” used as a verb shall have a correlative meaning.  The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such

-24-


Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.
Highest Required Investment Category”: (a) With respect to ratings assigned by Moody’s, “Aa2” or “P-1” for one-month instruments, “Aa2” and “P-1” for three-month instruments, “Aa3” and “P-1” for six-month instruments and “Aa2” and “P-1” for instruments with a term in excess of six months, (b) with respect to rating assigned by S&P, “A-1” for short-term instruments and “A” for long-term instruments, and (c) with respect to rating assigned by Fitch (if such investment is rated by Fitch), “F-1+” for short-term instruments and “AAA” for long-term instruments.
Increased Costs”:  Any amounts required to be paid by the Borrower to an Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 2.12.
Indebtedness”:  With respect to (x) any Obligor if “Indebtedness” or any comparable definition is set forth in the Underlying Instruments for the related Loan, such definition or (y) otherwise, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money (whether by loan or the issuance and sale of debt securities) or for the deferred purchase price of Property or services (other than current trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary practices), (b) any other indebtedness of such Person which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, (c) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, acceptances or similar instruments issued or created for the account of such Person, (d) all liabilities secured by (or for which the holder of such obligations has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on any Property owned by such Person even though such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable for the payment thereof, and (e) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above.  The amount of any Indebtedness under clause (d) shall be equal to the lesser of (A) the stated amount of the relevant obligations and (B) the fair market value of the Property subject to the relevant Lien. The amount of any Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor.
Indemnified Amounts”:  The meaning specified in Section 10.1(a).
Indemnified Parties”:  The meaning specified in Section 10.1(a).
Indemnified Taxes”:  (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Transaction Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.
Indorsement”:  The meaning specified in Section 8‑102(a)(11) of the UCC, and “Indorsed” has a corresponding meaning.

-25-


Insolvency Event”:  With respect to a specified Person, (a) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction over such Person or any substantial part of its property in an involuntary case under any applicable Insolvency Law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding‑up or liquidation of such Person’s affairs, and such decree, order or appointment shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days, (b) the commencement by such Person or its shareholder of a voluntary case under any applicable Insolvency Law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (c) the consent by such Person to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or the making by such Person of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (d) the failure by such Person generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by such Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing or (e) the shareholder of the Borrower shall pass a resolution to have the Borrower wound up on a voluntary basis.
Insolvency Laws”:  The Bankruptcy Code and all other applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, winding up, administration, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, suspension of payments, or similar debtor relief laws from time to time in effect affecting the rights of creditors generally.
Insolvency Proceeding”:  Any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to any Insolvency Event.
Instrument”:  The meaning specified in Section 9‑102(a)(47) of the UCC.
Interest”:  For each Accrual Period and the Advances Outstanding, the sum of the products (for each day during such Accrual Period) of:
IR x P x 1/D
 
 
 
 
where:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IR
=
the Interest Rate applicable on such day;
 
 
 
 
 
P
=
the Advances Outstanding on such day;
 
 
 
 
 
D
=
360 days (or, to the extent the Interest Rate is the Base Rate, 365 or 366 days, as applicable).
provided that, (i) no provision of this Agreement shall require the payment or permit the collection of Interest in excess of the maximum permitted by Applicable Law, and (ii) Interest shall not be considered paid by any distribution if at any time such distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason.

-26-


Interest Collection Account”:  A sub-account of the Collection Account created and maintained on the books and records of the Securities Intermediary entitled “Interest Collection Account” in the name of one Borrower and subject to the Lien of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
Interest Collections”:  All (a) payments of interest and delayed compensation (representing compensation for delayed settlement) received in Cash by or on behalf of the Borrower on the Collateral, including the accrued interest received in connection with a sale thereof, (b) principal and interest payments received by or on behalf of the Borrower on Permitted Investments purchased with Interest Collections and (c) all amendment and waiver fees, late payment fees, prepayment fees, ticking fees and other fees received by the Borrower; provided that Interest Collections shall not include (x) Sale Proceeds representing accrued interest that are applied toward payment for accrued interest on the purchase of a Loan, (y) interest received in respect of a Loan (including in connection with any sale thereof), which interest was purchased with Principal Collections and (z) any trading gains received, net of any trading losses incurred, by the Borrower in connection with sales and dispositions of Loans.
Interest Coverage Ratio”: With respect to any Loan for any Relevant Test Period, either (a) the meaning of “Interest Coverage Ratio” or comparable definition set forth in the Underlying Instruments for such Loan, or (b) in the case of any Loan with respect to which the related Underlying Instruments do not include a definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio” or comparable definition, the ratio of (i) EBITDA to (ii) Cash Interest Expense of such Obligor as of such Relevant Test Period, as calculated by the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Borrower) in good faith.
Interest Rate”:  (a) The LIBOR Rate plus (b) the Applicable Spread; provided that, upon and during the occurrence of a Eurodollar Disruption Event, with respect to the Advances owing to such Lender, “Interest Rate” shall mean the Base Rate plus the Applicable Spread.
Intermediary”:  (a) A Clearing Corporation or (b) a Person, including a bank or broker, that in the ordinary course of its business maintains Securities Accounts for others and is acting in that capacity, which in each case is not an Affiliate of the Borrower or the Collateral Manager.
Investment”:  With respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan, advance or investment by such Person in any other Person, whether by means of share purchase, capital contribution, loan or otherwise, excluding the acquisition of Loans, Permitted Investments and the acquisition of Equity Securities otherwise permitted by the terms hereof which are related to such Loans.
Investment Property”:  The meaning specified in Section 9‑102(a)(49) of the UCC.
Joinder Supplement”:  An agreement among the Borrower, a Lender and the Administrative Agent in the form of Exhibit H to this Agreement (appropriately completed) delivered in connection with a Person becoming a Lender hereunder after the A&R Effective Date,

-27-


as contemplated by Section 2.1(d), a copy of which shall be delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Manager.
Large Middle Market Loan”: A Loan that, as of the date the Borrower acquires such Loan, (i) satisfies the definition of Traditional Middle Market Loan, (ii) has three (3) or more un-Affiliated lenders, (iii) has a Tranche Size of at least $135,000,000 and (iv) has EBITDA for the trailing twelve calendar months of at least $35,000,000.
Lenders”:  The meaning specified in the Preamble, including Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo”) and each financial institution which may from time to time become a Lender hereunder by executing and delivering a Joinder Supplement to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Manager and the Borrower as contemplated by Section 2.1(d).
LIBOR Rate”: For any day during the applicable Accrual Period with respect to each Advance, the greater of (I) zero and (II)(a) the rate per annum appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or any successor or substitute page) as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, for such day; provided that, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day, for a one-month maturity; (b) if no rate specified in clause (a) of this definition so appears, the rate per annum (rounded, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Accrual Period) for a one-month maturity determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day; and (c) if no rate specified in clause (a) or (b) of this definition so appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or any successor or substitute page), the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a three‑month maturity are offered by the principal London office of Wells Fargo in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, for such day.
Lien”:  Any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, right, claim, security interest or encumbrance of any kind of or on any Person’s assets or properties in favor of any other Person.
Loan”:  Any commercial loan or note which the Borrower acquires from a third party in the ordinary course of its business.
Loan Checklist”:  An electronic or hard copy, as applicable, of a checklist in the form of Exhibit J delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Custodian for each Loan of all related Required Loan Documents, which shall also specify whether such document is an original or a copy.
Loan File”:  With respect to each Loan, a file containing (a) each of the documents and items as set forth on the Loan Checklist with respect to such Loan and (b) duly executed originals or if the original is not available to the Borrower, a copy of any other relevant records relating to such Loans and the Underlying Assets pertaining thereto.

-28-


Loan Register”:  The meaning specified in Section 5.3(j).
Loan Tape”: The loan tape to be delivered in connection with each Collateral Management Report, which tape shall include (but not be limited to) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Loans and, with respect to each Loan, the following information:
(a)    name and number of the related Obligor;
(b)    calculation of the Net Senior Leverage Ratio for the Relevant Test Period immediately prior to the date of the applicable Approval Notice and for the most recent Relevant Test Period, as calculated and delivered by the related Obligor or, if not calculated and delivered by such Obligor, as calculated by the Collateral Manager in its commercially reasonably determination;
(c)    calculation of the Interest Coverage Ratio for the Relevant Test Period immediately prior to the date of the applicable Approval Notice and for the most recent Relevant Test Period, as calculated and delivered by the related Obligor or, if not calculated and delivered by such Obligor, as calculated by the Collateral Manager in its commercially reasonably determination;
(d)    calculation of the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the most recent Relevant Test Period, as calculated and delivered by the related Obligor or, if not calculated and delivered by such Obligor, as calculated by the Collateral Manager in its commercially reasonably determination;
(e)    collection status (number of days past due);
(f)    loan status (whether in default or on non-accrual status);
(g)    scheduled maturity date;
(h)    loan rate of interest (and reference rate, if applicable);
(i)    LIBOR floor (if applicable);
(j)    Outstanding Balance;
(k)    face value;
(l)    Assigned Value;
(m)    Purchase Price;
(n)    Moody’s Obligor rating (if available);
(o)    S&P Obligor rating (if available);
(p)    whether such Loan has been subject to an Assigned Value Adjustment Event (and of what type);

-29-


(q)    whether such Loan has been subject to any waiver, amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification (and whether such action constitutes a Material Modification);
(r)    the date on which such Loan was acquired by the Borrower;
(s)    whether the Loan is a fixed rate Loan or a floating rate Loan;
(t)    payment frequency;
(u)    Obligor’s domicile;
(v)    trailing twelve month EBITDA (and the date as of which such calculation was made), as calculated and delivered by the related Obligor or, if not calculated and delivered by such Obligor, as calculated by the Collateral Manager in its commercially reasonably determination;
(w)    Loan type (Large Middle Market Loan, Traditional Middle Market Loan or Second Lien Loan);
(x)    the applicable industry classification group set forth on Schedule IV;
(y)    Tranche Size; and
(z)    whether such Loan is a Delayed Draw Loan or a Revolving Loan.
Margin Stock”:  “Margin Stock” as defined under Regulation U.
Material Adverse Effect”:  With respect to any event or circumstance, a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, financial condition, management conditions (financial or otherwise), operations, performance or properties of the Collateral Manager, (b) the business, financial condition, management conditions (financial or otherwise), operations or performances of the Borrower excluding any such change resulting from any change in value or performance of all or any part of the Collateral, (c) the validity, enforceability or collectability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the validity, enforceability or collectability of the Loans generally or any material portion of the Loans, (d) the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to matters arising under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, (e) the ability of each of the Borrower or the Collateral Manager, as applicable, to perform its respective obligations under any Transaction Document to which it is a party, or (f) the status, existence, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Collateral Agent’s Lien on the Collateral.
Material Modification”:  Any amendment or waiver of, or modification or supplement to, an Underlying Instrument governing an Eligible Loan executed or effected on or after the date on which such Loan is transferred to the Borrower, that:
(a)    reduces, waives or forgives any or all of the principal amount due under such Loan;  

-30-


(b)    waives one or more interest payments, reduces the amount of interest due with respect to such Loan or permits any interest due in cash to be deferred or capitalized and added to the principal amount of such Loan; provided that no such reduction shall be a Material Modification (i) with respect to any Loan that utilizes grid pricing to the extent such reduction is in accordance with the provisions of the Underlying Instruments for such Loan or (ii) to the extent that the following such amendment the applicable interest rate is at least equal to the interest rate as of the date the Borrower acquired such Loan;
(c)    extends or delays (i) the stated maturity date of such Loan or (ii) any required or scheduled amortization in connection with a credit related event or breach of financial covenant;
(d)    contractually or structurally subordinates such Loan by operation of a priority of payments, turnover provisions, the transfer of assets in order to limit recourse to the related Obligor or the granting of Liens (other than Permitted Liens) on any of the Underlying Assets securing such Loan;
(e)    substitutes, alters or releases (other than as permitted by such Underlying Instruments) all or any material portion of the Underlying Assets securing such Loan, if such substitution, alteration or release, as determined in the sole reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent, materially and adversely affects the value of such Loan; provided, that the foregoing shall not apply to any such release in conjunction with a relatively contemporaneous disposition by the related Obligor accompanied by a mandatory reinvestment of the applicable net proceeds or mandatory repayment of such Loan with all of such net proceeds; or
(f)    amends, waives, forbears, supplements or otherwise modifies in any way the definition of “Net Senior Leverage Ratio” or “Interest Coverage Ratio” (or any respective comparable definitions in its Underlying Instruments) or the definition of any component thereof in a manner that, in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent, is materially adverse to any Lender; provided that in connection with any Revenue Recognition Implementation or any Operating Lease Implementation, the Administrative Agent may waive any Material Modification resulting from such implementation pursuant to this clause (f).
Measurement Date”:  Each of the following: (i) each Determination Date; (ii) the date of any Borrower’s Notice; (iii) the date of any Discretionary Sale, Optional Sale, Reinvestment or Substitution, (iv) the date that a Responsible Officer of the Collateral Manager has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any Assigned Value Adjustment Event; (v) the date that the Assigned Value of any Loan is adjusted; (vi) the date as of which any Collateral Management Report, as provided for in Section 6.8, is calculated, (vii) the date on which any Lender becomes a party hereto, and (viii) each other date requested by the Administrative Agent.
Minimum Equity Amount”:  The greater of (a) the sum of the Adjusted Borrowing Values of all Eligible Loans to the five Obligors with the highest such Adjusted Borrowing Values and (b) $28,000,000.
Moody’s”:  Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and any successor thereto.

-31-


Multiemployer Plan”:  A “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA that is subject to ERISA.
New Borrower”: The meaning given in Section 2.19.
Net Senior Leverage Ratio”: With respect to any Loan for any Relevant Test Period, either (a) the meaning of “Net Senior Leverage Ratio” or comparable definition set forth in the Underlying Instruments for such Loan, or (b) in the case of any Loan with respect to which the related Underlying Instruments do not include a definition of “Net Senior Leverage Ratio” or comparable definition, the ratio of (i) the senior Indebtedness (including, without limitation, such Loan) of the applicable Obligor as of the date of determination minus the Unrestricted Cash of such Obligor as of such date to (ii) EBITDA of such Obligor with respect to the applicable Relevant Test Period, as calculated by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager in good faith.
Non-Usage Fee”: The meaning set forth in the applicable Fee Letter.
Noteless Loan”:  A Loan with respect to which the Underlying Instruments either (i) do not require the Obligor to execute and deliver a promissory note to evidence the indebtedness created under such Loan or (ii) require execution and delivery of such a promissory note only upon the request of any holder of the indebtedness created under such Loan, and as to which the Borrower has not requested a promissory note from the related Obligor.
Notice of Exclusive Control”: The meaning specified in each Securities Account Control Agreement.
Nuveen”:  Nuveen Alternatives Advisors LLC.
Obligations”:  The unpaid principal amount of, and accrued interest (including, without limitation, interest accruing after the maturity of the Advances and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post‑filing or post‑petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) on the Advances Outstanding and all other payment obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Secured Parties, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, or out of or in connection with any Transaction Document, and any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith or herewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, all reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or to the Lenders that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Documents) or otherwise.
Obligor”:  With respect to any Loan, any Person or Persons obligated to make payments pursuant to or with respect to such Loan, including any guarantor thereof.  For purposes of determining whether any Obligor is an Eligible Obligor, all Loans included as part of the Collateral or to be transferred to the Collateral the Obligor of which is an Affiliate of another Obligor shall be aggregated with all Loans of such Affiliate Obligor.

-32-


Offer”:  A tender offer, voluntary redemption, exchange offer, conversion or other similar action.
Officer’s Certificate”:  A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Person providing the applicable certification, as the case may be.
Operating Lease Implementation”: The implementation by an Obligor of IFRS 16/ASC 842.
Opinion of Counsel”:  A written opinion of nationally recognized counsel, which opinion and counsel are acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.
Optional Sale”:  The meaning specified in Section 2.14(d).
Original Closing Date”: October 28, 2015.
Other Connection Taxes”:  With respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Transaction Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Obligation or Transaction Document).
Other Taxes”: All present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, mortgage, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Transaction Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 2.18).
Outstanding Balance”: With respect to any Loan as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal balance of any advances or loans made by the Borrower to the related Obligor pursuant to the related Underlying Instruments as of such date of determination (exclusive of any interest and Accreted Interest).
Participant Register”:  The meaning specified in Section 12.16(d).
Payment Date”:  Quarterly on the 27th day of each January, April, July and October (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), commencing in January 2016.
Payment Duties”:  The meaning specified in Section 7.2(b)(vii).
Pension Plans”:  “Employee pension benefit plans,” as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA which are subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code and maintained by the Borrower, or in which employees of the Borrower are entitled to participate, other than a Multiemployer Plan.

-33-


Permitted Investments”:  Cash or negotiable instruments, securities or other investments, which may include obligations or securities of issuers for which the Collateral Agent or an Affiliate of the Collateral Agent provides services or receives compensation that (i) except in the case of demand or time deposits and investments in money market funds, are represented by instruments in bearer or registered form or ownership of which is represented by book entries by a Clearing Agency or by a Federal Reserve Bank in favor of depository institutions eligible to have an account with such Federal Reserve Bank who hold such investments on behalf of their customers, (ii) as of any date of determination, mature by their terms on or prior to the Business Day preceding the next Payment Date, and (iii) evidence:
(a)    direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to full and timely payment by, the United States (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States);
(b)    demand deposits, time deposits, bank deposit products of or certificates of deposit of depository institutions or trust companies incorporated under the laws of the United States or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal or state banking or depository institution authorities; provided that at the time of the Borrower’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, the commercial paper, if any, and short-term unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligation whose rating is based on the credit of a Person other than such institution or trust company) of such depository institution or trust company shall have a credit rating from Fitch and each Rating Agency in the Highest Required Investment Category granted by Fitch and such Rating Agency;
(c)    commercial paper, or other short term obligations, having, at the time of the Borrower’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating in the Highest Required Investment Category granted by each Rating Agency and Fitch;
(d)    demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit that are fully insured by the FDIC and either have a rating on their certificates of deposit or short-term deposits from Moody’s and S&P of “P-1” and “A-1”, respectively, and if rated by Fitch, from Fitch of “F-1+”;
(e)    investments in taxable money market funds or other regulated investment companies having, at the time of the Borrower’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating of the Highest Required Investment Category from each Rating Agency and Fitch (if rated by Fitch); or
(f)    time deposits (having maturities of not more than 90 days) by an entity the commercial paper of which has, at the time of the Borrower’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating of the Highest Required Investment Category granted by each Rating Agency and Fitch.;
provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (a) through (f), unless the Borrower and the Collateral Manager have received the written advice of counsel of national reputation experienced in such matters to the contrary (together with an Officer’s Certificate of the Borrower or the Collateral Manager to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (on which

-34-


the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may rely) that the advice specified in this definition has been received by the Borrower and the Collateral Manager), on and after the date required for conformance with the Volcker Rule (or such later date as may be determined by the Borrower and the Collateral Manager based upon such advice), Permitted Investments may only include obligations or securities that constitute cash equivalents for purposes of the rights and assets in paragraph (c)(8)(i)(B) of the exclusions from the definition of “covered fund” for purposes of the Volcker Rule. The Collateral Agent shall have no duty to determine or oversee compliance with the foregoing.
Permitted Liens”:
(a)    with respect to the interest of the Borrower in the Loans included in the Collateral, Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent created pursuant to this Agreement; and
(b)    with respect to the interest of the Borrower in the other Collateral (including any Underlying Assets): (i) materialmen’s, warehousemen’s, mechanics’ and other Liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business for sums not due or sums that are being contested in good faith, (ii) purchase money security interests in certain items of equipment, (iii) Liens for Taxes that are not material Taxes if such Taxes shall not at the time be due and payable or if a Person shall currently be contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in accordance with GAAP have been provided on the books of such Person, (iv) other customary Liens permitted by the applicable Underlying Instruments with respect thereto consistent with the Collateral Manager Standard, (v) Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent and the Securities Intermediary created pursuant to the Transaction Documents, (vi) with respect to Third Party Agented Loans, Liens in favor of the lead agent, the collateral agent or the paying agent for the benefit of all holders of Indebtedness of such Obligor, (vii) with respect to any Equity Security, any Liens granted (x) on such Equity Security to secure Indebtedness of the related Obligor and/or (y) under any governing documents or other agreement between or among or binding upon the Borrower as the holder of equity in such Obligor (provided that, in each case, to the extent such Equity Securities comprise part of the collateral securing the Loan made to such Obligor, such Liens rank junior in priority to the security interest of the lenders under such Loan), and (viii) with respect to any Underlying Assets, Liens permitted by the applicable Underlying Instruments.
Permitted Merger”: The meaning specified in the Preamble.
Permitted RIC Distribution”:  Any Restricted Payment made to the Equity Investor to the extent required to allow the Equity Investor to make sufficient distributions to qualify as a regulated investment company within the meaning of Section 851 of the Code and to otherwise eliminate federal or state income or excise taxes payable by the Equity Investor in or with respect to any taxable year of the Equity Investor (or any calendar year, as relevant); provided that (A) the amount of any such payments made in or with respect to any such taxable year (or calendar year, as relevant) of the Equity Investor shall not exceed 110% of the amounts that the Borrower would have been required to distribute to the Equity Investor to: (i) allow the Borrower to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements that would be imposed by Section 852(a) of the Code (or any successor thereto) to maintain its eligibility to be taxed as a regulated investment company for any such taxable year, (ii) reduce to zero for any such taxable year the Borrower’s liability for federal

-35-


income taxes imposed on (x) its investment company taxable income pursuant to Section 852(b)(1) of the Code (or any successor thereto) and (y) its net capital gain pursuant to Section 852(b)(3) of the Code (or any successor thereto), and (iii) reduce to zero the Borrower’s liability for federal excise taxes for any such calendar year imposed pursuant to Section 4982 of the Code (or any successor thereto), in the case of each of (i), (ii) or (iii), calculated assuming that the Borrower had qualified to be subject to tax as a regulated investment company under the Code and (B) (w) a Borrowing Base Deficiency does not exist immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to such Permitted RIC Distribution, (x) after giving effect on a pro forma basis to the application of Interest Proceeds or Principal Proceeds to the payment of Permitted RIC Distributions and taking into account scheduled payments that are expected to be received prior to the next Payment Date, sufficient Interest Proceeds and Principal Proceeds will be available on the next Payment Date to pay in full all amounts due under Section 2.7(a)(3) and (4), Section 2.7(b)(3) and (4), or Section 2.8(3), (4) and (6), as applicable, (y) the Borrower gives at least one (1) Business Day’s prior written notice thereof to the Collateral Manager, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent and (z) the Borrower and the Collateral Manager confirm in writing (which may be by email) to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent that the conditions to a Permitted RIC Distribution set forth herein are satisfied.
Permitted Securitization”:  Any private or public term or conduit securitization transaction undertaken by the Borrower that is secured, directly or indirectly, by any Loan currently or formerly included in the Collateral or any portion thereof or any interest therein released from the Lien of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any collateralized loan obligation or collateralized debt obligation offering or other asset securitization or term facility.
Person”:  An individual, partnership, corporation (including a statutory or business trust), company, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint stock company, trust, estate, unincorporated association, sole proprietorship, joint venture, nonprofit corporation, group, sector, government (or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof), territory or other entity or organization.
Prime Rate”:  The rate announced by Wells Fargo from time to time as its prime rate in the United States, such rate to change as and when such designated rate changes.  The Prime Rate is not intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Wells Fargo or any other specified financial institution in connection with extensions of credit to debtors.
Principal Collection Account”:  A sub-account of the Collection Account created and maintained on the books and records of the Securities Intermediary entitled “Principal Collection Account” in the name of one Borrower and subject to the Lien of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
Principal Collections”:  All Cash amounts (other than Excluded Amounts) received by or on behalf of the Borrower that are not Interest Collections.
Proceeds”:  With respect to any Collateral, all property that is receivable or received when such Collateral is collected, sold, liquidated, foreclosed, exchanged, or otherwise disposed

-36-


of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, and includes all rights to payment with respect to any insurance relating to such Collateral.
Property”:  Any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Capital Stock.
Pro Rata Share”:  With respect to any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing the Commitment of such Lender (as determined pursuant to the definition of Commitment) by the aggregate Commitments of all the Lenders (as determined pursuant to the definition of Commitment) or, if the Commitments have been terminated, based on the Advances Outstanding.
Purchase Agreement”:  Any purchase agreement entered into by and between the Collateral Manager, as the seller, and the Borrower, as the purchaser, as such agreement may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof.
Purchase Price”:  With respect to any Loan, an amount (expressed as a percentage of par) equal to (i) the purchase price in Dollars (or, if different principal amounts of such Loan were purchased at different purchase prices, the weighted average of such purchase prices) paid by the Borrower for such Loan (exclusive of any interest, Accreted Interest, original issue discount and upfront fees) divided by (ii) the outstanding principal balance of the portion of such Loan purchased by the Borrower outstanding as of the date of such purchase (exclusive of any interest, Accreted Interest, original issue discount and upfront fees); provided, that any Loan (x) acquired by the Borrower in connection with the origination or primary syndication of such Loan and (y) with a “Purchase Price” of at least 97% (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in excess of 100%), shall be deemed to have a “Purchase Price” of 100%.
Qualified Institution”:  A depository institution or trust company organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the States thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), (i)(a) that has either (1) a long‑term unsecured debt rating of “A” or better by S&P and “A2” or better by Moody’s or (2) a short‑term unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating of “A‑1” or better by S&P or “P‑1” or better by Moody’s, (b) the parent corporation of which has either (1) a long‑term unsecured debt rating of “A” or better by S&P and “A2” or better by Moody’s or (2) a short‑term unsecured debt rating or certificate of deposit rating of “A‑1” or better by S&P and “P‑1” or better by Moody’s or (c) is otherwise acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC.
Rating Agencies”:  Each of Moody’s and S&P.
Recipient”:  (a) The Administrative Agent and (b) any Lender, as applicable.
Register”: The meaning specified in Section 12.16(b).
Regulation U”:  Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Part 221, or any successor regulation.

-37-


Reinvestment”:  The meaning specified in Section 2.14(a)(i).
Reinvestment Notice”:  Each notice required to be delivered by the Collateral Manager in respect of any Reinvestment of Principal Collections pursuant to Section 3.2(b) in the form of Exhibit A‑3.
Reinvestment Period”: The period commencing on the Original Closing Date and ending on the day preceding the Reinvestment Period End Date.
Reinvestment Period End Date”: The earliest to occur of:
(a)    October 28, 2020;
(b)    the Termination Date pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(i);
(c)    the date of the declaration of the Reinvestment Period End Date pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(ii); or
(d)    the date of the termination of all of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.3(a).
Related Parties”:  With respect to any Person, such Person’s Related Party Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Related Party Affiliates.
Related Party Affiliate”:  With respect to any Person, any other Person that, at any time, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For the purpose of this definition, “control” and the correlative meanings of the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with” when used with respect to any specified Person means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting shares, partnership interests, shareholder interests, membership interests or by contract or otherwise.
Relevant Governmental Body”:  The Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or any successor thereto.
Relevant Test Period”: With respect to any Loan, the relevant test period for the calculation of Net Senior Leverage Ratio, Interest Coverage Ratio, Total Net Leverage Ratio or EBITDA as applicable, for such Loan in accordance with the related Underlying Instruments or, if no such period is provided for therein, (i) for Obligors delivering monthly financial statements, each period of the last twelve (12) consecutive reported calendar months, and (ii) for Obligors delivering quarterly financial statements, each period of the last four (4) consecutive reported fiscal quarters of the principal Obligor on such Loan; provided that with respect to any Loan for which the relevant test period is not provided for in the related Underlying Instruments, if an Obligor is a newly‑formed entity as to which twelve (12) consecutive calendar months have not yet elapsed, “Relevant Test Period” shall initially include the period from the date of formation of such Obligor

-38-


to the end of the twelfth (12th) calendar month or fourth (4th) fiscal quarter (as the case may be) from the date of formation, and shall subsequently include each period of the last twelve (12) consecutive reported calendar months or four (4) consecutive reported fiscal quarters (as the case may be) of such Obligor.
Repayment Notice”:  Each notice required to be delivered by the Borrower in respect of any reduction of the Commitments or by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Borrower) in respect of any repayment of Advances Outstanding, in the form of Exhibit A‑2.
Reportable Event”: Any non-exempt prohibited transactions, accumulated funding deficiencies, withdrawals or reportable events within the meaning of 4043 of ERISA, other than those events as to which the 30-day notice period referred to in Section 4043(c) of ERISA has been waived.
Reporting Date”:  The date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the 25th of each calendar month, with the first Reporting Date occurring in December 2015.
Required Lenders”:  (a) Lenders representing an aggregate of at least 51% of the aggregate Commitments (or, if the applicable Commitments have been terminated, Advances Outstanding) and (b) as long as WF (or an Affiliate thereof) is the Administrative Agent, WF; provided that, if there are two or more unaffiliated Lenders party hereto as of the applicable date of determination, then at least two such Lenders shall be required to constitute the Required Lenders; provided further that, the Commitment of, and the portion of any outstanding Advances, as applicable, held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of the Required Lenders.
Required Loan Documents”:  For each Loan, the following documents or instruments, in each case as specified on the related Loan Checklist:
(a)    (i) the original executed promissory note or, in the case of a lost note, a copy of the executed underlying promissory note accompanied by an original executed affidavit and indemnity endorsed by the Borrower in blank (and an unbroken chain of endorsements from each prior holder of such promissory note to the Borrower), or (ii) if no promissory note is issued in the name of the Borrower or such Loan is a Noteless Loan, an executed copy of each assignment and assumption agreement, transfer document or instrument relating to such Loan evidencing the assignment of such Loan from any prior third party owner thereof to the Borrower and from the Borrower in blank; and
(b)    to the extent applicable for the related Loan, copies of the executed (i) guaranty, (ii) underlying credit or loan agreement (or similar agreement pursuant to which the related Loan has been issued or created) and (iii) security agreement, mortgage or other agreement that secures the obligations represented by such Loan, in each case as set forth on the Loan Checklist.
Required Reports”:  Collectively, the Borrowing Base Certificate, the Collateral Management Report, financial statements of each Obligor and the Borrower required to be delivered

-39-


under the Transaction Documents, the annual statements as to compliance and the annual independent public accountant’s report pursuant to Section 6.8(d).
Responsible Officer”:  With respect to any Person, any duly authorized officer of such Person or of the general partner, administrative manager or managing member of such Person with direct responsibility for the administration of this Agreement and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other duly authorized officer of such Person or of the general partner, administrative manager or managing member of such Person to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and with respect to the Collateral Agent, Custodian or Securities Intermediary, an officer within the Corporate Trust Office to whom a corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and having direct responsibility for the administration of this transaction.
Restricted Payment”:  (i) Any dividend or other distribution, direct or indirect, on account of any class of membership interests of the Borrower now or hereafter outstanding, except a dividend or distribution paid solely in interests of that class of membership interests or in any junior class of membership interests of the Borrower; (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or indirect, of any class of membership interests of the Borrower now or hereafter outstanding, and (iii) any payment made to redeem, purchase, repurchase or retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire membership interests of the Borrower now or hereafter outstanding.
Revenue Recognition Implementation”: The implementation by an Obligor of IFRS 15/ASC 606.
Review Criteria”:  The meaning specified in Section 14.2(a)(ii).
Revolving Loan”:  A Large Middle Market Loan or a Traditional Middle Market Loan (other than a Delayed Draw Loan) that under the Underlying Instruments relating thereto may require one or more future advances to be made to the Obligor by the Borrower; provided that, any such Loan will be a Revolving Loan only until all commitments by the Borrower to make advances to the Obligor thereof expire, or are terminated, or are irrevocably reduced to zero.
S&P”:  Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor thereto.
Sale Proceeds”:  With respect to any Loan, all proceeds received as a result of the sale of such Loan, net of all reasonable and documented fees and out‑of‑pocket costs and expenses of the Borrower, the Collateral Manager and the Collateral Agent incurred in connection with any such sale.
Sanction” or “Sanctions”:  Individually and collectively, respectively, any and all economic or financial sanctions, sectoral sanctions, secondary sanctions, trade embargoes and anti-terrorism laws, including but not limited to those imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by: (a) the United States of America, including those administered by OFAC, the U.S.

-40-


Department of State, the U.S. Department of Commerce, or through any existing or future executive order; (b) the United Nations Security Council; (c) the European Union; (d) the United Kingdom; or (e) any other Governmental Authorities with jurisdiction over any Credit Party or its Subsidiaries or their respective Related Parties.
Sanctioned Person”:  Any Person that is a target of Sanctions, including without limitation, a Person that is: (a) listed on OFAC’s Specially Designated Nationals (SDN) and Blocked Persons List; (b) listed on OFAC’s Consolidated Non-SDN List; (c) a legal entity that is deemed by OFAC to be a Sanctions target based on the direct or indirect ownership or control of such legal entity by Sanctioned Person(s); or (d) a Person that is a Sanctions target pursuant to any territorial or country-based Sanctions program.
Scheduled Payment”:  Each scheduled payment of principal and/or interest required to be made by an Obligor on the related Loan, as adjusted pursuant to the terms of the related Underlying Instruments, if applicable.
Second Lien Loan”:  A Loan that (i) does not satisfy each requirement set forth in the definition of “Large Middle Market Loan” or “Traditional Middle Market Loan,” (ii) is secured by a pledge of collateral, which security interest is validly perfected and second priority under Applicable Law (subject to Permitted Liens), (iii) is not (and cannot by its terms become) subordinate in right of payment to any obligation of any related Obligor in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation proceedings but which may be subordinated (with respect to liquidation preferences with respect to pledged collateral) to a senior secured loan of such Obligor and (iv) pursuant to an intercreditor agreement between the Borrower and the holder of the first priority Lien over the Underlying Assets, the amount of Indebtedness secured by such first priority Lien is limited (in terms of aggregate dollar amount or percent of outstanding principal or both).
Section 28(e)”: The meaning specified in Section 6.2(l).
Secured Party”:  (i) Each Lender, (ii) the Administrative Agent, (iii) the Collateral Agent, (iv) the Custodian, (v) the Securities Intermediary and (vi) solely with respect to the right to receive fees, expenses and indemnities owing to it hereunder, the Collateral Manager.
Securities Account”:  The meaning specified in Section 8‑501(a) of the UCC.
Securities Account Control Agreement”:  A Securities Account Control Agreement between a Borrower and the applicable Account Bank establishing “control” within the meaning of the UCC over the accounts described therein, as the same may be amended, modified, waived, supplemented or restated from time to time.
Securities Act”:  The U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Securities Intermediary”:  U.S. Bank, in its capacity as securities intermediary pursuant to a Securities Account Control Agreement, or any subsequent (i) Clearing Corporation;

-41-


or (ii)  Person, including a bank or broker, that in the ordinary course of its business maintains Securities Accounts for others and is acting in that capacity or agreeing to act in such capacity pursuant to any Securities Account Control Agreement.
Security Certificate”:  The meaning specified in Section 8‑102(a)(16) of the UCC.
Security Entitlement”:  The meaning specified in Section 8‑102(a)(17) of the UCC.
Similar Law”:  The meaning specified in Section 4.1(w)(iii).
SOFR”:  With respect to any day means the secured overnight financing rate published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as the administrator of the benchmark (or a successor administrator), on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website.
Solvent”:  As to any Person at any time, having a state of affairs such that all of the following conditions are met:  (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the amount of such Person’s liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as such value is established and liabilities evaluated for purposes of Section 101(32) of the Bankruptcy Code; (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person in an orderly liquidation of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts and other liabilities as they become absolute and matured; (c) such Person is able to realize upon its property and pay its debts and other liabilities (including disputed, contingent and unliquidated liabilities) as they mature or fall due in the normal course of business; (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; and (e) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and does not propose to engage in a business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property assets would constitute unreasonably small capital.
Sub-Advisor”:  The meaning specified in Section 6.2(c).
Subsidiary”:  As to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.
Substitution”:  The meaning specified in Section 2.14(b).
Successor Borrower”: The meaning specified in the Preamble.
Taxes”:  All present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

-42-


Term SOFR”:  The forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.
Termination Date”:  The earliest of (a) the date of the termination of all the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.3(a), (b) the Facility Maturity Date, and (c) the date of the declaration of the Termination Date or the date of the automatic occurrence of the Termination Date pursuant to Section 9.2(a).
Third Party Agented Loan”:  Any Loan originated as part of a syndicated loan transaction that has one (1) or more administrative, paying and/or collateral agents who are not the Borrower, Collateral Manager or any Affiliate thereof and receive payments and hold the collateral pledged by the related Obligor on behalf of all lenders with respect to the related credit facility.
TIAA”:  Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America.
Total Net Leverage Ratio”:  With respect to any Loan for any Relevant Test Period either (a) the meaning of “Total Net Leverage Ratio” or any comparable definition set forth in the Underlying Instruments for such Loan, or (b) in the case of any Loan with respect to which the related Underlying Instruments do not include a definition of “Total Net Leverage Ratio” or comparable definition, the ratio of the ratio of (a) Indebtedness (including, without limitation, such Loan) of the applicable Obligor as of the date of determination minus Unrestricted Cash of such Obligor as of such date to (b) EBITDA of such Obligor with respect to the applicable Relevant Test Period, as calculated by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager in good faith.
Traditional Middle Market Loan”: A Loan that, as of the date the Borrower acquires such Loan, (i) is not (and cannot by its terms become) subordinate in right of payment to any obligation of the related Obligor (except with respect to liquidation preferences, if any, for trade claims, working capital facilities, purchase money indebtedness, capitalized leases and other similar obligations in respect of certain specified pledged collateral, if any) in any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation proceedings, (ii) is secured by a pledge of collateral, which security interest is validly perfected and first priority under Applicable Law (subject to Liens permitted by the applicable Underlying Instruments as of the date of the related Approval Notice and Liens accorded priority by law in favor of the United States or any State or agency), and (iii) has a value of collateral, as determined in good faith by the Collateral Manager, securing such Loan which, together with other attributes of the related Obligor (including its enterprise value), equals or exceeds the outstanding principal balance of the loan plus the aggregate outstanding principal balances of all other loans of equal or higher seniority secured by the same collateral.
Tranche Size”: With respect to any Loan, the dollar value of the tranche of Indebtedness of the applicable Obligor currently held or contemplated for purchase by the Borrower, which shall include any funded and unfunded Indebtedness under a delayed draw tranche that (x) is an obligation of the same Obligor under the same Underlying Instrument, (y) pari passu with such Loan and (z) has the same stated maturity as such Loan.
Transaction”:  The meaning specified in Section 3.2.

-43-


Transaction Documents”:  This Agreement, the Fee Letters, each Securities Account Control Agreement, any Borrower Joinder Agreement, each Variable Funding Note, any Joinder Supplement, any Transferee Letter, the Collateral Agent and Custodian Fee Letter and each Purchase Agreement.
Transferee Letter”:  The meaning specified in Section 12.16(a).
UCC”:  The Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the applicable jurisdiction or jurisdictions.
Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement”:  The Benchmark Replacement excluding the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.
Uncertificated Security”:  The meaning specified in Section 8‑102(a)(l8) of the UCC.
Underlying Assets”:  With respect to a Loan, any property or other assets designated and pledged as collateral to secure repayment of such Loan, including, without limitation, to the extent provided for in the relevant Underlying Instruments, a pledge of the stock, membership or other ownership interests in the related Obligor and all Proceeds from any sale or other disposition of such property or other assets.
Underlying Instruments”:  The loan agreement, credit agreement or other agreement pursuant to which a Loan has been issued or created and each other agreement that governs the terms of or secures the obligations represented by such Loan or Permitted Investments or of which the holders of such Loan or Permitted Investment are the beneficiaries.
Unfunded Exposure Account”:  A Securities Account created and maintained on the books and records of the Securities Intermediary entitled “Unfunded Exposure Account” in the name of one Borrower and subject to the Lien of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
Unfunded Exposure Amount”:  As of any date of determination, an amount equal to the aggregate amount (without duplication) of all unfunded commitments associated with the Loans.
Unfunded Exposure Equity Amount”:  As of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum for all Loans of (a) the Unfunded Exposure Amount with respect to such Loan minus (b) the product of (i) the Unfunded Exposure Amount with respect to such Loan, (ii) the Applicable Percentage for such Loan and (iii) the Assigned Value with respect to such Loan.
United States” or “U.S.”:  The United States of America.
Unrestricted Cash”: The meaning of “Unrestricted Cash” or any comparable definition in the Underlying Instruments for each Loan, and in any case that “Unrestricted Cash” or such comparable definition is not defined in such Underlying Instruments, all cash available for use for general corporate purposes and not held in any reserve account or legally or contractually

-44-


restricted for any particular purposes or subject to any lien (other than blanket liens permitted under or granted in accordance with such Underlying Instruments), as reflected on the most recent financial statements of the relevant Obligor that have been delivered to the Borrower.
U.S. Bank”:  The meaning specified in the Preamble.
U.S. Person”:  Any Person that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”:  The meaning set forth in Section 2.13(f).
USA Patriot Act”:  The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107‑56.
Variable Funding Note” or “VFN”:  The meaning specified in Section 2.1(a).
Volcker Rule”:  Section 13 of the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.
Wells Fargo”:  Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association and its successors and assigns.
Withholding Agent”:  The Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
Section 1.2    Other Terms.
All accounting terms used but not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.  All terms used in the UCC in the State of New York, and used but not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such UCC.
Section 1.3    Computation of Time Periods.
Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding.”
Section 1.4    Interpretation.
In each Transaction Document, unless a contrary intention appears:
(a)    the singular number includes the plural number and vice versa;
(b)    reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns but, if applicable, only if such successors and assigns are permitted by the Transaction Documents;
(c)    reference to any gender includes each other gender;
(d)    reference to day or days without further qualification means calendar days;

-45-


(e)    reference to any time means Charlotte, North Carolina time;
(f)    the word “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation;”
(g)    the word “any” is not limiting and means “any and all” unless the context clearly requires or the language provides otherwise;
(h)    reference to any agreement (including any Transaction Document), document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended, modified, waived, supplemented, restated or replaced and in effect from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and, if applicable, the terms of the other Transaction Documents, and reference to any promissory note includes any promissory note that is an extension or renewal thereof or a substitute or replacement therefor;
(i)    reference to any Applicable Law means such Applicable Law as amended, modified, codified, replaced or reenacted, in whole or in part, and in effect from time to time, including rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and reference to any Section or other provision of any Applicable Law means that provision of such Applicable Law from time to time in effect and constituting the substantive amendment, modification, codification, replacement or reenactment of such Section or other provision;
(j)    reference to any delivery or transfer to the Collateral Agent or the Custodian with respect to the Collateral, as applicable, means delivery or transfer to the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties;
(k)    if any date for compliance with the terms or conditions of any Transaction Document falls due on a day which is not a Business Day, then such due date shall be deemed to be the immediately following Business Day;
(l)    reference to the date of any acquisition or disposition of any Collateral, or the date on which any asset is added to or removed from the Collateral shall mean the related “settlement date” and not the related “trade date”;
(m)    references herein to the  knowledge or actual knowledge of a Person shall mean the actual knowledge following due inquiry of a responsible officer of such Person;
(n)    for purposes of this Agreement, an Event of Default shall be deemed to be continuing until it is waived in accordance with Section 12.1;
(o)    any use of “material” or “materially” or words of similar meaning in this Agreement shall mean material, as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion;
(p)    on any date when more than one (1) Borrower is party to this Agreement, the obligations of each Borrower hereunder shall be joint and several in all respects, including, without limitation, for purposes of Article X;

-46-


(q)    any Borrower that is the issuer under a Permitted Securitization shall, upon the delivery of a release letter by such Borrower and subject to the following clause (r), be removed as a Borrower on the closing date of such Permitted Securitization and released from all of its obligations hereunder and each other Transaction Document (other than those that expressly survive);
(r)    there shall be at least one (1) Borrower party hereto at all times prior to the Termination Date;
(s)    there shall not be more than two (2) Borrowers party hereto at any time without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion;
(t)    any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement hereunder of a Person who becomes a Borrower hereunder after the A&R Effective Date shall apply only with respect to such Borrower on and after the date on which such Borrower executes and delivers a Borrower Joinder Agreement;
(u)    unless otherwise expressly stated in this Agreement, if at any time any change in generally accepted accounting principles (including the adoption of IFRS) would affect the computation of any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) set forth in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, Borrower and Administrative Agent shall negotiate in good faith to amend such covenant to preserve the original intent in light of such change; provided, that, until so amended, (i) such covenant shall continue to be computed in accordance with the application of generally accepted accounting principles prior to such change and (ii) the Borrower shall promptly after written demand therefor provide to the Administrative Agent a written reconciliation, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, between calculations of such covenant made before and after giving effect to such change in generally accepted accounting principles; and
(v)    any reference to Borrower acquiring any Loan or other asset shall, with respect to any asset originally acquired by the Existing Borrower and subsequently acquired by the Successor Borrower by operation of the Permitted Merger, be deemed to refer to the original acquisition thereof by the Existing Borrower (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to the subsequent acquisition thereof by the Successor Borrower pursuant to the Permitted Merger).
ARTICLE II
THE VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE
Section 2.1    The Variable Funding Notes.
(a)    On the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Borrower shall deliver (i) on the A&R Effective Date, to each Lender so requesting at the applicable address set forth on Annex A to this Agreement, and (ii) on the effective date of any Joinder Supplement, to each additional Lender so requesting, at the address set forth in the applicable Joinder Supplement, a duly executed variable funding note in substantially the form of Exhibit B (each a “Variable Funding

-47-


Note” or “VFN”), dated as of the date of this Agreement or the effective date of the applicable Joinder Supplement, each in a face amount equal to the applicable Lender’s Commitment as of the A&R Effective Date or the effective date of any Joinder Supplement, as applicable, and otherwise duly completed. Each Variable Funding Note shall evidence obligations in an amount equal, at any time, to the outstanding Advances by such Lender under the applicable VFN on such day.
(b)    During the Reinvestment Period, the Borrower may, at its option, request the Lenders to make advances of funds (each, an “Advance”) under this Agreement pursuant to a Funding Notice; provided, however, that no Lender shall be obligated to make any Advance on or after the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the Reinvestment Period End Date, unless the Borrower has entered into a binding commitment to purchase an Eligible Loan prior to the declaration of the Termination Date or the Reinvestment Period End Date pursuant to Section 9.2(a) and the related Advance Date is not more than thirty (30) days after such declaration.
(c)    Following the receipt of a Funding Notice during the Reinvestment Period and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Lenders shall fund such Advance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Lender shall be obligated to make any Advance if, after giving effect to such Advance and the addition to the Collateral of the Eligible Loans to be acquired by the Borrower with the proceeds of such Advance, (i) in the sole discretion of any such Lender, a Default or Event of Default would or could reasonably be expected to result therefrom or (ii) the aggregate Advances Outstanding would exceed the Borrowing Base.
(d)    The Borrower may, with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, add additional Persons who satisfy the requirements set forth in Section 12.16 as Lenders and increase the Commitments hereunder; provided that the Commitment of any Lender may only be increased with the prior written consent of such Lender and the Administrative Agent. Each additional Lender shall become a party hereto by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Manager and the Borrower a Transferee Letter and a Joinder Supplement.
Section 2.2    Procedures for Advances by the Lenders.
(a)    Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1(b), the Borrower may request an Advance from the Lenders by delivering to the Lenders at certain times the information and documents set forth in this Section 2.2.
(b)    With respect to all Advances, no later than 3:00 p.m. on the Business Day prior to the proposed Funding Date, the Borrower (or the Collateral Manager on the Borrower’s behalf) shall deliver:
(i)    to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Collateral Agent) a wire disbursement and authorization form, to the extent not previously delivered; and
(ii)    to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to each Lender and the Collateral Agent) a duly completed Funding Notice (including a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate as of the proposed Funding Date and giving pro forma effect to the Advance

-48-


requested and the use of the proceeds thereof) which shall (i) specify the desired amount of such Advance, which amount shall not cause the Advances Outstanding to exceed the Borrowing Base and must be at least equal to $250,000 (or such lesser amount that is necessary to fund a draw under a Revolving Loan or Delayed Draw Loan), to be allocated to each Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, (ii) specify the proposed Funding Date of such Advance, (iii) specify the Loan(s) (if any) to be financed on such Funding Date (including the appropriate file number, Obligor, Outstanding Balance, Assigned Value and Purchase Price for such Loan(s) (if any)), and (iv) include a representation that all conditions precedent (other than Sections 3.2(h) and (i)) for an Advance described in Article III hereof have been satisfied or waived. Each Funding Notice shall be irrevocable. If any Funding Notice is received by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender after 3:00 p.m. on the Business Day prior to the proposed Funding Date or on a day that is not a Business Day, such Funding Notice shall be deemed to be received by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender at 9:00 a.m. on the next Business Day.
(c)    On the proposed Funding Date, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.1(b) and upon satisfaction or waiver of the applicable conditions set forth in Article III, each Lender shall make available to the Borrower in same day funds, by wire transfer to the account designated by the Borrower in the Funding Notice given pursuant to this Section 2.2, an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the least of (i) the amount requested by the Borrower for such Advance, (ii) the aggregate unused Commitments then in effect and (iii) the maximum amount that, after taking into account the proposed use of the proceeds of such Advance, could be advanced to the Borrower hereunder without causing the Advances Outstanding to exceed the Borrowing Base on the related Funding Date.
(d)    On each Funding Date, the obligation of each Lender to remit its Pro Rata Share of any such Advance shall be several from that of each other Lender and the failure of any Lender to so make such amount available to the Borrower shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation hereunder.
Section 2.3    Reduction of the Facility Amount; Principal Repayments.
(a)    The Borrower (or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Borrower) may irrevocably terminate the Commitments in whole or irrevocably reduce in part the portion of the Commitments that exceed the sum of the Advances Outstanding and accrued Interest and Breakage Costs with respect thereto; provided that (i) the Borrower shall provide a Repayment Notice at least one (1) Business Day prior to the date of such termination or reduction to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Collateral Manager and the Collateral Agent) and (ii) any partial reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount equal to $5,000,000 and in integral multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof. Each notice of a reduction or termination pursuant to this Section 2.3(a) shall be irrevocable. The applicable Commitment of each Lender shall be reduced by an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share (prior to giving effect to any reduction of the Commitments hereunder) of the aggregate amount of any reduction under this Section 2.3(a).
(b)    The Borrower (or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Borrower) may, at any time, reduce Advances Outstanding; provided that, other than a reduction pursuant to Section

-49-


2.7 or 2.8 (i) the Borrower shall provide a Repayment Notice at least one (1) Business Day prior to the date of such reduction to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders (provided that same day notice may be given with respect to curing any Borrowing Base Deficiency) and (ii) any reduction of Advances Outstanding (other than with respect to repayments of Advances Outstanding made by the Borrower to reduce Advances Outstanding such that no Borrowing Base Deficiency exists) shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000 (unless the Advances Outstanding are less than $500,000 in which case the minimum reduction shall be equal to the Advances Outstanding at such time) and in integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof. In connection with any such reduction of Advances Outstanding, the Borrower (or, in the case of curing a Borrowing Base Deficiency, the Equity Investor on behalf of the Borrower) shall deliver (1) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender of such Advances, a Repayment Notice and (2) funds to the Collateral Agent for payment to the Lenders of such Advances sufficient to repay such Advances Outstanding, accrued Interest thereon and any Breakage Costs which may include instructions to the Collateral Agent to use funds from the Principal Collection Account and/or funds otherwise provided by the Borrower or the Equity Investor to the Collateral Agent with respect thereto; provided that, the Advances Outstanding will not be reduced unless sufficient funds have been remitted to pay all such amounts referred to in this sentence in full. Any Advance so repaid may, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, be reborrowed during the Reinvestment Period. Any Repayment Notice relating to any repayment pursuant to this Section 2.3(b) shall be irrevocable.
(c)    Unless sooner prepaid pursuant to the terms hereof, the Advances Outstanding shall be repaid in full on the Termination Date or on such later date as is agreed to in writing by the Borrower, the Collateral Manager, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
Section 2.4    Determination of Interest.
(a)    The Administrative Agent shall determine the Interest (including unpaid Interest related thereto, if any, due and payable on a prior Payment Date) to be paid by the Borrower on each Payment Date for the related Accrual Period and shall advise the Collateral Manager and the Borrower thereof on the third Business Day prior to such Payment Date.
(b)    No provision of this Agreement shall require the payment or permit the collection of Interest in excess of the maximum permitted by Applicable Law.
(c)    No Interest shall be considered paid by any distribution if at any time such distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason.
Section 2.5    Notations on Variable Funding Notes.
Each Lender is hereby authorized to enter on a schedule attached to the VFN with respect to such Lender, as applicable, a notation (which may be computer generated) or to otherwise record in its internal books and records or computer system with respect to each Advance under the VFN made by the applicable Lender of (a) the date and principal amount thereof and (b) each payment and repayment of principal thereof. Any such recordation shall, absent manifest error, constitute prima facie evidence of the outstanding Advances, as applicable, under each VFN. The

-50-


failure of any Lender to make any such notation on the schedule attached to the applicable VFN shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Advances in accordance with the terms set forth herein.
Section 2.6    Borrowing Base Deficiency Cures.
Any Borrowing Base Deficiency may be cured by the Borrower taking one or more of the following actions:
(i)    crediting Cash into the Principal Collection Account;
(ii)    repaying the applicable Advances Outstanding in accordance with Section 2.3(b);
(iii)    posting additional Eligible Loans and/or Permitted Investments as Collateral or effecting a Substitution of a new Eligible Loan for an existing Loan; provided that the amount of any reduction of a Borrowing Base Deficiency pursuant to any such additional Eligible Loans shall be the Adjusted Borrowing Value of such Eligible Loans; or
(iv)    selling Loans and/or purchasing Loans in accordance with Section 2.14 if such sales and/or purchases, together with any other combination of actions under this Section 2.6 will cure such event; provided that the sale proceeds of any Loan sold pursuant to this clause (iv) that has not settled in Cash within twenty (20) Business Days of its respective trade date shall no longer be included in the determination of whether any Borrowing Base Deficiency has been cured.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower may cure a Borrowing Base Deficiency by any combination of (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of this Section 2.6 (or by any other action with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent). Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, if the Borrower has eliminated a Borrowing Base Deficiency pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.6, upon written request of the Borrower to the Collateral Agent to release such funds from the Principal Collection Account and written certification by the Borrower (which may be by email) that immediately after giving effect to the return of any such Cash, no Borrowing Base Deficiency will exist, the Borrower shall be permitted the return of all or a portion of the Cash so deposited in the Principal Collection Account and the Collateral Agent shall pay the amount so requested to the Borrower and, for the avoidance of doubt, such amount shall not constitute Available Funds.

-51-


Section 2.7    Priority of Payments.
(a)    Interest Collection Account.  On each Payment Date, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Manager shall direct the Collateral Agent to pay pursuant to the related Collateral Management Report (and the Collateral Agent shall make payment from the Interest Collection Account to the extent of Available Funds, in reliance on the information set forth in such Collateral Management Report) to the following Persons, the following amounts in the following order of priority:
(1)    pro rata to (A) the Collateral Agent, in an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Collateral Agent Fees, (B) the Custodian, in an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Custodian Fees and (C) the Securities Intermediary, in an amount equal to any amounts payable to each Securities Intermediary under each Securities Account Control Agreement; provided that, the aggregate amount payable pursuant to this Section 2.7(a)(1), Section 2.7(b)(1) and Section 2.8(1) shall not exceed $100,000 per annum;
(2)    to the Collateral Manager first (A) in an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Collateral Management Fee, to the extent not waived in writing by the Collateral Manager, and then second (B) all documented Collateral Manager Reimbursable Expenses due and owing to the Collateral Manager; provided that, during any 12‑month rolling period, the aggregate amount payable pursuant to this Section 2.7(a)(2)(B), Section 2.7(b)(2)(B) and Section 2.8(2)(B) shall not exceed $100,000 per annum;
(3)    pro rata to each Lender, in an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Interest, Breakage Costs and Non‑Usage Fee;
(4)    pro rata to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, all Administrative Expenses and any Increased Costs due and owing to such Person;
(5)    if a Borrowing Base Deficiency exists, pro rata to the Lenders to reduce the Advances Outstanding in an amount necessary to cure such Borrowing Base Deficiency;
(6)    [reserved];
(7)    to the Expense Reserve Account, in an amount equal to the Expense Reserve Account Amount;
(8)    pro rata to each applicable party to pay all other unpaid Administrative Expenses;
(9)    to the applicable Governmental Authority, any Tax or withholding Tax which, if not paid, could result in a Lien on any of the Collateral; and

-52-


(10)    any remaining amounts shall be distributed to or as directed by the Borrower.
(b)    Principal Collection Account.  On each Payment Date, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Manager shall direct the Collateral Agent to pay pursuant to the related Collateral Management Report (and the Collateral Agent shall make payment from the Principal Collection Account to the extent of Available Funds, in reliance on the information set forth in such Collateral Management Report) to the following Persons, the following amounts in the following order of priority:
(1)    to the extent not paid pursuant to Section 2.7(a)(1), pro rata to (A) the Collateral Agent, in an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Collateral Agent Fees, (B) the Custodian, in an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Custodian Fees and (C) the Securities Intermediary, in an amount equal to any amounts payable to the Securities Intermediary under each Securities Account Control Agreement; provided that, the aggregate amount payable pursuant to Section 2.7(a)(1), this Section 2.7(b)(1) and Section 2.8(1) shall not exceed $100,000 per annum;
(2)    to the extent not paid pursuant to Section 2.7(a)(2), to the Collateral Manager first (A) in an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Collateral Management Fee, to the extent not waived in writing by the Collateral Manager, and then second (B) all documented Collateral Manager Reimbursable Expenses due and owing to the Collateral Manager; provided that, during any 12‑month rolling period, the aggregate amount payable pursuant to Section 2.7(a)(2), this Section 2.7(b)(2)(B) and Section 2.8(2)(B) shall not exceed $100,000 per annum;
(3)    to the extent not paid pursuant to Section 2.7(a)(3), pro rata to each Lender, in an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Interest, Breakage Costs and Non‑Usage Fee;
(4)    to the extent not paid pursuant to Section 2.7(a)(4), pro rata to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, all Administrative Expenses and any Increased Costs due and owing to such Person;
(5)    to the Unfunded Exposure Account (which, during the Reinvestment Period shall be at the discretion of the Collateral Manager) in an amount necessary to cause the amount on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account to equal the Unfunded Exposure Equity Amount;
(6)    (i) during the Reinvestment Period, to the extent not paid pursuant to Section 2.7(a)(5), pro rata to the Lenders to reduce the Advances Outstanding in an amount necessary to cure such Borrowing Base Deficiency or (ii) after the end of the Reinvestment Period, pro rata to each Lender to pay the Advances Outstanding until paid in full;

-53-


(7)    [reserved];
(8)    to the extent not paid pursuant to Section 2.7(a)(7), pro rata to each applicable party to pay all other outstanding amounts then due and payable under the Transaction Documents;
(9)    to the Expense Reserve account, in an amount equal to the Expense Reserve Account Amount;
(10)    to the extent not paid pursuant to Section 2.7(a)(9), to the applicable Governmental Authority, any Tax or withholding Tax which, if not paid, could result in a Lien on any of the Collateral;
(11)    during the Reinvestment Period, at the sole discretion of the Collateral Manager, to the Principal Collection Account; and
(12)    any remaining amounts shall be distributed to or as directed by the Borrower.
(c)    If Available Funds are not sufficient on any Payment Date to pay all accrued and unpaid Interest owing to the Lender on such Payment Date in accordance with Sections 2.7(a)(3) and (b)(3), then the Equity Investor may (but is not obligated to) make capital contributions to the Borrower and designate the proceeds thereof as Interest Collections in an amount sufficient to pay the amount of such deficiency.
Section 2.8    Alternate Priority of Payments.
On each Business Day (a) following the occurrence and during the continuation of a Default or an Event of Default, (b) on which an Optional Sale occurs or (c) following the declaration of the occurrence, or the deemed occurrence, as applicable, of the Termination Date pursuant to Section 9.2(a), the Collateral Manager (or, in the case of clause (a) or (c), after delivery of a Notice of Exclusive Control, the Administrative Agent) shall direct the Collateral Agent to pay pursuant to the related Collateral Management Report (and the Collateral Agent shall make payment from the Collection Account to the extent of Available Funds, in reliance on the information set forth in such Collateral Management Report) to the following Persons, the following amounts in the following order of priority:
(1)    pro rata to the Collateral Agent, the Custodian and the Securities Intermediary, in an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Collateral Agent Fees, Custodian Fees and amounts payable to the Securities Intermediary under each Securities Account Control Agreement owing to such Person; provided that, the aggregate amount payable pursuant to Section 2.7(a)(1), Section 2.7(b)(1) and this Section 2.8(1) shall not exceed $100,000 per annum; provided, further, that following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may in its sole discretion waive the limitation set forth in the previous proviso;

-54-


(2)    to the Collateral Manager first (A) in an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Collateral Management Fee, to the extent not waived in writing by the Collateral Manager, and then second (B) all documented Collateral Manager Reimbursable Expenses due and owing to the Collateral Manager; provided that, during any 12‑month rolling period, the aggregate amount payable pursuant to Section 2.7(a)(2)(B), Section 2.7(b)(2)(B) and this Section 2.8(2)(B) shall not exceed $100,000 per annum;
(3)    pro rata to each Lender, in an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Interest, Breakage Costs and Non‑Usage Fee;
(4)    pro rata to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, all Administrative Expenses and any Increased Costs due and owing to such Person;
(5)    to the Unfunded Exposure Account, in an amount necessary to cause the amount in the Unfunded Exposure Account to equal the Unfunded Exposure Amount;
(6)    pro rata to the Lenders to pay the Advances Outstanding until paid in full;
(7)    [reserved];
(8)    pro rata to each applicable party to pay all other amounts outstanding under the Transaction Documents;
(9)    to the applicable Governmental Authority, any Tax or withholding Tax which, if not paid, could result in a Lien on any of the Collateral; and
(10)    any remaining amounts shall be distributed to or as directed by the Borrower.
Section 2.9    Collections and Allocations.
(a)    Collections.  The Collateral Manager shall promptly identify any Collections received directly by it as Interest Collections or Principal Collections and shall transfer all such Collections to the appropriate Collection Account within two (2) Business Days after its receipt thereof. Upon the receipt of Collections in the Collection Account during any Accrual Period, the Collateral Manager shall identify Principal Collections and Interest Collections no later than the Measurement Date related to the Payment Date immediately following such Accrual Period and direct the Collateral Agent and Securities Intermediary to transfer the same to the Principal Collection Account and the Interest Collection Account, respectively. The Collateral Manager shall further include a statement as to the amount of Principal Collections and Interest Collections on deposit in the Principal Collection Account and the Interest Collection Account on each Reporting Date in the Collateral Management Report delivered pursuant to Section 6.8(c).

-55-


(b)    Excluded Amounts.  With the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Manager may direct the Collateral Agent and the Securities Intermediary to withdraw from the Collection Account and pay to the Person entitled thereto any amounts credited thereto constituting Excluded Amounts if the Collateral Manager has, prior to such withdrawal and consent, delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Borrower and each Lender a report setting forth the calculation of such Excluded Amounts in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Lender.
(c)    Initial Deposits.  On the initial Funding Date with respect to any Loan, the Collateral Manager will deposit or cause to be deposited into the Collection Account all Collections received in respect of such Loan on such initial Funding Date. The Borrower shall confirm to the Administrative Agent in writing when it has provided each such payment instruction.
(d)    Investment of Funds.  All uninvested amounts on deposit in the Collection Account or the Expense Reserve Account shall be invested pursuant to clause (b) (or, upon written notice from the Collateral Manager to the Collateral Agent, clause (c)) of the definition of Permitted Investments at the direction of the Collateral Manager. If no such direction is received by the Collateral Agent, all such amounts shall remain uninvested. All earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) thereon shall be retained or deposited into the Principal Collection Account or the Expense Reserve Account and shall be applied on each Payment Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.7 or Section 2.8 (as applicable).
(e)    Unfunded Exposure Account.  On the last day of the Reinvestment Period, the Borrower shall fund an amount equal to the Unfunded Exposure Amount into the Unfunded Exposure Account. All funding requests associated with the Unfunded Exposure Amount shall be made from the Unfunded Exposure Account after the Reinvestment Period End Date. All uninvested amounts on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account shall be invested pursuant to clause (b) (or, upon written notice from the Collateral Manager to the Collateral Agent, clause (c)) of the definition of Permitted Investments.
(f)    Expense Reserve Account.  At any time, the Collateral Manager may in its sole discretion, but shall not be obligated to, direct the Collateral Agent and the Securities Intermediary to withdraw from the Expense Reserve Account and pay to (i) the Collateral Manager an amount equal to any Collateral Manager Reimbursable Expenses; (ii) the Collateral Agent an amount equal to any Collateral Agent Fee, expenses and indemnities; (iii) the Custodian an amount equal to any Custodian Fee, expenses and indemnities; (iv) the Securities Intermediary, any amounts owed pursuant to each Securities Account Control Agreement; (v) the applicable Person an amount equal to any invoice received pursuant to Section 2.11; or (vi) amounts owed pursuant to any Fee Letter.
Section 2.10    Payments, Computations, etc.
(a)    Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all amounts to be paid or deposited by the Borrower hereunder shall be paid or deposited in accordance with the terms hereof no later than 3:00 p.m. on the day when due in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds and any amount not received before such time shall be deemed received on the next

-56-


Business Day. The Borrower shall, to the extent permitted by law, pay to the Secured Parties interest on all amounts not paid or deposited when due hereunder at 2.00% per annum above the Prime Rate, payable on demand; provided that such interest rate shall not at any time exceed the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law. Such interest shall be for the account of the applicable Secured Party. All computations of interest and other fees hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days (other than calculations with respect to the Base Rate, which shall be based on a year consisting of 365 or 366 days, as applicable) for the actual number of days elapsed.
(b)    Whenever any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of the payment of Interest or any fee payable hereunder, as the case may be. For avoidance of doubt, to the extent that Available Funds are insufficient on any Payment Date to satisfy the full amount of any Increased Costs pursuant to Section 2.12, such unpaid amounts shall remain due and owing and shall accrue interest as provided in Section 2.10(a) until repaid in full.
(c)    If any Advance requested by the Borrower is not effectuated as a result of the failure to fulfill any condition under Section 3.2 (other than any condition that is waived by the Administrative Agent), as the case may be, on the date specified therefor, whichever of the Collateral Manager or the Borrower is at fault, such Person shall indemnify the applicable Lender against any reasonable loss, cost or expense incurred by the applicable Lender, including, without limitation, any loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by the applicable Lender to fund or maintain such Advance upon receipt by the Borrower of documentation setting forth such costs.
Section 2.11    Fees.
The Borrower shall pay to Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP and Walkers as counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and Nixon Peabody LLP, as counsel to the Collateral Agent, within two (2) Business Days following an invoice therefor, its reasonable invoiced fees and out‑of‑pocket expenses through the A&R Effective Date.
Section 2.12    Increased Costs; Capital Adequacy; Illegality.
(a)    If either (i) the introduction of or any change (including, without limitation, any change by way of imposition or increase of reserve requirements) in or in the interpretation of any Applicable Law after the Original Closing Date or (ii) the compliance by an Affected Party with any guideline, request or interpretation issued after the Original Closing Date from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), shall (A) subject any Affected Party to any Taxes (other than (i) Indemnified Taxes and (ii) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto, (B) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any reserve requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but excluding any reserve requirement, if any, included in the determination of Interest), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the amount of, or credit

-57-


extended by, any Affected Party or (C) impose any other condition (other than with respect to Taxes) affecting any Affected Party’s rights hereunder or under any other Transaction Document, the result of which is to increase the cost to any Affected Party or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by an Affected Party under this Agreement or under any other Transaction Document, then on the Payment Date following demand by such Affected Party (which demand shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth the basis for such demand), the Borrower shall pay (in accordance with Section 2.7 or 2.8, as applicable) directly to such Affected Party such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Affected Party for such additional or increased cost incurred or such reduction suffered.
(b)    If either (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law, guideline, rule, regulation, directive or request or (ii) compliance by any Affected Party with any law, guideline, rule, regulation, directive or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority or agency (whether or not having the force of law), including, without limitation, compliance by an Affected Party with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy, but excluding with respect to Taxes, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of any Affected Party as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or arising in connection herewith to a level below that which any such Affected Party could have achieved but for such introduction, change or compliance (taking into consideration the policies of such Affected Party with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Affected Party to be material, then from time to time, on the Payment Date following demand by such Affected Party (which demand shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth the basis for such demand), the Borrower shall pay (in accordance with Section 2.7 or 2.8, as applicable) directly to such Affected Party such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Affected Party for such reduction. For the avoidance of doubt, if the issuance of any amendment or supplement to Interpretation No. 46 or to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140 by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or any other change in accounting standards or the issuance of any other pronouncement, release or interpretation, causes or requires the consolidation of all or a portion of the assets and liabilities of the Borrower or any Affected Party with the assets and liabilities of the Administrative Agent or any Lender or shall otherwise impose any loss, cost, expense, reduction of return on capital or other loss, such event shall constitute a circumstance on which such Affected Party may base a claim for reimbursement under this Section 2.12. Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to Section 6.7, the provisions of this Section 2.12(b) shall not apply to the consolidation of the Borrower for accounting purposes as required by GAAP with the Collateral Manager or any Affiliate thereof, whether or not an Affected Party.
(c)    If as a result of any event or circumstance similar to those described in clause (a) or (b) of this Section 2.12, any Affected Party is required to compensate a bank or other financial institution providing liquidity support, credit enhancement or other similar support to such Affected Party in connection with this Agreement or the funding or maintenance of Advances hereunder, then on the Payment Date following demand by such Affected Party, the Borrower shall pay to such Affected Party such additional amount or amounts as may be necessary to reimburse such Affected Party for any amounts payable or paid by it.

-58-


(d)    In determining any amount provided for in this Section 2.12, the Affected Party may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods. Any Affected Party making a claim under this Section 2.12 shall submit to the Borrower and the Collateral Manager a written description as to such additional or increased cost or reduction and the calculation thereof, which written description shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(e)    If a Eurodollar Disruption Event with respect to any Lender occurred on any date prior to the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, such Lender shall in turn so notify the Borrower, whereupon all Advances Outstanding of the affected Lender in respect of which Interest accrues at the LIBOR Rate shall immediately be converted into Advances Outstanding in respect of which such Interest accrues at the Base Rate; provided that such Lender or the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower promptly when the Eurodollar Disruption Event is no longer continuing and interest on such Advances Outstanding on and after the date of such notice with respect to such Lender shall accrue interest at the LIBOR Rate; provided, further, that if a Eurodollar Disruption Event with respect to any Lender has occurred and the LIBOR Rate has been replaced with a Benchmark Replacement, such Eurodollar Disruption Event shall no longer be continuing, and interest on such Advances Outstanding on and after the date of such replacement shall accrue interest at the Benchmark Replacement.
(f)    Subject to the next sentence of this Section 2.12(f), failure or delay on the part of any Affected Party to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall not constitute a waiver of such Affected Party’s right to demand or receive such compensation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.12, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate an Affected Party pursuant to this Section 2.12 for any amounts incurred more than six (6) months prior to the date that such Affected Party notifies the Borrower of such Affected Party’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that, if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such six (6) month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect.
Section 2.13    Taxes.
(a)    Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Transaction Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.13) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(b)    The Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

-59-


(c)    The Borrower shall indemnify each Recipient, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.13) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability and the calculation thereof delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(d)    Without limiting the generality of Section 11.5, each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 12.16(d) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Transaction Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Transaction Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 2.13(d).
(e)    As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 2.13, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(f)    (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Transaction Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements, and to comply with any such requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.13(f)(ii)(1), Section 2.13(f)(ii)(2), and Section 2.13(f)(ii)(4)

-60-


below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(ii)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
(1)    any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;
(2)    any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
a.    in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Transaction Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Transaction Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable, establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
b.    executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;
c.    in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.13-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable; or

-61-


d.    to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner of the income, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.13-2 or Exhibit 2.13-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification or documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.13-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;
(3)    any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding required to be made; and
(4)    if a payment made to a Lender under any Transaction Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (4), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(g)    If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.13

-62-


(including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.13), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 2.13 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this Section 2.13(g) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.13(g), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 2.13(g) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
(h)    Each party’s obligations under this Section 2.13 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Transaction Document.
Section 2.14    Reinvestment; Discretionary Sales, Substitution and Optional Sales of Loans.
(a)    Reinvestment.  On the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth as certified in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, prior to the Facility Maturity Date, the Borrower may withdraw funds on deposit in the Principal Collection Account for the following purposes:
(i)    to reinvest such funds in Loans to be pledged hereunder (a “Reinvestment”), so long as (1) all conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.2 have been satisfied and (2) each Loan acquired by the Borrower in connection with such reinvestment shall be an Eligible Loan;
(ii)    to make payments in respect of the Advances Outstanding at such time in accordance with and subject to the terms of Section 2.3(b); or
(iii)    during the Reinvestment Period, to fund Delayed Draw Loans and Revolving Loans; provided that the Borrower shall have used all funds on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account to fund such Delayed Draw Loans and Revolving Loans prior to withdrawing funds from the Principal Collection Account for such purpose.
Upon the satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in this Section 2.14(a) (as certified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent), the Collateral

-63-


Agent will release funds from the Principal Collection Account to be applied pursuant to the above in an amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the amount requested by the Borrower and (B) the amount on deposit in the Principal Collection Account on such day.
(b)    Substitutions.  Subject to Sections 2.14(e) and (f), upon not less than two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders), the Equity Investor (or the Borrower at the Equity Investor’s discretion) may, during the Reinvestment Period, replace any Loan with another Loan (each a “Substitution”) so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, immediately after giving effect to such Substitution, no Event of Default shall have occurred, (ii) each substitute Loan acquired by the Borrower in connection with a Substitution shall be an Eligible Loan, (iii) 100% of the proceeds from the sale of the Loan(s) to be replaced in connection with such Substitution are either applied by the Borrower to acquire the substitute Loan(s) or deposited in the Collection Account, (iv) all conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.2 have been satisfied with respect to each substitute Loan to be acquired by the Borrower in connection with such Substitution, and (v) immediately after giving effect to such Substitution, no Borrowing Base Deficiency exists; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 3.2, in the event a Borrowing Base Deficiency shall have existed immediately prior to giving effect to such Substitution, the Borrower may effect a Substitution so long as, immediately after giving effect to such Substitution and any other sale or transfer substantially contemporaneous therewith, such Borrowing Base Deficiency is reduced or cured.
(c)    Discretionary Sales.  Subject to Sections 2.14(e) and (f), upon not less than one (1) Business Day’s prior written notice to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders), the Collateral Manager may direct the Borrower (which direction shall be deemed a certification that the following conditions have been satisfied) to sell Loans (each, a “Discretionary Sale”) so long as (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and, immediately after giving effect to such Discretionary Sale, no Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred, (ii) unless the Administrative Agent has provided its prior written consent, the sale price of each Loan sold pursuant to a Discretionary Sale shall be greater than or equal to its Adjusted Borrowing Value and (iii) immediately after giving effect to such Discretionary Sale, no Borrowing Base Deficiency exists; provided that, in the event a Borrowing Base Deficiency shall have existed immediately prior to giving effect to such Discretionary Sale, the Borrower may, with the prior consent of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, effect a Discretionary Sale so long as, immediately after giving effect to such Discretionary Sale and any other sale or transfer substantially contemporaneous therewith, such Borrowing Base Deficiency is reduced or cured.
(d)    Optional Sales.  Subject to Section 2.14(e), the Borrower shall have the right to sell all of the Loans included in the Collateral (an “Optional Sale”) on any Business Day. The proceeds of any Optional Sale shall be distributed on the related sale date in accordance with Section 2.8.
(e)    Conditions to Sales, Substitutions and Repurchases.  Any Discretionary Sale, sale pursuant to a Substitution or Optional Sale effected pursuant to Sections 2.14(b), (c), or (d) shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions (as shall be deemed certified by the

-64-


Collateral Manager upon delivery of any instruction to effect any such Discretionary Sale, sale pursuant to a Substitution or Optional Sale effective pursuant to Sections 2.14(b), (c) or (d)):
(i)    the Collateral Manager shall deliver a Collateral Management Report to the Administrative Agent;
(ii)    the Borrower shall deliver a list of all Loans to be sold or substituted to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent;
(iii)    as certified in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, no selection procedures adverse to the interests of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders were utilized by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager, as applicable, in the selection of the Loans to be sold or substituted;
(iv)    the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent of any amount to be deposited into the Collection Account in connection with any sale or substitution;
(v)    each such Discretionary Sale, sale pursuant to a Substitution and Optional Sale complies with Section 6.2(m);
(vi)    (A) the Borrower shall be deemed to have certified to the Administrative Agent that the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.1 and 4.2 hereof and (B) the Collateral Manager shall be deemed to have certified to the Administrative Agent that the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.3 hereof shall continue to be correct in all material respects upon giving effect to any sale or substitution, except to the extent any such representation or warranty relates to an earlier date;
(vii)    any repayment of Advances Outstanding in connection with any sale or substitution of Loans hereunder shall comply with the requirements set forth in Section 2.3;
(viii)    as certified in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, any Discretionary Sale or sale in connection with a Substitution shall be made by the Borrower to a third-party purchaser unaffiliated with the Collateral Manager in a transaction (1) reflecting arm’s‑length market terms and (2) in which the Borrower makes no representations, warranties or covenants and provides no indemnification for the benefit of any other party to such sale (other than the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in the LSTA Par/Near Par Trade Confirmation, the LSTA Distressed Trade Confirmation or the LSTA Purchase and Sale Agreement for Distressed Trades, in each case as published by The Loan Syndications and Trading Association, Inc. as of the date of such confirmation or agreement, or substantially similar representations, warranties and covenants, to the extent such documentation is not used in connection with such transaction), provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may make a Discretionary Sale or sale in connection with a Substitution, in each case for fair market value, to the Collateral

-65-


Manager or an Affiliate of the Borrower or the Collateral Manager with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion (except that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no such consent shall be required in connection with a Discretionary Sale or Substitution permitted by Section 2.14(f)); provided, further, that after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Borrower may only make Discretionary Sales, sales pursuant to a Substitution or an Optional Sale with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion;
(ix)    the Borrower shall pay an amount equal to all Breakage Costs (with respect to any Optional Sale) and other accrued and unpaid costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees) of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders (but not including any Defaulting Lender) and the Collateral Agent in connection with any such sale, substitution or repurchase (including, but not limited to, expenses incurred in connection with the release of the Lien of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and any other party having an interest in the Loan in connection with such sale, substitution or repurchase);
(x)    with respect to an Optional Sale, the Borrower shall, not later than ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of such sale, deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a certificate and evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of such parties (which satisfaction shall be confirmed in writing by the Administrative Agent and each Lender) that the Borrower shall have sufficient funds on or prior to the date of such sale to pay the outstanding Obligations in full pursuant to Section 2.8;
(xi)    if any Loan sold pursuant to a Discretionary Sale, sale pursuant to a Substitution or Optional Sale is sold for a price less than its Adjusted Borrowing Value, the Administrative Agent shall have provided its prior written consent to such sale in its sole discretion; and
(xii)    each such Discretionary Sale, sale pursuant to a Substitution and Optional Sale complies with any restrictions on such sales in any applicable Purchase Agreement.
(f)    Limitations on Sales, Substitutions and Repurchases.  The aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Loans which are sold or intended to be sold by the Borrower during any 12‑month rolling period shall not exceed, collectively, (i) in connection with a Substitution, 25% of the Facility Amount or (ii) in connection with a Discretionary Sale, 25% of the Facility Amount, in each case, as of the start of such 12‑month period (or such lesser number of months as shall have elapsed as of such date); provided that, the limitation set forth in this clause (f)(ii) shall not apply with respect to any Discretionary Sale of a Loan (x) in connection with a refinancing by the related Obligor or (y) certified by the Collateral Manager to the Administrative Agent to be to an existing collateralized loan obligation facility managed by the Collateral Manager or any Affiliate of the Collateral Manager.
(g)    Sales of Loans with an Assigned Value of Zero and Sales of Equity Securities.  The Borrower may sell any Loan with an Assigned Value of zero or any Equity Security

-66-


to any Person; provided, that any such sale shall be made on an arm’s-length basis at fair market value.
Section 2.15    [Reserved].
Section 2.16    Capital Contributions.
The Equity Investor may, but shall not be obligated to, make a capital contribution in Cash or securities to the Borrower at any time, which proceeds may be deposited into any Account.
Section 2.17    Defaulting Lenders.
(a)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law:
(i)    such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 12.1;
(ii)    any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, or otherwise), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists (except to the extent caused by such Defaulting Lender, as determined by the Borrower in its reasonable discretion)), to the funding of any Advance in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; third, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund future Advances under this Agreement; fourth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the other Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; fifth, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists (except to the extent caused by such Defaulting Lender, as determined by the Borrower in its reasonable discretion), to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by such Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and sixth, to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Advances in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Advances of all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Advances of such Defaulting Lender. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are

-67-


applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post cash collateral pursuant to this Section 2.17 shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto; and
(ii)    such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to receive any Non-Usage Fee for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and under no circumstance shall the Borrower retroactively be or become required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender).
(b)    If the Administrative Agent determines in its sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any cash collateral), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Advances of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Advances to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders, whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.
Section 2.18    Replacement of Lenders.
If any Lender is a Defaulting Lender hereunder or if any Lender (other than Wells Fargo) (i) requires the Borrower to pay any additional amounts under Section 2.12 or Section 2.13 with respect thereto, (ii) does not consent to any amendment or modification (including in the form of a consent or waiver) which is approved by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, or (iii) does not consent to a request to extend the Facility Maturity Date, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to (x) assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 13.16), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment) or (y) terminate all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and reduce the aggregate Commitments outstanding; provided that:
(a)    if such Lender’s Commitments have been assigned pursuant to clause (x) above, such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Advances, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

-68-


(b)    such assignment, delegation or termination does not conflict with Applicable Law; and
(c)    such designation or assignment (1) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.12 or Section 2.13, as the case may be, in the future, and (2) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender.
Section 2.19    New Borrowers; Borrower Joinder Agreements.
A Person (a “New Borrower”) may, from time to time, become a Borrower under this Agreement upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:
(a)    One hundred percent (100%) of its equity interests are owned by the Equity Investor.
(b)    It complies and is capable of complying, on an ongoing basis, with all covenants and agreements of the Borrower hereunder.
(c)    The Administrative Agent shall have received (each of the following documents being referred to herein as an “Additional Document”):
(i)    a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit L (the “Borrower Joinder Agreement”), executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the then-existing Borrower, the New Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and acknowledged and accepted by the Collateral Manager and the Collateral Agent;
(ii)    a certificate as to whether the New Borrower is Solvent in the form of Exhibit C;
(iii)    for each Lender requesting the same, a Variable Funding Note of the New Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B and conforming to the requirements of the this Agreement and executed by a duly authorized officer of the New Borrower;
(iv)    a Securities Account Control Agreement duly executed by the New Borrower, the Collateral Agent and the Securities Intermediary;
(d)    The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of the New Borrower as described in Sections 3.1(l), (m), (n) and (o), with appropriate insertions and attachments, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, executed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or other authorized Person) of the New Borrower and (ii) evidence that the conditions set forth in Sections 3.1(p) and (q) are satisfied.
(e)    The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall have received with a counterpart for each Lender and the Collateral Manager, the executed legal opinion or opinions of counsel to the New Borrower, covering enforceability.

-69-


(f)    The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received, sufficiently in advance of the execution of any Borrower Joinder Agreement, all documentation and other information with respect to the related New Borrower required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti‑money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act.
(g)    The Borrower files or causes to be filed a UCC-1 financing statement naming the New Borrower as debtor and the Collateral Agent as secured party, which shall be in proper form for filing in the filing office of the appropriate jurisdiction and, when filed, together with the related Securities Account Control Agreement, shall be effective to perfect the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral such that the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral ranks senior to that of any other creditors of such Borrower (whether then existing or thereafter acquired).
(h)    Following the joinder of the New Borrower, no more than two (2) Borrowers shall be party hereto without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS TO AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AND ADVANCES
Section 3.1    Conditions to Amendment and Restatement.
No Lender shall be obligated to make any Advance hereunder, nor shall any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent be obligated to take, fulfill or perform any other action hereunder, and the Existing Loan and Security Agreement shall not be amended and restated hereby, until the following conditions have been satisfied, in the sole discretion of, or waived in writing by the Administrative Agent:
(a)    Each Transaction Document shall have been duly executed by, and delivered to, the parties thereto, and the Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents, instruments, agreements and legal opinions as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
(b)    The Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that each of the Borrower and the Collateral Manager has obtained all required consents and approvals of all Persons to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby;
(c)    The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate as to whether such Person is Solvent in the form of Exhibit C;

-70-


(d)    The Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certification that no Default, Event of Default or Change of Control with respect to the Borrower has occurred and is continuing;
(e)    The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Manager and the Collateral Agent shall have received, with a counterpart for each Lender, the executed legal opinion or opinions of Dechert LLP, counsel to the Borrower, covering enforceability, non-consolidation, grant and perfection of the security interests on the Collateral in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion;
(f)    The Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion or opinions of Dechert LLP, counsel to the Collateral Manager, covering enforceability of the Transaction Documents to which the Collateral Manager is a party;
(g)    The Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Collateral Agent shall have received the fees (including fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Administrative Agent) to be received on date of the initial Advance referred to herein;
(h)    The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received, sufficiently in advance of the A&R Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti‑money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA Patriot Act;
(i)    All corporate and other proceedings, and all documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents and legal opinions in respect of any aspect or consequence of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby as it shall reasonably request;
(j)    Each applicable Lender so requesting shall have received a duly executed copy of its Variable Funding Note, in a principal amount equal to the Commitment of such Lender;
(k)    (x) The UCC‑1 financing statement naming the Borrower as debtor and the Collateral Agent as secured party is in proper form for filing in the filing office of the appropriate jurisdiction; and (y) the UCC‑3 termination statement naming the Existing Borrower as debtor and the Collateral Agent as secured party is in proper form for filing in the filing office of the appropriate jurisdiction;
(l)    The Administrative Agent shall have received an officer’s certificate of the Collateral Manager, and the Borrower, with a counterpart for each Lender, that includes a copy of the resolutions (or other authorizing instruments, if applicable), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the governing or managing body of such Person authorizing (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings contemplated hereunder and the Permitted Merger and (iii) in the case of the Borrower, the granting by it of the

-71-


Liens created pursuant to the Transaction Documents, certified by a Responsible Officer (or other authorized Person) of such Person as of the A&R Effective Date, which certification shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and shall state that the resolutions, or other authorizing instruments, if applicable, thereby certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded;
(m)    The Administrative Agent shall have received, with a counterpart for each Lender, a certificate of the Collateral Manager and the Borrower, dated the A&R Effective Date, as to the incumbency and signature of the officers of such Person executing any Transaction Document, which certification shall be included in the certificate delivered in respect of such Person pursuant to Section 3.1(l) and reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, and shall be executed by a Responsible Officer (or other authorized Person) of such Person;
(n)    The Administrative Agent shall have received, with a counterpart for each Lender, true and complete copies of the Governing Documents of the Collateral Manager and the Borrower, certified as of the A&R Effective Date as complete and correct copies thereof by a Responsible Officer (or other authorized Person) of such Person, which certification shall be included in the certificate delivered in respect of such Person pursuant to Section 3.1(l) and shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
(o)    The Administrative Agent shall have received, with a copy for each Lender, certificates dated as of a recent date from the Secretary of State or other appropriate authority, evidencing the good standing of the Collateral Manager and the Borrower (i) in the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation and (ii) in each other jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of Property or the conduct of its business requires it to qualify as a foreign Person except, as to this subclause (ii), where the failure to so qualify could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(p)    The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence in form and substance satisfactory to it that all filings, recordings, registrations and other actions, including, without limitation, the filing of duly executed financing statements on form UCC‑1 necessary or, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the Liens created, or purported to be created, by the Transaction Documents shall have been completed;
(q)    The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a recent search by a Person satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the UCC, judgment and tax lien filings which may have been filed with respect to personal property of the Borrower, and bankruptcy and pending lawsuits with respect to the Borrower and the results of such search shall be satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and
(r)    The Borrower shall have received the executed legal opinion or opinions of Nixon Peabody LLP, counsel to the Collateral Agent, covering enforceability of the Transaction Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party.

-72-


(s)    The Administrative Agent shall have received an officer’s certificate of the Borrower, with a counterpart for each Lender, certifying that the Permitted Merger will occur prior to or simultaneously with the effectiveness of this Agreement.
Section 3.2    Conditions Precedent to All Advances and Acquisitions of Loans.
Each Advance under this Agreement, each Reinvestment of Principal Collections pursuant to Section 2.14(a)(i) and each acquisition of Loans in connection with a Substitution pursuant to Section 2.14(b) (each, a “Transaction”) shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that:
(a)    With respect to any Advance, the Collateral Manager shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Collateral Agent and each Lender) no later than 3:00 p.m. on the Business Day prior to the related Funding Date:
(i)    a Funding Notice in the form of Exhibit A‑1 and a Borrowing Base Certificate, if any; and
(ii)    if a Loan is being acquired with such Advance, a certificate of assignment in the form of Exhibit F (including Exhibit A thereto) and containing such additional information as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and each Lender;
(b)    With respect to any Reinvestment of Principal Collections permitted by Section 2.14(a)(i) and each acquisition of Loans in connection with a Substitution pursuant to Section 2.14(b), the Collateral Manager shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, no later than 2:00 p.m. on the date of such reinvestment, a Reinvestment Notice in the form of Exhibit A‑3 and a Borrowing Base Certificate, executed by the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Borrower;
(c)    On the date of such Transaction (A) the Borrower shall be deemed to have certified that each of the following statements shall be true and correct as of such date and (B) if the related Borrower’s Notice is executed by the Borrower, the Borrower shall have certified in such notice that (other than with respect to the Collateral Manager’s certifications in clauses (d) and, with respect to reports required to be delivered by the Collateral Manager under the Transaction Documents, (g) and the conditions precedent in clauses (f), (h) and (i) of this Section 3.2) all conditions precedent to the requested Transaction have been satisfied:
(i)    the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.1 and Section 4.2 are true and correct in all respects on and as of such day (other than any representation and warranty that is made as of a specific date);
(ii)    no event has occurred, or would result from such Transaction or from the application of proceeds thereof, that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default;

-73-


(iii)    on and as of such day, immediately after giving effect to such Transaction, the Advances Outstanding do not exceed the Borrowing Base (or, to the extent permitted under Section 2.14(b), any Borrowing Base Deficiency is reduced);
(iv)    to the extent applicable to the requested Transaction and with respect to the Borrower, no Applicable Law shall prohibit or enjoin the proposed Reinvestment of Principal Collections or acquisition of Loans;
(v)    on and as of such day, immediately after giving effect to such Transaction the Advances Outstanding do not exceed the Facility Amount; and
(vi)    the amounts on deposit in the Unfunded Exposure Account are at least equal to the Unfunded Exposure Equity Amount.
(d)    On the date of such Transaction (A) the Collateral Manager shall be deemed to have certified that each of the following statements shall be true and correct as of such date and (B) the Collateral Manager shall have certified in the related Borrower’s Notice that (other than with respect to the Borrower’s certifications in clauses (c) and, with respect to reports required to be delivered by the Borrower under the Transaction Documents, (g) and the conditions precedent in clauses (f), (h) and (i) of this Section 3.2) all conditions precedent to the requested Transaction have been satisfied:
(i)    no event has occurred, or would result from such Transaction or from the application of proceeds thereof, that constitutes a Default, an Event of Default or a Collateral Manager Termination Event;
(ii)    on and as of such day, immediately after giving effect to such Transaction, the Advances Outstanding do not exceed the Borrowing Base (or, to the extent permitted under Section 2.14(b), any Borrowing Base Deficiency is reduced);
(iii)    the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.3 are true and correct in all respects on and as of such day (other than any representation and warranty that is made as of a specific date); and
(iv)    on and as of such day, immediately after giving effect to such Transaction, the Advances Outstanding do not exceed the Facility Amount.
(e)    (i) With respect to any Advance under this Agreement or any Reinvestment of Principal Collections pursuant to Section 2.14(a)(i), the Reinvestment Period End Date shall not have occurred, and (ii) with respect to any Transaction, the Termination Date shall not have occurred;
(f)    Prior to the initial acquisition of any Loans by the Borrower from the Equity Investor after the A&R Effective Date, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Manager and the Collateral Agent shall have received, with a counterparty for each Lender, (x) the executed legal opinion of Dechert LLP, counsel to the Borrower, covering true sale matters and (y) a Purchase

-74-


Agreement specific to the Equity Investor, in each case, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion;
(g)    The Borrower and Collateral Manager shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent all reports required to be delivered by either thereof as of the date of such Transaction including, without limitation, all deliveries required by Section 2.2;
(h)    The Borrower shall have paid all fees then required to be paid and, without duplication of Section 2.11, shall have reimbursed the Lenders (other than any Defaulting Lender), the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent for all fees, costs and expenses then required to be paid in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents, including the reasonable attorney fees and any other legal and document preparation costs incurred by the Lenders, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent;
(i)    The Borrower and the Collateral Manager shall have received a copy of an Approval Notice, executed by the Administrative Agent, evidencing the approval of the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion in accordance with clause (a) of the definition of “Eligible Loan,” of each Loan to be added to the Collateral;
(j)    In connection with the initial Advance with respect to the acquisition of any Loan, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Custodian (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), no later than 2:00 p.m. on the related Advance Date, a faxed or emailed copy of the duly executed original promissory notes for each such Loan in respect of which a promissory note is issued (or, in the case of any Noteless Loan, a fully executed assignment agreement); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall cause the Loan Checklist and the Required Loan Documents to be in the possession of the Custodian within (x) with respect to signed originals of any document required by clause (b) in the definition of “Required Loan Documents” that are unavailable as of the related Advance Date and with respect to which copies have been delivered to pursuant to clause (y), the later of ten (10) Business Days and fifteen (15) days of the related Advance Date and (y) otherwise, five (5) Business Days of the related Advance Date; and
(k)    Prior to the initial Advance after the A&R Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the Effective Equity of the Borrower is equal to or greater than the Minimum Equity Amount.
The failure of any of the foregoing conditions precedent to be satisfied in respect of any Advance shall give rise to a right of the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender, which right may be exercised at any time on the demand of the applicable Lender, to rescind the related Advance and direct the Borrower to pay to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the applicable Lender an amount equal to the related Advances made during any such time that any of the foregoing conditions precedent were not satisfied.

-75-


Section 3.3    Custodianship; Transfer of Loans and Permitted Investments.
(a)    The Collateral Agent and/or the Custodian shall hold all Certificated Securities and Instruments in physical form at the offices specified in Section 5.5(c). Any successor Collateral Agent or Custodian shall be a state or national bank or trust company which is not an Affiliate of the Borrower, which is a Qualified Institution.
(b)    Each time that the Borrower shall direct or cause the acquisition of any Loan or Permitted Investment, the Borrower shall, if such Permitted Investment or, in the case of a Loan, the related promissory note or (with respect to a Noteless Loan) assignment documentation has not already been delivered to the Collateral Agent and/or the Custodian in accordance with the requirements set forth in the definition of “Required Loan Documents”, cause the delivery of such Permitted Investment or, in the case of a Loan, the related promissory note or (with respect to a Noteless Loan) assignment documentation in accordance with the requirements set forth in the definition of “Required Loan Documents” to the Collateral Agent and/or the Custodian to be credited by the Collateral Agent and/or the Custodian to the Collateral Account in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The security interest of the Collateral Agent in the funds or other property utilized in connection with such acquisition shall, immediately and without further action on the part of the Collateral Agent, be released.
(c)    The Borrower shall cause all Loans or Permitted Investments acquired by the Borrower to be transferred to the Collateral Agent and/or the Custodian for credit by the Collateral Agent and/or the Custodian to the Collateral Account, and shall cause all Loans and Permitted Investments acquired by the Borrower to be delivered to the Collateral Agent and/or the Custodian by one of the following means (and shall take any and all other actions necessary to create and perfect in favor of the Collateral Agent a valid security interest in each Loan and Permitted Investment, which security interest shall be senior (subject to Permitted Liens) to that of any other creditor of the Borrower (whether now existing or hereafter acquired)):
(i)    in the case of an Instrument or a Certificated Security represented by a Security Certificate in registered form by having it Indorsed to the Collateral Agent or in blank by an effective Indorsement or registered in the name of the Collateral Agent and by (A) delivering such Instrument or Security Certificate to the Securities Intermediary at the Corporate Trust Office and (B) causing the Securities Intermediary to maintain (on behalf of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties) continuous possession of such Instrument or Security Certificate at the offices of the Collateral Agent specified in Section 5.5(c);
(ii)    in the case of an Uncertificated Security, by (A) causing the Collateral Agent to become the registered owner of such Uncertificated Security and (B) causing such registration to remain effective;
(iii)    in the case of any Security Entitlement, by causing each such Security Entitlement to be credited to a Securities Account in the name of the Borrower pursuant to the applicable Securities Account Control Agreement; and

-76-


(iv)    in the case of General Intangibles (including any Loan or Permitted Investment not evidenced by an Instrument) by filing, maintaining and continuing the effectiveness of, a financing statement naming the Borrower as debtor and the Collateral Agent as secured party and describing the Loan or Permitted Investment (as the case may be) as the collateral (or describing the collateral as “all assets,” or words of similar effect) at the filing office of the Recorder of Deeds of the District of Columbia.
(d)    The security interest of the Collateral Agent in any Collateral disposed of in a transaction in accordance with this Agreement shall, immediately and without further action on the part of the Collateral Agent, be released and the Collateral Agent shall immediately release such Collateral to, or as directed by, the Borrower.
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 4.1    Representations and Warranties of the Borrower.
The Borrower represents and warrants as follows as of the A&R Effective Date and each Measurement Date:
(a)    Organization and Good Standing.  The Borrower has been duly formed and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with all requisite limited liability company power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its business as such business is presently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and now has all necessary power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Collateral.
(b)    Due Qualification.  The Borrower is (i) duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, and (ii) has obtained all necessary qualifications, licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualifications, licenses or approvals, except where the failure to be qualified, licensed or approved would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)    Power and Authority; Due Authorization; Execution and Delivery.  The Borrower (i) has all necessary limited liability company power, authority and legal right to (a) execute and deliver each Transaction Document to which it is a party, and (b) carry out the terms of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and (ii) has duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, the execution, delivery and performance of each Transaction Document to which it is a party and the pledge and assignment of a security interest in the Collateral on the terms and conditions herein provided. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Borrower is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower.
(d)    Binding Obligation.  Each Transaction Document to which the Borrower is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by

-77-


Insolvency Laws and by general principles of equity (whether such enforceability is considered in a suit at law or in equity).
(e)    No Violation.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by each Transaction Document to which it is a party and the fulfillment of the terms thereof will not (i) conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, the Governing Documents of the Borrower or any Contractual Obligation of the Borrower, (ii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of the Borrower’s properties pursuant to the terms of any such Contractual Obligation, other than this Agreement, or (iii) violate any Applicable Law.
(f)    Agreements.  The Borrower is not a party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any corporate restriction that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower is not in default in any manner under any provision of any agreement or instrument evidencing Indebtedness, or any other material agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are or may be bound, where such defaults could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(g)    No Proceedings.  There is no litigation, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against the Borrower, before any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the invalidity of any Transaction Document to which the Borrower is a party, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document to which the Borrower is a party or (iii) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(h)    All Consents Required.  All approvals, authorizations, consents, orders, licenses, filings or other actions of any Person or of any Governmental Authority (if any) required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of each Transaction Document to which the Borrower is a party have been obtained.
(i)    Bulk Sales.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby do not require compliance with any “bulk sales” act or similar law by the Borrower.
(j)    Solvency. The Borrower is not the subject of any Insolvency Proceeding or Insolvency Event. The transactions under the Transaction Documents to which the Borrower is a party do not and will not render the Borrower not Solvent and the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent on the A&R Effective Date a certification in the form of Exhibit C.
(k)    Taxes.  The Borrower (i) is and has always been treated as either (x) a partnership, each of whose partners (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is and has been U.S. Persons or (y) a disregarded entity of a U.S. Person for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (ii) has timely filed or caused to be filed all U.S. federal, state, and other material Tax returns and reports required to be filed by it and (x) has paid or caused to be paid all U.S. federal, state, and other material Taxes required to be paid by it, except Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower has set aside on its books adequate

-78-


reserves in accordance with GAAP and (y) if it is treated as domestic partnership, it is not subject to any U.S. federal income tax liability (including any tax liability under Section 1446 of the Code).
(l)    Exchange Act Compliance; Regulations T, U and X.  None of the transactions contemplated herein or in the other Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, the use of the proceeds from the transfer of the Collateral) will violate or result in a violation of Section 7 of the Exchange Act, or any regulations issued pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, Regulations T, U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R., Chapter II. The Borrower does not own or intend to carry or purchase, and no proceeds from the Advances will be used to carry or purchase, any “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulation U or to extend “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulation U.
(m)    Security Interest.
(i)    This Agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the UCC as in effect from time to time in the State of New York) in the Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, which security interest is validly perfected under Article 9 of the UCC and is prior to all other Liens (except for Permitted Liens), and is enforceable as such against creditors of and purchasers from the Borrower;
(ii)    the Collateral is comprised of “instruments”, “security entitlements”, “general intangibles”, “certificated securities”, “uncertificated securities”, “securities accounts”, “investment property” and “proceeds” (each as defined in the applicable UCC) and such other categories of collateral under the applicable UCC as to which the Borrower has complied with its obligations under Section 4.1(m)(i);
(iii)    with respect to Collateral that constitute Security Entitlements:
(1)    all of such Security Entitlements have been credited to one of the Accounts and the securities intermediary for each Account has agreed to treat all assets credited to such Account as Financial Assets within the meaning of the UCC as in effect from time‑to‑time in the State of New York;
(2)    the Borrower has taken all steps necessary to enable the Collateral Agent to obtain “control” (within the meaning of the UCC as in effect from time‑to‑time in the State of New York) with respect to each Account; and
(3)    the Accounts are not in the name of any Person other than the Borrower, subject to the lien of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. The Borrower has not instructed the securities intermediary of any Account to comply with the entitlement order of any Person other than the Collateral Agent; provided that, until the Collateral Agent delivers a Notice of Exclusive Control, the Borrower and the Collateral Manager may cause Cash in the Accounts to be invested in Permitted Investments, and the proceeds thereof to be paid and distributed in accordance with this Agreement;

-79-


(iv)    all Accounts constitute “securities accounts” as defined in the Section 8‑501(a) of the UCC as in effect from time to time in the State of New York;
(v)    the Borrower owns and has good and marketable title to (or, with respect to assets securing any Collateral, a valid security interest in) the Collateral free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) of any Person;
(vi)    the Borrower has received all consents and approvals required by the terms of any Loan to the granting of a security interest in the Loans hereunder to the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties;
(vii)    the Borrower has taken all necessary steps to file all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under Applicable Law in order to perfect the security interest in that portion of the Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing pursuant to Article 9 of the UCC as in effect in the Borrower’s jurisdiction of incorporation;
(viii)    other than the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement, the Borrower has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in or otherwise conveyed any of the Collateral. The Borrower has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Borrower that include a description of any collateral included in the Collateral other than any financing statement that has been terminated and/or fully and validly assigned to the Collateral Agent or the Borrower on or prior to the Original Closing Date;
(ix)    other than Permitted Liens, there are no judgments or Liens for Taxes with respect to the Borrower and no claim is being asserted with respect to the Taxes of the Borrower;
(x)    other than in the case of Noteless Loans, all original executed copies of each underlying promissory note that constitute or evidence each Loan that is evidenced by a promissory note has been or, subject to the delivery requirements contained herein, will be delivered to the Custodian;
(xi)    other than in the case of Noteless Loans, the Borrower has received, or subject to the delivery requirements contained herein will receive, a written acknowledgment from the Custodian that the Custodian or its custodian is holding the underlying promissory notes that evidence all Loans evidenced by a promissory note solely on behalf of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;
(xii)    other than any assignment to the Borrower in connection with the Borrower’s acquisition of the related Loan, if applicable, none of the underlying promissory notes (if any) that constitute or evidence the Loans has any marks or notations indicating that they have been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties;

-80-


(xiii)    with respect to Collateral that constitutes a “certificated security,” such certificated security has been delivered to the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties and, if in registered form, has been specially Indorsed to the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, or in blank by an effective Indorsement or has been registered in the name of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, upon original issue or registration of transfer by the Borrower; and
(xiv)    in the case of an Uncertificated Security, the Borrower has caused the issuer of such Uncertificated Security to register the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as the registered owner of such Uncertificated Security.
(n)    Reports Accurate.  Any of the following information provided or prepared by an Obligor, the Collateral Manager, the Sub-Advisor or the Collateral Agent, including, without limitation, any financial statements required pursuant to Section 5.3(f), all information, exhibits, financial statements, documents, books, records or reports furnished or to be furnished to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement are (other than projections, forward-looking information, general economic data or industry information and with respect to any information or documentation prepared by the Collateral Manager or one of its Affiliates for internal use or consideration, statements as to (or the failure to make a statement as to) the value of, collectability of, prospects of or potential risks or benefits associated with a Loan or Obligor) provided by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager is true and correct in all material respects after giving effect to any updates thereto (or, with respect to information relating to third parties, is true and correct in all material respects to the actual knowledge of the Collateral Manager) as of the date such information is provided;.
(o)    Location of Offices.  The Borrower’s location (within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC) is, and at all times since the A&R Effective Date has been, the State of Delaware. The Borrower’s Federal Employee Identification Number is correctly set forth on the certificate required pursuant to Section 3.1(l). The Borrower has not changed its name (whether by amendment of its certificate of formation, by reorganization or otherwise) or its jurisdiction of incorporation and has not changed its location within the four (4) months preceding the A&R Effective Date, except as permitted under and in satisfaction of Section 5.1(o)(vii).
(p)    Collection Accounts.  The Collection Accounts (including any sub accounts thereof) are the only accounts to which Collections are sent.
(q)    Legal Name.  The Borrower’s exact legal name is, and at all times since the A&R Effective Date has been the name as set forth on Annex A hereto, except as permitted under and in satisfaction of Section 5.1(o)(vii) or in the case of any New Borrower, as set forth in the applicable Borrower Joinder Agreement.
(r)    [Reserved].
(s)    Value Given.  The Borrower has given reasonably equivalent value to the applicable third party seller of Collateral in consideration for the transfer to the Borrower of the Collateral, and no such transfer shall have been made for or on account of an antecedent debt, and

-81-


no such transfer is or may be voidable or subject to avoidance under any Section of the Bankruptcy Code.
(t)    Accounting.  Other than for tax purposes, the Borrower accounts for the transfers to it of Collateral as purchases of such Collateral for legal and financial accounting purposes (including notations on its books, records and financial statements, in each case consistent with GAAP and with the requirements set forth herein).
(u)    Special Purpose Entity.  At all times prior to the Collection Date, the Borrower has not and shall not:
(i)    except in connection with any payment made to any Secured Party hereunder, claim any credit on, make any deduction from, or dispute the enforceability of payment of the principal or Interest payable (or any other amount) in respect of the Advances Outstanding (other than amounts withheld in accordance with the Code or any Applicable Laws of any applicable jurisdiction) or assert any claim against any present or future Lender, by reason of the payment of any taxes levied or assessed upon any part of the Collateral;
(ii)    (x) incur or assume or guarantee any indebtedness, other than those created under this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, or (y) (A) issue any additional class of securities, or (B) issue any additional shares;
(iii)    dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part, or consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or transfer or convey substantially all of its assets to any Person, except as permitted hereunder or required by Applicable Law;
(iv)    permit the formation of any Subsidiary (other than any entity in connection with a Permitted Securitization);
(v)    conduct business under any name other than its own;
(vi)    have any employees (other than managers to the extent they are employees);
(vii)    sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of Collateral, or enter into an agreement or commitment to do so or enter into or engage in any business with respect to any part of the Collateral, except as expressly permitted by this Agreement;
(viii)    [reserved];
(ix)    (i) register as or become subject to regulatory supervision or other legal requirements under the laws of any country or political subdivision thereof as a bank, insurance company or finance company or (ii) hold itself out to the public as a bank, insurance company or finance company or knowingly take any action that would reasonably be expected to cause it to be treated as a bank, insurance company or finance company for purposes of (A) any tax, securities law or other filing or submission made to any

-82-


Governmental Authority, (B) any application made to a rating agency, or (C) qualification for any exemption from tax, securities law or any other legal requirements;
(x)    except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, take any action, or conduct its affairs in a manner, that is likely to result in its separate existence being ignored or in its assets and liabilities being substantively consolidated with any other Person in a bankruptcy, reorganization or other Insolvency Proceeding. Without limiting the foregoing, (i) the Borrower shall not have any subsidiaries (other than any entity in connection with a Permitted Securitization), and (ii) the Borrower shall not (A) have any employees (other than their respective managers), (B) except as contemplated by the Borrower’s Governing Documents, engage in any transaction with any shareholder that would constitute a conflict of interest, or (C) pay dividends other than in accordance with the Borrower’s Governing Documents;
(xi)    (i) be a party to any agreement that does not include customary “non-petition” and “limited recourse” provisions or (ii) amend or eliminate such provisions in any agreement to which it is party, in each case, except for the Transaction Documents, documents executed in connection with the Permitted Merger, and any agreements related to the purchase, sale, maintenance or investment of any Collateral that contain customary terms or are in the form of customary loan trading documentation;
(xii)    [reserved];
(xiii)    engage in any business or activity other than as contemplated by this Agreement, including (i) incurring obligations hereunder, (ii) acquiring, owning, holding, selling, lending, exchanging, redeeming, pledging, contracting for the management of and otherwise dealing with the Collateral and (iii) entering into the other Transaction Documents and any other agreements or documents specifically contemplated by this Agreement
(xiv)    fail at any time to have at least one (1) independent manager or director (the “Independent Manager”) who has prior experience as an independent director, independent manager or independent member with at least three years of employment experience and who is provided by CT Corporation, Corporation Service Company, National Registered Agents, Inc., Wilmington Trust Company, Lord Securities Corporation, Citadel SPV or, if none of those companies is then providing professional Independent Managers, another nationally recognized company reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent, in each case that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower or the Collateral Manager and that provides professional Independent Managers and other corporate services in the ordinary course of its business, and which individual is duly appointed as an Independent Manager and is not, and has not within the preceding 5 years been, and will not while serving as Independent Manager be, any of the following: (a) a member, partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer or employee of the Borrower, the Equity Investor, the Collateral Manager or any of their respective Affiliates (other than as an Independent Manager of an Affiliate of the Borrower that is not in the direct chain of ownership of the Borrower and that is required by a creditor to be a single purpose bankruptcy-remote entity, provided that such Independent Manager is employed by a company that routinely provides professional

-83-


independent managers or directors); (b) a creditor, supplier or service provider (including provider of professional services) to the Borrower, the Equity Investor, the Collateral Manager or any of their respective Affiliates (other than a nationally recognized company that routinely provides professional independent managers and other corporate services to the Borrower, the Equity Investor, the Collateral Manager or any of their respective Affiliates in the ordinary course of business); (c) a family member of any such member, partner, equityholder, manager, director, officer, employee, creditor, supplier or service provider; or (d) a Person that controls (whether directly, indirectly or otherwise) any of (a), (b) or (c) above. A natural person who otherwise satisfies the foregoing definition and satisfies subparagraph (a) by reason of being the Independent Manager of a “special purpose entity” affiliated with the Borrower shall be qualified to serve as an Independent Manager of the Borrower;
(xv)    fail to ensure that all limited liability company actions relating to the appointment, maintenance or replacement of the Independent Manager are complied with; or
(xvi)    fail to provide that the unanimous consent of all managers (including the consent of the Borrower’s Independent Manager) is required for the Borrower to (a) institute proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (b) institute or consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, (c) file a petition seeking or consent to reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, (d) seek or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator, custodian or any similar official for the Borrower, (e) make any assignment for the benefit of the Borrower’s creditors, (f) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or (g) take any action in furtherance of any of the foregoing.
(v)    Investment Company Act. The Borrower is not an “investment company” within the meaning of, and is not subject to registration under, the 1940 Act.
(w)    ERISA.  The following representations shall be repeated on each day during the term of this Agreement:
(i)    Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has, during the past six years maintained, contributed to or had an obligation to contribute to any Employee Plan or Multiemployer Plan, and neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has any present intention to maintain, contribute to or have any obligation to contribute to any Employee Plan or Multiemployer Plan. Neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has any liability with respect to any such Employee Plan or Multiemployer Plan; and
(ii)    The Borrower is not and is not acting on behalf of (i) an “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA that is subject to Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a “plan” within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code, to which Section 4975 of the Code applies, (C) an entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code by reason of Section

-84-


3(42) of ERISA, U.S. Department of Labor Regulation 29 CFR Section 2510.3-101 or otherwise, or (iii) a “governmental plan” (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA) or another type of plan (or an entity whose assets are considered to include the assets of any such governmental or other plan) that is subject to any law, rule or restriction that is similar to Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (“Similar Law”).
(x)    Compliance with Law.  The Borrower has complied in all material respects with all Applicable Law to which it may be subject, and no item of Collateral contravenes any Applicable Law (including, without limitation, all applicable predatory and abusive lending laws, laws, rules and regulations relating to licensing, truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy).
(y)    No Material Adverse Effect.  No event, change or condition has occurred that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on the Borrower since the Original Closing Date.
(z)    Collections.  The Borrower acknowledges that all Collections received by it or its Affiliates with respect to the Collateral transferred hereunder are held and shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties until deposited into the Collection Account within two Business Days after receipt as required herein.
(aa)    Full Payment.  As of the initial Funding Date thereof, the Borrower had no knowledge of any fact which should lead it to expect that any Loan will not be repaid by the applicable Obligor in full.
(bb)    Accuracy of Representations and Warranties.  Each representation or warranty by the Borrower contained herein or in any report, financial statement, exhibit, schedule, certificate or other document furnished by the Borrower pursuant hereto, in connection herewith is true and correct in all material respects.
(cc)    Sanctions.  None of the Borrower, any Person directly or indirectly Controlling the Borrower nor any Person directly or indirectly Controlled by the Borrower and, to the Borrower’s knowledge, no Related Party of the foregoing (i) is a Sanctioned Person; (ii) is controlled by or is acting on behalf of a Sanctioned Person; (iii) is, to the Borrower’s knowledge, under investigation for an alleged breach of Sanction(s) by a governmental authority that enforces Sanctions; or (iv) will fund any repayment of the Obligations with proceeds derived from any transaction that would be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any Lender or any other party to this Agreement, or any Related Party, to be in breach of any Sanctions. To each such Person’s knowledge, no investor in such Person is a Sanctioned Person. The Borrower will notify each Lender and Administrative Agent in writing not more than one (1) Business Day after becoming aware of any breach of this section.
(dd)    Good Title.  The Borrower has good and marketable title in the Collateral.

-85-


(ee)    Beneficial Ownership Certification.  The information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification provided to any Lender in connection with this Agreement is true and correct in all respects.
Section 4.2    Representations and Warranties of the Borrower Relating to this Agreement and the Collateral.
The Borrower hereby represents and warrants, as of the A&R Effective Date and as of each Funding Date:
(a)    Valid Security Interest.  This Agreement constitutes a valid grant of a security interest in all of the Collateral to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which security interest will, upon filing of the UCCs described in Section 3.1(k), constitute a valid and first priority perfected security interest in all of the Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens) in that portion of the Collateral in which a security interest may be created under Article 9 of the UCC as in effect from time to time in the State of New York.
(b)    Eligibility of Collateral.  As of the A&R Effective Date and each Funding Date, (i) the information contained in each Funding Notice delivered pursuant to Section 2.2, is an accurate and complete listing of all Loans included in the Collateral as of the related Funding Date and the information contained therein with respect to the identity of such Loans and the amounts owing thereunder is true, correct and complete as of the related Funding Date and (ii) with respect to each Loan included in the Collateral, each Loan is an Eligible Loan at such time.
(c)    No Fraud.  Each Loan originated by the Borrower, the Collateral Manager or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, an unaffiliated third party, was originated without any fraud or material misrepresentation.
Section 4.3    Representations and Warranties of the Collateral Manager.
The Collateral Manager represents and warrants as follows as of the A&R Effective Date and each Measurement Date:
(a)    Organization and Good Standing.  The Collateral Manager has been duly organized, and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing, under the laws of Maryland, with all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations as Collateral Manager under this Agreement.
(b)    Due Qualification.  The Collateral Manager is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a corporation, and has obtained all necessary qualifications, licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualifications, licenses or approvals, except where the failure to be so qualified or obtain such qualifications, licenses or approvals would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

-86-


(c)    Power and Authority; Due Authorization; Execution and Delivery.  The Collateral Manager (i) has all necessary corporate power, authority and legal right to (a) execute and deliver each Transaction Document to which it is a party, and (b) carry out the terms of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and (ii) has duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, the execution, delivery and performance of each Transaction Document to which it is a party. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Collateral Manager is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the Collateral Manager.
(d)    Binding Obligation.  Each Transaction Document to which the Collateral Manager is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Collateral Manager enforceable against the Collateral Manager in accordance with its respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Insolvency Laws and general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).
(e)    No Violation.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by each Transaction Document to which it is a party and the fulfillment of the terms thereof will not (i) conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, the Collateral Manager’s articles of incorporation, bylaws or any Contractual Obligation of the Collateral Manager, (ii) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the Collateral Manager’s properties pursuant to the terms of any such Contractual Obligation, or (iii) violate any Applicable Law.
(f)    No Proceedings.  There is no litigation, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Collateral Manager’s knowledge, threatened against the Collateral Manager, before any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the invalidity of any Transaction Document to which the Collateral Manager is a party, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document to which the Collateral Manager is a party or (iii) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(g)    All Consents Required.  All approvals, authorizations, consents, orders, licenses, filings or other actions of any Person or of any Governmental Authority (if any) required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Collateral Manager of each Transaction Document to which the Collateral Manager is a party have been obtained.
(h)    Reports Accurate.  All information, financial statements of the Sub-Advisor, documents, books, records or reports furnished by the Collateral Manager to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement are (other than projections, forward-looking information, general economic data or industry information and with respect to any information or documentation prepared by the Collateral Manager or one of its Affiliates for internal use or consideration, statements as to (or the failure to make a statement as to) the value of, collectability of, prospects of or potential risks or benefits associated with a Loan or Obligor) provided by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager is true and correct in all material respects after giving effect to any updates thereto (or, with respect to information relating to third parties, is true and correct in all material respects to the actual knowledge of the Collateral Manager) as of the date such information is provided.

-87-


(i)    Solvency.  The Collateral Manager is not the subject of any Insolvency Proceeding or Insolvency Event.  
(j)    No Fraud.  Each Loan originated by an unaffiliated third party was, to the best of the Collateral Manager’s knowledge, originated without any fraud or material misrepresentation.
(k)    Compliance with Law.  The Collateral Manager has complied in all material respects with all Applicable Law to which it may be subject.
(l)    Sanctions.  None of the Collateral Manager, any Person directly or indirectly Controlling the Collateral Manager nor any Person directly or indirectly Controlled by the Collateral Manager and, to the Collateral Manager’s knowledge, no Related Party of the foregoing will, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of any Advance hereunder, or lend, contribute, or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner, or other Person (i) to fund any activities or business of or with a Sanctioned Person, or (ii) in any manner that would be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any Lender to be in breach of any Sanctions. Each Person shall comply with all applicable Sanctions in all material respects, and shall maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance with Sanctions. The Collateral Manager will notify each Lender and the Administrative Agent in writing not more than one (1) Business Day after becoming aware of any breach of this section.
(m)    No Material Adverse Effect.  No event, change or condition has occurred that has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect on the Collateral Manager since the Original Closing Date.
Section 4.4    Representations and Warranties of the Collateral Agent.
The Collateral Agent in its individual capacity and as Collateral Agent represents and warrants as follows:
(a)    Organization; Power and Authority.  It is a duly organized and validly existing national banking association in good standing under the laws of the United States. It has full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform its obligations as Collateral Agent under this Agreement.
(b)    Due Authorization.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions provided for herein have been duly authorized by all necessary association action on its part, either in its individual capacity or as Collateral Agent, as the case may be.
(c)    No Conflict.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of the transactions contemplated hereby and the fulfillment of the terms hereof will not conflict with, result in any breach of its articles of incorporation or bylaws or any of the material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any

-88-


Contractual Obligation to which the Collateral Agent is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
(d)    No Violation.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of the Transactions contemplated hereby and the fulfillment of the terms hereof will not conflict with or violate, in any material respect, any Applicable Law as to the Collateral Agent.
(e)    All Consents Required.  All approvals, authorizations, consents, orders or other actions of any Person or Governmental Authority applicable to the Collateral Agent, required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance by the Collateral Agent of the transactions contemplated hereby and the fulfillment by the Collateral Agent of the terms hereof have been obtained.
(f)    Validity, Etc.  This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Collateral Agent, enforceable against the Collateral Agent in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable Insolvency Laws and general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).
(g)    Corporate Collateral Agent Required; Eligibility.  The Collateral Agent (including any successor Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to Section 7.5) hereunder (i) is a national banking association or banking corporation or trust company organized and doing business under the laws of any state or the United States, (ii) is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, (iii) has a combined capital and surplus of at least $200,000,000, and (iv) is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority.  If such banking association publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to Applicable Law or the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 4.4(g) its combined capital and surplus shall be deemed to be as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time the Collateral Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.4(g), the Collateral Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrower, the Collateral Manager and the Lenders that it has ceased to be eligible to be the Collateral Agent.
ARTICLE V
GENERAL COVENANTS
Section 5.1    Affirmative Covenants of the Borrower.
The Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
(a)    Compliance with Laws.  The Borrower will comply in all respects with all Applicable Laws, including those with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof, except where the failure to do so would have a Material Adverse Effect.
(b)    Preservation of Company Existence.  The Borrower will (i) preserve and maintain its existence, rights, franchises and privileges as a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) qualify and remain qualified in good standing as a limited

-89-


liability company in each jurisdiction where the failure to preserve and maintain such existence, rights, franchises, privileges and qualification has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) maintain the Governing Documents of the Borrower in full force and effect and shall not amend the same without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent; provided that the Borrower shall be permitted to change its registered agent without the consent of (but with prior notice to) the Administrative Agent. The Borrower shall ensure that all organizational formalities regarding its separate existence (including holding regular board of directors’ and shareholders’, or other similar, meetings to the extent required) are followed.
(c)    Performance and Compliance with Collateral.  The Borrower will, at the Borrower’s expense, timely and fully perform and comply with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Collateral, the Transaction Documents and all other agreements related to such Collateral.
(d)    Keeping of Records and Books of Account.  The Borrower will keep proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all requirements of law are made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. The Borrower will permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect the financial records and the properties of such person at reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested, without unreasonably interfering with such party’s business and affairs and to make extracts from and copies of such financial records, and permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of such person with the Responsible Officers thereof and independent accountants therefor, in each case, other than (x) material and affairs protected by the attorney‑client privilege and (y) materials which such party may not disclose without violation of confidentiality obligations binding upon it. Each Lender (or a representative designated by each Lender) shall have the right to accompany the Administrative Agent on each such visit and inspection. For the avoidance of doubt, the right of the Administrative Agent provided herein to visit and inspect the financial records and properties of the Borrower shall be limited to not more than two (2) such visits and inspections in any fiscal year; provided that the Borrower shall only be liable for the reasonable and documented costs incurred by the Administrative Agent; provided, further, that after the occurrence of an Event of Default and during its continuance, there shall be no limit to the number of such visits and inspections, and after the resolution of such Event of Default, the number of visits occurring in the current fiscal year shall be deemed to be zero.
(e)    Protection of Interest in Collateral.  With respect to the Collateral acquired by the Borrower, the Borrower will (i) acquire such Collateral directly from an unaffiliated third party, (ii) at the Borrower’s expense, take all action necessary to perfect, protect and more fully evidence the Borrower’s ownership of such Collateral free and clear of any Lien other than the Lien created hereunder and Permitted Liens, including, without limitation, (a) with respect to the Loans and that portion of the Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing and maintaining (at the Borrower’s expense), effective financing statements against the Borrower in all necessary or appropriate filing offices, (including any amendments thereto or assignments thereof) and filing continuation statements, amendments or assignments with respect thereto in such filing offices, (including any amendments thereto or assignments thereof) and (b) executing or causing

-90-


to be executed such other instruments or notices as may be necessary or appropriate, (iii) permit the Administrative Agent or its respective agents or representatives to visit the offices of the Borrower during normal office hours and upon reasonable notice examine and make copies of all documents, books, records and other information concerning the Collateral and discuss matters related thereto with any of the Responsible Officers of the Borrower having knowledge of such matters, and (iv) take all additional action that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to perfect, protect and more fully evidence the respective interests of the parties to this Agreement in the Collateral.
(f)    Deposit of Collections.
(i)    The Borrower shall promptly, or shall cause the Collateral Manager to, instruct each Obligor (or, as applicable, the paying agent) to deliver all Collections in respect of the Collateral to the Collection Account. Any Scheduled Payment in respect of which a dishonored check is received shall be deemed not to have been paid.
(ii)    The Borrower shall promptly, or shall cause the Collateral Manager to, identify Principal Collections and Interest Collections no later than the Measurement Date related to the Payment Date immediately following such Accrual Period, and direct the Collateral Agent and Securities Intermediary to transfer the same to the Principal Collection Account and the Interest Collection Account, respectively.
(g)    Special Purpose Entity.  The Borrower shall be in compliance with the special purpose entity requirements set forth in Section 4.1(u).
(h)    Borrower’s Notice.  On each Funding Date and on the date of each Reinvestment of Principal Collections pursuant to Section 2.14(a)(i) or acquisition by the Borrower of Loans in connection with a Substitution pursuant to Section 2.14(b), the Borrower will provide the applicable Borrower’s Notice and a Borrowing Base Certificate, each updated as of such date, to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Collateral Agent).
(i)    Events of Default.  Promptly following the actual knowledge or receipt of notice by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Default, the Borrower will provide the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Collateral Agent) with written notice of the occurrence of such Event of Default or Default of which the Borrower has actual knowledge or has received notice, which the Administrative Agent shall promptly provide to each Lender. In addition, such notice will include a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of such event (to the extent known by the Borrower) and the action, if any, that the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.
(j)    Obligations.  The Borrower shall pay its Indebtedness and other obligations promptly and in accordance with their terms and pay and discharge promptly when due all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies or otherwise that, if unpaid, might give rise to a Lien upon such properties or any part thereof and the Borrower shall enforce all indemnities and rights against Obligors in accordance with this Agreement.

-91-


(k)    Taxes.  The Borrower (i) will be treated as either (x) a partnership each of whose partners (as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be U.S. Persons or (y) a disregarded entity of a U.S. Person for U.S. federal income tax purposes and (ii) will timely file or cause to be filed all U.S. federal, state, and other material Tax returns and reports required to be filed by it and (x) will pay or cause to be paid all U.S. federal, state, and other material Taxes required to be paid by it, except Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower sets aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP and (y) if it is treated as a domestic partnership, it will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax liability (including any tax liability under Section 1446 of the Code).
(l)    Use of Proceeds.  The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Advances only to acquire Eligible Loans, to make distributions to the Equity Investor in accordance with the terms hereof or to pay related expenses (including interest, fees and expenses payable hereunder) in accordance with Sections 2.7 and 2.8.
(m)    Obligor Notification Forms.  The Administrative Agent in its discretion may, or at the written request of the Required Lenders shall, after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Collateral Manager Termination Event or an Event of Default, send notification forms giving the Obligors and/or applicable agents notice of the Collateral Agent’s interest in the Collateral and the obligation to make payments as directed by the Collateral Agent.
(n)    Adverse Claims.  The Borrower will not create, or participate in the creation of, or permit to exist, any Liens on any of the Accounts other than the Lien created by this Agreement.
(o)    Notices.  The Borrower will (or will cause the Collateral Manager to) furnish to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Manager, with a copy to the Collateral Agent:
(i)    Income Tax Liability.  Within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt of revenue agent reports or other written proposals, determinations or assessments of the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority which propose, determine or otherwise set forth positive adjustments to the Tax liability of, or assess or propose the collection of Taxes required to have been withheld by, the Borrower or the Equity Investor in respect of the Borrower which equal or exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate, a notice in writing specifying the nature of the items giving rise to such adjustments and the amounts thereof;
(ii)    Sanctions.  The Borrower will notify the Lender and Administrative Agent in writing not more than one (1) business day after becoming aware of any breach of Section 4.1(cc);
(iii)    Representations and Warranties.  Promptly after the actual knowledge or receipt of notice of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower of the same, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent if any representation or warranty set forth in Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 was incorrect at the time it was given or deemed to have been given and at the same time deliver to the Administrative Agent a written notice setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such facts and circumstances. In particular, but without

-92-


limiting the foregoing, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in the manner set forth in the preceding sentence before any Funding Date of any facts or circumstances within the knowledge of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower which would render any of the said representations and warranties untrue as of such Funding Date;
(iv)    ERISA.  The Borrower shall provide written notice to the Administrative Agent if it is aware that it is or will be in breach of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.1(w);
(v)    Proceedings.  As soon as possible and in any event within three (3) Business Days after a Responsible Officer of the Borrower receives notice or obtains knowledge thereof, notice of any settlement of, material judgment (including a material judgment with respect to the liability phase of a bifurcated trial) in or commencement of any material labor controversy, material litigation, material action, material suit or material proceeding before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, affecting the Collateral, the Transaction Documents, the Collateral Agent’s interest in the Collateral, or the Borrower; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, any settlement, judgment, labor controversy, litigation, action, suit or proceeding affecting the Collateral, the Transaction Documents, the Collateral Agent’s interest in the Collateral, the Borrower in excess of $1,000,000 or more shall be deemed to be material for purposes of this Section 5.1(o)(v);
(vi)    Notice of Certain Events.  Promptly upon a Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtaining actual knowledge thereof (and, in any event, within five (5) Business Days of obtaining actual knowledge thereof), notice of (1) any Collateral Manager Termination Event, (2) any Assigned Value Adjustment Event, (3) any failure to comply with Section 5.1(s), (4) any other event or circumstance that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (5) any event or circumstance whereby any Loan which was included in the latest calculation of the Borrowing Base as an Eligible Loan shall fail to meet one or more of the criteria (other than criteria waived by the Administrative Agent, on or prior to the related Funding Date in respect of such Loan), or (6) unless notice of such default has been provided by the Collateral Manager under Section 5.3(j), the occurrence of any default by an Obligor on any Loan in the payment of principal or interest, a financial covenant default or that would result in an Assigned Value Adjustment Event;
(vii)    Organizational Changes.  As soon as possible and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days after the effective date thereof, notice of any change in the name, jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or location of records of the Borrower; provided that the Borrower agrees not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the UCC or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral; and
(viii)    Accounting Changes.  As soon as possible and in any event within three (3) Business Days after the effective date thereof, notice of any material change in the accounting policies of the Borrower.

-93-


(ix)    Deemed Representations.  On any day, as soon as possible and in any event within one (1) Business Day after knowledge thereof, notice of any event or occurrence that would cause any representation made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.2(c)(i), (ii) or (iv) to be misleading or untrue in any material respect if made on such day.
(x)    Notice of Liens.  Promptly after receipt by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower of actual knowledge or notice thereof, the Borrower will promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent of the existence of any Lien (including Liens for Taxes) other than Permitted Liens on any Collateral and the Borrower shall defend the right, title and interest of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties in, to and under the Collateral against all claims of third parties; provided that nothing in this Section 5.1(x) shall prevent or be deemed to prohibit the Borrower from suffering to exist Permitted Liens upon any of the Collateral.
(p)    Reserved;
(q)    Financial Statements.  The Borrower shall (or shall cause the Equity Investor to) submit to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Collateral Agent (i) within 10 Business Days after the issuance thereof by the Equity Investor (but in any event within 75 days) following the end of each of its fiscal quarters, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 2020, unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Equity Investor for the most recent fiscal quarter, and (ii) within 10 Business Days after the issuance thereof by the Equity Investor (but in any event within 120 days) following the end of its fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ended 2019, consolidated audited financial statements of the Equity Investor, audited by a firm of nationally recognized independent public accountants, as of the end of such fiscal year.
(r)    Further Assurances.  The Borrower will execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all further action (including filing UCC and other financing statements, agreements or instruments) that may be required under applicable law, or that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in order to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) of the security interests and Liens created or intended to be created hereby.  Such security interests and Liens will be created hereunder and the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent all such instruments and documents (including legal opinions and lien searches) as it shall reasonably request to evidence compliance with this Section 5.1(s). The Borrower agrees to provide such evidence as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request as to the perfection and priority status of each such security interest and Lien.
(s)    Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws.  The Borrower shall, each Person directly or indirectly Controlling the Borrower and each Person directly or indirectly Controlled by the Borrower and, to the Borrower’s knowledge, any Related Party of the foregoing shall: (i) comply with all applicable Anti–Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws in all material respects, and shall maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance with the Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws; (ii) conduct the requisite due diligence in connection with the transactions

-94-


contemplated herein for purposes of complying with the Anti-Money Laundering Laws, including with respect to the legitimacy of any applicable investor and the origin of the assets used by such investor to purchase the property in question, and will maintain sufficient information to identify any applicable investor for purposes of the Anti-Money Laundering Laws; (iii) ensure it does not use any of the credit in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or Anti-Money Laundering Laws; and (iv) ensure it does not fund any repayment of the Obligations in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or Anti-Money Laundering.
(t)    Loan Acquisitions.  All Loans acquired by the Borrower shall be acquired from an unaffiliated third party.
(u)    Lien Searches Against Obligors.  Up to four times in any twelve month period (or at any time after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default), the Administrative Agent may run a UCC lien search against any Obligor. Each such UCC lien search shall be at the sole expense of the Borrower.
(v)    Beneficial Ownership Regulation.  Promptly following any written request therefor, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for purposes of compliance with the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.
(w)    Other.  The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent promptly, from time to time, such other information, documents, records or reports respecting the Collateral or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request in order to protect the interests of the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties under or as contemplated by this Agreement.
(x)    Public Delivery.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.1 to the contrary, the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied its requirements of this Section 5.1 if its reports, documents and other information of the type otherwise so required are publicly available when required to be filed on EDGAR at the www.sec.gov website or any successor service provided by the SEC; provided that the Borrower shall give notice of any such filing (other than any report of the Borrower to the SEC on Form 10-K or Form 10-Q, as applicable, for any period) to the Administrative Agent.
Section 5.2    Negative Covenants of the Borrower.
The Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
(a)    Other Business.  The Borrower will not, without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders in their respective sole discretion, (i) engage in any business other than (A) entering into and performing its obligations under the Transaction Documents and other activities contemplated by the Transaction Documents, (B) the acquisition, ownership and management of the Collateral, (C) the sale of the Collateral as permitted hereunder, (D) consummating the Permitted Merger and (E) as otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (ii) incur any Indebtedness, obligation, liability or contingent obligation of any kind other than

-95-


pursuant to the Transaction Documents and the Underlying Instruments, (iii) except as otherwise permitted under this Agreement or in connection with a Permitted Securitization, form any Subsidiary or make any Investment in any other Person or (iv) issue any additional shares.
(b)    Collateral Not to be Evidenced by Instruments.  The Borrower will not take any action to cause any Loan that is not, as of the Original Closing Date or the related Funding Date, as the case may be, evidenced by an Instrument, to be so evidenced except in connection with the enforcement or collection of such Loan or unless such Instrument is promptly delivered to the Collateral Agent, together with an Indorsement in blank, as collateral security for such Loan.
(c)    Security Interests.  Except as otherwise permitted herein and in respect of any Discretionary Sale, Substitution, Optional Sale, or other sale permitted hereunder, the Borrower will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any Collateral, whether now existing or hereafter transferred hereunder, or any interest therein.
(d)    Mergers, Acquisitions, Sales, etc.  The Borrower will not divide or be a party to any merger or consolidation, or purchase or otherwise acquire any of the assets or any stock of any class of, or any partnership or joint venture interest in, any other Person, or sell, transfer, convey or lease any of its assets, or sell or assign with or without recourse any Collateral or any interest therein, other than as permitted or required pursuant to this Agreement (including the Permitted Merger and as provided in Section 4.1(u)(iii)).
(e)    Restricted Payments.  The Borrower shall not make any Restricted Payments other than (x) with respect to amounts the Borrower receives in accordance with Section 2.7 or Section 2.8 and any other provision of any Transaction Document which expressly requires or permits payments to be made to or amounts to be reimbursed to the Borrower or the Equity Investor, (y) Permitted RIC Distributions, so long as the conditions therefore set forth in the definition of “Permitted RIC Distribution” are satisfied, or (z) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom), the proceeds of any Advance on the applicable Funding Date.
(f)    Change of Location of Underlying Instruments.  The Borrower shall not, without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent, consent to the Collateral Agent moving any Certificated Securities or Instruments from the offices of the Collateral Agent set forth in Section 5.5(c), unless the Borrower has given at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Administrative Agent and has taken all actions required under the UCC of each relevant jurisdiction in order to ensure that the Collateral Agent’s first priority perfected security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) continues in effect.
(g)    ERISA Matters.  The Borrower will not (a) assuming that Lender is not using “plan assets” subject to Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code by reason of Section 3(42) of ERISA, U.S. Department of Labor Regulation 29 CFR Section 2510.3-101 or otherwise to make the Loan (unless Lender is relying on an applicable prohibited transaction exemption, the conditions of which are satisfied), engage, and will exercise its reasonable best efforts to prevent, any ERISA Affiliate from engaging in any prohibited transaction for which an exemption is not available or

-96-


has not previously been obtained from the United States Department of Labor, (b) permit any failure to meet the minimum funding standards under Section 302(a) of ERISA or Section 412(a) of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan other than a Multiemployer Plan, (c) fail to make, and will exercise its reasonable best efforts to prevent, any ERISA Affiliate from failing to make, any payments to a Multiemployer Plan that the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate may be required to make under the agreement relating to such Multiemployer Plan or any law pertaining thereto, (d) terminate any Pension Plan other than in a standard termination under Section 404(b) of ERISA, or (e) permit to exist any occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan.
(h)    Governing Documents.  Other than pursuant to the Permitted Merger, the Borrower will not amend, modify, waive or terminate any provision of its Governing Documents without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.
(i)    Changes in Payment Instructions to Obligors.  The Borrower will not make any change, or permit the Collateral Manager to make any change, in its instructions to Obligors (or applicable agents) regarding payments to be made with respect to the Collateral to the Collection Account, unless the Administrative Agent has consented to such change.
(j)    Preservation of Security Interest.  The Borrower (at its expense) hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to file such financing and continuation statements and any other documents that may be required by any law or regulation of any Governmental Authority to preserve and protect fully the first priority perfected ownership and security interest of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in, to and under the Loans and proceeds thereof and that portion of the Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing.
(k)    Fiscal Year.  The Borrower shall procure that the Equity Investor does not change its fiscal year or method of accounting without providing the Administrative Agent with prior written notice (i) providing a detailed explanation of such changes and (ii) including a pro forma financial statement demonstrating the impact of such change.
(l)    Change of Control.  The Borrower shall not enter into (or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, recognize as a member of the Borrower any transferee in connection with) any transaction or agreement or any sale, assignment or transfer (whether direct or indirect) which results in a Change of Control with respect to the Borrower.
(m)    Ownership.  The Borrower shall not (i) have any owner other than the Equity Investor and (ii) permit the Equity Investor to incur any Lien on the Capital Stock of the Borrower.
(n)    Compliance with Sanctions. None of the Borrower, any Person directly or indirectly Controlling the Borrower nor any Person directly or indirectly Controlled by the Borrower and, to the Borrower’s knowledge, no Related Party of the foregoing will, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of any Advance hereunder, or lend, contribute, or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner, or other Person (i) to fund any activities or business of or with a Sanctioned Person, or (ii) in any manner that would be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any Lender to be in breach of any Sanctions. Each Person shall comply with all applicable Sanctions in all material respects, and shall maintain policies and procedures reasonably

-97-


designed to ensure compliance with Sanctions. The Borrower will notify each Lender and the Administrative Agent in writing not more than one (1) Business Day after becoming aware of any breach of this section.
Section 5.3    Affirmative Covenants of the Collateral Manager.
The Collateral Manager covenants and agrees with the Borrower and the Lenders that:
(a)    Compliance with Law.  The Collateral Manager will comply in all material respects with all Applicable Law, including those with respect to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
(b)    Preservation of Company Existence.  The Collateral Manager will (i) preserve and maintain its company existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its formation and (ii) qualify and remain qualified in good standing as a corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to preserve and maintain such existence, rights, franchises, privileges and qualification has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)    Performance and Compliance with Collateral.  The Collateral Manager will exercise its rights hereunder in order to permit the Borrower to duly fulfill and comply with all obligations on the part of the Borrower to be fulfilled or complied with under or in connection with each item of Collateral and will take all necessary action to preserve the first priority security interest of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral.
(d)    Keeping of Records and Books of Account.
(i)    The Collateral Manager will maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing Collateral in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Collateral and the identification of the Collateral.
(ii)    The Collateral Manager shall permit the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or their respective designated representatives, in each case at the expense of the Borrower, to visit the offices of the Collateral Manager during normal office hours and upon reasonable notice and examine and make copies of all documents, books, records and other information concerning the Collateral and discuss matters related thereto with any of the officers or employees of the Collateral Manager having knowledge of such matters.
(iii)    The Collateral Manager will on or prior to the Original Closing Date or the A&R Effective Date, as applicable, mark its master data processing records and other books and records relating to the Collateral indicating that the Loans are owned by the Borrower subject to the Lien of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties hereunder.

-98-


(iv)    The Collateral Manager will cooperate with the Borrower and provide all information in its possession or reasonably available to it to the Borrower or any Person designated by the Borrower to receive such information so the Borrower may comply with and perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents.
(e)    Events of Default.  Promptly following the Collateral Manager’s knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Default, the Collateral Manager will provide the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with written notice of the occurrence of such Event of Default or Default of which the Collateral Manager has knowledge or has received notice. In addition, such notice will include a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Collateral Manager setting forth the details (to the extent known by the Collateral Manager) of such event and the action, if any, that the Collateral Manager proposes to take with respect thereto.
(f)    Other.  The Collateral Manager will promptly furnish to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such other information, documents, records or reports respecting the Collateral or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Collateral Manager or the Sub-Advisor as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request in order to protect the interests of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Secured Parties under or as contemplated by this Agreement.
(g)    Proceedings.  The Collateral Manager will furnish to the Administrative Agent (with a copy to the Collateral Agent), as soon as possible and in any event within three (3) Business Days after the Collateral Manager receives notice or obtains actual knowledge thereof, notice of any settlement of, material judgment (including a material judgment with respect to the liability phase of a bifurcated trial) in or commencement of any material labor controversy, material litigation, material action, material suit or material proceeding before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, affecting the Collateral, the Transaction Documents, the Collateral Agent’s interest in the Collateral or the Collateral Manager, in each case which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.
(h)    Deposit of Collections.  The Collateral Manager shall (and shall cause each of its Affiliates to) promptly, but in any event within two (2) Business Days after its receipt thereof, deposit any Collections received by it into the Collection Account and provide the related Obligor with instructions to remit payments directly to the Collection Account as required herein.
(i)    Required Notices.  The Collateral Manager will furnish to the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent, promptly upon becoming aware thereof (and, in any event, within five (5) Business Days), notice of (1) any Collateral Manager Termination Event, (2) any Assigned Value Adjustment Event, (3) any Change of Control with respect to the Collateral Manager, (4) any other event or circumstance with respect to the Collateral Manager that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (5) any event or circumstance whereby any Loan which was included in the latest calculation of the Borrowing Base as an Eligible Loan shall fail to meet one or more of the criteria (other than criteria waived by the Administrative Agent, on or prior to the related Funding Date in respect of such Loan) listed in the definition of “Eligible Loan”, (6) the occurrence of any default by an Obligor on any Loan in the payment of principal or

-99-


interest, a financial covenant default or that would result in an Assigned Value Adjustment Event or (7) the existence of any Lien (including Liens for Taxes) other than Permitted Liens on any Collateral.
(j)    Loan Register.  The Collateral Manager will maintain, or cause to be maintained, with respect to each Noteless Loan a register (each, a “Loan Register”) in which it will record, or cause to be recorded, (v) the principal amount of such Noteless Loan, (w) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Obligor thereunder, (x) the amount of any sum in respect of such Noteless Loan received from the related Obligor, (y) the date of origination of such Noteless Loan and (z) the maturity date of such Noteless Loan. At any time a Noteless Loan is included in the Collateral, the Collateral Manager shall deliver to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent a copy of the related Loan Register.
(k)    [Reserved].
(l)    Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Corruption Laws.  The Collateral Manager, each Person directly or indirectly Controlling the Collateral Manager and each Person directly or indirectly Controlled by the Collateral Manager and, to the Collateral Manager’s knowledge, any Related Party of the foregoing shall: (i) comply with all applicable Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws in all material respects, and shall maintain or be subject to policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance with the Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Anti-Corruption Laws; (ii) conduct the requisite due diligence in connection with the transactions contemplated herein for purposes of complying with the Anti-Money Laundering Laws, including with respect to the legitimacy of any applicable investor and the origin of the assets used by such investor to purchase the property in question, and will maintain sufficient information to identify any applicable investor for purposes of the Anti-Money Laundering Laws; (iii) ensure it does not use any of the credit in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or Anti-Money Laundering Laws; and (iv) ensure it does not fund any repayment of the Obligations in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or Anti-Money Laundering Laws.
(m)    Sanctions.  The Collateral Manager shall promptly, but no later than one (1) Business Day after becoming aware thereof, notify the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders in writing of any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant relating to Sanctions or Sanctioned Persons by itself or by the Borrower.
Section 5.4    Negative Covenants of the Collateral Manager.
The Collateral Manager covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
(a)    Mergers, Acquisitions, Sales, etc.  The Collateral Manager will not be a party to any merger or consolidation, or purchase or otherwise acquire any of the assets or any stock of any class of, or any partnership or joint venture interest in, any other Person, or sell, transfer, convey or lease any of its assets, or sell or assign with or without recourse any Collateral or any interest therein (other than as permitted pursuant to this Agreement), in each case where such action would have a Material Adverse Effect.

-100-


(b)    Change of Location of Underlying Instruments.  The Collateral Manager shall not, without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent, consent to the Collateral Agent moving any Certificated Securities or Instruments from the offices of the Collateral Agent set forth in Section 5.5(c), unless the Collateral Manager has given at least thirty (30) days’ written notice to the Administrative Agent and has authorized the Administrative Agent to take all actions required under the UCC of each relevant jurisdiction in order to continue the first priority perfected security interest of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral.
(c)    Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors.  The Collateral Manager will not make any change in its instructions to Obligors or applicable agents regarding payments to be made with respect to the Collateral to the Collection Account, unless the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower, have consented to such change.
(d)    Compliance with Sanctions. None of the Collateral Manager, any Person directly or indirectly Controlling the Collateral Manager nor any Person directly or indirectly Controlled by the Collateral Manager and, to the Collateral Manager’s knowledge, no Related Party of the foregoing will, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of any Advance hereunder, or lend, contribute, or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner, or other Person (i) to fund any activities or business of or with a Sanctioned Person, or (ii) in any manner that would be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any Lender to be in breach of any Sanctions. Each Person shall comply with all applicable Sanctions in all material respects, and shall maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance with Sanctions. Each Person will notify each Lender and the Administrative Agent in writing not more than one (1) Business Day after becoming aware of any breach of this section.
Section 5.5    Affirmative Covenants of the Collateral Agent.
The Collateral Agent covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
(a)    Compliance with Law.  The Collateral Agent will comply in all material respects with all Applicable Law.
(b)    Preservation of Existence.  The Collateral Agent will preserve and maintain its existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its formation and qualify and remain qualified in good standing in each jurisdiction where failure to preserve and maintain such existence, rights, franchises, privileges and qualification has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)    Location of Underlying Instruments.  Subject to Section 14.4, the Underlying Instruments shall remain at all times in the possession of the Custodian at the address set forth on Annex A hereto, unless notice of a different address is given in accordance with the terms hereof or unless the Administrative Agent agrees to allow certain Underlying Instruments to be released to the Collateral Manager on a temporary basis in accordance with the terms hereof, except as such Underlying Instruments may be released pursuant to this Agreement.

-101-


(d)    Corporate Collateral Agent Required; Eligibility.  The Collateral Agent (including any successor Collateral Agent appointed pursuant to Section 7.5) hereunder shall at all times (i) be a national banking association or banking corporation or trust company organized and doing business under the laws of any state or the United States, (ii) be authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, (iii) have a combined capital and surplus of at least $200,000,000, and (iv) be subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. If such banking association publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to Applicable Law or the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 5.5(d) its combined capital and surplus shall be deemed to be as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time the Collateral Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.5(d), the Collateral Agent shall give prompt notice to the Borrower, the Collateral Manager and the Lenders that it has ceased to be eligible to be the Collateral Agent.
Section 5.6    Negative Covenants of the Collateral Agent.
The Collateral Agent covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:
(a)    Underlying Instruments.  The Collateral Agent will not dispose of any documents constituting the Underlying Instruments in any manner that is inconsistent with the performance of its obligations as the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement and will not dispose of any Collateral except as contemplated by this Agreement.
(b)    No Changes to Collateral Agent Fee.  The Collateral Agent will not make any changes to the Collateral Agent Fee set forth in the Collateral Agent and Custodian Fee Letter without the prior written approval of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.
ARTICLE VI
COLLATERAL ADMINISTRATION
Section 6.1    Appointment of the Collateral Manager.
The Collateral Manager is hereby appointed as collateral manager and servicing agent of the Borrower for the purpose of performing certain collateral management functions including, without limitation, directing and supervising the investment and reinvestment of the Loans and Permitted Investments, servicing the Collateral, enforcing the Borrower’s rights and remedies in, to and under the Collateral and performing certain administrative functions on behalf of the Borrower delegated to it under this Agreement and in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, and the Collateral Manager hereby accepts such appointment. The Collateral Manager shall have the power to execute and deliver all necessary and appropriate documents and instruments on behalf of the Borrower in connection with performing its obligations set forth herein. Except as may otherwise be expressly provided in this Agreement, the Collateral Manager will perform its obligations hereunder in accordance with the Collateral Manager Standard. The Collateral Manager and the Borrower hereby acknowledge that the Collateral Agent, the

-102-


Administrative Agent, the Equity Investor and the other Secured Parties are third party beneficiaries of the obligations undertaken by the Collateral Manager hereunder.
Section 6.2    Duties of the Collateral Manager.
(a)    Duties.  Subject to the provisions concerning its general duties and obligations as set forth in Section 6.1 and the terms of this Agreement, the Collateral Manager agrees to manage the investment and reinvestment of the Collateral and shall perform on behalf of the Borrower all duties and functions assigned to the Borrower in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the duties that have been expressly delegated to the Collateral Manager in this Agreement; it being understood that the Collateral Manager shall have no obligation hereunder to perform any duties other than as specified herein and in the other Transaction Documents. The Borrower hereby irrevocably (except as provided below) appoints the Collateral Manager as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full power of substitution) in its name, place and stead in connection with the performance of its duties provided for in this Agreement, including, without limitation, the following powers: (A) to give or cause to be given any necessary receipts or acquittance for amounts collected or received hereunder, (B) to make or cause to be made all necessary transfers of the Loans, Equity Securities and Permitted Investments in connection with any acquisition, sale or other disposition made pursuant hereto, (C) to execute (under hand, under seal or as a deed) and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered on behalf of the Borrower all necessary or appropriate bills of sale, assignments, agreements and other instruments in connection with any such acquisition, sale or other disposition and (D) to execute (under hand, under seal or as a deed) and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered on behalf of the Borrower any consents, votes, proxies, waivers, notices, amendments, modifications, agreements, instruments, orders or other documents in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement and relating to any Loan, Equity Security or Permitted Investment. The Borrower hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney-in-fact (or any substitute) shall lawfully do hereunder and pursuant hereto and authorizes such attorney-in-fact to exercise full discretion and act for the Borrower in the same manner and with the same force and effect as the managers or officers of the Borrower might or could do in respect of the performance of such services, as well as in respect of all other things the Collateral Manager deems necessary or incidental to the furtherance or conduct of the Collateral Manager’s services under this Agreement, subject in each case to the applicable terms of this Agreement. The Borrower hereby authorizes such attorney-in-fact, in its sole discretion (but subject to applicable law and the provisions of this Agreement), to take all actions that it considers reasonably necessary and appropriate in respect of the Loans, the Equity Securities, the Permitted Investments and this Agreement. Nevertheless, if so requested by the Collateral Manager or a purchaser of any Loan, Equity Security or Permitted Investment, the Borrower shall ratify and confirm any such sale or other disposition by executing and delivering to the Collateral Manager or such purchaser all proper bills of sale, assignments, releases, powers of attorney, proxies, dividends, other orders and other instruments as may reasonably be designated in any such request. Except as otherwise set forth and provided for herein, this grant of power of attorney is coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and not be affected by the subsequent dissolution or bankruptcy of the Borrower. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the appointment herein of the Collateral Manager as the Borrower’s agent and attorney-in-fact shall automatically cease and terminate upon the resignation of the Collateral Manager pursuant to Section 6.10 or any termination and removal of the Collateral

-103-


Manager pursuant to Section 6.11. Each of the Collateral Manager and the Borrower shall take such other actions, and furnish such certificates, opinions and other documents, as may be reasonably requested by the other party hereto in order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to facilitate compliance with applicable laws and regulations and the terms of this Agreement. The Collateral Manager shall provide, and is hereby authorized to provide, the following services to the Borrower:
(i)    select the Loans and Permitted Investments to be acquired and select the Loans, Equity Securities and Permitted Investments to be sold or otherwise disposed of by the Borrower;
(ii)    invest and reinvest the Collateral;
(iii)    instruct the Collateral Agent with respect to any acquisition, disposition, or tender of, or Offer with respect to, a Loan, Equity Security, Permitted Investment or other assets received in respect thereof by the Borrower;
(iv)    perform the investment-related duties and functions (including, without limitation, the furnishing of Funding Notices, Repayment Notices, Reinvestment Notices, Borrowing Base Certificates, Collateral Management Reports and other notices and certificates that the Collateral Manager is required to deliver on behalf of the Borrower) as are expressly required to be performed by the Collateral Manager hereunder with regard to acquisitions, sales or other dispositions of Loans, Equity Securities, Permitted Investments and other assets permitted to be acquired or sold under, and subject to this Agreement (including any proceeds received by way of Offers, workouts and restructurings on Loan or other assets owned by the Borrower) and shall comply with any applicable requirements required to be performed by the Collateral Manager in this Agreement with respect thereto;
(v)    negotiate on behalf of the Borrower with prospective originators, sellers or purchasers of Loans as to the terms relating to the acquisition, sale or other dispositions thereof;
(vi)    subject to any applicable terms of this Agreement, monitor the Collateral on behalf of the Borrower on an ongoing basis and shall provide or cause to be provided to the Borrower copies of all reports, schedules and other data reasonably available to the Collateral Manager that the Borrower is required to prepare and deliver or cause to be prepared and delivered under this Agreement, in such forms and containing such information required thereby, in reasonably sufficient time for such required reports, schedules and data to be reviewed and delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower to the parties entitled thereto under this Agreement. The obligation of the Collateral Manager to furnish such information is subject to the Collateral Manager’s timely receipt of necessary reports and the appropriate information from the Person responsible for the delivery of or preparation of such information or such reports (including without limitation, the Obligors of the Loans, the Borrower, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender) and to any confidentiality restrictions with respect thereto. The Collateral Manager shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request,

-104-


certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by a Person that the Collateral Manager has no reason to believe is not duly authorized. The Collateral Manager also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and made by a Person the Collateral Manager has no reason to believe is not duly authorized, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Collateral Manager is entitled to rely on any other information furnished to it by third parties that it reasonably believes in good faith to be genuine provided that no Responsible Officer of the Collateral Manager has actual knowledge that such information is materially incorrect;
(vii)    subject to and in accordance with this Agreement, as agent of the Borrower and on behalf of the Borrower, direct the Collateral Agent to take, or take on behalf of the Borrower, as applicable, any of the following actions with respect to a Loan, Equity Security or Permitted Investment:
(1)    purchase or otherwise acquire such Loan or Permitted Investment;
(2)    retain such Loan, Equity Security or Permitted Investment;
(3)    sell or otherwise dispose of such Loan, Equity Security or Permitted Investment (including any assets received by way of Offers, workouts and restructurings on assets owned by the Borrower) in the open market or otherwise;
(4)    if applicable, tender such Loan, Equity Security or Permitted Investment;
(5)    if applicable, consent to or refuse to consent to any proposed amendment, modification, restructuring, exchange, waiver or Offer and give or refuse to give any notice or direction;
(6)    retain or dispose of any securities or other property (if other than cash) received by the Borrower;
(7)    call or waive any default with respect to any Loan;
(8)    vote on any matter for which the Borrower has the right to vote pursuant to the Underlying Instruments (including to accelerate the maturity of any Loan);
(9)    participate in a committee or group formed by creditors of an Obligor under a Loan or issuer or obligor of a Permitted Investment;
(10)    after the occurrence of the Collection Date, determine in consultation with the Borrower when, in the view of the Collateral Manager, it would be in the best interest of the Borrower to liquidate all or any portion of the Collateral (and, if applicable, after discharge of the Lien of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral

-105-


under this Agreement) and, subject to the prior approval of the Borrower, execute on behalf of the Borrower any such liquidation or any actions necessary to effectuate any of the foregoing;
(11)    advise and assist the Borrower with respect to the valuation of the Loans, to the extent required or permitted by this Agreement, and advise and assist the Equity Investor with respect to the valuation of the Borrower; and
(12)    exercise any other rights or remedies with respect to such Loan, Equity Security or Permitted Investment as provided in the Underlying Instruments of the Obligor or issuer under such assets or the other documents governing the terms of such assets or take any other action consistent with the terms of this Agreement which the Collateral Manager reasonably determines to be in the best interests of the Borrower.
(viii)    the Collateral Manager may, but shall not be obligated to:
(1)    retain accounting, tax, legal and other professional services on behalf of the Borrower as may be needed by the Borrower; and/or
(2)    consult on behalf of the Borrower with the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders at such times as may be reasonably requested thereby in accordance with this Agreement and provide any such Person requesting the same with the information they are then entitled to have in accordance with this Agreement;
(ix)    in connection with the purchase of any Loan by the Borrower, prepare, on behalf of the Borrower, the information required to be delivered to the Collateral Agent with respect to such Loan, the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.
(x)    prepare and submit claims to, and act as post‑billing liaison with, Obligors on each Loan (for which no administrative or similar agent exists);
(xi)    maintain all necessary records and reports with respect to the Collateral and provide such reports to the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent in respect of the management and administration of the Collateral (including information relating to its performance under this Agreement) as may be required hereunder or as the Borrower, the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;
(xii)    maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate management and administration records evidencing the Collateral in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof) and keep and maintain all documents, books, records and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of the Collateral;

-106-


(xiii)    promptly deliver to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, from time to time, such information and management and administration records (including information relating to its performance under this Agreement) as such Person may from time to time reasonably request;
(xiv)    identify each Loan clearly and unambiguously in its records to reflect that such Loan is owned by the Borrower and that the Borrower has granted a security interest therein to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement;
(xv)    notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge of any material action, suit, proceeding, dispute, offset, deduction, defense or counterclaim (1) that is or is threatened to be asserted by an Obligor with respect to any Loan (or portion thereof) of which it has knowledge or has received notice; or (2) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(xvi)    assist the Borrower in maintaining the first priority, perfected security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in the Collateral;
(xvii)    maintain the loan record(s) with respect to Loans included as part of the Collateral (except for any loan records that have been provided to and remain in the possession of the Collateral Agent); provided that upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default or a Collateral Manager Termination Event, the Administrative Agent may request the Loan File(s) to be sent to the Collateral Agent or its designee;
(xviii)    with respect to each Loan included as part of the Collateral, make the applicable Loan File available for inspection by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, upon reasonable advance notice, at the offices of the Collateral Manager during normal business hours; and
(xix)    direct the Collateral Agent to make payments pursuant to the instructions set forth in the latest Collateral Management Report in accordance with Section 2.7 and Section 2.8 and prepare such other reports pursuant to Section 6.8 as (A) required to be prepared by the Collateral Manager and (B) to the extent not otherwise expressly a duty of the Collateral Agent, with the consent of the Collateral Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).
It is acknowledged and agreed that the Borrower possesses only such rights with respect to the enforcement of rights and remedies with respect to the Loans and the Underlying Assets and under the Underlying Instruments as have been transferred to the Borrower with respect to the related Loan, and therefore, for all purposes under this Agreement, the Collateral Manager shall perform its administrative and management duties hereunder only to the extent that, as a lender under the related loan syndication Underlying Instruments, it has the right to do so.

-107-


(b)    In performing its duties hereunder and when exercising its discretion and judgment in connection with any transactions involving the Loans, Equity Securities or Permitted Investments, the Collateral Manager shall carry out any reasonable written directions of the Borrower for the purpose of preventing a breach of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; provided that such directions are not inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement by which the Collateral Manager is bound or Applicable Law.
(c)    In providing services hereunder, the Collateral Manager may, without the consent of any party but with prior written notice to each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, employ third parties, including, without limitation, its Affiliates, to render advice (including investment advice), to provide services to arrange for trade execution and otherwise provide assistance to the Borrower and to perform any of its duties hereunder; provided that no such written notice shall be required for a delegation of any duties of the Collateral Manager to BDC Advisor, the Sub-Advisor or their respective employees or to the Collateral Agent in respect of collateral administration duties performed by the Collateral Agent hereunder; provided further, that such delegation of any of its duties hereunder or performance of services by any other Person shall not relieve the Collateral Manager of any of its duties or liabilities hereunder. BDC Advisor has engaged Churchill Asset Management, LLC as a sub-advisor (the “Sub-Advisor”), and each of the Borrower, the Collateral Manager, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent hereby acknowledges such engagement.
(d)    The Collateral Manager assumes no responsibility under this Agreement other than to perform the Collateral Manager’s duties called for hereunder and under the terms of this Agreement applicable to the Collateral Manager, in good faith and, subject to the Collateral Manager Standard, shall not be responsible for any action of the Borrower or the Collateral Agent in following or declining to follow any advice, recommendation or direction of the Collateral Manager.
(e)    In performing its duties, the Collateral Manager shall perform its obligations with reasonable care (i) using no less degree of care, skill and attention as it employs with respect to similar collateral that it manages for itself and its Affiliates having similar investment objectives and restrictions and (ii) without limiting the clause (i), in a manner it reasonably believes consistent with customary standards, policies and procedures followed by institutional managers of national standing relating to assets of the nature and character of the Loans (the “Collateral Manager Standard”).
(f)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the exercise by the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties of their rights hereunder (including, but not limited to, the delivery of a Collateral Manager Termination Notice), shall not release the Collateral Manager or the Borrower from any of their duties or responsibilities with respect to the Collateral, except that the Collateral Manager’s obligations hereunder shall terminate upon its removal under this Agreement. The Secured Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall not have any obligation or liability with respect to any Collateral, other than as provided for herein or in any other Transaction Document, nor shall any of them be obligated to perform any of the obligations of the Collateral Manager hereunder.

-108-


(g)    Nothing in this Section 6.2 or any other obligations of the Collateral Manager under this Agreement shall release, modify, amend or otherwise affect any of the obligations of the Borrower or any other party hereunder.
(h)    Any payment by an Obligor in respect of any Indebtedness owed by it to the Borrower shall, except as otherwise specified by such Obligor or otherwise required by contract or law, be applied as a collection of a payment by such Obligor (starting with the oldest such outstanding payment due) to the extent of any amounts then due and payable thereunder before being applied to any other receivable or other obligation of such Obligor.
(i)    It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that, in addition to acting in its capacity as Collateral Manager pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc. (and its Affiliates) will engage in other business and render other services outside the scope of its capacity as Collateral Manager (including acting as administrative agent or as a lender with respect to Underlying Instruments or as collateral manager or investment advisor to other funds and investment vehicles). It is hereby further acknowledged and agreed that such other activities shall in no way whatsoever alter, amend or modify any of the Collateral Manager’s rights, duties or obligations under the Transaction Documents.
(j)    Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and Applicable Law, the Collateral Manager is hereby authorized to effect client cross-transactions in which the Collateral Manager causes the purchase or sale of a Loan to be effected between the Borrower and another account advised by the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates. In addition, the Collateral Manager is authorized to enter into agency cross-transactions in which the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates act as broker for the Borrower and for the other party to the transaction, to the extent permitted under Applicable Law, in which case any such Affiliate will have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities regarding, both parties to the transaction. The Borrower hereby authorizes and consents to such broker engaging in such transactions and acting in such capacities.
(k)    The Collateral Manager, subject to and in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, hereby agrees that it shall cause any transaction relating to the Loans, the Equity Securities and the Permitted Investments to be conducted on terms and conditions negotiated on an arm’s-length basis and in accordance with Applicable Law.
(l)    In circumstances where the consent of a Person acting on behalf of the Borrower and independent of the Collateral Manager to the acquisition or sale of a Loan, an Equity Security or a Permitted Investment is not obtained, the Collateral Manager will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the best execution (but shall have no obligation to obtain the best prices available) for all orders placed with respect to any purchase or sale of any Loan, Equity Security or Permitted Investment, in a manner permitted by law and in a manner it believes to be in the best interests of the Borrower, considering all circumstances. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Collateral Manager may, in the allocation of business, select brokers and/or dealers with whom to effect trades on behalf of the Borrower and may open cash trading accounts with such brokers and dealers (provided that none of the assets of the Borrower may be credited to, held in or subject to the lien of the broker or dealer with respect to any such account). In addition, subject to the first

-109-


sentence of this paragraph, the Collateral Manager may, in the allocation of business, take into consideration research and other brokerage services furnished to the Collateral Manager or its Affiliates by brokers and dealers which are not Affiliates of the Collateral Manager; provided that the Collateral Manager in good faith believes that the compensation for such services rendered by such brokers and dealers complies with the requirements of Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act (“Section 28(e)”), or in the case of principal or fixed income transactions for which the “safe harbor” of Section 28(e) is not available, the amount of the spread charged is reasonable in relation to the value of the research and other brokerage services provided. Such services may be used by the Collateral Manager in connection with its other advisory activities or investment operations. The Collateral Manager may aggregate sales and purchase orders placed with respect to the Loans with similar orders being made simultaneously for other clients of the Collateral Manager or of Affiliates of the Collateral Manager, if in the Collateral Manager’s reasonable judgment such aggregation shall not result in an overall economic loss to the Borrower, taking into consideration the availability of purchasers or sellers, the selling or purchase price, brokerage commission or other expenses, as well as the availability of such Loans on any other basis. In accounting for such aggregated order price, commissions and other expenses may be apportioned on a weighted average basis. When any purchase or sale of a Loan, Equity Security or Permitted Investment occurs as part of any aggregate sales or purchase orders, the objective of the Collateral Manager will be to allocate the executions among the clients in an equitable manner and in accordance with the internal policies and procedures of the Collateral Manager and, to the extent relevant, Applicable Law.
(m)    The Collateral Manager shall not have authority to cause the Borrower to purchase or sell any Collateral from or to the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates as principal, or from or to any other account, portfolio or person for which the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates serves as investment advisor, unless (i) the terms and conditions thereof are no less favorable to the Borrower as the terms it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a non-Affiliate and (ii) the transactions are effected in accordance with all Applicable Laws (including, without limitation, the Advisers Act). To the extent that Applicable Law requires disclosure to and the consent of the Borrower to any purchase or sale transaction on a principal basis with the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates, such requirement may be satisfied with respect to the Borrower pursuant to any manner that is permitted pursuant to then Applicable Law.
(n)    In the event that, in light of market conditions and investment objectives, the Collateral Manager determines that it would be advisable to (i) facilitate the sale of the same asset both for the Borrower and for either the proprietary account of the Collateral Manager or any Affiliate of the Collateral Manager or for another client of the Collateral Manager or any Affiliate thereof or (ii) facilitate the acquisition of the same asset both for the Borrower and for either the proprietary account of the Collateral Manager or any Affiliate of the Collateral Manager or for another client of the Collateral Manager or any Affiliate thereof, then, in each such case, such purchases or sales will be allocated in a manner that is consistent with the Collateral Manager’s obligations hereunder, the Collateral Manager Standard and Applicable Law.
(o)    The Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge that in certain circumstances, the interests of the Borrower and/or the Lenders with respect to matters as to which the Collateral Manager is advising the Borrower may conflict with the interests of the Collateral Manager and the

-110-


Affiliates of the Collateral Manager. The Collateral Manager is responsible for the investment decisions made on behalf of other advisory clients, including certain discretionary accounts. The Collateral Manager may determine that the Borrower and the Collateral Manager, one of its Affiliates or some other client should purchase or sell the same securities or loans at the same time. In that regard, the Collateral Manager and its Affiliates may, with respect to the Borrower, compete for securities and loans that are suitable for the Borrower and other clients managed by the Collateral Manager or its Affiliates. As a result, it is possible that such clients, rather than the Borrower, will be successful in acquiring such loans and securities. During the Reinvestment Period, the Borrower will be offered such proportion of investment opportunities available to the Collateral Manager and its Affiliates which is consistent with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Borrower and otherwise suitable for inclusion in the portfolio of the Borrower as the Collateral Manager may determine. It is expected that such allocation between or among the Borrower and any other clients managed by the Collateral Manager and/or its Affiliates for which such investment is suitable will be allocated in accordance with the allocation procedures of BDC Advisor. Generally, these procedures are expected to result in allocations being made pro rata in respect of the annual capacity of the Borrower and such other clients, provided that where such pro rata allocation is not contemplated due to relevant investment objectives or other considerations, including, without limitation, the nature and time horizon of the investment, suitability and portfolio positions of each of the Borrower and such other clients, including concentration, diversification, liquidity, investment restrictions or other limitations, applicable tax and regulatory considerations, or would otherwise result in a potential violation of applicable law or contractual considerations, the Collateral Manager will seek to allocate such opportunities in a fair and equitable manner among the Borrower and such other clients. Each of the Collateral Manager and its Affiliates will allocate investment opportunities across its own clients in accordance with its own allocation policies and procedures and without regard to the allocation being made by other Affiliates, including the Collateral Manager. Conflicts (and potential conflicts) may arise when the Borrower is competing with other clients for investment opportunities and exits. Where pro rata allocation is not appropriate or would otherwise result in a potential violation of applicable law or contractual considerations, the Collateral Manager will determine in its sole and absolute discretion the allocation of the Borrower’s assets on whatever basis they consider to be reasonable and consistent with the Borrower’s investment guidelines and their obligations to the Borrower. In certain instances, it is possible that other clients managed by the Collateral Manager or its Affiliates, or for a proprietary account of an Affiliate, may be in the same or similar loans or securities as held by the Borrower, and which may be acquired at different times at lower or higher prices. Those investments may also be in securities or other instruments in different parts of the company’s capital structure that differ significantly from the investments held by the Borrower, including with respect to material terms and conditions, including without limitation seniority, interest rates, dividends, voting rights and participation in liquidation proceeds. Consequently, in certain instances these investments may be in positions or interests which are potentially adverse to those taken or held by the Borrower. In such circumstances, measures will be taken to address such actual or potential conflicts, which may include, as appropriate, establishing an information barrier between or among the applicable personnel of the Collateral Manager and the relevant Affiliates, requiring recusal of certain personnel from participating in decisions that give rise to such conflicts, or other protective measures as shall be established from time to time to address such conflicts.

-111-


Section 6.3    Authorization of the Collateral Manager.
(a)    The Borrower hereby authorizes the Collateral Manager to take any and all steps in its name and on its behalf necessary or desirable in the determination of the Collateral Manager and not inconsistent with the grant by the Borrower to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, of a security interest in the Collateral that at all times ranks senior to any other creditor of the Borrower, to collect all amounts due under any and all Collateral, including, without limitation, endorsing any of their names on checks and other instruments representing Collections, executing and delivering any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Collateral and, after the delinquency of any Collateral and to the extent permitted under and in compliance with Applicable Law, to commence proceedings with respect to enforcing payment thereof. Each of the Borrower and the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties shall furnish the Collateral Manager with any powers of attorney and other documents necessary or appropriate to enable the Collateral Manager to carry out its management and administrative duties hereunder, and shall cooperate with the Collateral Manager to the fullest extent in order to permit the collectability of the Collateral. In no event shall the Collateral Manager be entitled to make any Secured Party or the Collateral Agent a party to any litigation without such party’s express prior written consent, or to make the Borrower a party to any litigation (other than any foreclosure or similar collection procedure) without the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
(b)    After the declaration of the Termination Date, at the direction of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Manager shall take such action as the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to enforce collection of the Collateral and directs the Collateral Manager; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in accordance with Section 5.1(m), notify any Obligor with respect to any Collateral of the assignment of such Collateral to the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, and direct that payments of all amounts due or to become due be made directly to the Collateral Agent or any collection agent, sub‑agent or account designated by the Collateral Agent and, upon such notification and at the expense of the Borrower, the Collateral Agent may enforce collection of any such Collateral, and adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof.
(c)    In dealing with the Collateral Manager and its duly appointed agents, none of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent nor any Lender shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Collateral Manager or any such agent to bind the Borrower.
Section 6.4    Collection of Payments; Accounts.
(a)    Collection Efforts.  The Collateral Manager will use commercially reasonable efforts consistent with the Collateral Manager Standard to collect or cause to be collected all payments called for under the terms and provisions of the Loans included in the Collateral as and when the same become due.
(b)    Taxes and other Amounts.  To the extent the Borrower is required under the Underlying Instruments to perform such duties, the Collateral Manager will collect all payments with respect to amounts due for Taxes, assessments and insurance premiums relating to each Loan

-112-


to the extent required to be paid to the Borrower for such application under the Underlying Instrument, directing all such payments to be paid to the Collection Account, and direct the Collateral Agent to remit such amounts to the appropriate Governmental Authority or insurer as required by the Underlying Instruments.
(c)    Payments to Collection Account.  On or before the applicable Funding Date, the Borrower or the Collateral Manager, as applicable, shall have instructed all Obligors and paying agents to make all payments owing to the Borrower in respect of the Collateral directly to the Collection Account in accordance with Section 2.9.
(d)    Accounts.  Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that each Account shall be deemed to be a Securities Account. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees to cause the Collateral Agent or any other Securities Intermediary that holds any Cash or other Financial Asset for the Borrower in an Account to agree with the parties hereto that (A) the cash and other property (subject to Section 6.4(e) below with respect to any property other than investment property, as defined in Section 9‑102(a)(49) of the UCC) is to be treated as a Financial Asset and (B) the jurisdiction governing the Account, all Cash and other Financial Assets credited to the Account and the “securities intermediary’s jurisdiction” (within the meaning of Section 8‑110(e) of the UCC) shall, in each case, be the State of New York. In no event may any Financial Asset held in any Account be registered in the name of, payable to the order of, or specially Indorsed to, the Borrower, unless such Financial Asset has also been Indorsed in blank or to the Collateral Agent or other Securities Intermediary that holds such Financial Asset in such Account.
(e)    Underlying Instruments.  Notwithstanding any term hereof (or any term of the UCC that might otherwise be construed to be applicable to a “securities intermediary” as defined in the UCC) to the contrary, none of the Collateral Agent, Custodian nor any Securities Intermediary shall be under any duty or obligation in connection with the acquisition by the Borrower, or the grant by the Borrower of a security interest to the Collateral Agent, of any Loan to examine or evaluate the sufficiency of the documents or instruments delivered to it by or on behalf of the Borrower under the related Underlying Instruments, or otherwise to examine the Underlying Instruments, in order to determine or compel compliance with any applicable requirements of or restrictions on transfer (including without limitation any necessary consents). The Collateral Agent and the Custodian shall hold any Instrument delivered to it evidencing any Loan transferred to the Collateral Agent hereunder each as custodial agent for the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Section 6.5    Realization Upon Loans.
The Collateral Manager may, in its discretion and consistent with the Collateral Manager Standard and the Underlying Instruments, foreclose upon or repossess, as applicable, or otherwise comparably convert the ownership of any Underlying Assets relating to a Loan that has become subject to any default and as to which no satisfactory arrangements can be made for collection of delinquent payments. The Collateral Manager will comply with the Collateral Manager Standard and Applicable Law in realizing upon such Underlying Assets, and employ practices and procedures including reasonable efforts consistent with the Collateral Manager Standard to enforce all obligations of Obligors by foreclosing upon, repossessing and causing the sale of such Underlying

-113-


Assets at public or private sale in circumstances other than those described in the preceding sentence. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, unless the Administrative Agent has specifically given instruction to the contrary, the Collateral Manager may cause the sale of any such Underlying Assets to the Collateral Manager or its Affiliates for a purchase price equal to the then fair market value thereof, any such sale to be evidenced by a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Collateral Manager delivered to the Administrative Agent setting forth the Loan, the Underlying Assets, the sale price of the Underlying Assets and certifying that such sale price is the fair market value of such Underlying Assets. In any case in which any such Underlying Asset has suffered damage, the Collateral Manager will not expend funds in connection with any repair or toward the foreclosure or repossession of such Underlying Asset unless the Collateral Manager reasonably determines that such repair and/or foreclosure or repossession will increase recoveries by an amount greater than the amount of such expenses. The Collateral Manager will remit to the Collection Account all recoveries received by the Collateral Manager in connection with the sale or disposition of Underlying Assets relating to any Loan hereunder.
Section 6.6    Collateral Manager Compensation.
As compensation for its administrative and management activities hereunder, the Collateral Manager or its designee shall be entitled to receive the Collateral Management Fee pursuant to the provisions of Sections 2.7 and Section 2.8, as applicable; provided, that the Collateral Manager shall be permitted to irrevocably waive all or any portion of the Collateral Management Fee payable to the Collateral Manager on a Payment Date by providing written notice thereof to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent at least one (1) Business Day prior to the applicable Payment Date.
Section 6.7    Expense Reimbursement.
Subject to Sections 2.7, 2.8(a), and 2.9(f), as applicable, the Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Collateral Manager for its payment of any and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred on behalf of the Borrower in connection with its management, administration and collection activities with respect to the Collateral and compliance with the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation: (i) any transfer fees necessary to register any Loan; (ii) any fees and expenses in connection with the acquisition, management, amendment, enforcement, pricing, valuation, restructuring or disposition of Collateral or otherwise in connection with the Advances or the Borrower (including (a) investment related travel, communications and related expenses, (b) reasonable legal fees and expenses, (c) in connection with the termination, cancellation or abandonment of a potential acquisition or disposition of any Collateral that is not consummated, (d) amounts required to be paid or reimbursed to any agent under any Underlying Instrument and (e) costs associated with visits and inspections pursuant to Section 5.1(d)); (iii) any and all taxes and governmental charges that may be incurred or payable by the Borrower; (iv) any and all costs and expenses for services to the Borrower and the Collateral in respect of assignment processing fees; (v) in the event the Borrower is included in the consolidated financial statements of the Collateral Manager or its Affiliates, costs and expenses associated with the preparation of such financial statements and other information by the Collateral Manager or its Affiliates to the extent related to the inclusion of the Borrower in such financial statements, and (vi) any and all expenses

-114-


incurred to comply with any law or regulation related to the activities of the Borrower and, to the extent relating specifically to the Borrower (or its activities) and the Collateral, the Collateral Manager; provided that, the Collateral Manager shall bear as non-reimbursable costs, all of the Collateral Manager’s own internal and incidental costs and expenses, including the salaries, wages (other than with respect to clause (v) of this Section 6.7) and payroll Taxes of its officers and employees, the cost of insurance coverage for its officers and employees (but not including directors and officers coverage attributable to the performance of duties pursuant to any Transaction Document) and the other similar general overhead costs and expenses of the Collateral Manager incurred by or on behalf of the Collateral Manager in rendering the services of the Collateral Manager hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents; provided, further, that (i) to the extent the Borrower is entitled to be reimbursed for any such costs and expenses by any Obligor and is, in fact, paid or reimbursed thereby, the Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Collateral Manager in accordance with this Section 6.7 (net of any amounts, if any, received by the Collateral Manager directly) and (ii) in the event the Collateral Manager has fees or expenses (including internal costs of the Collateral Manager or that are allocated to the Collateral Manager) that are allocable to one or more entities in addition to the Borrower to which the Collateral Manager provides management or advisory services, the Borrower shall be responsible for only a pro rata portion (based on aggregate principal or committed amounts) of such fees and expenses, based on the aggregate assets under management of all entities to which such costs or expenses are allocable, all such reimbursable costs and expenses being the “Collateral Manager Reimbursable Expenses”.
Section 6.8    Reports; Information.
(a)    Obligor Financial Statements; Other Reports.  The Collateral Manager will deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, to the extent received by the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Borrower) pursuant to the Underlying Instruments, the complete financial reporting package with respect to each Obligor and with respect to each Loan for such Obligor (including any financial statements, management discussion and analysis, executed covenant compliance certificates and related covenant calculations with respect to such Obligor and with respect to each Loan for such Obligor) provided to the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Borrower) for the periods required by the Underlying Instruments, which delivery shall be made within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such financial reporting package by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Borrower) as specified in the Underlying Instruments. The Collateral Manager will provide, promptly upon request from the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, such other information received by it from any Obligor as may reasonably be requested with respect to such Obligor.
(b)    Amendments to Loans.  The Collateral Manager will post on a password protected website maintained by the Collateral Manager to which the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will have access (or otherwise deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, including, without limitation, by electronic mail) a copy of any material amendment, restatement, supplement, waiver or other modification to the Underlying Instruments of any Loan (along with any internal documents prepared by the Collateral Manager and provided to its investment committee in connection with such amendment, restatement, supplement, waiver or

-115-


other modification) within ten (10) Business Days of the effectiveness of such amendment, restatement, supplement, waiver or other modification.
(c)    Collateral Management Report.  The Collateral Manager shall deliver a Collateral Management Report and a Borrowing Base Certificate on each Reporting Date and each Funding Date to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender and the Borrower.
(d)    Collateral Manager Information.  The Collateral Manager shall furnish to the Administrative Agent for distribution to each Lender within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower and the Equity Investor, commencing with the 2015 fiscal year, a report covering such fiscal year of a firm of independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing to the effect that such accountants have applied certain agreed-upon procedures (a copy of which procedures are attached hereto as Schedule III, it being understood that the Collateral Manager and the Administrative Agent will provide an updated Schedule III reflecting any further amendments to such Schedule III prior to the issuance of the first such agreed-upon procedures report, a copy of which shall replace the then existing Schedule III) to certain documents and records relating to the Collateral, the Borrower, the Equity Investor and the Collateral Manager, compared the information contained in the Collateral Management Reports delivered during the period covered by such report with such documents and records and that no matters came to the attention of such accountants that caused them to believe that the information and the calculations included in such Collateral Management Reports were not determined or performed in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, except for such exceptions as such accountants shall believe to be immaterial and such other exceptions as shall be set forth in such statement.
Section 6.9    Annual Statement as to Compliance.
The Collateral Manager will provide to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, within one hundred and twenty (120) days following the end of each fiscal year of the Collateral Manager, commencing with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2015, a report signed by a Responsible Officer of the Collateral Manager certifying that (a) a review of the activities of the Collateral Manager, and the Collateral Manager’s performance pursuant to this Agreement, for the fiscal period ending on the last day of such fiscal year has been made under such Person’s supervision and (b) the Collateral Manager has performed or has caused to be performed in all material respects all of its obligations under this Agreement throughout such year and no Collateral Manager Termination Event has occurred or, if any such Collateral Manager Termination Event has occurred, a statement describing the nature thereof and the steps being taken to remedy such Collateral Manager Termination Event.
Section 6.10    The Collateral Manager Not to Resign.
The Collateral Manager shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except upon the Collateral Manager’s good faith determination in consultation with legal counsel that (i) the performance of its duties hereunder is or becomes impermissible under Applicable Law and (ii) there is no reasonable action that the Collateral Manager could take to make the performance of its duties hereunder permissible under Applicable Law. In connection with

-116-


any such determination permitting the resignation of the Collateral Manager, the Collateral Manager shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower a description of the circumstances giving rise to such determination.
Section 6.11    Collateral Manager Termination Events.
Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Collateral Manager Termination Event, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent, by written notice to the Collateral Manager with a copy to the Borrower, the Equity Investor, the Collateral Agent and each other Lender (such notice, a “Collateral Manager Termination Notice”), may, in its sole discretion, or shall, at the request of the Required Lenders, terminate all of the rights and obligations of the Collateral Manager as “Collateral Manager” under this Agreement. Each Collateral Manager Termination Notice shall designate the replacement Collateral Manager, who shall be selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. Until a Collateral Manager Termination Notice is delivered as set forth above, the Collateral Manager shall (i) unless otherwise notified by the Administrative Agent, continue to act in such capacity pursuant to Section 6.1, subject to Section 6.10 and (ii) as requested by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion (A) terminate some or all of its activities as Collateral Manager hereunder by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion as necessary or desirable, (B) provide such information as may be requested by the Administrative Agent to facilitate the transition of the performance of such activities to the Administrative Agent or any agent thereof and (C) take all other actions requested by the Administrative Agent, in each case to facilitate the transition of the performance of such activities to the Administrative Agent or any agent thereof.
ARTICLE VII
THE COLLATERAL AGENT
Section 7.1    Designation of Collateral Agent.
(a)    Initial Collateral Agent.  The role of Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party shall be conducted by the Person designated as Collateral Agent hereunder from time to time in accordance with this Section 7.1. Until the Administrative Agent shall give to U.S. Bank a Collateral Agent Termination Notice, U.S. Bank is hereby appointed as, and hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the duties and obligations of, Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms hereof.
(b)    Successor Collateral Agent.  Upon the Collateral Agent’s receipt of a Collateral Agent Termination Notice from the Administrative Agent of the designation of a successor Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.5 and 7.7, the Collateral Agent agrees that it will terminate its activities as Collateral Agent hereunder.
Section 7.2    Duties of Collateral Agent.
(a)    Appointment.  Each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent hereby designate and appoint the Collateral Agent to act as its agent and hereby authorizes the Collateral

-117-


Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly granted to the Collateral Agent by this Agreement. The Collateral Agent hereby accepts such agency appointment to act as Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
(b)    Duties.  Until its removal pursuant to Section 7.5, the Collateral Agent shall perform, on behalf of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, the following duties and obligations:
(i)    [Reserved].
(ii)    [Reserved].
(iii)    [Reserved].
(iv)    [Reserved].
(v)    The Collateral Agent agrees, subject to Section 7.2(b)(viii), to cooperate with the Administrative Agent and take any reasonable action requested by the Administrative Agent that the Administrative Agent deems necessary or desirable in order to exercise or enforce any of the rights of a Secured Party hereunder. In the event the Collateral Agent receives instructions from the Collateral Manager or the Borrower which conflict with any instructions received by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent shall rely on and follow the instructions given by the Administrative Agent, and shall not be liable for its reliance upon and compliance with such instructions.
(vi)    The Collateral Agent shall, promptly upon its actual receipt of a Collateral Management Report from the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Borrower, verify the Outstanding Balance of each Loan and the balance of each Account used in the calculation of the Borrowing Base and, if the Collateral Agent’s calculation does not correspond with the calculation provided by the Collateral Manager on such Collateral Management Report, deliver such calculation to each of the Administrative Agent, Borrower and Collateral Manager within one (1) Business Day of receipt by the Collateral Agent of such Collateral Management Report and the parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reconcile such discrepancy.
(vii)    The Collateral Agent shall make payments in accordance with Section 2.7 and Section 2.8 and as otherwise expressly provided under this Agreement (the “Payment Duties”).
(viii)    The Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party further authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. In furtherance, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Secured Party hereby appoints the Collateral Agent (acting at the direction of the Administrative Agent) as its agent to execute and deliver all further

-118-


instruments and documents, and take all further action that the Administrative Agent deems necessary or desirable in order to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the security interests granted by the Borrower hereunder, or to enable any of them to exercise or enforce any of their respective rights hereunder, including, without limitation, the execution by the Collateral Agent as secured party/assignee of such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto or assignments thereof, relative to all or any of the Loans now existing or hereafter arising, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or appropriate for the purposes stated hereinabove. Nothing in this clause shall be deemed to relieve the Borrower or the Collateral Manager of their respective obligations to protect the interest of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in the Collateral, including to file financing and continuation statements in respect of the Collateral.
(ix)    If, in performing its duties under this Agreement, the Collateral Agent is required to decide between alternative courses of action, the Collateral Agent may request written instructions from the Administrative Agent as to the course of action desired by the Administrative Agent. If the Collateral Agent does not receive such instructions within two (2) Business Days after its request therefor, the Collateral Agent may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from taking any such courses of action. The Collateral Agent shall act in accordance with instructions received after such two (2) Business Day period except to the extent it has already taken, or committed itself to take, action inconsistent with such instructions. The Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely on the advice of legal counsel and independent accountants obtained in good faith in performing its duties hereunder and shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if it acts in accordance with such advice.
(x)    The Collateral Agent shall create a collateral database with respect to the Collateral based on information received from the Borrower, the Collateral Manager, the Administrative Agent and other third party sources (the “Collateral Database”), and update the Collateral Database daily for changes, including to reflect the sale or other disposition of the Collateral, based upon, and to the extent of, information furnished to the Collateral Agent by the Borrower as may be reasonably required by the Collateral Agent.
(xi)    The Collateral Agent shall track the receipt and daily allocation to the Accounts of Collections, the outstanding balances therein, and any withdrawals therefrom and, on each Business Day, provide to the Collateral Manager daily reports reflecting such actions as of the close of business on the preceding Business Day.
(xii)    The Collateral Agent shall provide such other information with respect to the Collateral contained within the Collateral Database or as may be required by this Agreement, in each case as the Borrower, Collateral Manager or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time.
(xiii)    The Collateral Agent shall notify the Borrower, the Collateral Manager and the Administrative Agent upon a Responsible Officer of the Collateral Agent receiving notices, reports or proxies or any other requests relating to corporate actions affecting the Collateral.

-119-


(xiv)    In performing its duties, (A) the Collateral Agent shall comply with the standard of care set forth in Section 7.6(c) and the express terms of the Transaction Documents with respect to the Collateral and (B) all calculations made by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 7.2(b) using information that is not routinely maintained by the Collateral Agent, including EBITDA, Assigned Value and Unrestricted Cash of any Obligor shall be made using such amounts as provided by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower or the Collateral Manager to the Collateral Agent.
(xv)    The Administrative Agent may direct the Collateral Agent to take actions which are incidental so the actions specifically delegated to the Collateral Agent hereunder; provided that the Collateral Agent shall not be required to take such incidental action hereunder, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting) upon the direction of the Administrative Agent; provided further that the Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action hereunder if the taking of such action, in the reasonable determination of the Collateral Agent, (x) shall be in violation of any Applicable Law or contrary to any provisions of this Agreement or (y) shall expose the Collateral Agent to liability hereunder or otherwise (unless it has received an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it with respect thereto).
(xvi)    Nothing herein shall prevent the Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates from engaging in other businesses or from rendering services of any kind to any Person.
(xvii)    Concurrently herewith, the Administrative Agent directs the Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent is authorized to enter into each Securities Account Control Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, all the Collateral Agent’s rights, protections and immunities provided herein shall apply to the Collateral Agent for any actions taken or omitted to be taken under each Securities Account Control Agreement in such capacity.
Section 7.3    Merger or Consolidation.
Any Person into which the Collateral Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Collateral Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the of the Collateral Agent, shall be the successor to the Collateral Agent under the Transaction Documents (and shall be deemed to have expressly assumed all obligations of the Collateral Agent under the Transaction Documents) without further act of any of the parties to this Agreement; provided that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible to act in such capacity under the Transaction Documents.
Section 7.4    Collateral Agent Compensation.
As compensation for its Collateral Agent activities hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to a Collateral Agent Fee pursuant to the provision of Section 2.7(a)(1), Section 2.7(b)(1) or Section 2.8(1), as applicable. The Collateral Agent’s entitlement to receive the Collateral Agent Fee shall cease on the earlier to occur of: (i) its removal as Collateral Agent and

-120-


appointment of a successor Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 7.5 or (ii) the termination of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to receive any accrued and unpaid Collateral Agent Fees due and owing to it at the time of such removal or termination.
Section 7.5    Collateral Agent Removal.
The Collateral Agent may be removed, with or without cause, by the Administrative Agent upon at least sixty (60) days’ notice given in writing to the Collateral Agent and the Lenders (the “Collateral Agent Termination Notice”); provided that notwithstanding its receipt of a Collateral Agent Termination Notice, the Collateral Agent shall continue to act in such capacity until a successor Collateral Agent has been appointed in accordance with the requirements of Sections 5.5(d) and 7.7.
Section 7.6    Limitation on Liability.
(a)    The Collateral Agent may conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected in acting upon any certificate (including an Officer’s Certificate of the Collateral Manager or the Borrower), instrument, opinion, notice, letter, facsimile or other document delivered to it and that in good faith it reasonably believes to be genuine and that has been signed by the proper party or parties. The Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on and shall be fully protected in acting upon (a) the written instructions of any designated officer of the Administrative Agent or (to the extent applicable) the Collateral Manager or (b) the verbal instructions of the Administrative Agent or (to the extent applicable) the Collateral Manager. The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be within the discretion or powers conferred upon it, or taken by it pursuant to any direction or instruction by which it is governed hereunder, or omitted to be taken by it by reason of the lack of direction or instruction required hereby for such action.
(b)    The Collateral Agent may consult counsel satisfactory to it and the advice or opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
(c)    The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any error of judgment, or for any act done or step taken or omitted by it, in good faith, or for any mistakes of fact or law, or for anything that it may do or refrain from doing in connection herewith except in the case of its willful misconduct, bad faith or grossly negligent performance or omission of its duties and in the case of its grossly negligent performance of its Payment Duties.
(d)    The Collateral Agent makes no warranty or representation and shall have no responsibility (except as expressly set forth in this Agreement) as to the content, enforceability, completeness, validity, sufficiency, value, genuineness, ownership or transferability of the Collateral, and will not be required to and will not make any representations as to the validity or value (except as expressly set forth in this Agreement) of any of the Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to take any legal action hereunder that might in its judgment involve any expense or liability unless it has been furnished with an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it.

-121-


(e)    The Collateral Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except such duties and responsibilities as are specifically set forth in this Agreement and no covenants or obligations shall be implied in this Agreement against the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent, except as expressly set forth herein, shall have no obligation to supervise, verify, monitor or administer the performance of the Collateral Manager or the Borrower, shall not be responsible for any action or omission of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Collateral Manager, the Borrower or any Lender and, absent written notice to a Responsible Officer of the Collateral Agent, shall be entitled to assume that such person is in compliance with its obligations under this Agreement or any other document related to this transaction.
(f)    The Collateral Agent shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds in the performance of its duties hereunder.
(g)    It is expressly agreed and acknowledged that the Collateral Agent is not guaranteeing performance of or assuming any liability for the obligations of the other parties hereto or any parties to the Collateral.
(h)    The Collateral Agent may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys; provided, that the Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for any actions or omissions on the part of any non-Affiliated agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.
(i)    The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for delays or failures in performance resulting from circumstances beyond its control (such circumstances include but are not limited to acts of God, strikes, lockouts, riots, acts of war, loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications services); errors by the Collateral Manager or any other Secured Party in its instructions to the Collateral Agent; or changes in applicable law, regulation or orders.
(j)    The Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility and shall have no liability for (i) preparing, recording, filing, re-recording or re-filing any financing statement, continuation statement, document, instrument or other notice in any public office at any time or times, (ii) the correctness of any such financing statement, continuation statement, document or instrument or other such notice, (iii) taking any action to perfect or maintain the perfection of any security interest granted to it hereunder or otherwise or (iv) the validity or perfection of any such lien or security interest.
(k)    In order to comply with the laws, rules, regulations and executive orders in effect from time to time applicable to banking institutions, including those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering (collectively, “Applicable Banking Laws”), the Collateral Agent may be required to obtain, verify and record certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Collateral Agent. Accordingly, each of the parties agrees to provide to the Collateral Agent upon its request from time to time such identifying information and documentation as may be available for such party in order to enable the Collateral Agent to comply with Applicable Banking Laws.

-122-


(l)    In no event shall the Collateral Agent be liable for special, punitive, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits or diminution in value) even if the Collateral Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such damages and regardless of the form of such action.
(m)    The Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to exercise or to honor any of the discretionary rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement at the request or direction of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, unless the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have provided to the Collateral Agent security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities which might reasonably be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
(n)    The Collateral Agent shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, note or other paper or document, but the Collateral Agent, in its discretion, may, and upon the written direction of the Administrative Agent shall, make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it shall be directed, and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled, on not less than five (5) Business Days’ prior notice to the Borrower and the Collateral Manager, to examine the books and records relating to the Advances and the Loans, personally or by agent or attorney, at a mutually agreed time during the Borrower’s or the Collateral Manager’s normal business hours; provided that prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default that has not been cured, waived or rescinded, such examination shall not occur more than twice in any twelve month period.
(o)    The Collateral Agent shall (i) not have any obligation to determine if a Loan meets the criteria specified in the definition of Eligible Loan, (ii) have no discretion to select or make investments but shall be entitled to solely rely upon the investment directions of the Borrower (or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Borrower) and (iii) have no duty or liability to independently confirm or determine whether any investment made hereunder qualifies as a Permitted Investment.
(p)    The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for the actions or omissions of the Collateral Manager, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to monitor, evaluate or verify compliance by the Collateral Manager with the terms hereof, or, other than as expressly set forth herein, to verify or independently determine the accuracy of information received by it from the Collateral Manager (or from any selling institution, agent bank, trustee or similar source) with respect to the Collateral.
(q)    The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect its interest (on behalf of the Secured Parties) in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty on it to exercise any such powers. Except for (x) as expressly set forth herein and (y) the reasonable care of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral or responsibility for (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not the Collateral Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or (ii)

-123-


taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral.
(r)    The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any matter unless a Responsible Officer of the Collateral Agent has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Collateral Agent at the Corporate Trust Office and such notice references the Borrower or this Agreement or otherwise identifies the Transaction Documents.
(s)    The Collateral Agent and its respective affiliates, directors, officers, agents or employees shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into or verify (i) any statement, warranty or representation of the Borrower, the Collateral Manager, the Equity Investor, the Administrative Agent or any Lender made in connection with this Agreement; (ii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants or agreements of the Borrower, Collateral Manager or the Equity Investor or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of any of the Borrower, Collateral Manager or the Equity Investor; (iii) the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article III; or (iv) the validity, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any other instrument or writing furnished by the Borrower, the Collateral Manager, the Equity Investor, the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection herewith. Other than as expressly set forth in a Transaction Document as an obligation of the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to take any action to collect from any Obligor any amount payable by such Obligor on any related Loan or any other Collateral under any circumstances, including if payment is refused after due demand upon such Obligor.
(t)    The parties acknowledge that in accordance with the Customer Identification Program (CIP) requirements under the USA Patriot Act and its implementing regulations, the Collateral Agent in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Collateral Agent. The Borrower hereby agrees that it shall provide the Collateral Agent with such information as it may reasonably request including, but not limited to, the Borrower’s name, physical address, tax identification number (or, that of the Equity Investor, if applicable) and other information that will help the Collateral Agent to identify and verify the Borrower’s identity (and in certain circumstances, the beneficial owners thereof) such as organizational documents, certificate of good standing, license to do business, or other pertinent identifying information.
(u)    The Collateral Agent shall not have any responsibility for preparing, filing or recording any financing or continuation statement in any public office at any time or to otherwise perfect or maintain the perfection of any security interest or lien granted to it hereunder.
(v)    The Collateral Agent shall not be liable for any obligation of the Collateral Manager or any Loan Party contained in this Agreement or for any errors of the Collateral Manager or any Loan Party contained in any computer tape, certificate or other data or document delivered to the Collateral Agent hereunder or on which the Collateral Agent must rely in order to perform its obligations hereunder, and the Secured Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent each agree to look only to the Collateral Manager to perform such obligations. The Collateral Agent

-124-


shall have no responsibility and shall not be in default hereunder or incur any liability for any failure, error, malfunction or any delay in carrying out any of its duties under this Agreement if such failure or delay results from the Collateral Agent acting in accordance with information prepared or provided by a Person other than the Collateral Agent or the failure of any such other Person to prepare or provide such information. The Collateral Agent shall have no responsibility, shall not be in default and shall incur no liability for (i) any act, delay or failure to act of any third party, including the Collateral Manager, (ii) any inaccuracy or omission in a notice or communication received by the Collateral Agent from any third party, including the Collateral Manager, (iii) the invalidity or unenforceability of any Collateral under Applicable Law, (iv) the breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made with respect to any Collateral, or (v) the acts or omissions of any successor Collateral Agent.
Section 7.7    Resignation of the Collateral Agent.
The Collateral Agent shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except upon (a) sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the Borrower, Collateral Manager, Administrative Agent and each Lender, or (b) the Collateral Agent’s determination that (i) the performance of its duties hereunder is or becomes impermissible under Applicable Law and (ii) there is no reasonable action that the Collateral Agent could take to make the performance of its duties hereunder permissible under Applicable Law. Any such determination permitting the resignation of the Collateral Agent shall be evidenced as to clause (i) above by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Administrative Agent. No such resignation shall become effective until a successor Collateral Agent shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Collateral Agent hereunder provided that, any successor Collateral Agent shall (y) satisfy all requirements of Section 5.5(d) and (z) be acceptable to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Manager (if no Collateral Manager Termination Event has occurred) and the Borrower (if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) in their respective sole discretion. If no such successor is appointed within 90 days after the delivery of written notice, the Collateral Agent may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Collateral Agent.
Section 7.8    [Reserved].
Section 7.9    [Reserved].
Section 7.10    Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the Collateral; Audits.
(a)    The Collateral Manager, the Borrower and the Collateral Agent shall provide to the Administrative Agent access to documentation in the possession of such Persons regarding the Collateral including in such cases where the Administrative Agent may direct the Collateral Agent in connection with the enforcement of the rights or interests of the Collateral Agent hereunder, or by applicable statutes or regulations, to review such documentation, such access being afforded without charge but only (i) upon two (2) Business Days’ prior written request, (ii) during normal business hours and (iii) subject to the Collateral Manager’s, the Borrower’s and Collateral Agent’s normal security and confidentiality procedures. Periodically, at the discretion of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may review the Collateral Manager’s collection and administration

-125-


of the Collateral in order to assess compliance by the Collateral Manager with Article VI and may conduct an audit of the Collateral in conjunction with such a review. Such review shall be reasonable in scope and shall be completed in a reasonable period of time.
(b)    Without limiting the foregoing provisions of Section 7.10(a), from time to time on request of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent shall permit certified public accountants or other independent auditors acceptable to the Administrative Agent to conduct a review of the documentation regarding the Collateral. Up to two (2) such reviews per fiscal year at a cost of $100,000 per fiscal year shall be at the expense of the Borrower and additional reviews in a fiscal year shall be at the expense of the requesting Lender(s); provided that, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, any such reviews, regardless of frequency or expense, shall be at the expense of the Borrower.
ARTICLE VIII
SECURITY INTEREST
Section 8.1    Grant of Security Interest.
(a)    This Agreement constitutes a security agreement and the Advances effected hereby constitute secured loans by the applicable Lenders to the Borrower under Applicable Law. For such purpose, the Borrower hereby transfers, conveys, assigns and grants as of the Original Closing Date, the Successor Borrower hereby transfers, conveys, assigns and grants as of the A&R Effective Date and each New Borrower hereby transfers, conveys, assigns and grants as of the date on which such New Borrower delivers a Borrower Joinder Agreement, to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien and continuing security interest in all of such Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under (but none of the obligations under) all Collateral (other than any Collateral which constitutes Margin Stock), whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired by such Borrower, and wherever the same may be located, to secure the prompt, complete and indefeasible payment and performance in full when due, whether by lapse of time, acceleration or otherwise, of the Obligations of such Borrower arising in connection with this Agreement and each other Transaction Document (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted), whether now or hereafter existing, due or to become due, direct or indirect, or absolute or contingent, including, without limitation, all Obligations. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any property to the extent that (i) such grant of a security interest is prohibited by any Applicable Law in effect as of the date set forth in the immediately preceding sentence or requires a consent not obtained of any Governmental Authority pursuant to such Applicable Law or (ii) such grant of a security interest would render the Borrower’s rights or interests in such property void, revoked or terminated or would result in a breach, violation or default by the Borrower with respect thereto. The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect the Collateral Agent’s interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent to exercise any such powers. The Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to the Borrower for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own fraud,

-126-


gross negligence or willful misconduct. If such Borrower fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein with respect to the Collateral, the Collateral Agent, at its option and at the direction of the Administrative Agent, but without any obligation to do so, may itself perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement. The expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection with such performance or compliance, together with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to Advances, shall be payable by the Borrower to the Collateral Agent in accordance with Sections 2.7 and 2.8 and shall constitute Obligations secured hereby.
(b)    The grant of a security interest under this Section 8.1 does not constitute and is not intended to result in a creation or an assumption by the Collateral Agent of any obligation of the Borrower or any other Person in connection with any or all of the Collateral or under any agreement or instrument relating thereto. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) the Borrower shall remain liable under the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties, of any of its rights in the Collateral shall not release the Borrower from any of its duties or obligations under the Collateral, and (c) the Collateral Agent shall not have any obligations or liability under the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall the Collateral Agent be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of the Borrower thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.
(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Borrower, the Collateral Manager, the Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby agree to treat, and to cause each of their respective Affiliates to treat, each Variable Funding Note as indebtedness for purposes of United States federal and state income tax or state franchise tax to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and shall file its tax returns or reports, or cause its Affiliates to file such tax returns or reports, in a manner consistent with such treatment.
Section 8.2    Release of Lien on Collateral.
(a)    At the same time as (i) any Loan expires by its terms or is prepaid in full and all amounts in respect thereof have been paid in full by the related Obligor and deposited in the Collection Account or (ii) any Loan has been the subject of a Discretionary Sale, Substitution or Optional Sale pursuant to Section 2.14 or has been sold pursuant to Section 9.2, the Collateral Agent, as agent for the Secured Parties will, to the extent requested by the Collateral Manager or the Borrower, release its interest in such Collateral. In connection with any release of such Collateral, the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, will upon receipt into the Collection Account of the Proceeds of any such sale, payment in full or prepayment in full of a Loan, at the sole expense of the Borrower, (i) execute and deliver to the Borrower or the Collateral Manager (or its designee) requesting the same, any assignments, bills of sale, termination statements and any other releases and instruments as such Person may reasonably request in order to effect the release and transfer of such Collateral, (ii) deliver any portion of the Collateral to be released from the Lien granted under this Agreement in its possession to or at the direction of the Borrower and (iii) otherwise take such actions as are necessary and appropriate to release the Lien of the Collateral Agent for the

-127-


benefit of the Secured Parties on the applicable portion of the Collateral to be released and delivered to or at the direction of the Borrower such portion of the Collateral to be so released; provided that, the Collateral Agent, as agent for the Secured Parties, will make no representation or warranty, express or implied, with respect to any such Collateral in connection with such release, sale, transfer and/or assignment. Nothing in this Section 8.2 shall diminish the Collateral Manager’s obligations pursuant to Section 6.5 with respect to the Proceeds of any such sale.
(b)    On the Collection Date, the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, will release the security interest in the Collateral created hereby, which release shall occur simultaneously with receipt in the Collection Account of the payoff amount specified in a payoff letter signed by the Administrative Agent. Upon request of the Borrower to the Collateral Agent and to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent shall promptly provide to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a computation of all amounts owing to the Collateral Agent as of the anticipated Collection Date and the Administrative Agent shall promptly provide to the Borrower, with a copy to the Collateral Agent, a computation of all amounts owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as of the anticipated Collection Date. In connection with such release of the Collateral, the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, will, at the sole expense of the Borrower, (i) execute and deliver to the Borrower or the Collateral Manager (or its designee) requesting the same, any assignments, bills of sale, termination statements and any other releases and instruments as the Borrower may reasonably request in order to effect the release of the Collateral, (ii) deliver any portion of the Collateral to be released from the Lien granted under this Agreement in its possession to or at the direction of the Borrower or the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Borrower) and (iii) otherwise take such actions as are necessary and appropriate to release the Lien of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties on the Collateral (including, without limitation, delivering a Termination Notice (as defined in each Securities Account Control Agreement) in respect of the applicable Securities Account Control Agreement); provided that, the Collateral Agent, as agent for the Secured Parties, will make no representation or warranty, express or implied, with respect to any such Collateral in connection with such release.
ARTICLE IX
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Section 9.1    Events of Default.
The following events shall be Events of Default (“Events of Default”) hereunder:
(a)    (i) other than as set forth in the following clause (ii), the Borrower fails to make any payment when due under any Transaction Document and (other than with respect to any mandatory repayment of Advances Outstanding) such failure continues unremedied for more than three (3) Business Days, or (ii) the Borrower fails to repay the outstanding Obligations in full on the Termination Date; provided that in the case of a default in payment resulting solely from an administrative error or omission by the Collateral Agent, such default continues for a period of five or more Business Days after the Collateral Agent receives written notice or has actual knowledge of such administrative error or omission (irrespective of whether the cause of such administrative error or omission has been determined); or

-128-


(b)    the Borrower shall assign or attempt to assign any of its rights, obligations or duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders in their respective sole discretion; or
(c)    the occurrence of an Insolvency Event relating to the Borrower or the Equity Investor; or
(d)    any representation, warranty or certification made or deemed made by the Borrower in any Transaction Document or in any certificate delivered pursuant to any Transaction Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made and the same continues to be unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days (if such failure can be remedied) after the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which written notice of such failure requiring the same to be remedied shall have been given to the Borrower and (ii) the date on which a Responsible Officer of the Borrower acquires actual knowledge thereof; or
(e)    any failure on the part of the Borrower to duly observe or perform any other covenants or agreements of the Borrower (other than those specifically addressed by a separate Event of Default), as applicable, set forth in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which the Borrower is a party and the same continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days (if such failure can be remedied) after the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which written notice of such failure requiring the same to be remedied shall have been given to the Borrower and (ii) the date on which a Responsible Officer of the Borrower acquires actual knowledge thereof; or
(f)    the Borrower fails to observe or perform any agreement or obligation with respect to the management and distribution of funds received with respect to the Collateral, and such failure is not cured within two (2) Business Days; or
(g)    the Borrower ceases to have a valid ownership interest in all of the Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens) or the Collateral Agent shall fail to have a first priority perfected security interest in any part of the Collateral (subject to Permitted Liens) except as otherwise expressly permitted to be released in accordance with the applicable Transaction Document; or
(h)    the rendering of one or more final non-appealable judgments, decrees or orders by a court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction for the payment of money in excess individually or in the aggregate of $750,000 (or $25,000,000 with respect to the Equity Investor) against the Borrower or the Equity Investor, as applicable, and solely with respect to the Equity Investor, the Equity Investor shall not have, within forty-five (45) days of the rendering thereof, either (i) had any such judgment, decree or order dismissed, (ii) perfected a timely appeal of such judgment, decree or order and caused the execution of such judgment, decree or order to be stayed during the pendency of the appeal or (iii) satisfied or provided for the satisfaction of any such judgment, decree or order in accordance with its terms; or
(i)    (i) any Transaction Document (or any material provision thereof), or any Lien granted thereunder, shall (except in accordance with its terms), in whole or in part, terminate, cease to be effective or cease to be the legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Borrower or the Collateral Manager, or (ii) the Borrower, the Equity Investor, the Collateral Manager

-129-


or any other party shall, directly or indirectly, contest in any manner the effectiveness, validity, binding nature or enforceability of any Transaction Document or any lien or security interest thereunder; or,
(j)    the Borrower or the pool of Collateral shall become required to register as an “investment company” within the meaning of the 1940 Act; or
(k)    the existence of a Borrowing Base Deficiency on any date of determination in an amount greater than 2.00% of the aggregate Adjusted Borrowing Value of all Loans owned by the Borrower on such date of determination, which continues unremedied for at least five (5) Business Days; or
(l)    a Change of Control of the Borrower occurs without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent; or
(m)    the occurrence of a Collateral Manager Termination Event; or
(n)    the Borrower or the Equity Investor defaults in making any payment required to be made under an agreement for borrowed money owing by it (other than, in the case of the Borrower, this Agreement) to which it is a party individually or in an aggregate principal amount in excess of (i) with respect to the Borrower, $500,000, and (ii) with respect to the Equity Investor, $25,000,000 in excess of any amounts disputed in good faith by such Person and, in each case, such default is not cured within the applicable cure period, if any, provided for under such agreement; or
(o)    the Borrower shall have made payments (other than payments made on behalf of such Person from insurance proceeds of the Borrower) individually or in the aggregate in excess of $750,000 in settlement of any litigation claim or dispute; or
(p)    the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority shall file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 6323 of the Code with regard to any assets of the Borrower, or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation shall file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA with regard to any assets of the Borrower and such lien shall not have been released within five (5) Business Days; or
(q)    both (i) the failure of any trade designated pursuant to Section 2.6(iv) to settle in full in Cash on or prior to the date that is twenty (20) Business Days after the occurrence of the Default such trade was designated to cure and (ii) the applicable Default under Section 9.1(k) is continuing.
Section 9.2    Remedies.
(a)    Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent shall, at the written request of the Required Lenders and by written notice to the Borrower and the Collateral Manager, declare (i) the Termination Date to have occurred and all outstanding Obligations to be immediately due and payable in full (without presentment, demand,

-130-


protest or notice of any kind all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower) or (ii) the Reinvestment Period End Date to have occurred; provided that, in the case of any event involving the Borrower described in Section 9.1(c), all of the Obligations shall be immediately due and payable in full (without presentment, demand, notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly, waived by the Borrower) and the Termination Date shall be deemed to have occurred automatically upon the occurrence of any such event.
(b)    On and after the declaration or occurrence of the Termination Date, the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have, subject to the following clause (c), with respect to the Collateral granted pursuant to Section 8.1, and in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties under this Agreement or other Applicable Law, all rights and remedies of a secured party upon default provided under the UCC of each applicable jurisdiction and other Applicable Laws, which rights shall be cumulative. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, but subject to Section 9.2(c), the Collateral Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon the Borrower or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances transfer all or any part of the Collateral into the Collateral Agent’s name or the name of any Secured Party or its nominee or nominees, and/or forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions (including by lease or by deferred payment arrangement) as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk and/or may take such other actions as may be available under applicable law. The Collateral Agent or any Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, auction or closed tender, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in the Borrower, which right or equity is hereby waived or released. In addition, the Borrower and the Collateral Manager hereby agree that they will, at the Borrower’s expense and at the direction of the Collateral Agent, forthwith, (i) assemble all or any part of the Collateral as directed by the Collateral Agent and make the same available to the Collateral Agent at a place to be designated by the Collateral Agent, whether at the Borrower’s premises or elsewhere, and (ii) without notice except as specified below, sell the Collateral or any part thereof upon such terms, in such lots, to such buyers, and according to such other instructions as the Collateral Agent at the direction of the Administrative Agent may deem commercially reasonable. The Borrower agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, ten (10) days’ notice to the Borrower of any sale hereunder shall constitute reasonable and proper notification. All cash Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, all or any part of the Loans (after payment of any amounts incurred in connection with such sale) shall be deposited into the Collection Account and applied pursuant to Section 2.8. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Borrower waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party arising out of the exercise by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any of its rights hereunder. The

-131-


Borrower shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay the Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to collect such deficiency, except as provided in Section 9.6(b).
(c)    In connection with the sale of the Collateral following the acceleration of the Obligations by the Required Lenders pursuant to Section 9.2(a), the Equity Investor, the Collateral Manager and their respective Affiliates thereof shall have the right to purchase any or all of the Loans in the Collateral, in each case by paying to the Collateral Agent in immediately available funds, an amount equal to all outstanding Obligations. If the Equity Investor, the Collateral Manager or any of their Affiliates thereof fail to exercise this purchase right within ten (10) Business Days following such acceleration of the Obligations pursuant to Section 9.2(a), then such contractual rights shall be irrevocably forfeited by the Equity Investor and Affiliates thereof, but nothing herein shall prevent the Equity Investor or its Affiliates from bidding at any sale of such Collateral.
Section 9.3    Collateral Agent May Enforce Claims Without Possession of VFNs.
All rights of action and claims under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document may be prosecuted and enforced by the Collateral Agent without the possession of any of the VFNs or the production thereof in any legal or equitable proceeding, judicial or otherwise, relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Collateral Agent shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall be applied as set forth in Section 2.8.
Section 9.4    Application of Cash Collected.
Any Cash collected by the Collateral Agent with respect to the VFNs pursuant to this Article IX and any Cash that may then be held or thereafter received by the Collateral Agent with respect to the Obligations hereunder shall be applied in accordance with Section 2.8, at the date or dates fixed by the Collateral Agent; provided, that (a) subject to clause (b), no such date may be fixed by the Collateral Agent unless the Collateral Agent has given the Borrower no fewer than two (2) Business Days’ prior written notice of such date, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the expected applications of Cash on such date and (b) no failure by the Collateral Agent to deliver the notice required pursuant to the foregoing clause (a) will affect the application of funds in the Collection Accounts pursuant to Section 2.8 on the next succeeding Payment Date.
Section 9.5    Rights of Action.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 12.10) or in any other Transaction Document, but subject to the rights of the Equity Investor and the Collateral Manager under Section 9.2(c) the Required Lenders shall have the right to direct the Collateral Agent to institute any proceedings, judicial or otherwise, with respect to any Transaction Document, or for the appointment of a separate receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder. The Collateral Agent shall only institute proceedings and exercise remedies hereunder at the direction of the Required Lenders (which the Collateral Agent shall implement without delay) and,

-132-


in taking any action as so directed, shall have the right to indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request.
Section 9.6    Unconditional Rights of Lenders to Receive Principal and Interest
(a)    Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, each Lender shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the Obligations as such amounts become due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof and, subject to the provisions of Section 9.5, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to institute proceedings for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Lender.
(b)    If collections in respect of the Collateral are insufficient to make payments due in respect of the VFNs, no other assets will be available for payment of the deficiency following realization of the Collateral and application of the proceeds thereof in accordance with Sections 2.7 and 2.8, and the obligations of the Borrower to pay any deficiency shall thereupon be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive.
Section 9.7    Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
If the Collateral Agent or any Lender has instituted any judicial proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Agreement and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Collateral Agent or to such Lender, then and in every such case the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Secured Parties shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
Section 9.8    Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Collateral Agent or to the Lenders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing by law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
Section 9.9    Delay or Omission Not Waiver
No delay or omission of the Collateral Agent or of any Lender to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Section 9.9 or by law to the Collateral Agent or to the Lenders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Collateral Agent or by the Lenders, as the case may be.

-133-


Section 9.10    Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.
The Borrower covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force (including filing a voluntary petition under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and by the voluntary commencement of a proceeding or the filing of a petition seeking winding up, liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect), which may affect the covenants, the performance of or any remedies under this Agreement; and the Borrower (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Collateral Agent, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
Section 9.11    Power of Attorney.  The Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent its true and lawful attorney (with full power of substitution) in its name, place and stead and at its expense, in connection with the enforcement of the rights and remedies provided for (and subject to the terms and conditions set forth) in this Agreement after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, including without limitation the following powers: (a) to give any necessary receipts or acquittance for amounts collected or received hereunder, (b) to make all necessary transfers of the Collateral in connection with any such sale or other disposition made pursuant hereto, (c) to execute and deliver for value all necessary or appropriate bills of sale, assignments and other instruments in connection with any such sale or other disposition, the Borrower hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorney (or any substitute) shall lawfully do hereunder and pursuant hereto, and (d) to sign any agreements, orders or other documents in connection with or pursuant to any Transaction Document. Nevertheless, if so requested by the Collateral Agent upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Borrower shall ratify and confirm any such sale or other disposition by executing and delivering to the Collateral Agent or such purchaser all proper bills of sale, assignments, releases and other instruments as may be designated in any such request. For the avoidance of doubt, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the power of attorney granted by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 9.11 supersedes any other power of attorney or similar rights granted by the Borrower to any other party (including, without limitation, the Collateral Manager) under this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any other agreement; provided that, the Collateral Manager may continue to exercise its rights under this Agreement until the Collateral Manager has received notice of the Collateral Agent’s exercise of its power of attorney hereunder.
ARTICLE X
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 10.1    Indemnities by the Borrower.
(a)    Without limiting any other rights that any such Person may have hereunder or under Applicable Law, the Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify the Secured Parties and each

-134-


of their respective assigns and officers, directors, employees and agents thereof (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”), forthwith on demand, from and against any and all damages, losses, claims (whether brought by or involving the Borrower or any third party), liabilities and related costs and expenses, including reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys and experts (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as the “Indemnified Amounts”) awarded against, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnified Party or any of them arising out of or as a result of this Agreement (including the enforcement of any provision hereof) or having an interest in the Collateral or in respect of any Loan included in the Collateral, excluding, however, any Indemnified Amounts to the extent resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any Indemnified Party. If the Borrower has made any indemnity payment pursuant to this Section 10.1 and such payment fully indemnified the recipient thereof and the recipient thereafter collects any payments from others (including insurance companies) in respect of such Indemnified Amounts then, the recipient shall repay to the Borrower an amount equal to the amount it has collected from others in respect of such Indemnified Amounts. Without limiting the foregoing, the Borrower shall indemnify each Indemnified Party for Indemnified Amounts (except to the extent resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any Indemnified Party) relating to or resulting from:
(i)    any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Borrower, the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Borrower) or any of their respective officers under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, which shall have been false or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered;
(ii)    the failure of any Loan acquired on the Original Closing Date to be an Eligible Loan as of the Original Closing Date and the failure of any Loan acquired after the Original Closing Date to be an Eligible Loan on the related Funding Date;
(iii)    the failure by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Borrower) to comply with any term, provision or covenant contained in this Agreement or any agreement executed in connection with this Agreement, or with any Applicable Law, with respect to any Collateral or the nonconformity of any Collateral with any such Applicable Law;
(iv)    the failure to vest and maintain vested in the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority, perfected security interest in the Collateral, together with all Collections, free and clear of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) whether existing at the time of any Advance or at any time thereafter;
(v)    the failure to maintain, as of the close of business on each Business Day prior to the Termination Date, an amount of Advances Outstanding that is less than or equal to the Borrowing Base on such Business Day;
(vi)    the failure to file, or any delay in filing, financing statements, continuation statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other Applicable Law with respect to any Collateral, whether at the time of any Advance or at any subsequent time;

-135-


(vii)    any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than the discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor) of the Obligor to the payment with respect to any Collateral (including, without limitation, a defense based on the Collateral not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms);
(viii)    any failure of the Borrower or the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Borrower) to perform its duties or obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or any failure by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Borrower) to perform its respective duties under any Collateral;
(ix)    any inability to obtain any judgment in, or utilize the court or other adjudication system of, any state in which an Obligor may be located as a result of the failure of the Borrower to qualify to do business or file any notice or business activity report or any similar report;
(x)    any action taken by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Borrower) in the enforcement or collection of any Collateral;
(xi)    any products liability claim or personal injury or property damage suit or other similar or related claim or action of whatever sort arising out of or in connection with the Underlying Assets or services that are the subject of any Collateral;
(xii)    reserved;
(xiii)    any repayment by the Administrative Agent or another Secured Party of any amount previously distributed in reduction of Advances Outstanding or payment of Interest or any other amount due hereunder which amount the Administrative Agent or another Secured Party believes in good faith is required to be repaid;
(xiv)    except with respect to funds held in the Collection Account, the commingling of Collections on the Collateral at any time with other funds;
(xv)    any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to this Agreement or the use of proceeds of Advances or the security interest in the Collateral;
(xvi)    any failure by the Borrower to give reasonably equivalent value to the applicable third party transferor, in consideration for the transfer by such third party to the Borrower of any item of Collateral or any attempt by any Person to void or otherwise avoid any such transfer under any statutory provision or common law or equitable action, including, without limitation, any provision of the Bankruptcy Code;
(xvii)    the use of the proceeds of any Advance in a manner other than as provided in this Agreement; or
(xviii)    the failure of the Borrower or any of its agents or representatives to remit to the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Borrower) or the Collateral Agent,

-136-


Collections on the Collateral remitted to the Borrower, the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Borrower) or any such agent or representative as provided in this Agreement.
(b)    Any amounts subject to the indemnification provisions of this Section 10.1 shall be paid by the Borrower to the Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 2.7 or 2.8, as applicable, on the Payment Date following such Person’s demand therefor (if given at least five (5) Business Days prior to such Payment Date, and, if not, on the next subsequent Payment Date), accompanied by a reasonably detailed description in writing of the related damage, loss, claim, liability and related costs and expenses.
(c)    If for any reason the indemnification provided above in this Section 10.1 (subject to the limitations set forth herein) is unavailable to the Indemnified Party or is insufficient to hold an Indemnified Party harmless, then the Borrower shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits received by such Indemnified Party on the one hand and the Borrower on the other hand but also the relative fault of such Indemnified Party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to contribute in respect of any Indemnified Amounts excluded in Section 10.1(a).
(d)    The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 10.1 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Manager, the Custodian or the Collateral Agent and the termination of this Agreement.
(e)    The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower upon obtaining actual knowledge of any facts or circumstances upon which an Indemnified Party may base a claim for any Indemnified Amounts.
(f)    This Section 10.1 shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes representing damages, losses, claims, liabilities and related costs and expenses arising from any non-Tax claim.
Section 10.2    Indemnities by the Collateral Manager.
(a)    Without limiting any other rights that any such Person may have hereunder or under Applicable Law, the Collateral Manager hereby agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Party, the Borrower, the Equity Investor, and their respective managers, officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “Collateral Manager Indemnified Parties”) forthwith on demand, from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts awarded against or incurred by any such Collateral Manager Indemnified Party by reason of any acts or omissions of the Collateral Manager arising out of a breach of its obligations and duties under this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, including, but not limited to (i) any representation or warranty made by the Collateral Manager under or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other information or report delivered by or on behalf of the Collateral Manager pursuant hereto, which shall have been false, incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made, (ii) the failure by the Collateral Manager to comply with any Applicable Law, (iii) the

-137-


failure of the Collateral Manager to comply with its duties or obligations in accordance with this Agreement or (iv) any gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or fraud on the part of the Collateral Manager excluding, however, any Indemnified Amounts to the extent resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any Collateral Manager Indemnified Party. The provisions of this indemnity shall run directly to and be enforceable by a Collateral Manager Indemnified Party subject to the limitations hereof; provided that the indemnification of the Borrower, the Equity Investor and their respective managers, officers, directors, employees and agents shall be in all respects junior and subordinate to the indemnification of the Indemnified Parties and their respective managers, officers, directors, employees and agents.
(b)    Any amounts subject to the indemnification provisions of this Section 10.2 shall be paid by the Collateral Manager to the applicable Collateral Manager Indemnified Party within five (5) Business Days following such Person’s demand therefor.
(c)    For the avoidance of doubt, the Collateral Manager shall have no liability for making indemnification hereunder to the extent any such indemnification constitutes recourse for uncollectible or uncollected Loans. Furthermore, in no event shall the Collateral Manager be liable for special, indirect or consequential losses or damages of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits) even if the Collateral Manager has been advised of the likelihood of such damages and regardless of the form of such action.
(d)    The obligations of the Collateral Manager under this Section 10.2 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Custodian and the termination of this Agreement.
(e)    Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 10.2 shall not be payable from the Collateral. This Section 10.2 shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes representing damages, losses, claims, liabilities and related costs and expenses arising from any non-Tax claim.
ARTICLE XI
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
Section 11.1    Appointment.
Each Lender hereby appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent as its agent and hereby further authorizes the Administrative Agent to appoint additional agents and bailees (including, without limitation, the Collateral Agent) to act on its behalf and for the benefit of each of the Secured Parties. Each Lender further authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. In furtherance, and without limiting the generality, of the foregoing, each Lender hereby appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent to execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or appropriate or that a Lender may reasonably request

-138-


in order to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the security interests granted by the Borrower hereunder, or to enable any of them to exercise or enforce any of their respective rights hereunder, including, without limitation, the execution by the Administrative Agent as secured party/assignee of such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto or assignments thereof, relative to all or any of the Collateral now existing or hereafter arising, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or appropriate for the purposes stated hereinabove. The Lenders may direct the Administrative Agent to take any such incidental action hereunder. With respect to other actions which are incidental to the actions specifically delegated to the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any such incidental action hereunder, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting) upon the direction of the Lenders; provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action hereunder if the taking of such action, in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent, shall be in violation of any Applicable Law or contrary to any provision of this Agreement or shall expose the Administrative Agent to liability hereunder or otherwise. In the event the Administrative Agent requests the consent of a Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions and the Administrative Agent does not receive a consent (either positive or negative) from such Person within ten (10) Business Days of such Person’s receipt of such request, then such Lender shall be deemed to have declined to consent to the relevant action. To the extent not delivered or required to be delivered to the Lenders by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager hereunder or the other Transaction Documents, the Administrative Agent shall furnish to the Lenders, promptly upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of the same, copies of all notices, certificates and other information delivered to the Administrative Agent under the Transaction Documents.
Section 11.2    Standard of Care.
The Administrative Agent shall exercise such rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
Section 11.3    Administrative Agent’s Reliance, etc.
Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them as Administrative Agent under or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrative Agent: (i) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Borrower), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (ii) makes no warranty or representation and shall not be responsible for any statements, warranties or representations made by any other Person in or in connection with this Agreement; (iii) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents on the part of any of the Borrower, the Collateral Manager or the Equity Investor or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of any of the Borrower, the

-139-


Collateral Manager or the Equity Investor; (iv) shall not be responsible for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; and (v) shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents by acting upon any notice (including notice by telephone), consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by facsimile) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.
The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission or any other matter related to the London interbank offered rate or other rates in the definition of “LIBOR Rate” or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate thereof, including without limitation, whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate, as it may or may not be adjusted pursuant to Section 12.1, will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, the LIBOR Rate or have the same volume or liquidity as did the London interbank offered rate prior to its discontinuance or unavailability.
Section 11.4    Credit Decision with Respect to the Administrative Agent.
Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, or any of the Administrative Agent’s Affiliates, and based upon such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own evaluation and decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, or any of the Administrative Agent’s Affiliates, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.
Section 11.5    Indemnification of the Administrative Agent.
Each Lender agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager), ratably in accordance with its Pro Rata Share from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent hereunder or thereunder; provided that, the Lenders shall not be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The payment of amounts under this Section 11.5 shall be on an after‑Tax basis. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent, ratably in accordance with its Pro Rata Share promptly upon demand for any out‑of‑pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, to the extent that such expenses are incurred in

-140-


the interests of or otherwise in respect of the Lenders hereunder and/or thereunder and to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager.
Section 11.6    Successor Administrative Agent.
The Administrative Agent may resign at any time, effective upon the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided below, by giving at least five (5) days’ written notice thereof to each Lender and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Lenders acting jointly shall appoint a successor Administrative Agent with the consent of the Borrower, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. Each of the Borrower and each Lender agree that it shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent. If no such successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed, and shall have accepted such appointment, within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent’s giving of notice of resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Secured Parties, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which successor Administrative Agent shall be either (i) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof and have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, (ii) a Lender or (iii) an Affiliate of such a bank or a Lender. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article XI shall continue to inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement.
Section 11.7    Payments by the Administrative Agent.
Unless specifically allocated to a specific Lender pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, all amounts received by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders shall be paid by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares in the applicable Advances Outstanding, or if there are no Advances Outstanding in accordance with their most recent Commitments, on the Business Day received by the Administrative Agent, unless such amounts are received after 3:30 p.m. on such Business Day, in which case the Administrative Agent shall use its reasonable efforts to pay such amounts to each Lender on such Business Day, but, in any event, shall pay such amounts to such Lender not later than the following Business Day.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.1    Amendments and Waivers.
Except as provided in this Section 12.1, no amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective without the written agreement of the Borrower,

-141-


the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Manager and the Required Lenders and the written consent of the Equity Investor (with written notice to the Collateral Agent and the Custodian); provided that no amendment, waiver or consent shall:
(a)    increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender;
(b)    waive, extend or postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document for any payment or mandatory prepayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) or any scheduled or mandatory reduction of the Commitment hereunder or under any other Transaction Document without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;
(c)    reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Advance or Obligation, or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Transaction Document without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;
(d)    change Section 2.7, 2.8 or any related definitions or provisions in a manner that would alter the order of application of proceeds or would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, in each case, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;
(e)    change any provision of this Section 12.1 or reduce the percentages specified in the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;
(f)    consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager of such Person’s rights and obligations under any Transaction Document to which it is a party (except as expressly permitted hereunder), in each case, without the written consent of each Lender;
(g)    make any modification to the definition of “Borrowing Base” or “Adjusted Borrowing Value”, in each case, which would have a material adverse effect on the calculation of the Borrowing Base, without the written consent of each Lender; or
(h)    release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release any Transaction Document (other than as specifically permitted or contemplated in this Agreement or the applicable Transaction Document) without the written consent of each Lender;
provided, further, that, (i) any amendment of this Agreement that is solely for the purpose of adding a Lender may, subject to Section 12.16, be effected without the written consent of the Borrower or any Lender, (ii) no such amendment, waiver or modification materially adversely affecting the rights or obligations of the Collateral Agent or the Custodian shall be effective without the written agreement of such Person, (iii) any amendment of this Agreement that a Lender is advised

-142-


by its legal or financial advisors to be necessary or desirable in order to avoid the consolidation of the Borrower with such Lender for accounting purposes may be effected without the written consent of any other Lender, (iv) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent, affect the rights or duties of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (including with respect to, but not limited to, a Benchmark Replacement or any other alternative or replacement reference rate); (v) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Custodian, affect the rights or duties of the Custodian under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document and (vi) the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Manager and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend any provision of the Transaction Documents (and such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to any Transaction Document) if the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Manager and the Borrower shall have jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical or immaterial nature in any such provision. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.
Each waiver, amendment and consent made pursuant to this Section 12.1 shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Transaction Document, upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may amend this Agreement to replace the LIBOR Rate with a Benchmark Replacement. Any such amendment with respect to a Benchmark Transition Event will become effective at 5:00 p.m. on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the Administrative Agent has delivered such amendment to all Lenders, the Collateral Agent, the Custodian and the Borrower so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such amendment from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders. Any such amendment with respect to an Early Opt-in Election will become effective on the date that Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders accept such amendment. No replacement of the LIBOR Rate with a Benchmark Replacement pursuant to this 12.1 will occur prior to the applicable Benchmark Transition Start Date.
In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Transaction Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement; provided that the Administrative Agent provides prompt written notice of such amendment to the other parties hereto.
The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date and Benchmark Transition Start Date,

-143-


(ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes and (iv) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period.
Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or Lenders pursuant to this Section 12.1 including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party hereto, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 12.1.
The Collateral Agent shall have no (i) responsibility or liability for (A) the determination, designation or selection of (or any failure by the Administrative Agent to determine, designate or select) a replacement reference rate (including any Benchmark Replacement Adjustment or other modifier thereto) as a successor or replacement benchmark to the LIBOR Rate, including any Benchmark Replacement or determining whether any such rate is a Benchmark Replacement or whether the conditions to the adoption of such rate or any amendment to this Agreement pursuant to this Section 12.1 (including any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes) have been satisfied, and shall be entitled to rely upon any such determination or designation of such rate (and any modifier) by the Administrative Agent or (B) determining whether a Benchmark Transition Event, Early Opt-in Election or Eurodollar Disruption Event has occurred or (ii) liability for any failure or delay in performing its duties hereunder solely as a result of the unavailability of the LIBOR Rate or other reference rate as described herein or the failure of a replacement rate to be adopted.
During any Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Base Rate will be used instead of the LIBOR Rate for all outstanding Advances.
Section 12.2    Notices, etc.
All notices, reports and other communications provided for hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (including communication by facsimile copy) and mailed, e‑mailed, faxed, transmitted or delivered, as to each party hereto, at its address set forth on Annex A to this Agreement or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. All such notices and communications shall be effective (a) upon receipt when sent through the U.S. mails, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, with such receipt to be effective the date of delivery indicated on the return receipt, (b) one Business Day after delivery to an overnight courier, (c) on the date personally delivered to a Responsible Officer of the party to which sent, or (d) on the date transmitted by legible facsimile transmission or electronic mail transmission with a confirmation of receipt (which may be given by oral confirmation of receipt).
Section 12.3    Ratable Payments.
If any Secured Party, whether by setoff or otherwise, has payment made to it with respect to any portion of the Obligations owing to such Secured Party (other than payments received

-144-


pursuant to Section 10.1) in a greater proportion than that received by any other Secured Party, such Secured Party agrees, promptly upon demand, to purchase for cash without recourse or warranty a portion of the Obligations held by the other Secured Parties so that after such purchase each Secured Party will hold its ratable proportion of the Obligations; provided that if all or any portion of such excess amount is thereafter recovered from such Secured Party, such purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.
Section 12.4    No Waiver; Remedies.
No failure on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or other Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.
Section 12.5    Binding Effect; Benefit of Agreement.
This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, the Collateral Manager, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the other Secured Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Each Indemnified Party shall be an express third-party beneficiary of this Agreement to the extent set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Collateral Manager may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder by virtue of any change of control considered an “assignment” within the meaning of Section 202(a)(1) of the Advisers Act without the prior written consent of the Borrower and the Equity Investor.
Section 12.6    Term of this Agreement.
This Agreement, including, without limitation, the Borrower’s representations and covenants set forth in Articles IV and V, and the Collateral Manager’s representations, covenants and duties set forth in Articles IV and V, creates and constitutes the continuing obligation of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, and shall remain in full force and effect until all Commitments have been terminated and the Obligations have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted); provided that the rights and remedies with respect to any breach of any representation and warranty made or deemed made by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager pursuant to Articles IV and V, the provisions, including, without limitation the indemnification and payment provisions, of Article X, Section 2.13, Section 12.9, Section 12.10 and Section 12.11, shall be continuing and shall survive (i) any termination of this Agreement and the occurrence of the Collection Date and (ii) with respect to the rights and remedies of the Lenders under Article X, any sale by the Lenders of the Obligations hereunder.

-145-


Section 12.7    Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Objection to Venue.
THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
Section 12.8    Waivers.
Each of the Collateral Manager, the Borrower, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Custodian and the Collateral Agent hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a)    submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non‑exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;
(b)    consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;
(c)    in the case of the Borrower and the Collateral Manager, agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower or the Collateral Manager, as applicable;
(d)    agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction;
(e)    waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 12.8 any special, indirect, exemplary, punitive or consequential (including loss of profit) damages; and
(f)    EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
Section 12.9    Costs and Expenses.
(a)    In addition to (and without duplication of) the rights of indemnification granted to the Indemnified Parties under Article X hereof and amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.11, the Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable invoiced out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Secured Parties incurred in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration (including periodic auditing, to the extent required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to this

-146-


Agreement), renewal, amendment or modification of, or any waiver or consent issued in connection with, this Agreement and the other documents to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, including, without limitation, the reasonable invoiced fees and out‑of‑pocket expenses of counsel for the Secured Parties with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Manager, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties as to their respective rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other documents to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, and all reasonable invoiced out-of-pocket costs and expenses, if any (including reasonable outside counsel fees and expenses), incurred by the Secured Parties in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement by such Person and the other documents to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith.
(b)    The Borrower shall pay on the Payment Date following receipt of a request therefor, all other costs and expenses that have been invoiced at least two (2) Business Days prior to such Payment Date and incurred by the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, in each case in connection with periodic audits of the Borrower’s books and records.
Section 12.10    No Proceedings.  Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Borrower any Insolvency Proceeding so long as there shall not have elapsed one year and one day (or such longer preference period as shall then be in effect) since the date on which all Commitments were terminated and the Obligations were paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted). The provisions of this Section 12.10 are a material inducement for the Secured Parties to enter into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and are an essential term hereof. The parties hereby agree that monetary damages are not adequate for a breach of the provisions of this Section 12.10 and the Administrative Agent may seek and obtain specific performance of such provisions (including injunctive relief), including, without limitation, in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, winding up, insolvency, moratorium, winding up or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under U.S. federal or state bankruptcy or similar laws of any jurisdiction. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
Section 12.11    Recourse Against Certain Parties.
(a)    No recourse under or with respect to any obligation, covenant or agreement (including, without limitation, the payment of any fees or any other obligations) of the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party, the Borrower, the Collateral Manager or the Equity Investor as contained in this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document entered into by it pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall be had against any incorporator, affiliate, stockholder, officer, partner, member, manager, employee or director of the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party, the Borrower, the Collateral Manager or the Equity Investor by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, by virtue of any statute or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and understood that the agreements of the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party, the Borrower, the Collateral Manager or the Equity Investor contained in this Agreement and all of the other agreements, instruments and documents entered into by it pursuant hereto or in connection herewith are, in each case, solely the corporate or limited liability company obligations of the Administrative

-147-


Agent, any Secured Party, the Borrower, the Collateral Manager or the Equity Investor, and that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to or be incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party, the Borrower, the Collateral Manager or the Equity Investor or any incorporator, stockholder, affiliate, officer, partner, member, manager, employee or director of the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party, the Borrower, the Collateral Manager or the Equity Investor under or by reason of any of the obligations, covenants or agreements of the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party, the Borrower, the Collateral Manager or the Equity Investor contained in this Agreement or in any other such instruments, documents or agreements, or that are implied therefrom, and that any and all personal liability of the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party, the Borrower, the Collateral Manager or the Equity Investor and each incorporator, stockholder, affiliate, officer, partner, member, manager, employee or director of the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party, the Borrower, the Collateral Manager or the Equity Investor, or any of them, for breaches by the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party, the Borrower, the Collateral Manager or the Equity Investor of any such obligations, covenants or agreements, which liability may arise either at common law or at equity, by statute or constitution, or otherwise, is hereby expressly waived as a condition of and in consideration for the execution of this Agreement; provided that the foregoing non‑recourse provisions shall in no way affect any rights the Secured Parties might have against any incorporator, affiliate, stockholder, officer, employee, partner, member, manager or director of the Borrower, the Collateral Manager or the Equity Investor to the extent of any fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement or any other financial crime constituting a felony by such Person.
(b)    Notwithstanding any contrary provision set forth herein, no claim may be made by the Borrower, the Collateral Manager or any other Person against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties or their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys or agents for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (including lost profits) in respect to any claim for breach of contract or any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith; and each of the Borrower and the Collateral Manager hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected.
(c)    Notwithstanding any contrary provision set forth herein, no claim may be made by the Borrower against the Collateral Manager or its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys or agents for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in respect to any claim for breach of contract or any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith; and the Borrower hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected.
(d)    Notwithstanding any contrary provision set forth herein, no claim may be made by the Collateral Manager against the Borrower or its Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, attorneys or agents for any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages in respect to any claim for breach of contract or any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith;

-148-


and the Collateral Manager hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected.
(e)    No obligation or liability to any Obligor under any of the Loans is intended to be assumed by the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties under or as a result of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
(f)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, none of the parties to this Agreement, may, prior to the date which is one year (or if longer the applicable preference period then in effect) plus one day after the later to occur of (A) if the Permitted Securitization does not proceed with respect to a particular Borrower, the Termination Date or (B) if the Permitted Securitization does proceed, the payment in full of all notes issued by the Borrower thereunder, institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Borrower, any bankruptcy, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under U.S. federal or state bankruptcy or similar laws of any jurisdiction. Nothing in this Section 12.11(f) shall preclude, or be deemed to estop, the Collateral Agent, the Custodian or any of the other party to this Agreement (i) from taking any action prior to the expiration of the aforementioned period in (y) any case or proceeding voluntarily filed or commenced by the Borrower or (z) any involuntary insolvency proceeding filed or commenced by a Person other than one of the parties to this Agreement, or (ii) from commencing against the Borrower or any of its property any legal action that is not a bankruptcy, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium, liquidation or similar proceeding. It is understood that the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (f) shall not (i) prevent recourse to the Collateral in the manner provided herein for the sums due or to become due under any obligation, instrument or agreement that is part of the Collateral or (ii) constitute a waiver, release or discharge of any indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Loans or the VFN (to the extent that they evidence debt) or secured by this Agreement until such Collateral has been realized and proceeds distributed in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.7 and Section 2.8, whereupon any outstanding indebtedness or obligation of the Borrower shall be extinguished. It is further understood that the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (f) shall not limit the right of any Person to name the Borrower as a party defendant in any proceeding or in the exercise of any other remedy under this Agreement, so long as no judgment in the nature of a deficiency judgment or seeking personal liability shall be asked for or (if obtained) enforced against the Borrower.
(g)    U.S. Bank (in each of its capacities) agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Agreement or any document executed in connection herewith sent by unsecured email, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods, provided, however, that any person providing such instructions or directions shall provide to U.S. Bank an incumbency certificate listing persons designated to provide such instructions or directions, which incumbency certificate shall be amended whenever a person is added or deleted from the listing. If such person elects to give U.S. Bank email or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method) and U.S. Bank in its discretion elects to act upon such instructions, U.S. Bank’s reasonable understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. U.S. Bank shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from U.S. Bank’s reliance upon and compliance with such instructions notwithstanding such instructions conflicting with or being

-149-


inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. Any person providing such instructions or directions agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to U.S. Bank, including without limitation the risk of U.S. Bank acting on unauthorized instructions, and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties and acknowledges and agrees that there may be more secure methods of transmitting such instructions than the method(s) selected by it and agrees that the security procedures (if any) to be followed in connection with its transmission of such instructions provide to it a commercially reasonable degree of protection in light of its particular needs and circumstances.
(h)    The provisions of this Section 12.11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
Section 12.12    Protection of Right, Title and Interest in the Collateral; Further Action Evidencing Advances.
(a)    The Borrower shall cause this Agreement, all amendments hereto and/or all financing statements and continuation statements and any other necessary documents covering the right, title and interest of the Administrative Agent, as agent for the Secured Parties, and of the Secured Parties to the Collateral to be promptly recorded, registered and filed, and at all times to be kept recorded, registered and filed, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve and protect the right, title and interest of the Collateral Agent, as agent of the Secured Parties, hereunder to all property comprising the Collateral. The Collateral Manager shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document recorded, registered or filed as provided above, as soon as available following such recoding, registration or filing. The Borrower shall cooperate fully with the Collateral Manager in connection with the obligations set forth above and will execute any and all documents reasonably required to fulfill the intent of this Section 12.12(a).
(b)    The Borrower agrees that from time to time, at its expense, it will promptly authorize, execute and deliver all instruments and documents, and take all actions, that the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the security interest granted in the Collateral, or to enable the Administrative Agent or the Secured Parties to exercise and enforce their rights and remedies hereunder or with respect to the Collateral.
(c)    If the Borrower or the Collateral Manager fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder, the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party may (but shall not be required to) perform, or cause performance of, such obligation; and the Administrative Agent’s or such Secured Party’s costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Borrower as provided in Article X. The Borrower irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent and appoints the Administrative Agent as its attorney‑in‑fact to act on behalf of the Borrower (i) to execute on behalf of the Borrower as debtor and to file financing statements necessary or desirable in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion to perfect and to maintain the perfection and priority of the interest of the Secured Parties in the Collateral, including those that describe the Collateral as “all assets,” or words of similar effect, and (ii) to file a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement or any financing statement with respect to the Collateral as a financing statement in such offices as the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion deems necessary or desirable to

-150-


perfect and to maintain the perfection and priority of the interests of the Secured Parties in the Collateral. This appointment is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.
(d)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower will, not earlier than six (6) months and not later than three (3) months prior to the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date of filing of each financing statement filed in respect of the Collateral referred to in Section 3.1(k) and Section 2.19(g) or any other financing statement filed pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with any Advance hereunder, unless all Commitments have been terminated and the Obligations have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim giving rise thereto has been asserted), (i) authorize, execute and deliver and file or cause to be filed an appropriate continuation statement with respect to each such financing statement and (ii) furnish to the Collateral Agent (with a copy to the Collateral Manager), an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, as of the date of such opinion, this Agreement creates in favor of the Collateral Agent a security interest in the Collateral and that such security interest is perfected and no further action (other than as specified in such opinion) needs to be taken to ensure the continued effectiveness of such lien over the next year. Such Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions, limitations, qualifications and exceptions.
Section 12.13    Confidentiality.
(a)    Each of the Administrative Agent, the Secured Parties, the Collateral Agent, the Borrower and the Collateral Manager shall maintain and shall cause each of its employees and officers to maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement and all information with respect to the other parties, including all information regarding the business and beneficial ownership of the Borrower and the Collateral Manager hereto and their respective businesses obtained by it or them in connection with the structuring, negotiating and execution of the transactions contemplated herein, except that each such party and its officers and employees may (i) disclose such information to its external accountants, investigators, auditors, attorneys, investors, rating agencies, potential investors or other agents, including any Approved Valuation Firm, engaged by such party in connection with any due diligence or comparable activities with respect to the transactions and Loans contemplated herein and the agents of such Persons (“Excepted Persons”); provided that each Excepted Person (other than external accountants, auditors, attorneys and other Excepted Persons governed by ethical obligations and requirements) shall, as a condition to any such disclosure, agree that such information shall be used solely in connection with such Excepted Person’s evaluation of, or relationship with, the Borrower or be bound by contractual, fiduciary, professional or other similar duties of confidentiality to the Borrower or with respect to such information, (ii) disclose the existence of this Agreement, but not the financial terms thereof, (iii) file a copy of this Agreement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with filings required by the Securities Exchange Act and make such other disclosures as are required by Applicable Law, and (iv) disclose this Agreement and such information in any suit, action, proceeding or investigation (whether in law or in equity or pursuant to arbitration) involving any of the Transaction Documents for the purpose of defending itself, reducing its liability, or protecting or exercising any of its claims, rights, remedies, or interests under or in connection with any of the Transaction Documents. It is understood that the financial terms that may not be disclosed except in compliance with this Section 12.13(a) include, without limitation, all fees and other pricing terms,

-151-


and all Events of Default, Collateral Manager Termination Events, and priority of payment provisions.
(b)    Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each of the Borrower and the Collateral Manager hereby consents to the disclosure of any nonpublic information with respect to it (i) to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Manager, the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties by each other, (ii) by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties to any prospective or actual assignee or participant of any of them provided such Person agrees to hold such information confidential in accordance with the terms hereof and to use such information solely for the purposes of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (iii) by the Administrative Agent, and the Secured Parties to S&P or Moody’s, any commercial paper dealer or provider of a surety, guaranty or credit or liquidity enhancement to any Lender, and to any officers, directors, employees, outside accountants and attorneys of any of the foregoing, provided each such Person is informed of the confidential nature of such information and agrees, or is otherwise under a contractual, fiduciary, professional or other similar duties of confidentiality, to treat such information as confidential. In addition, the Secured Parties, the Administrative Agent, and the Collateral Manager may disclose any such nonpublic information as required pursuant to any law, rule, regulation, direction, request or order of any judicial, administrative or regulatory authority or proceedings (whether or not having the force or effect of law).
(c)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit (i) disclosure of any and all information that is or becomes publicly known other than through a breach of these confidentiality provisions; (ii) disclosure of any and all information (A) if required to do so by any applicable statute, law, rule or regulation, (B) to any government agency or regulatory body having or claiming authority to regulate or oversee any aspects of the Administrative Agent’s, the Secured Parties’, the Collateral Agent’s, the Collateral Manager’s, the Equity Investor’s or the Borrower’s business or that of their affiliates, (C) pursuant to any subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar demand or request of any court, regulatory authority, arbitrator or arbitration to which the Administrative Agent, the Secured Parties, the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Manager or the Borrower or an officer, director, employee, shareholder or affiliate of any of the foregoing is a party, (D)  in any preliminary or final offering circular, registration statement or contract or other document approved in advance by the Borrower or, to the extent information with respect to the Collateral Manager is included therein, the Collateral Manager, (E) to any affiliate, independent or internal auditor, agent (including any potential sub‑or‑successor servicer), employee or attorney of the Collateral Agent, the Custodian or the Collateral Manager having a need to know the same, (F) to any Person whose consent is required or to whom notice is required to be given in connection with the Borrower’s acquisition or disposition of any Loan or any assignment thereof, or (G) to any Person when required for USA Patriot Act or other “know your customer” purposes, provided that the Collateral Agent, the Custodian or the Collateral Manager, as applicable, advises such recipient of the confidential nature of the information being disclosed; or (iii) any other disclosure authorized by the Borrower or the Collateral Manager, as applicable. If the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party or the Collateral Agent proposes to disclose information pursuant to any of clause (c)(ii)(B) (other than with regard to routine regulatory filings), (c)(ii)(C) or (c)(ii)(D) of this Section 12.13(c), such Person, to the extent legally permitted to, shall provide the Borrower and the Collateral Manager with prompt written notice of such

-152-


proposed disclosure and shall reasonably cooperate with the Borrower or the Collateral Manager so that such Person may obtain a protective order or other appropriate remedy with respect to the information to be disclosed or otherwise obtain satisfactory assurances that such information will be treated as confidential and proprietary and shall disclose only that information that is, in the opinion of counsel to such Person, legally required to be disclosed.
(d)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each of the Borrower and the Collateral Manager shall each have the right to keep confidential from the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Custodian and/or the other Secured Parties, for such period of time as such Person determines is reasonable (i) any information that such Person reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets and (ii) any other information that such Person or any of their Affiliates, or the officers, employees or directors of any of the foregoing, is required by law as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel.
(e)    Each of the Administrative Agent, the Secured Parties and the Collateral Agent will keep the information of the Obligors confidential in the manner required by the applicable Underlying Instruments.
(f)    Each of the Administrative Agent, the Secured Parties and the Collateral Agent acknowledge that from time to time they may receive material non-public information from the Borrower or the Collateral Manager and agree to keep such material non-public information in confidence in accordance with internal procedures established by such party and its Affiliates to comply with all Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, any securities laws regarding material non-public information.
Section 12.14    Execution in Counterparts; Severability; Integration.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts (including by e-mail or other electronic transmission), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. This Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and any agreements or letters (including fee letters) executed in connection herewith contain the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, superseding all prior oral or written understandings.
Section 12.15    Waiver of Setoff.
Each of the parties hereto hereby waives any right of setoff it may have or to which it may be entitled under this Agreement from time to time against any Lender or its assets.

-153-


Section 12.16    Assignments by the Lenders.
(a)    Subject to Section 12.16(f), each Lender may, with the prior written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), at any time assign an interest in, or sell a participation interest in any Advance (or portion thereof) or its Commitment hereunder or any VFN (or any portion thereof) to any Person; provided that, (i) unless a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no transfer of any Advance (or any portion thereof) or of any VFN (or any portion thereof) shall be made unless the transferee has either a long-term unsecured debt rating of “Baa2” or above from Moody’s or “BBB” or above from S&P, (ii) the consent of the Borrower is not required for any assignment (x) to any Affiliate of a Lender, (y) required by any change in Applicable Law or (z) if a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (iii) in the case of an assignment of any Commitment (or any portion thereof), any Advance (or any portion thereof) or of any VFN (or of any portion thereof) the assignee executes and delivers to the Collateral Manager, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Custodian and the Collateral Agent a fully executed Joinder Supplement substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto and a transferee letter substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto (a “Transferee Letter”). Each Lender hereby represents and warrants that is a “Qualified Purchaser” within the meaning of Section 3(c)(7) of the 1940 Act. The parties to any such assignment or sale of a participation interest shall execute and deliver to such Lender for its acceptance and recording in its books and records, such agreement or document as may be satisfactory to such parties. The Borrower shall not assign or delegate, or grant any interest in, or permit any Lien (except Permitted Liens) to exist upon, any of the Borrower’s rights, obligations or duties under the Transaction Documents without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, Wells Fargo shall not need prior consent of the Borrower to consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey or transfer substantially all of its properties and assets, including without limitation any Advance (or portion thereof) or any VFN (or any portion thereof), to any Person.
(b)    The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall maintain a copy of each Joinder Supplement and Transferee Letter delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive (absent manifest error), and the Borrower, the Collateral Manager the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower, the Collateral Manager, the Collateral Agent and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(c)    The Borrower agrees that each participant pursuant to Section 12.16(a) shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.12 and Section 2.13 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.13(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.13(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment; provided that such participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.18 as if it were an assignee hereunder; and (B)

-154-


shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.12 or Section 2.13, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from (i) the introduction of or any change (including, without limitation, any change by way of imposition or increase of reserve requirements) in or in the interpretation of any Applicable Law or (ii) the compliance by the participating Lender or such participant with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), in each case that occurs after the participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 2.18 with respect to the applicable participant.
(d)    Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of the applicable participants and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each such participant’s interest in the Obligations (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any Obligations) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.16 or any other provision of this Agreement, any Lender may at any time assign all or any portion of its Advances and its VFN as collateral security to the Federal Reserve Bank or, as applicable, to such Lender’s trustee for the benefit of its investors (but no such assignment shall release any Lender from any of its obligations hereunder).
(f)    Wells Fargo, as a Lender, hereby agrees to retain at least 51% of the Commitments unless (a) an Event of Default occurs or (b) it is required to sell any or all of its Commitments by Applicable Law or any regulatory authority.
Section 12.17    Heading and Exhibits.
The headings herein are for purposes of reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision hereof. The schedules and exhibits attached hereto and referred to herein shall constitute a part of this Agreement and are incorporated into this Agreement for all purposes.

-155-


Section 12.18    Intent of the Parties.
It is the intent and understanding of each party hereto that the Advances are loans from the Lenders to the Borrower and do not constitute a “security” within the meaning of Section 8-102(15) of the UCC.
Section 12.19    Cooperation with Collateral Agent and Collateral Manager
The Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders agree to provide to the Collateral Agent or to the Collateral Manager, as applicable, such information that the Collateral Agent or the Collateral Manager may reasonably request from time to time in connection with the preparation and delivery of any reports required pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with the performance of their other duties under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; provided that the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall not be required to assume any undue burden or incur any undue expense in connection with this Section 12.19.
ARTICLE XIII
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND RESTATEMENT
Section 13.1    Restatement.  The Borrower hereby acknowledges, confirms and agrees that it is indebted to the original Lenders for “Obligations” (as defined in the Existing Loan and Security Agreement) under the Existing Loan and Security Agreement, as of the close of business on [●], 2019, in the aggregate principal amount of $[137,935,000] in respect of the “Advances” (as defined in the Existing Loan and Security Agreement), together with all interest accrued and accruing thereon (to the extent applicable), and all fees, costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, all of which are unconditionally owing by the Borrower to the “Lenders” (as defined in the Existing Loan and Security Agreement), without offset, defense or counterclaim of any kind, nature or description whatsoever.
Section 13.2    Acknowledgement of Security Interests.
(a)    The Borrower hereby acknowledges, confirms and agrees that the Administrative Agent has had and shall on and after the date hereof continue to have, for itself and the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in and lien upon the Collateral heretofore granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Transaction Documents to secure the Obligations.
(a)    The Liens and security interests of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral shall be deemed to be continuously granted and perfected from the earliest date of the granting and perfection of such Liens and security interests to the Collateral Agent, whether under the Existing Loan and Security Agreement, this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents.
Section 13.3    Transaction Documents.  Each of the Borrower and the Collateral Manager hereby acknowledges, confirms and agrees that as of the date hereof: (a) the Existing Loan

-156-


and Security Agreement and each of the other “Transaction Documents” (as defined in the Existing Loan and Security Agreement) were duly executed and delivered by each of the Borrower and the Collateral Manager and are in full force and effect, (b) the agreements and obligations of the Borrower and the Collateral Manager contained in the Existing Loan and Security Agreement and the other “Transaction Documents” (as defined in the Existing Loan and Security Agreement) constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower and the Collateral Manager enforceable against them in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the effects, if any, of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar Laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and (c) the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are entitled to all of the rights and remedies provided for in the Existing Loan and Security Agreement and the “Transaction Documents” (as defined in the Existing Loan and Security Agreement).
Section 13.4    Restatement.
(a)    Except as otherwise stated in Section 13.2 and this Section 13.4, as of the date hereof, the terms, conditions, agreements, covenants, representations and warranties set forth in the Existing Loan and Security Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety, and as so amended and restated, replaced and superseded, by the terms, conditions, agreements, covenants, representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, except that nothing herein or in the other Transaction Documents shall impair or adversely affect the continuation of the liability of the Borrower for the Obligations or any Lien heretofore granted, pledged and/or assigned to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. The amendment and restatement contained herein shall not, in any manner, be construed to constitute payment of, or impair, limit, cancel or extinguish, or constitute a novation in respect of, the Indebtedness and other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower evidenced by or arising under the Existing Loan and Security Agreement, and the Liens and security interests securing such Indebtedness and other obligations and liabilities, shall not in any manner be impaired, limited, terminated, waived or released.
(b)    The principal amount of the “Advances” (as defined in the Existing Loan and Security Agreement) outstanding as of the A&R Effective Date under the Existing Loan and Security Agreement shall constitute Advances hereunder. On the A&R Effective Date, the Lenders shall make such purchases and sales of interests in the Advances outstanding as of such date so that each Lender is then holding its Pro Rata Share of outstanding Advances based on their Commitments after giving effect to this Agreement.
(c)    All references to the “Loan and Security Agreement” in the Transaction Documents shall from and after the A&R Effective Date be references to this Agreement, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
ARTICLE XIV
THE DOCUMENT CUSTODIAN
Section 14.1    Designation of Custodian.
The role of Custodian with respect to the Required Loan Documents shall be conducted by the Person designated as Custodian hereunder from time to time in accordance with this Section 14.1. U.S. Bank National Association is hereby appointed as, and hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the duties and obligations of, Custodian pursuant to the terms hereof.
Section 14.2    Duties of the Custodian
(a)    Duties.  The Custodian shall perform, on behalf of the Secured Parties, the following duties and obligations:
(i)    The Custodian shall take and retain custody of the Required Loan Documents delivered by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, all for the benefit of the Secured Parties. With respect to each delivery of Required Loan Documents, the Borrower shall provide or cause to be provided a related Loan Checklist to the Custodian with respect to such Required Loan Documents that are being delivered.
(ii)    Within five (5) Business Days of its receipt of any Required Loan Documents and the related Loan Checklist, the Custodian shall review the Required Loan Documents delivered to it (as identified on the related Loan Checklist) to confirm that (A) the Obligor name matches the Loan Checklist, (B) such Required Loan Documents have been executed by each party thereto and appear to have no missing or mutilated pages, (C) each item listed in the Loan Checklist has been provided to the Custodian and (D) the related original balance (based on a comparison to the note or assignment agreement, as applicable) is greater than or equal to the loan balance listed on the related Loan Schedule (such items (A) through (D) collectively, the “Review Criteria”). In order to facilitate the foregoing review by the Custodian, in connection with each delivery of Required Loan Documents hereunder to the Custodian, the Collateral Manager shall provide to the Custodian an electronic copy (in EXCEL or a comparable format acceptable to the Custodian, as applicable) of the related Loan Checklist that contains a list of all related Required Loan Documents and whether they require original signatures, the Loan identification number, the original principal balance of such Loan and the name of the Obligor with respect to each related Loan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Custodian’s obligation to review the Required Loan Documents shall be limited to reviewing such Required Loan Documents based on the information provided on the Loan Checklist. At the conclusion of such review, the Custodian shall provide the Collateral Manager, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (with a copy to the Collateral Agent) a report in the form attached hereto as Exhibit M identifying each Loan for which it holds Required Loan Documents and the variances to the Review Criteria (the “Custodian Report”), which shall include (i) any discrepancies related to the initial Loan balances of the Loans with respect to which it has received Required Loan Documents and the loan balances provided in the electronic file , and (2) any Review Criteria that is not satisfied. The Collateral Manager shall

-157-


have twenty (20) Business Days after delivery of a Custodian Report to correct any non compliance with any Review Criteria. If after the conclusion of such time period the Collateral Manager has still not cured any non compliance by a Loan with any Review Criteria, the Custodian shall promptly notify the Collateral Manager, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such continued non-compliance and such Loan shall cease to be an Eligible Loan until such non-compliance is cured. The Custodian shall have no duty to monitor the Collateral Manager’s compliance except to provide an updated Custodian Report upon the Administrative Agent’s written request. In addition, if requested in writing in the form of Exhibit E by the Collateral Manager and approved by the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days of the Custodian’s delivery of such report, the Custodian shall return the Required Loan Documents for any Loan which fails to satisfy any Review Criteria to the Borrower. Other than the foregoing, the Custodian shall not have any responsibility for reviewing any Underlying Instruments or Required Loan Documents.
(iii)    In taking and retaining custody of the Required Loan Documents, the Custodian shall be deemed to be acting as the agent of the Secured Parties; provided that the Custodian makes no representations as to the existence, perfection or priority of any Lien on the Required Loan Documents or the instruments therein; and provided further that the Custodian’s duties as agent shall be limited to those expressly contemplated herein.
(iv)    All Required Loan Documents shall be kept in fire resistant vaults, rooms or cabinets at the offices of the Custodian set forth in Section 5.5(c), or at such other office as shall be specified to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Manager by the Custodian in a written notice delivered at least 30 days prior to such change. All Required Loan Documents shall be placed together with an appropriate identifying label and maintained in such a manner so as to permit retrieval and access. The Custodian shall segregate the Required Loan Documents on its inventory system and will not commingle the physical Required Loan Documents with any other files of the Custodian.
(v)    On each Reporting Date, the Custodian shall provide a written report to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Manager (in a form mutually agreeable to the Administrative Agent and the Custodian) identifying each Loan for which it holds Required Loan Documents and any Review Criteria that each such Loan fails to satisfy. The Collateral Manager shall have twenty (20) Business Days after receiving written notice thereof to correct any non-compliance with any Review Criteria. To the extent such non-compliance has not been cured within such time period, such Loan shall cease to be an Eligible Loan until such non-compliance is cured.
(vi)    The Custodian agrees, subject to Section 14.2(a)(vii), to cooperate with the Administrative Agent and deliver any Required Loan Documents to the Administrative Agent as requested in order to take any action that the Administrative Agent deems necessary or desirable in order to exercise or enforce any of the rights of a Secured Party hereunder. In the event the Custodian receives instructions from the Collateral Manager or the Borrower which conflict with any instructions received by the Administrative Agent, the Custodian shall rely on and follow the instructions given by the Administrative Agent.
(vii)    The Administrative Agent may direct the Custodian to take any such incidental action hereunder. With respect to other actions which are incidental to the actions

-158-


specifically delegated to the Custodian hereunder, the Custodian shall not be required to take any such incidental action hereunder, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting) upon the direction of the Administrative Agent; provided that the Custodian shall not be required to take any action hereunder at the request of the Administrative Agent, any Secured Parties or otherwise if the taking of such action, in the reasonable determination of the Custodian, (x) shall be in violation of any Applicable Law or contrary to any provisions of this Agreement or (y) shall expose the Custodian to liability hereunder or otherwise (unless it has received indemnity which it reasonably deems to be satisfactory with respect thereto).
(viii)    The Custodian shall be entitled to reasonably assume the genuineness of each such document and the genuineness and due authority of any signatures appearing thereon, shall be entitled to assume that each such document is what it purports to be.
(ix)    The Custodian shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in accordance with the request or direction of any Secured Party, to the extent that this Agreement provides such Secured Party the right to so direct the Custodian, or the Administrative Agent. The Custodian shall not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any matter hereunder, including an Event of Default, unless a Responsible Officer of the Custodian has knowledge of such matter or written notice thereof is received by the Custodian.
(x)    In performing its duties, the Custodian shall use the same degree of care and attention as it employs with respect to similar collateral that it holds as the Custodian for others.
Section 14.3    Concerning the Custodian.
(a)    The acceptance by the Custodian of its appointment hereunder is expressly subject to the following terms, which shall govern and apply to each of the terms and provisions of this Section 14 (whether or not so stated therein or herein):
(i)    The Custodian shall have no duties, obligations or responsibilities under this Section 14 or with respect to the Required Loan Documents except for such duties, obligations or responsibilities as are expressly and specifically set forth in this Section 14 as duties obligations or responsibilities on its part to be performed, and the duties obligations and responsibilities of the Custodian shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Section 14. No implied duties, obligations or responsibilities shall be read into this Agreement against, or on the part of, the Custodian. Any permissive right of the Custodian to take any action hereunder shall not be construed as a duty.
(ii)    The Custodian makes no representations as to and shall not be responsible for or required to verify (x) the validity, legality, enforceability, due authorization, effectiveness, recordability, insurability, sufficiency, value, form, substance, or genuineness of any of the documents contained in any Required Loan Document or (y) the collectability, validity, transferability, insurability, value, effectiveness, perfection, priority or suitability of any Required Loan Document or any document contained therein.

-159-


(iii)    The Custodian shall have no responsibilities or duties with respect to any Required Loan Document while such Required Loan Document is not in its possession.
(iv)    The Custodian may rely on and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any written notice, instruction, statement, certificate, request, waiver, consent, opinion, report, receipt or other paper or document furnished to it in accordance with this Section 14, not only as to its due execution and validity, but also as to the truth and accuracy of any information therein contained, which it in good faith believes to be genuine and signed or presented by the proper person (which in the case of any instruction from or on behalf of the Borrower shall be an Authorized Person). The Custodian shall be entitled to reasonably presume the genuineness and due authority of any signature appearing thereon. The Custodian shall not be bound to make any independent investigation into the facts or matters stated in any such notice, instruction, statement, certificate, request, waiver, consent, opinion, report, receipt or other paper or document, provided, however, that if the form thereof is specifically prescribed by the terms of this Section 14, the Custodian shall examine the same to determine whether it substantially conforms on its face to the requirements set forth herein.
(v)    Neither the Custodian nor any of its directors, officers or employees shall be liable to anyone for any error of judgment, or for any act done or step taken or omitted to be taken by it (or any of its directors, officers of employees), or for any mistake of fact or law, or for anything which it may do or refrain from doing in connection herewith, unless such action constitutes gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Custodian.
(vi)    The Custodian shall not be liable for any action taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be within powers conferred upon it, or taken by it pursuant to any direction or instruction received by it in accordance with this Section 14, or omitted to be taken by it by reason of the lack of direction or instruction required hereby for such action.
(vii)    The Custodian may consult with, and obtain advice from, legal counsel selected in good faith, with respect to any question as to any of the provisions hereof or its duties hereunder, or any matter relating hereto, and the opinion or advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered, or omitted by the Custodian in good faith in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. The reasonable costs and expenses of such advice or opinion shall be reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to Section 12 hereof.
(viii)    No provision of this Agreement shall require the Custodian to expend or risk its own funds, take any action hereunder (or omit to take any action) or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties under this Section 14 if it shall have grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory is not assured to it.

-160-


(ix)    The Custodian may act or exercise its duties or powers hereunder through agents or attorneys, and the Custodian shall not be liable or responsible for the actions or omissions of any such agent or attorney appointed and maintained with due care.
(x)    If the Custodian shall request instructions from the Borrower with respect to any act, action or failure to act in connection with this Agreement, the Custodian shall be entitled to refrain from taking such action and continue to refrain from acting unless and until the Custodian shall have received written instructions from the Borrower without incurring any liability therefor to the Borrower, or any other Person.
(xi)    In no event shall the Custodian or its directors, affiliates, officers, agents and employees be held liable for any lost profits or exemplary, punitive, special, indirect or consequential damages of any kind resulting from any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder or in connection herewith even if advised of the possibility of such damages.
(xii)    The Custodian shall not be deemed to have notice of any fact, claim or demand with respect hereto unless a Responsible Officer of the Custodian has actual knowledge thereof or written notice thereof. Any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Custodian shall have no notice of and shall not be bound by any of the terms and conditions of any other document or agreement unless the Custodian is a signatory party to that document or agreement.
(xiii)    Nothing in this Section 14 shall be deemed to impose on the Custodian any duty to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction, other than (x) any jurisdiction where any Required Loan Document is or may be held by the Custodian from time to time hereunder, and (y) any jurisdiction where its ownership of property or conduct of business requires such qualification and where failure to qualify could have a material adverse effect on the Custodian or its property or business or on the ability of the Custodian to perform its duties hereunder.
(xiv)    The Custodian shall have only the duties and responsibilities with respect to the matters set forth herein as is expressly set forth in writing herein and shall not be deemed to be an agent, bailee or fiduciary for any party hereto. The Custodian shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting in good faith without investigation on any notice, instruction or request purportedly furnished to it by the Borrower in accordance with the terms hereof, in which case the parties hereto agree that the Custodian has no duty to make any further inquiry whatsoever. It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that the Custodian has no knowledge of (and is not required to know) the terms and provisions of any loan agreements or any other related documentation to which the Lender may be a party or whether any actions by the, the Borrower or any other person or entity are permitted or a breach thereunder or consistent or inconsistent therewith.
(xv)    The provisions of this Section 14.3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Custodian.

-161-


(xvi)    The Custodian hereby represents and warrants to the Borrower that it is qualified to act as a custodian pursuant to Sections 17(f) and 26(a)(1) of the 1940 Act.
Section 14.4    Release of Documents.
(a)    Release for Servicing.  From time to time and as appropriate for the enforcement or servicing of any of the Collateral, the Custodian is hereby authorized (unless and until such authorization is revoked by the Administrative Agent), upon written receipt from the Collateral Manager of a request for release of documents and receipt in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit E, to release to the Collateral Manager the related Required Loan Documents or the documents set forth in such request and receipt to the Collateral Manager. All documents so released to the Collateral Manager shall be held by the Collateral Manager in trust for the Custodian for the benefit of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Collateral Manager shall return to the Custodian the Required Loan Documents or other such documents (i) immediately upon the request of the Administrative Agent, or (ii) when the Collateral Manager’s need therefor in connection with such foreclosure or servicing no longer exists, unless the Loan shall be liquidated, in which case, upon receipt of an additional request for release of documents and receipt certifying such liquidation from the Collateral Manager to the Custodian in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit E, the Collateral Manager’s request and receipt submitted pursuant to the first sentence of this subsection shall be released by the Custodian to the Collateral Manager.
(b)    Limitation on Release.  The foregoing provision respecting release to the Collateral Manager of the Required Loan Documents and documents by the Custodian upon request by the Collateral Manager shall be operative only to the extent that at any time the Custodian shall not have released to the Collateral Manager active Required Loan Documents (including those requested) pertaining to more than 15 Loans at the time being serviced by the Collateral Manager under this Agreement. Any additional Required Loan Documents or documents requested to be released by the Collateral Manager may be released only upon written authorization of the Administrative Agent. The limitations of this paragraph shall not apply to the release of Required Loan Documents to the Collateral Manager pursuant to the immediately succeeding subsection.
(c)    Release for Payment.  Upon receipt by the Custodian of the Collateral Manager’s request for release of documents and receipt in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit E (which certification shall include a statement to the effect that all amounts received in connection with such payment or purchase have been credited to the Collection Account as provided in this Agreement), the Custodian shall promptly release the related Required Loan Documents to the Collateral Manager.
Section 14.5    Return of Required Loan Documents.
The Borrower may, with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), require that the Custodian return each Required Loan Document (as applicable), respectively (a) delivered to the Custodian in error, (b) as to which the lien on the Underlying Asset has been so released pursuant to Section 8.2, (c) that has been the subject of a Discretionary Sale, Substitution or Optional Sale pursuant to Section 2.14 or (d) that is required to be redelivered to the Borrower in connection with the termination of this Agreement,

-162-


in each case by submitting to the Custodian and the Administrative Agent a written request in the form of Exhibit E hereto (signed by both the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) specifying the Collateral to be so returned and reciting that the conditions to such release have been met (and specifying the Section or Sections of this Agreement being relied upon for such release). The Custodian shall upon its receipt of each such request for return executed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (when required to be signed by the Administrative Agent) promptly, but in any event within five Business Days, return the Required Loan Documents so requested to the Borrower.
Section 14.6    Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the Collateral; Audits.
The Custodian shall provide to the Administrative Agent access to the Required Loan Documents and all other documentation in the possession of such Persons regarding the Collateral including in such cases where the Administrative Agent may direct the Custodian in connection with the enforcement of the rights or interests of the Custodian hereunder, or by applicable statutes or regulations, to review such documentation, such access being afforded without charge but only (i) upon two (2) Business Days’ prior written request, (ii) during normal business hours and (iii) subject to the Custodian’s normal security and confidentiality procedures. Periodically, at the discretion of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may review the Collateral Manager’s collection and administration of the Collateral in order to assess compliance by the Collateral Manager with Article VI and may conduct an audit of the Collateral, and Required Loan Documents in conjunction with such a review. Such review shall be reasonable in scope and shall be completed in a reasonable period of time.
Section 14.7    Merger or Consolidation.
Any Person (i) into which the Custodian may be merged or consolidated, (ii) that may result from any merger or consolidation to which the Custodian shall be a party, or (iii) that may succeed to the properties and assets of the Custodian substantially as a whole, which Person in any of the foregoing cases executes an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the Custodian hereunder, shall be the successor to the Custodian under this Agreement without further act of any of the parties to this Agreement.
Section 14.8    Custodian Compensation.
As compensation for its Custodian activities hereunder, the Custodian shall be entitled to a Custodian Fee pursuant to the provision of Section 2.7(a)(1), Section 2.7(b)(1) or Section 2.8(1), as applicable. The Custodian’s entitlement to receive the Custodian Fee shall cease on the earlier to occur of: (i) its removal as Custodian and appointment of a successor custodian pursuant to Section 14.9 and the Custodian has ceased to hold any Required Loan Documents or (ii) the termination of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Custodian shall be entitled to receive any accrued and unpaid Custodian Fees due and owing to it at the time of such removal or termination.

-163-


Section 14.9    Custodian Removal.
The Custodian may be removed, with or without cause, by the Administrative Agent upon at least sixty (60) days’ notice given in writing to the Custodian and the Lenders (the “Custodian Termination Notice”); provided that notwithstanding its receipt of a Custodian Termination Notice, the Custodian shall continue to act in such capacity until a successor Custodian has been appointed in accordance with the requirements of Sections 5.5(d) and 14.10, and has received all Underlying Instruments held by the previous Custodian
Section 14.10    Resignation.
The Custodian shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except upon (a) sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the Borrower, Collateral Manager, Administrative Agent and each Lender, or (b) the Custodian’s determination that (i) the performance of its duties hereunder is or becomes impermissible under Applicable Law and (ii) there is no reasonable action that the Custodian could take to make the performance of its duties hereunder permissible under Applicable Law. No such resignation shall become effective until a successor Custodian shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Custodian hereunder provided that, any successor Custodian shall (y) satisfy all requirements of Section 5.5(d) and (z) be acceptable to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Manager (if no Collateral Manager Termination Event has occurred) and the Borrower (if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) in their respective sole discretion. The Custodian’s sole responsibility after the termination of its obligations as aforesaid shall be to safely maintain all of the Required Loan Documents and to deliver the same to a successor Custodian; provided that if no such successor is appointed within 90 days after the delivery of written notice of the Custodian’s resignation, the Custodian may (i) petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Custodian or (ii) deliver all Required Loan Documents to the Borrower. The Custodian shall not be responsible for the fees and expenses of any successor Custodian. Upon delivery of the Required Loan Documents to any successor Custodian or to the Borrower as provided in this paragraph, all duties and obligations of the Custodian shall cease and terminate. The payment of all costs and expenses relating to the transfer of the Required Loan Documents (including any shipping costs) upon termination shall be the sole responsibility of the Borrower.
Section 14.11    Limitations on Liability.
Each of the protections, reliances, indemnities and immunities offered to the Collateral Agent in Article VII shall be afforded to the Custodian and its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, designees, successors and assigns.
Section 14.12    Custodian as Agent of Collateral Agent.
The Custodian agrees that, with respect to any Required Loan Documents at any time or times in its possession or held in its name, the Custodian shall be the agent and custodian of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, for purposes of perfecting (to the extent not otherwise perfected) the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral and for the purpose of ensuring that such security interest is entitled to first priority status under the UCC. For

-164-


so long as the Custodian is the same entity as the Collateral Agent, the Custodian shall be entitled to the same rights and protections afforded to the Collateral Agent hereunder.
[Signature pages to follow.]

-165-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.
BORROWERS:
 
 
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC SPV I, LLC
 
 
 
 
By:
 /s/ Shaul Vichness
 
Name: Shaul Vichness
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Signature Page to LSA


COLLATERAL MANAGER:
 
 
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
 /s/ Shaul Vichness
 
Name: Shaul Vichness
 
Title: Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Signature Page to LSA


THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
 
 
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as Administrative Agent
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Allan Schmidt
 
Name: Allan Schmidt
 
Title: Director
 
 
 
 
LENDER:
 
 
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
 
 
 
By:
 /s/ Ben Love
 
Name: Ben Love
 
Title: Vice President

Signature Page to LSA


THE COLLATERAL AGENT:
 
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Collateral Agent
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Scott D. DeRoss
 
Name: Scott D. DeRoss
 
Title: Senior Vice President

Signature Page to LSA


THE DOCUMENT CUSTODIAN:
 
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity but solely as Custodian
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Scott D. DeRoss
 
Name: Scott D. DeRoss
 
Title: Senior Vice President


Signature Page to LSA


Annex A
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC SPV I, LLC
c/o Churchill Asset Management LLC
430 Park Avenue, 14th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention:  Heather McNally, Head of Operations
Email:  heather.mcnally@churchillam.com
With a copy to:
8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd.
Charlotte, NC 28262
Attention:  John McCally, Associate General Counsel
Email:  john.mccally@nuveen.com
NUVEEN CHURCHILL BDC INC.
c/o Churchill Asset Management LLC
430 Park Avenue, 14th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention:  Marissa Short, Funds Controller
Email:  marissa.short@churchillam.com
With a copy to:
8500 Andrew Carnegie Blvd.
Charlotte, NC 28262
Attention:  John McCally, Associate General Counsel
Email:  john.mccally@nuveen.com

Annex A to LSA


Annex A (Continued)
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Administrative Agent
Duke Energy Center
550 S. Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC 28202
Attention: Corporate Debt Finance
Facsimile:  (704) 715‑0067
Confirmation:  (704) 410-2431
All electronic dissemination of notices should be sent to scp.mmloans@wellsfargo.com and cp.conduits@wellsfargo.com
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as a Lender
Duke Energy Center
550 S. Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC 28202
Attention: Corporate Debt Finance
Facsimile:  (704) 715‑0067
Confirmation:  (704) 410-2431
All electronic dissemination of notices should be sent to scp.mmloans@wellsfargo.com and cp.conduits@wellsfargo.com

Annex A to LSA


U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Collateral Agent
For notices:
U.S. Bank National Association
214 N. Tryon Street, 26th Floor
Charlotte, North Carolina 28202
Attention:  Global Corporate Trust – Churchill Middle Market CLO V
All electronic dissemination of Notices should be sent to amanda.snippert@usbank.com
For purposes of holding Instruments in physical form and any Certificated Security:
U.S. Bank National Association
1555 N. River Center Dr. Suite 302
Milwaukee, WI 53212-3958
Attention:  Global Corporate Trust – Churchill Middle Market CLO V
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Custodian
For notices:
U.S. Bank National Association
1719 Otis Way
Mail Code: Ex SC FLOR
Florence, South Carolina 29501
Attention:  Document Custody Services – Churchill Middle Market CLO V
All electronic dissemination of Notices should be sent to steven.garrett@usbank.com

Annex A to LSA


Annex B
Lender
Commitment
 
 
Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
$175,000,000

Annex B to LSA
Exhibit 16.1

EXHIBIT161.JPG
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GRANT THORNTON LLP
201 S. College Street
Suite 2500
Charlotte, NC 28244

D +1 704 632 3500
F +1 704 334 7701

 
January 29, 2020
 
 
 
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
Office of the Chief Accountant
100 F Street, NE
Washington, DC 20549
 
 
 
 
 
Re: Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc.
File No. 000-56133

Dear Sir or Madam:


We have read Item 14 of Form 10 of Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc. dated January 29, 2020, and agree with the statements concerning our Firm contained therein.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP


 
 
 
GT.COM
 
Grant Thornton LLP is the U.S. member firm of Grant Thornton International Ltd (GTIL). GTIL and each of its member firms are separate legal entities and are not a worldwide partnership.
Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Nuveen Churchill BDC Inc.
The following list sets forth our consolidated subsidiary, the state under whose laws the subsidiary is organized, and the percentage of voting securities or membership interests owned by us in the subsidiary:
Churchill Middle Market CLO V Ltd. (Delaware) – 100%
The subsidiary listed above is consolidated for financial reporting purposes.